Department of Civil Engineering Course Detailsnu

DEPARTMENT
e
v
i
n
OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
r
a
n
u
a
y
s
r
y
it
Code No.
Subject Name
Credit
CE101
CE201
CE202
CE203
CE204
CE205
CE206
CE207
CE208
CE209
CE210
CE211
CE212
CE213
CE214
CE215
CE216
CE217
CE218
CE219
CE220
CE221
CE222
CE223
CE224
CE225
CE226
CE227
CE228
CE229
CE230
CE231
CE232
CE233
CE234
CE235
CE236
CE237
CE238
CE239
Basic Civil Engineering

Mechanics of Deformable bodies-I
Mechanics of Deformable bodies-II
Mechanics of Solids
Engineering Mechanics
Strength of Materials Laboratory
Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Lab
Surveying-I
Surveying-II
Surveying Practical-I
Surveying Practical-II
Mechanics of Fluids
Fluid Mechanics and Machinery
Applied Hydraulics & Fluid Machines
Fluid Mechanics and Machinery Laboratory
Fluid Machinery Laboratory
Fluid Mechanics Laboratory
Mechanics of Soils
Foundation Engineering
Soil Mechanics Laboratory
Reinforced Concrete Structures-I
Reinforced Concrete Structures-II
Design and Drawing (R.C.C & Steel)
Design of Steel Structures
Water Supply Engineering
Sanitary Engineering
Environmental Engineering Laboratory
Structural Analysis-I
Structural Analysis-II
Concrete and Highways Laboratory
Design and Drawing (Irrigation and Environmental Engineering)
Civil Engineering Drawing
Estimating, costing and Specifications
Computer Application Laboratory-I
Computer Application Laboratory-II
Basic Structural Design
Engineering Geology and Civil Engineering Materials
Elements of Town Planning and Architecture
Irrigation Engineering
3:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
0:0:1
0:0:1
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
3:!:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
0:0:1
n
u
r
a
a
y
Department of Civil Engineering
i
n
e
v
y
it
s
r
Code No.
CE301
CE302
CE303
CE304
CE305
CE306
CE307
CE308
CE309
CE310
CE311
CE312
CE313
CE314
CE315
CE316
CE317
CE318
CE319
CE320
CE321
CE322
CE323
CE324
CE325
CE326
CE327
Subject Name
Credit
Matrix Computer Methods of Structural Analysis

Applied Elasticity and Plasticity
Structural Dynamics
Finite Element Methods in Engineering
Advanced Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures
Analysis and Design of Plate and Shell Structures
Advanced Design of Steel Structures
Advanced Computer Application Laboratory
Design of Foundation Structures
Stability of Structures
Advanced Bridge Engineering
Maintenance and Rehabilitation of Structures
Seismic Analysis and Design of Structures
Advanced Concrete Technology
Advanced Concrete Technology Laboratory
Prestressed Concrete Structures
Advanced Construction Techniques and Project Management
Theory of Plates
Mechanics of Composite Materials
Discrete Structural Optimization
Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads
Digital Image Processing
Geographic Information System for Resource Management
Traffic Flow Theory and Network Analysis
Remote Sensing Application to Environmental Studies
Remote Sensing Application to Hydrology and Water Resources
Optimization
r
a
n
u
a
y
e
v
i
n
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
y
it
s
r
CE101 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Credit : 3:0:0
Marks : 40 + 60
Unit I
Introduction : Engineering Civil Engineering History and development of Civil Engineering
Scope of Civil Engineering Functions of Civil Engineers.
Construction Materials : Characteristics of good building materials such as stones, bricks, A.C.
sheets, G.I. sheets and Ceramic tiles, timber, cement, aggregates and concrete.
Surveying : Definition and purpose classification Basic principles Measurement of length
by chains and tapes Calculation of area of a plot Measurement of bearings and angles using a
prismatic compass Levelling Contours and their applications Use of transit theodolite.
Unit II
General concepts relating to Buildings: Selection of site Basic functions of buildings Major
components of buildings.
Foundations: Purpose of a foundation Bearing capacity of soils types of foundations.
Proper methods of construction of : Brick masonry Stone masonry hollow Block masonry.
Beams Lintels Columns Flooring Damp proof course surface finishes Doors and
windows Roofing.
Valuation of buildings : Definition Purpose of valuation Factors which govern value of a
building Valuation of a building by plinth area method Valuation of old buildings.
y
it
s
r
Unit III
Water supply Engineering : Sources of water supply Quantity of water requirements
Purification of water involving sedimentation, filtration and disinfection.
Sanitary Engineering : Definition of terms Collection and disposal of solid wastes Sewage
systems Septic tanks Oxidation ponds.
e
v
i
n
Unit IV
Transportation Engineering : Importance of roads Classification of Highways Cross sections
of water bound macadam, bituminous and cement concrete roads Traffic signs and signals.
Railways : Importance of railways Gauges Components of a permanent way.
Bridges : Components of Culverts Causeways, Slab Bridge, T-beam and slab bridge,
Suspension bridge.
Unit V
Functions and general layout of an airport
Functions and general layout of a harbour
Dams : Purpose of Dams Types of dams Earth, masonry and concrete, arch and buttress dams
Selection of site for a dam.
Irrigation Engineering : Definition of irrigation Types of irrigation Canal irrigation system.
a
y
n
u
Text Book
1. Johnson Victor D. and Esther Malini, Basic Civil Engineering, Allied Publishers
Limited, Madras
r
a
Reference Books
1. Arunachalam N., Basic Civil Engineering, Pratheeba Publishers, Coimbatore, 2000
2. Ramesh Babu V., Basic Civil Engineering, Anuradha Agencies, Kumbakonam, 2001
CE201 MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES - I

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Stress, Strain And Deformation In Solids

Tension, compression and shear stresses Hookes law stress strain diagram for mild steel
ultimate stress and working stress Elastic constants and relationships between them
composite bars Temperature stresses Strain energy due to axial load stress due to suddenly
applied load and impact load.
y
it
Unit II : Two Dimensional State Of Stress

Two dimensional state of stress at a point Normal and shear stresses on any plane principal
planes and principal stresses Graphical treatment two dimensional state of strains at a point principal strains and their directions stresses and deformations in thin cylinders and spherical
shells due to internal pressure.
s
r
Unit III : Beams And Bending

Types of beams Types of supports shear force and bending moment at any cross section of a
beam. Sketching of shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported
and over hanging beams for any type of loading Relationship between rate of loading, shear
force and bending moment.
e
v
i
n
Unit : IV Stresses In Beams

Theory of Simple Bending Analysis for bending Stresses Load Carrying Capacity of Beams
proportioning sections Flitched Beams Leaf Springs Strain Energy Due to Bending
Moment Shear Stress distribution Strain Energy due to Transverse shear force.
Unit V : Stresses Due To Torsion

Elastic Theory of Torsion Stresses and Deformation in Solid Circular and Hollow Shafts
Stepped Shafts Composite Shaft Stress due to combined bending and Torsion Strain
Energy due to Torsion.
Deformations and Stresses in Helical Springs Design of Buffer springs
a
y
Text Books
1. Kazimi, S.M.A., Solid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Book co Ltd., 1998.
2. Punmia, B.C., etal. - Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications, 1992.
n
u
Reference Book
1. Popov, E.P, Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1996.
r
a
CE202 MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES II
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Deflection Of Determinate Beams

Governing differential equation Macaulays method Moment area method conjugate beam
method Newmarks method.
Curved Beams: Curved beams stresses due to bending by Winkler Bach theory rectangular,
trapezoidal, circular solid sections crane hook problem.
Unit II : Columns And Struts

Columns Behaviour of axially loaded short, medium and long column members Buckling
load - Eulers theory Different end conditions Empirical formulae Rankines formula
Straight line formula Secant formula for columns subjected to eccentric loading.
y
it
Unit III : Thick Cylinders

Thick cylinders Lames equation Hoop stress and radial stress distribution compound
cylinders shrink fit.
s
r
Theories Of Elastic Failure : Maximum principal stress theory Maximum shear stress theory
Maximum principal strain theory Strain energy theory - Mohrs theory simple problems.
e
v
Unit IV : Torsion Of Non-Circular Sections

Torsional Stresses in Solid rectangular members (no derivation)
Analysis of hollow thin-walled members Open closed and multiple connected cross
sections based on shear flow (without warping).
i
n
Shear Centre For Thin Walled Beam Of Open Section

Approximations employed for shear in thin walled beam sections shear flow in thin walled
beam cross sections shear centre of mono- symmetric open sections.
Unit V : Unsymmetrical Bending Of Straight Beams

Moment of Inertia Product of Inertia Principal Axes Principal Moments of Inertia of
Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical sections - Symmtrical and unsymmetrical bending bending
stresses in beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending change in direction of neutral axis and
increase in stress compared to symmetrical bending.
a
y
Text Books
1. Bedi D.S., Strength of Materials, S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 1984.
2. Punmia, B.C, etal., Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications, 1992.
n
u
Reference Books
1. Boresi A.P., Side Bottom O.M., Seeli F.B & Smith J.P., Advanced Mechanics of
Materials, John Wiley & Sons, 1993.
2. Sadhu Singh, Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers, 1988.
r
a
CE203 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Simple stress and strain

Stresses and strain due to axial force. Hookes law, factor of safety, stepped bars - uniformly
varying sections - stresses in composite bars due to axial force and temperature - strain energy
due to axial force, stresses due to sudden loads and impact. Lateral strain: Poissons ratio change in volume shear stress - shear strain - relationship between elastic constants - Hoop and
longitudinal stress in thin cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal pressure - changes
in dimensions and volume.
y
it
Unit II : Shear Force And Bending Moment

Relationship between loading - shear force and bending moment - shear force and bending
moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to
concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads only - maximum bending moment and point
of contraflexure.
s
r
Unit III : Bending Stresses

Theory of simple bending and assumptions - derivation of the equation M/I = E/R = f/y - section
modulus - calculation of normal stresses due to flexure application. Torsion: Theory of torsion
and assumptions - derivation of the equation T/J = C/L = q/r, polar modulus, power transmitted
by a shaft, stresses in solid and hollow circular shafts - close coiled helical spring with axial load.
e
v
i
n
Unit IV : Principal Stresses (Two Dimensional)

State of stress at a point, normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes - principal stresses and
their planes - plane of maximum shear - Mohrs circle of stresses.
Unit V : Deflection Of Beams
Differential equation of elastic line - deflection in statically determinate beams - Macaulays
method for prismatic members - area moment method for stepped beams with concentrated
loads. Long columns: Buckling of long columns due to axial load - Eulers and Rankines
formulae for columns of different end conditions.
a
y
Text Book
1. Ramamrutham, S., Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai & sons, 1991
n
u
Reference Books
1. Popov, E.P., Mechanics of Materials, Prentice Hall Inc., 1976
2. Andrew, P. and Singer, F.L., Strength of Materials, Harper and Row Publishers, New
York, 1987.
r
a
CE204 ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Introduction
Force and force systems parallelogram law of forces resultant of a system of coplanar forces
acting on a particle equilibrium of a particle under coplanar forces resultant of a system of
spaces force acting on a particle equilibrium of a particle under space forces free body
diagram.
Unit : II
Definition of a rigid body moment of a force about an axis moment of a force couple
properties of force couples resolution of a given force into a force acting at a given point and a
couple reduction of a system of coplanar forces acting on a rigid body into a single force and a
single couple equilibrium of a rigid body under coplanar forces types of supports reactions
at supports of beams and frames problems involving equilibrium of rigid bodies stable,
unstable and neutral equilibrium Friction angle of friction and coefficient of friction laws of
dry friction friction in wedges, ladders, screws and belts.
y
it
s
r
Unit :III
Analysis of cables analysis of roof trusses by method of joints and method of sections
properties of plane sections areas, centroid, first moment of area, moment of inertia, polar
moment of inertia and radius of gyration parallel axis theorem and its application mass centre
of bodies mass moment of inertia of thin circular and rectangular plates mass moment of
inertia of solid rectangular prisms, cylinders and cones.
i
n
e
v
Unit : IV
Kinematics of particles rectilinear motion of a particle uniformly accelerated rectilinear
motion curvilinear motion of particles rectangular components motion of projectiles
curvilinear motion in terms of normal and tangential components relative motion.
Unit : V
Kinetics of particles equation of motion for a particle in rectilinear motion equations of
motion for a particle in curvilinear motion in terms of x and y components and in terms of
normal and tangential components kinetic energy and potential energy principle of work and
energy conservation of mechanical energy principle of impulse and momentum impact
direct central impact oblique central impact.
a
y
n
u
Text Book
1. Beer, F.P and Johnston, E.R, Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Statics and Dynamics,
McGraw hill International Book co.
r
a
Reference Books
1. Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.S., Engineering Mechanics (Statics and Dynamics), John
Wiley & sons.
2. Meriam.,J.L. and Kraige, L.S., Irving H.shames, Engineering Mechanics (Statics and
Dynamics), Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Rajasekaran, S and Sankarasubramanian, G., Engineering Mechanics, Vikas Publishing
House Pvt. Ltd, 1999
4. Kottiswaran, Engineering Mechanics, Balaji Publication.
CE205 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY

Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
y
it
Tension test on mild steel

Double shear test on mild steel
Torsion test on a rod
Torsion test on thin wire
Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers Hardness tests
Charpy and Izod Impact tests
Cold bend test
Ductility test
Tension, compression (Parallel as well as perpendicular to the grains) and impact tests on
timber specimens
10. Test on springs (Both closed coil and open coiled springs)
11. Deflection tests on timber and steel beams.
12. Studies on Fatigue test
i
n
e
v
s
r
(Note: All the above tests shall be carried out based on all the relevant I.S Codes.)
Reference Book
1. The Testing of Engineering Materials H.E. Daris, G.E. Troxell, G.F.W. Hauck 4th
Edition, International Student Edition. Mc Graw Hill International Book Company.
Reference Book
1. The Testing of Engineering Materials H.E. Daris, G.E. Troxell, G.F.W. Hauck 4th
Edition, International Student Edition. Mc Graw Hill International Book Company.
a
y
n
u
CE 206 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY

Credit: 0:0:2
Marks : 50+50
Fluid Mechanics
1. Determination of Darcys Friction Factor.
2. Calibration of Flow Meters.
3. Flow over weirs / Notches.
4. Flow Through Mouth piece / orifice.
5. Determination of Minor Losses in pipes
6. Determination of Mannings Co-efficient of Roughness.
7. Calibration of pressure Gauges.
8. Impact of jet on vanes.
9. Reynolds Experiment.
r
a
Fluid Machinery
1. Performance of Centrifugal Pump.
2. Performance of Submersible Pump.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Performance of Reciprocating pump.

Performance of Gear Oil pump
Performance of Jet pump
Performance of Vertical Turbine pump.
Load Test on Pelton Wheel.
Load Test on Francis Turbine
Load Test on Kaplan Turbine
y
it
s
r
Examination should be conducted to cover both Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machinery
experiments.
e
v
Details
Procedure for the following experiments required
Fluid Mechanics
1. Verification of Momentum Principle
2. Determination of Mannings Co-efficient of Roughness
i
n
Text Books
1. Modi, P.N. & Seth, S.M., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines,
Standard Book House, New Delhi, 10th Edition, 1991.
2. Rajput, R.K., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines , S.Chand and
Co., New Delhi,1998.
Reference Books
1. Bansal, R.K., Fluid
Delhi, 1998.
a
y
Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New
n
u
r
a
CE 207 SURVEYING I
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Introduction And Chain Surveying

Definition, principle and classification of surveying field and office works conventional signs
equipments used in chain survey ranging and chaining reciprocal ranging setting
perpendiculars offsets well conditioned triangles errors and obstacles cross staff and
optical square traversing plotting.
Unit II : Compass Surveying

Prismatic compass surveyors compass bearings systems and conversions local attraction
magnetic declination dip traversing plotting - adjustment of error by graphical method
Bowditchs rule.
Plane
Table Surveying: Plane table instruments and accessories advantages and
disadvantages different methods radiation intersection traversing resection two point
and three point problems errors and adjustments in plane tabling.
y
it
Unit III : Levelling

Type of levels and staves sensitivity of bubble bench marks temporary and permanent
adjustments fly, check, profile and block levelling booking - reduction arithmetic checks
longitudinal and cross sectioning plotting curvature and refraction correction reciprocal
levelling difficulties and errors in levelling Precise levelling.
s
r
Unit IV : Theodolite Surveying

Description and uses of vernier, micrometer and microptic theodolites temporary and
permanent adjustments of vernier transit measurement of horizontal and vertical angles
height and distances traversing closing error and distribution Gales traverse table
omitted measurements.
i
n
e
v
Unit V : Contouring, Areas And Volumes

Contouring characteristics and uses of contours calculation of areas from field notes and plan
graphical and instrumental methods enlarging and reducing the size of figures volume of
earth work capacity of reservoirs.
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and levelling parts 1 and 2, pune Vidyarthi
Griha Prakashan, 1968.
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying and levelling Vol.I and II, Standard Publishers, 1968.
n
u
a
y
CE208 SURVEYING II
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Tacheometric Surveying

Principle of stadia method Distance and elevation formulae for staff held vertical
Instrumental constants Analytic lens Tangential method use of substense bar
tacheometric contouring Electromagnetic distance Measurement Principles.
r
a
Unit II : Curves & Mine Survey

Elements of simple curves setting out simple curves by chain and tape methods Rankines
method of tangential angles Two theodolite method obstacle in setting out curves Elements
of Transition curves and Vertical curves and Methods of Setting out - Equipments for Mine
Survey Station and Station marker Tunnel Alignment and setting out work.
Unit III : Triangulation

Triangulation figures classification of triangulation systems selection of triangulation stations
Intervisibility and Height of stations station marks signals and towers Measurement of
10
angles reduction to centre Field work and correction to baseline measurements Extension
of base trignometric levelling single and reciprocal observations.
y
it
Introduction To Geo Information System

Unit IV : Theory Of Errors And Triangulation Adjustments
Kinds of errors Laws of weights principle of least squares Determination of most probable
value of quantities probable error distribution of error to the field measurements Normal
equation Method of correlates Adjustment of simple triangulation figures.
s
r
Unit V : Hydrographic Surveying

Equipments Methods of locating soundings Reduction and plotting of soundings use of
sextants and station pointer.
e
v
Fundamentals Of Field Astronomy

Spherical trignometry Latitude and longitude of a place Definitions of astronomical terms
coordinate systems to define the position of a heavenly body Determination of the azimuth of a
line by extra meridian observation on the sun.
i
n
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Vol.II, Pune Vidyarthi Griha
Prakashan, Pune, 1968.
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying Vol.III, Standard Publishers, 1994.
a
y
CE 209 SURVEYING PRACTICAL I

Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
1. Measuring the distance between two stations using a chain

2. Overcoming obstacles in chaining and ranging
3. Observations and plotting the salient features in an area by chain survey.
4. Measurement of bearing of survey lines by prismatic compass.
5. Running a closed compass traverse plotting and adjustments.
6. Plotting the salient features in an area by plane table survey.
7. Two point problem
8. Three point problem
9. Fly levelling
10. Measurement of horizontal angles using a theodolite by the method of repetition
11. Measurement of horizontal angle using a theodolite by the method of reiteration.
12. Solution to problems on heights and distances by observations using a theodolite.
13. Traversing using a theodolite-distribution of errors using Gales Traverse Table.
n
u
r
a
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling Part 1 and 2, Pune Vidyarthi
Griha Prakashan.
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying and Levelling Vol.I and II, Standard Publishers, 1968.
11
CE210 SURVEYING PRACTICAL II
y
it
Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
1. Study of electronic theodolites, electronic distance meter and total station.
2. Stadia Tacheometry
3. Determination of the constants of a transit theodolite
4. Tangential tacheometry
5. Subtense bar method
6. Tacheometric contouring (Radial)
7. Setting out a simple circular curve by ordinates from long chord
8. Setting out a circular curve by Rankines method of tangential angles.
9. Setting out a circular curve by Double Theodolite method
10. Setting out transition curves.
11. Determination of the azimuth of a survey line by observations on the sun
12. Setting out works Foundation marking.
i
n
e
v
s
r
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling Part 1 and 2, Pune Vidyarthi
Griha Prakashan.
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying and Levelling Vol II, Standard Publishers.
3. Punmia, B.C., Surveying Vol. III, Standard Publishers.
a
y
CE 211 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Fluid Properties

Dimensions and units continuum Density Specific weight - Specific gravity Viscosity
surface tension Capillarity compressibility Vapour pressure.
Fluid Statics:
Pressure relation Pascals law Atmospheric, Absolute, Gauge and Vacuum pressures Measurements of pressure Forces on plane and curved surfaces Total pressure and centre of
pressure Buoyancy and floatation.
n
u
r
a
Unit II : Equations Of Fluid Flow

Types of flow Stream line Stream tube Control volume Continuity equation one
dimensional and three dimensional flow velocity potential and stream function Free and
forced vortex flow Energy equation Eulers equation in one dimensional form Bernoullis
equation.
Unit III : Flow Measurements

Venturi meter Orifice meter pitot tube Mouthpiece and orifice Water meter current
meter - Weirs and Notches.
12
Laminar Flow:
Definition Reynolds experiment Reynolds Number Hagen Poiseuille equation for a
circular pipe.
y
it
Turbulent Flow:
Definition Loss of head due to friction Darcys equation Friction factor for Laminar and
Turbulent Flow Moodys diagram Resistance to flow of fluid in smooth and rough pipes.
s
r
Unit IV : Flow Through Pipes

Loss of energy in pipes Hydraulic Gradient, Energy Gradient - Major energy loss - Minor
energy losses pipes in series and parallel power transmission through pipes Syphon Water
hammer (Definition)
e
v
Unit V : Dimensional Analysis And Similitude

Dimensional Homogeneity Rayleigh and Buckingham S methods Similitude - Significance
of Reynolds number, Froude number, Euler number, Mach number and Weber number
Classification of Hydraulic Models - Scale effect Distorted models.
i
n
Text Books
1. Bansal, R.K., Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New
Delhi, 1998.
2. Modi, P.N., and Seth, S.N., Hydraulics and Fluid Machines, Standard Book House,
New Delhi, 1995.
a
y
Reference Books
1. Natarajan, M.K., Principles of Fluid Mechanics, Oxford and IBH publishing Co., New
Delhi, 1994.
2. Jain,A.K., Fluid Mechanics, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.
3. Som, S.K., and Biswas, G., Fluid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co., 1998.
4. Agarwal, S.K., Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Tata Mc Graw Hill Co., 1997.
5. Rajput, R.K., Text book of Fluid Mechanics , S.Chand and Co., New Delhi, 1998.
r
a
n
u
CE212 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60

Dimensions and units continuum Density Specific weight - Specific gravity Viscosity
surface tension Capillarity compressibility Vapour pressure.
Fluid Statics:
Pressure relation Pascals law Measurements of pressure Forces on plane and curved
surfaces Total pressure and centre of pressure.
13

equation.
y
it

Venturi meter Orifice meter pitot tube Weirs and Notches.
Flow Through Pipes:
Loss of energy in pipes Major energy loss - Minor energy losses pipes in series and parallel
power transmission through pipes Syphon Water hammer (Definition)
e
v
s
r
Unit : IV
Impulse momentum equation- Impact of Jets-plane and curved- stationary and moving plates.
Pumps: Positive displacement pumps - reciprocating pumps - operating principles -slip indicator diagram - separation- air vessels. centrifugal pumps - operation - velocity triangles performance curves-cavitation -multi staging -selection of pumps.
i
n
Unit V : Turbines
Impulse momentum equation- moment of momentum equation (theory only) - turbine
classification-working principles -pelton wheel, Francis, Kaplan turbines - velocity triangles similarity laws - specific speed - governing of turbines- surge tanks- Miscellaneous pumps- Jet
pump, Gear oil pump-submersible pump principle.
a
y
Text Books
Standard Book House, New Delhi, 10th Edition, 1991.
n
u
Reference Books
Delhi, 1998.
2. Som,S.R, & Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1998.
r
a
CE213 APPLIED HYDRAULICS AND FLUID MACHINES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I Uniform Flow In Open Channels

Types of Flow - Uniform flow Chezys and Mannings equations Hydraulically best sections
Uniform flow Computations.
14
Varied Flow In Open Channels

Specific energy critical flow Mild and steep slopes critical depth Hydraulic jump
Gradually varied flow Energy Equations and Solutions Back water and drawdown curves
Study of flow profiles.
y
it
Unit II : Boundary Layer And Flow Around Submerged Bodies

Definition Displacement, momentum, Energy thickness - Boundary layer equations
Boundary Layer Seperation Laminar and Turbulent boundary layers Forces on submerged
bodies Expression for drag and lift-Pressure drag Friction drag Stream lined and bluff
bodies.
e
v
s
r
Unit III : Momentum Principle

Impulse momentum equation Application of Linear momentum principle Impact of Jet Force exerted by a jet on normal, Inclined and curved surfaces for stationary and moving cases
only.
i
n
Unit IV : Water Turbines

Classification Working principles and Design of Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan Turbine
Velocity Triangles - head and efficiency Draft tube - Theory and types Similarity laws
specific speed Operating characteristics Governing of Turbines Selection of Turbines
Model Studies.
Unit V : Pumps
Classification Centrifugal pump Components and working Velocity triangles priming
Head Losses and Efficiencies - Minimum starting speed performance curves specific speed
Cavitation selection of pumps.
n
u
a
y
Positive Displacement Pump

Reciprocating pump types Components and working slip Indicator diagram Air vessel.
Miscellaneous Pumps (Operating Principles Only)
Multistage pumps submersible pumps Jet pumps Airlift pumpsHydraulic ram.
r
a
Gear Oil pump -
Text Books
1. Rajput, R.K.A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics, S.Chand and Co., New Delhi, 1998.
2. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., Hydraulic and Fluid Machines, Standard book house, New
Delhi, 1995.
Reference Books
1. Natarajan M.K., Fluid Machines, Anuradha Agencies, 1987
2. Bansal, R.K., Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi,
1998.
15
3. Agarwal, S.K., Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Tata McGRaw- Hill Publishing Co.
Ltd.,
4. Som,S.K., and Biswas, G., Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tata McGraw Hill
book co., 1998.
y
it
CE214 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY
s
r
Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
Fluid Mechanics
3. Flow over weirs / Notches.
4. Flow Through Mouth piece / orifice.
6. Determination of Mannings Co-efficient of Roughness.
Fluid Machinery
3. Performance of Reciprocating pump.
4. Performance of Gear Oil pump
5. Performance of Jet pump
6. Performance of Vertical Turbine pump.
7. Load Test on Pelton Wheel.
8. Load Test on Francis Turbine
9. Load Test on Kaplan Turbine
a
y
i
n
e
v
n
u
r
a
experiments.
Text Books
1. Rajput, R.K., A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Machines, S. Chand & Co., New
Delhi, 1998.
2. Modi, P.N and Seth, S.M, Hydraulics & Fluid Machines, Standard Book House, New
Delhi, 1995.
16
CE215 FLUID MACHINERY LABORATORY

Credit 0:0:1
Marks 25+25
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Performance study of centrifugal pump.

Performance study of reciprocating pump.
Performance study of gear oil pump.
Performance study of jet pump/deep well pump.
Performance study of submersible pump.
Performance study of Kaplan turbine.
Performance study of Pelton turbine.
Performance study of Francis turbine.
Performance of Turbine Pump.
e
v
y
it
s
r
Text Books
1. Modi P.N. and Seth S.M., Hydraulics & Fluid Machines, Standard Book House, New
Delhi, 1995
2. Rajput.R.K. A Text book of Hydraulics & Fluid Machines, S.Chand & Co., New Delhi,
1998.
i
n
Reference Book
1. Agarwal S.K., Fluid Mechanics & Machinery, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.,
New Delhi, 1997.
a
y
CE216 FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Credit 0:0:1
Marks 25+25
Buoyancy Experiment - Metacentric Height

Measurement of flow using pitot tube.
Calibration of orifice meter and Venturimeter.
Determination of flow through pipes, losses in pipes.
Flow through nozzles and weirs - Cd and Cc.
Flow measurement using Rotameter and water meter.
Flow visualization-Reynolds apparatus.
Pressure gauge and vacuum gauge calibration.
Experiments on Fluid jets-force and efficiency calculation
n
u
r
a
Text Books
1. Modi,P.N and Seth, S.M., Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Machines, Standard Book House,
New Delhi,1995.
2. Bansal R.K., Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Machinery, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi 1998.
17
CE217 MECHANICS OF SOILS
y
it
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks : 40+60
Unit I : Mechanical Properties

Objectives and importance of Geotechnical Engineering physical properties of soil Phase
relations Grain size distribution Atterberg limits Sensitivity and Thixotropy of Clays Classification of soils as per B.I.S.
s
r
Unit II : Permeability and Seepage

One dimensional flow through soil permeability Darcys Law Field and laboratory
permeability tests Flow through stratified soil Seepage pressure and quick sand phenomenon
Two dimensional flow Laplace equation Electrical analogy flow net applications for
sheet pile cut off and earth dam phreatic line Piping.
i
n
e
v
Unit III : Compaction and Consolidation

Compaction Proctors test Moisture density relations Factors affecting compaction
Field compaction methods Field compaction control primary consolidation concept - void
ratio - pressure curve Field curve Laboratory test Definition of terms Consolidation
Settlement Pre-consolidation pressure Terzaghis theory of one dimensional consolidation
Partial differential equation (no analytical solution) Boundary condition Time factor Time
rate of consolidation Determination of Cv.
a
y
Unit IV : Stress Distribution and Settlement

Concept of effective and neutral stresses Soil Water statics Capillary phenomenon Vertical
Stress distribution in soil Boussinesq equation line load Uniformly distributed loads
Influence chart approximate methods Westergaards equation Pressure bulb causes of
settlement - components of settlement Immediate and consolidation Settlement Methods of
minimising settlement Codal Provisions.
n
u
Unit V : Shear Strength & Stability of Slopes

Shear Strength of soil Importance Mohr Coulombs Strength theory Laboratory and field
tests Factors affecting shear strength Types of shear tests based on drainage condition
Behaviour of saturated cohesive soils.
r
a
Stability of Slopes Infinite and finite slopes Types of Failure Slip circle method Friction
Circle method Taylors Stability Chart.
Text Books
1. Punmia, B.C., Soil Mechanics and Foundations, Punmia B.C., Suara & Co., Madras
1988.
2. Arora, K.R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers
Distributors, New Delhi, 1987.
18
Reference Book
1. Venkatramiah, Geotechnical Engineering, Willey Eastern Ltd., 1993.
y
it
CE218 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40+60
s
r
Unit I : Soil Exploration And Selection Of Foundation

Introduction Objectives of Soil Exploration - Disturbed and undisturbed sampling - Depth of
soil exploration - Number and disposition of bore holes - Geophysical methods - Penetration
tests - Requirements of good foundation - Factors governing location and depth of foundationDifferent types of foundation - Choice of types of foundation - Foundation in expansive soil.
e
v
Unit II : Bearing Capacity

Bearing capacity Types of Failure - Terzaghi's formula - Skempton's formula IS Formula Effect of water table, shape of foundation, inclination of load and eccentricity of load on
bearing capacity - Allowable bearing pressure - bearing pressure based on 'N'value - plate load
test - Methods of improving bearing capacity - Contact pressure distribution below footings and
raft.
i
n
Unit III : Earth Pressure

Lateral earth pressure - Plastic equilibrium in soil- Rankine's theory - Surcharge, Inclined
backfill - Soil Stratification - Coulomb's Theory - Graphical Methods (Rebhan's and Culmanns)
Drainage of backfill.
a
y
Sheet pile walls types Cantilever sheet pile walls in cohesionless and cohesive soil
Anchored sheet pile walls free earth support method and fixed earth support method.
n
u
Unit IV : Pile Foundation

Functions of pile - Classification of piles - Relative merits - Static and dynamic formulae - Pile
load test - Pile spacing and group action - Design of pile group - Settlement of pile group Negative skin friction - Under-reamed pile foundation.
r
a
Unit V : Well and Raft Foundations

Well Foundation Shapes of Wells Grip length and Bearing Capacity Forces acting on Well
foundation Banerjees and Gangopadhyays analysis IRC method - Individual components of
a Well Sinking of Wells Rectification of Tilts and Shifts.
Raft Foundation Common Types of Raft Foundation Principles of Design.

Text Books
1. Punmia,B.C.,Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, A. Saurabh & Co.,
Madras, 1988.
2. Kasmalkar,B.J.,Foundation Engineering, Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prabakar, Pune, 1989.
19
3. K.R.Arora., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering Standard Publishers and

Distributers, 1997.
y
it
Refrence Books
1. Teng,W.C.,Foundation Engineering, Prentice Hall of India (P) Ltd., 1984.
2. Peck,R.B., Hanson amd Thornburn , Foundation Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1980.
3. Venkataramiah, C., Geotechnical Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1993.
CE219 SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY
e
v
s
r
Credit: 0:0:2
Marks: 50+50
List of Experiments and Equipments

1. Moisture content determination (Oven, Infrared Moisture meter)
2. Specific gravity and relative density test for sand (Pycnometer, relative density test
apparatus)
3. Sieve analysis for coarse grained soil (Set of Sieves)
4. Hydrometer analysis for fine grained soil (Hydrometer)
5. Consistency limits and Indices (Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, Shrinkage limit apparatus)
6. Standard Proctors compaction test. (Compaction Test Apparatus)
7. Field Density test (sand replacement test apparatus and core cutter)
8. Permeability tests Constant head and variable Head (Permeameter)
9. Unconfined compression test for Cohesive Soil. (Load frame, Samplers)
10. Vane Shear test
11. Direct Shear test (Direct Shear Test apparatus)
12. Triaxial Compression Test (Triaxial test apparatus)
13. Consolidation Test (Consolidometer)
14. California Bearing Ratio Test
a
y
i
n
n
u
Text Books
1. Lambe,T.N.,Soil Testing for Engineers, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1951
2. Prakash,S., Introductory Soil Testing , Asia Publishing House, New Delhi, 1969
r
a
Reference Book
1. Bowles, I.E., Engineering Properties of soils and their measurement, McGraw Hill Book
Co., Newyork, 1978.
CE220 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES I

Credit: 3:1:0
Marks : 40+60
Unit I : Cement Concrete

Classification and composition of cement specifications for portland cement - Aggregates and
water for concrete measurement of materials water cement ratio A.C.I and I.S methods of
proportioning concrete mixes compacting and curing of concrete Tests on fresh and hardened
20
concrete Grades of concrete and characteristic strength permissible stresses in concrete

steel reinforcements and their characteristics Admixtures and durability of concrete.
y
it
Unit II : Design For Flexure, Shear And Torsion

Actual and idealized stress strain diagrams of concrete and steel (mild steel & high strength
deformed bars) Behaviour of R.C beams under gradually increased flexural loading working
stress method of design for flexure of rectangular beams, T- beams and L beams Design for
shear, bond and anchorage and torsion Design of lintels and sunshades.
s
r
Unit III : Working Stress Design

Working stress method of design of continuous beams and slabs, two way slabs, axially and
eccentrically loaded columns, isolated column footings and combined rectangular footings for
two columns.
e
v
Unit IV : Limit State Method Introduction

Introduction to limit state method limit state design of rectangular, T and L shaped beams for
flexural, shear, bond and torsion Limit State Design for Deflection and Crackwidth.
i
n
Unit V : Slabs, Columns And Footings By Limit State Method

Limit state design of two way slabs, short and long columns for axial and eccentric loadings
use of SP 16 Limit state design of isolated square and rectangular footings for axially and
eccentrically loaded columns combined rectangular footings for two columns Flat Slabs with
and without Drops. - Use of Design softwares for design of R.C slab beams,columns and
footings *
a
y
Text Books
1. Krishna Raju, N., Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, CBS Publishers and
distributors, New Delhi, 1989.
2. Unnikrishnanpillai and Devadass Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Co Ltd, 1998.
3. Varghese P.C., Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 1999.
n
u
r
a
Reference Books
1. Jain, A.K., Limit state Design of R.C. Structures , New Chand Publications.
2. Sinha, N.C and Roy, S.K., Fundamentals of Reinforced concrete, S.Chand & Company
(Pvt.) Ltd. New Delhi, 1983.
3. I.S.456 2000 Published by B.I.S.
4. S.P-16 Published by B.I.S
5. Purushothaman, P., Reinforced Concrete Structural Elements, Tata Mc Graw- Hill
Publishing Co., 1984.
6. Nilson, A.H., Design of Concrete Structures, McGraw Hill Co, 1997.
7. Leet, K.M., Bernal, D., Reinforced Concrete Design, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.,
1997.
21
*Software like STADD, STRUDS and STRAPS may be suggested depending on their
availability.
y
it
CE 221 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES - II
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Stair Case And Retaining Walls

Design of stair cases and cantilever and counterfort types retaining walls by working stress
method of design. - use of Design software for design of retaining walls. *
e
v
s
r
Unit II : Water Tanks

Design of circular and rectangular underground water tanks - Design of circular and rectangular
tanks resting on ground - Design of overhead rectangular tanks and circular tanks with domical
roof - Design of staging and foundations. - use of Design software for design of water tanks. *
i
n
Unit III : Bridges

Design of slab bridge and T-beam & slab bridge for various types of IRC loadings - Load
distribution in interconnected girders by Courbon's method.
Unit IV : Building Frames

Design of single bay, single storey portal frame. Design of multibay, multistoreyed R.C.frames substitute frames - preliminary design of members - Analysis for wind loads by the portal
method - Detailing of connections use of design software. *
a
y
Unit V : Yield Line Theory

Assumptions - Guidelines for locating yield line patterns - virtual work and equilibrium methods
of analysis - Application to square, rectangular, triangular and circular slabs - Strip method of
analysis.
n
u
Text Books
1. Krishnaraju,N., Design of R.C.Structures, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi 1989.
2. Jaikrishna and O.P.Jain, Plain and Reinforced concrete, Vols. I &II, Nem Chand
Publishers, 1959.
r
a
Reference Books
1. Krishnaraju.N, Bridge Engineering,
2. Jain, A.K., 'Limit State Design of R.C.Structures, Nem Chand Publications, 1985..
Note : Indian Standard Codes of Practice 456 & 3370 IRC Bridge Codes and Pigeaud's
charts are to be permitted for use in the Examinations.
* Software like STAAD, STRUDS and STRAPS may be suggested depending on their
availability.
22
CE 222 - DESIGN AND DRAWING (R.C.C AND STEEL)

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
PART-A
Detailed design and drawing of the following reinforced concrete structures.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Building floors consisting of slabs and beams.

Isolated and combined footings
Cantilever and counterfort retaining walls.
Circular and rectangular underground water tanks.
Circular and rectangular water tanks resting on the ground.
Circular and rectangular overhead water tanks.
Intze type water tank.
Slab bridge.
T-beam and slab bridge.
Detailed design and drawing of the following steel structures.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Columns, base plates and their foundations

Grillage foundation.
Plate Girder (welded)
Gantry Girder
Simple roof trusses
Rectangular and circular overhead water tanks
a
y
PART-C
Use of AUTOCAD (for internal assessment only)
e
v
i
n
PART-B
s
r
n
u
Note
r
a
1. Autonomous examination will be of four hours duration.

2. Indian Standard codes 456,800,3370 and I.R.C. codes are permitted for the use in the
examination.
3. There will be two questions in part-A and two in Part-B out of which the students shall
answer one in each.
Text Books
1. Krishna Raju N., Design and Drawing (R.C.C. & Steel), Prentice Hall Publishers, New
Delhi, 1999
2. Krishna Raju N., Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, CBS Publishers and
23
Reference Books
1. Jai Krishna & O.P. Jain, Plain and Reinforced Concrete Volume I & II, New Chand
Publishers, New Delhi, 1989.
2. Punmia B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain & Arun Kumar Jain, Design of Steel Structures
Volume I, Arihant Publications, Bombay, 1995.
y
it
CE 223 - DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Design Of Tension Members

Net area - effective area - design of tension members - tension rods.
e
v
s
r
Design Of Compression Members

Design criteria - simple members - laced columns - battened columns- Simple bases - gussetted
base - column bases subjected to moment - design of hold down bolts- column splices.
i
n
Unit II : Design Of Laterally Supported Beams

Design considerations - bending - shear - bearing - web buckling and crippling - deflection compound beams - curtailment of plates.
Lateral Buckling Of Beams:

Effective laterally unbraced length - concept of lateral torsional buckling - biaxial bending of
doubly symmetric sections - design of gantry girders.
a
y
Unit III : Welded Plate Girders

Design of flanges and webs - intermediate stiffeners -bearing stiffeners - design of web and
flange splices.
n
u
Framed Connections:
Beam to Column - Beam to beam - Rigid Frame connections.
Unit IV : Roof Trusses And Light Gauge Sections
Types - Load Calculation - Design of purlins, trusses and lattice girders.
Design of light gauge steel section for compression and flexural members connections.
r
a
Unit V : Miscellaneous
Design of Rectangular and Circular Steel Tanks Design of Chimneys.
(Self supporting and guyed type)
Text Books
1. Dayaratnam, P., Design of Steel Structures, A.H.Wheeler & Co. Ltd., Allahabad, 1996.
2. Arya and Ajmani, Design of Steel Structures, NemChand Brothers, Roorkee, 1989.
Reference Books
1. Ragupathy M, Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co.,
24
Ltd., New Delhi, 1996.

2. Punmia B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun kumar Jain, `Design of Steel
Structures', Vol. 1, Arihant Publications, Bombay, 1995.
3. Explanatory notes published by M/s. Institute of Steel Development and Growth
y
it
CE224 WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
s
r
Unit I : Water Quality And Perspectives

Water Quality Parameters and Analysis Physical, Chemical, and Biological MTFT and MFT
Methods Water Quality Standards and Planning Factors in India Objectives of Public Water
Supply Scheme Health, Acceptability, Adequacy, Convenience and Economy Aspects
Population Forecasts Percapita Demand and Variation in Demand Pattern Rural Water
Supply Scheme Necessity and State -of -art Methods.
i
n
e
v
Unit II : Water Supply Sources

Surface, Sub-surface, and Ground Waters Hydrology and Impounded Storage Requirements
MassInflow Curve and Analytical Methods Hydraulics of Ground Water Flow Estimating
Yields of Wells by Steady State Methods (without derivation) Intake Structures for Different
Sources River, Canal, Lake, Reservoir, Wells and Infiltration Galleries Construction,
Development, and Sanitary Protection of Wells Salt Water Intrusion and Control Strategies Rain water harvesting.
a
y
Unit III : Water Transmission Systems

Gravity and Pressure Systems Hydraulics and Design of Pressure Pipes Analytical Methods
and Nomograms Series and Parallel Pipes - Different Materials of Pipes - Selections and
Class of Pipes Laying, Jointing and Testing of Commonly used Pipes Appurtenances of Pipes
Pumps and their Selections Pumping Stations - Automatic Controls.
n
u
Unit IV : Water Treatment Processes

Characteristics of Surface and Ground Waters Conventional and Un-conventional Treatment
Schemes Principles, Functions, and Design of Flash Mixer, Flocculator, Sedimentation Tank,
Slow and Rapid Sand Filters, and Disinfection Process Principles of Ion Balancing Bar Graph,
Water Softening, Aeration , Iron and Manganese Removal, and Fluoride Removal.
r
a
Unit V : Distribution And Storage Systems

Types, Functions and Requirements of Distribution System Pressure Requirements and
Surveys Analysis of Distribution System Method of Sections, Equivalent Pipe Method, and
Hardy-Cross Method of Balancing Network Operation and Maintenance of Distribution
Systems Leak Detection, Corrosion Control and Langelier Index, and Lining of Pipes Storage
Reservoirs Types, Functions, Location, and Capacity House Connections and Appurtenances.
25
Text Book
1. Raju, B.S.N., Water Supply and Waste Water Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Book
Co., New Delhi, 1995.
y
it
Reference Books
1. Hammer, M.J., Water and Waste Water Technology, 2nd Edn. (SI Version), John
Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1986.
th
2. Birdie, G.S., and Birdie, J.S., Water Supply and Sanitary Engieneering, 8 Edn.,
Dhanpat Rai and Sons Ltd., 1997.
e
v
CE225 SANITARY ENGINEERING
s
r
Credit: 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Sewage And Sewerage Engineering

Definition & Classification of Sewage - Quantity of Sanitary Sewage and Storm Water
Fluctuations in Flow Pattern Design Flow of Sewage Physio-chemical and Biological
Characteristics Assessment of Organic Solids by BOD, COD, TOC, ThOD, & TOD
Microbiology of Sewage Systems and Layouts of Sewerage Analysis and Design of Sewers
under Different Flow Situations - Sewer Sections Materials for Sewers Laying, Jointing, and
Testing of Sewers Appurtenances and Maintenance - Pumping of Sewage and Pumping
Stations.
i
n
Unit II : Preliminary And Primary Treatments Of Sewage

Principles and Objectives of Sewage Treatment Operation and Design of Bar Rack and Grit
Chamber with Velocity Control Devices Principles of Primary Treatment and Design of
Primary Sedimentation Tank Disposal of Rackings, Gritty Materials, and Sludge Solids.
a
y
n
u
Unit III : Biological Treatment Processes

Objectives of Biological Treatment Path Ways of Decomposition Aerobic, Anaerobic, and
Anoxic Processes Operation & Design of Convensional Activated Sludge Process with
Diffuser and Mechanical Aerators Process Modifications Analysis and Design of Trickling
Filter High rate and Standard Rate Filters Low Cost Waste Water Treatments Principles
and Design of Stabilization Ponds, Oxidation Ponds and Aerated Lagoons Rural Sanitation
Operation and Design of Septic and Imhoff Tanks Excreta Disposal Schemes.
r
a
Unit IV : Engineering Methods Of Sludge Disposal

Objectives of Sludge Disposal Types and Characteristics of Sludges in a Typical Treatment
Plant Operation and Design of Sludge Digestions Energy Recovery Aspects regarding
Methane Production Sludge Lagooning, Unconvensional Methods of Disposal - Disposal of
Sewage by Dilution in Streams, Rivers, and Estuaries Self-purification and Oxygen Sag-curve
Analysis Trophic Status of Aquatic Bodies.
26
Unit V : House Drainage Works

Sanitary Fittings One Pipe and Two Pipe Systems - General Layout of House Drainage Works
Street Connections.
y
it
Recycling Of Waste Water
Text Book
1. Steel.E.W.and McGhee, T.J., Water Supply and Sewerage, 5th Edn., McGraw Hill
International Editions, New York, 1988.
Reference Books
1. Metcalf and Eddy, Inc., Waste Water Engineering Treatment, Disposal and Reuse,
3rd Edn., McGraw Hill Book Co., N.Y. 1985.
2. Raju, B.S.N., Water Supply and Waste Water Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Co.,
New Delhi, 1995.
i
n
e
v
s
r
CE226 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credit: 0:0:2
Marks: 50+50
I. Analysis of Water Quality Parameters:1. Determination of pH

2. Determination of Acidity and Alkalinity
3. Determination of Chlorides
4. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen
5. Determination of Fluorides
6. Estimation of Iron and Manganese
7. Estimation of Phosphates
8. Estimation of Sulphates
9. Estimation of Total Dissolved Solids.
10. Estimation of Conductivity
11. Determination of Turbidity and Optimum Coagulant Dose by Jar Test Apparatus
12. Determination of Available Chlorine in Bleaching Powder, Residual Chlorine, Break
Point Chlorination and Chlorine Demand.
13. Determination of MPN Index for Coliforms
n
u
r
a
a
y
II. Analysis of Waste Water Characteristics:1. Determination of Total Solids, Settlable Solids, Dissolved Solids, Suspended Solids and
Volatile Solids.
2. Determination of BOD and COD
3. Determination of Ammonianitrogen and Nitrates.
27
Text Book
1. Sawyer, N.C., and McCarty, P.L., Chemistry for Environmental Engineering, 5th Edn.,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York., 1985.
y
it
Reference Book
1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water, APHA-AWWAWPCF, 25th Edn., Washington (D.C), 1995.
CE227 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I
e
v
s
r
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Fundamental Concepts In Structures

Definition and Determination of Static and Kinematic Indeterminacy Beams, Trusses and
Frames Degree of Freedom Equillibrium and Kinematic Stability Principle of
Superposition Basic Methods of Structural Analysis.
Energy Methods:
Work Energy principles Principle of Stationary Potential Energy Principle of Virtual
Displacements Complementary Energy Principle of virtual Forces Castiglianos First
Theorem Engessors Theorem Castiglianos Second Theorem Betti Maxwells law
Theorem of least work Application to simple problems of Statically determinate beams, trusses
and frames.
i
n
Unit II : Moving Loads And Influence Lines

Effect of moving load Description of Influence line Influence line for Reaction, Shear Force
and Bending Moment Load position Absolute maximum bending moment Muller
Breslaus Principle Application to beams with one degree of indeterminacy Influence line for
forces in members of determinate trusses.
a
y
n
u
Unit III : Arches

Three hinged arch Two hinged arch parabolic and semi circular arches Concentrated loads
Uniform loads Temperature effects Determination of Reaction, Normal Thrust, Radial
shear and Bending Moment Influence line for Stress Resultants in two hinged and three hinged
arches load position for maximum values.
r
a
Unit IV : Three Dimensional Frames (Determinate)

Analysis of pin jointed Space frames forces in various members Analysis of Rigid jointed
space frames Determination of stress resultants Application to Simple problems Analysis of
Suspension Bridges. - Use of Analysis Software for application to space trusses. *
Unit V : Force Method

Consistent Deformation Method General Concept Application to Truss subjected to Loads
Application of Clapeyrons Theorem of Three Moments to fixed and continuous beams
Temperature, Lack of fit, Settlement of Support effects in structures. - Use of Analysis
software for application to plane trusses for nodal displacement.
28
Text Book
1. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1996.
References
1. Armenakas A.E., Classical Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1988.
2. Au T and Christiano, P, Structural analysis, Prentice Hall, 1982.
3. Hibbeler R.C, Structural Analysis, Macmillan Pub.Co., 1985.
4. Laible J.P, Structural Analysis, Mc Graw Hill Book Co., 1984.
5. Smith J.C., Structural Analysis, Harper and Row Pub., 1988.
e
v
s
r
* Software like ANSYS, SAP, FEAST may be suggested depending on their availability.
CE228 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS II
i
n
y
it
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Slope Deflection Method To Beams And Frames

Displacement method concept - Slope Deflection equations - Fixed End moments Application to
Statically indeterminate beams and frames - Effect of temperature, settlement - Deformed shape,
Bending Moment and Shear Force Diagrams and axial force diagram.
Unit II : Moment Distribution Method To Beams And Frames

Basic concepts - Stiffness factor, distribution factor and carry over factors - Single span beams
with different support conditions - Fixed End Moments - Moment Distribution in Continuous
Beams - Portal frames with and without side Sway - Deflected shape, bending moment, shear
force and Thrust Diagrams - Symmetric Structure subjected to Symmetric and Antisymmetric
Loadings.
a
y
n
u
Unit III: Characteristics Of Flexibility And Stiffness Matrices And Flexibility

Method
Definition - Application of Principle of Superposition - Properties - Application to Two Degree
of Freedom systems - Structure and element co-ordinates - Transformation of force and
displacement - Structure flexibility in terms of element flexibility - Structure stiffness in terms of
element stiffness.
Forces not acting at co-ordinates - Formulation of Structure Flexibility matrix - Determination of
Displacements - Application to determinate and indeterminate trusses, beams, frames - Effect of
Temperature, lack of fit.
r
a
Unit IV : Stiffness Method

Forces not acting at co-ordinates _ Formulation of Structure Stiffness matrix - Determination of
Displacements - Application to determinate and indeterminate trusses, beams, frames - Effect of
Temperature, lack of fit - Static Condensation Technique. - use of analysis software for
application to the analysis of plane trusses and frames. *
29
Unit V : Beams On Elastic Foundation And Introduction To Structural Dynamics

Introduction - basic concepts -differential equation for a beam resting on elastic foundation Infinite beam - concentrated load on infinite beam - concentrated moment on an infinite beam uniformly distributed load of finite length on an infinite beam.
Free vibration - damped - undamped vibrations for single degree of freedom system - forced
vibration - displacement and force isolation.
Text Book
1. Reddy C S, Basic Structural Analysis , Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1996.
y
it
s
r
Reference Books
1. Bhatt P, Problems in structural Analysis by Matrix Methods , Wheeler, 1989.
2. Flemming, J.F., Computer Analysis of Structural Systems , McGraw Hill, 1989.
3. Holzer S M, Computer Analysis of Structures , Elsevier, 1985.
4. Mukhopadhyay M , Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis , Oxford &
IBH, 1984.
5. McGuire W and Gallagher R H, Matrix Structural Analysis , John Wiley & Sons, 979.
6. Meek, J.L., Matrix Structural Analysis , McGraw Hill, 1971.
7. Przemieniecki,J. S, Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis , McGraw Hill, 1968.
8. Rubinstein M F, Matrix Computer Analysis , Prentice Hall, 1969.
9. Sack R C, Matrix Structural Analysis , PWS - Kent Pub. Co., 1989
10. Wang C K and Solomon C G, Introductory Structural Analysis , McGraw Hill Book cc,
1984.
11. Kanchi M B, Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis , Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1993.
12. Sack R L, Structural Analysis , McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1984.
13. Smith. J C , Structural Analysis , Harper and Row Pub., 1988.
14. Rajasekaran,S., Sankarasubramanian,G., Computational Structural Mechanics, Prentice
Hall of India, 2000
n
u
a
y
e
v
i
n
* Software like ANSYS, SAP AND FEAST may be suggested depending on their availability.
r
a
CE229 CONCRETE & HIGHWAYS LABORATORY
(a) Concrete Lab:
Credit: 0:0:2
Marks: 50 +50
Tests On Cement : Specific gravity, Fineness, specific surface, soundness, consistency,

initial and final setting time, compressive strength of cement mortar.
Tests On Fine Aggregate : Tests to find alkalinity, organic content, etc. - particle size
distribution and fineness modulus - specific gravity and voids ratio - Bulking of sand.
30
Tests On Coarse Aggregate : Particle size distribution and fineness modulus - specific
gravity - voids - absorption test - crushing and impact strength - abrasion test.
y
it
Concret'e Mix Design : A.C.I and I.S. Methods

Test On Fresh Concrete : Slump test, Vee-Bee test, compaction factor test.
Tests On Hardened Concrete : Compression test on cubes - Modulus of rupture test splitting tension test - Determination of modulus of elasticity.
(b) Highway Lab: Tests On Bituminous Materials And Mixes:
e
v
s
r
(a) Penetration test on bitumen.

(b) Ductility test on bitumen
(c) Softening point test on bitumen or tar.
(d) Flash and fire point tests on bitumen/cutback bitumen
(e) Specific gravity test
(f) Viscosity test on cutback - bitumen or tar (using orifice Viscometer)
(g) Marshall stability test on bituminous mix and determination of density,
voids, stability and flow values.
i
n
Text Books
1. Shetty, M.S., Concrete Technology, S.Chand and Company Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Khanna and Justo, Highway Material Testing Laboratory Manual, New Chand and
Brothers, Roorkee.
a
y
Reference Book
1. Davis, H.F., Troxell, G.E and Hauck, G.R.H., The testing of Engineering Materials,
Mc.Graw Hill International Book Co.
n
u
CE230 DESIGN AND DRAWING

(IRRIGATION AND ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING)
r
a
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Part : A
Design of the following irrigation works are to be worked out and detailed drawings are to be
drawn:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Earthen Dams - Sections of different types of earth dams, plan showing drainage systems.
Tank sluice - wing type
Tank surplus weir.
Canal Regulator (Head regulator)
Canal drop.
Syphon aqueducts
31
Part: B
Design of the following Environmental Engineering works are to be worked out and detailed
drawings are to be drawn.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
General layout of water supply scheme.

Mixing basin, flocculation and sedimentation tanks.
Slow and rapid filters - service and clear water reservoirs.
General layout for drainage scheme.
Manholes, pumping station, septic tank with dispersion trenches and imhoff tank.
Primary and secondary settling tanks - trickling filter and storm water separator.
e
v
y
it
s
r
Text Books
1. Krishnamoorthy, P., Structural. Design Drawing, CBS Publishers
2. Satyanarayanamurthy, C., Design of Minor Irrigation and Canal Structures, Wiley
Eastern Limited, June 1994.
i
n
References
1. Ellis, W.M., College of Engineering Manual: Irrigation, The Textile Institute Publishers,
1955.
2. Gharpure, V.N., A Text Book of water supply Engineering, Allied Publishers limited.
Note:
Autonomous Examination is 4 hour duration. There will be two questions in part A and two
in part B. Out of which the students will have to answer one in each.
a
y
CE231 CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING
n
u
Credit: 0:0:2
Marks: 50+50
Symbols and sign conventions related to Architecture - Traffic - Electrical Circuits - Plumbing
& welding - Metric Brick - Bonds in Brick masonry, cross walls and corner walls.
r
a
Joinery in wood work - timber doors, windows and ventilators - panelled and glazed types.
Planning and detailing of Stairs and Staircases.
Plan, Elevation, Section and Perspective Views of single storeyed residential and public
buildings such as hospitals, restaurants and auditoriums - Use of AUTOCAD and CADPLUS
3D and other architectural software systems .
Text Book
1. Balgopal,T.S., Prabhu,T.S., Building drawing and detailing, Spades Publishing KDFA
building Calicut, 1987.
32
Reference Book
1. AUTO CAD Tutorials and manual.- Autodesk work book on AUTO CAD Level
I and II CAD/CAM centre, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore
y
it
Note:
Autonomous Examination is for three hours duration and the students are required to
answer one question out of two in Major part -A and two minor questions out of three in
Minor Part B
CE232 ESTIMATING, COSTING AND SPECIFICATIONS
e
v
s
r
Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
Unit I : Procedure Of Estimating Quantities

Introduction Main items of work calculation of quantities of earth work, stone masonry, brick
masonry, plastering, cement concrete, R.C.C., Doors, Windows, Flooring, White Washing,
colour washing, Distembering and their units.
i
n
Unit II : Rate Analysis

Factors affecting rates importance Materials for different items of work Rates of materials
and labour analysis of Rates for cement concrete, R.C.C., brick masonry, Stone masonry,
Hollow block masonry, Plastering, Painting, Flooring, Road works, Sanitary Works, Water
supply works and Electrical works.
a
y
Unit III : Cost Estimate Of Buildings

Approximate methods Plinth area estimate Cubical Contents estimate.
Detailed estimate Estimation of the cost of single storeyed buildings by individual wall method
and centre line method.
n
u
Estimation of Roofs R.C.C. slab roof, GI sheet roof, Tiled Roof, Roof Truss.
r
a
Estimation of R.C.C.works Beam, T-beam and Slab, Column, Foundation, Stair case,
Retaining wall etc.
Unit IV : Cost Estimate Of Other Structures
Estimation of roads Earth work, Pitching of Slopes, Hill roads.
Estimation of R.C.C. slab culvert, Pier, Pipe culvert, R.C.C. T-beam bridge.
Estimation of Irrigation works like Canals, Aqueducts, Syphon, etc.
Estimation of Water supply and sanitary works like septic tank, Soak pit, Manhole, sewer line,
etc.
Unit V : Specifications And Valuation

Specifications Objectives types of specifications principles of specification - writing
typical specifications.
33
Valuation Market value Book value Scrap value Salvage value annuity Capitalized
values sinking fund depreciation Valuation of a building Rent fixation Mortgage
Lease cash flow and cost control.
Text Books
1. Dutta, Estimating and Costing, S Dutta & Co., Lucknow.
2. Rangawala..S.C., Estimating and Costing, Charotar Anand.
y
it
s
r
Reference Book
1. Kohli, D.D.and Kohli R.C., A Text book on Estimating, Costing and Accounts,
S.Chand and Co., New Delhi, 1994.
e
v
CE233 COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY I
i
n
Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
Main frame - Mini and Micro computers - system configuration - Functions Hardware,
Software, Operating System Basics - File Processing Techniques - High level languages
packages.
Unit II: Development and Implementation of Programs for the following in C

Language
1. Solution of simultaneous equations by Gauss Jordan method.
2. Solution of non-linear equations using Newton-Raphson technique.
3. Drawing the S.F and B.M. diagrams for simply supported beams and cantilever beams
subject to point, udl and uniformly varying loads
4. Analysis of plane, pinjointed frames.
5. Deflection of cantilever and simply supported beams.
6. Limit state Design of R. C. Rectangular and T beams.
7. Design of tension and Compression Steel Members.
8. Expert Systems for Classification of soil.
9. Water surface profiles.
10. Determination of friction factor
11. Stability of slopes
n
u
r
a
a
y
Unit III : Development and Implementation of Programmes for the following using Excel
1. Design of R.C. Retaining Walls
2. Design Profile of masonry dams
3. Design of Two-way slab and flat slab.
Note: Examination is for four hours duration.
34
Text Book
1. Balaguruswamy. E Object Oriented Programming in C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
y
it
CE234 COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY II
Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Analysis of 2D Truss using STAAD-III

Analysis of 2D and 3D Rigid Frames using STAAD-III
Analysis of 3D pin jointed frames using ANSYS
Analysis of suspension cables using ANSYS
Design of Footings and Retaining Walls using STAAD-III
Structural Design of the following, using STAAD-III and detailing of the same using
AUTO CAD
a. R.C. Beams
b. R.C. Slabs
c. R.C. Columns and Footings
d. Steel beams
e. Steel columns
7. Design of circular water tanks using STAAD-III
8. Deflection and Stresses in beams using FEAST
9. Building Drawing, including perspective view using Floor Plan 3D
10. Concrete mix design and mathematical calculations using MATHCAD
11. Application to Transportation Engineering, Environmental Engineering, Estimation and
Costing, Management, Science, etc.
Note
Examination will be of four hours duration and students will be examined in modeling
and the application of general purpose packages.
n
u
a
y
e
v
i
n
s
r
CE 235 BASIC STRUCTURAL DESIGN
r
a
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40 +60
Unit-I : Structure and Design Concepts

Classification of structures function, material and shape different structural systems
requirements of structures basic structural requirements stability, strength and stiffness
design process codes of practice.
Working stress method limit state method of Design Probabilistic approach to design load
and resistance design for strength, stiffness and stability considerations choice between
different structural materials concrete, timber, Masonry and steel.
Structural Loads:
Dead load live load Wind load Calculation of wind load for a Structure Seismic load
buoyancy and thermal loads.
35
Unit II : Design of Masonry Walls and Columns

Axially loaded square and rectangular columns with uniaxial eccentricity solid walls load
bearing walls axially loaded eccentrically loaded walls with openings Non load bearing
walls.
y
it
Laterally Loaded Masonry Structures:

Structures and loads stability of masonry middle third rule Masonry dams Trapezoidal
dams Retaining walls.
s
r
Unit III : Load Distribution Elements

Bed blocks spread footings for walls and columns area based on safe bearing capacity.
e
v
Design of Reinforced Masonry

Introduction basic concepts limit state design of reinforced brick masonry lintels axially
loaded columns.
i
n
Unit IV : Timber: Flexural and Compression Members

Factors affecting the strength permissible stresses Design for bending, shear and bearing
Flitched beams solid and built up columns combined bending and direct stress application
to form work.
Unit V : Bolted and Welded Joints

Bearing and friction type of bolts splicing joint joints subjected to moment and direct load
and torsion butt and fillet welds joints subjected to shear, bending and torsion.
a
y
Text Book
1. Arya A.S., Structural Design in Steel, Masonry and Timber, Nemchand and Bros.,
Roorkee, 1987.
n
u
Reference Book
1. Dayarathnam P., Bricks and Reinforced Brick Structures, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.,
(Pvt.)Ltd ., New Delhi.
r
a
CE236 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY AND CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS
Credit: 4:0:0
Marks: 40 +60
Unit I : General Geology

Geology in Civil Engineering branches of geology Earth structure and composition
elementary knowledge on continental drift and plate tectonics. Earth processes weathering work of rivers, wind and sea and their Engineering importance Causes of Earthquake
Earthquake belts in India. Groundwater mode of occurrence prospecting importance in
Civil Engineering.
36
Mineralogy
Elementary knowledge on symmetry elements of important crystallographic systems physical
properties of minerals study of the following rock forming mineral Quartz family, felspar
family, augite, hornblende, biotite, muscovite, calcite, garnet, properties, behaviour and
engineering significance of clay minerals fundamentals of the process of formation of ore
minerals coal and petroleum their origin and occurrence in India.
y
it
Unit II : Petrology
Classification of rocks distinction between igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.
Description, Occurrence, Engineering properties and Distribution of following rocks. Igneous
rocks granite, syenite, diorite, gabbro, pegmatite and basalt. Sedimentary rocks sandstone,
limestone, shale, conglomerate and Breccia. Metamorphic rocks - quartzite, marble, slate,
thyllite, gneiss and schist.
e
v
s
r
Unit III : Structural Geology And Geophysical Methods

Attitude of beds outcrops geological maps study of structures folds, faults and joints
their bearing on Engineering investigations. Remote sensing techniques study of air photos
and satellite images interpretation for Civil Engineering projects Geological conditions
necessary for construction of dams, tunnels, building and road cutting. Land slides causes and
prevention. Sea erosion and coastal protection.
i
n
Unit IV : Civil Engineering Materials

Cement and Concrete raw material manufacture type and properties of cement Concrete
mixes grades steel heat treatment process alloy steels plain and deformed bars
relative merits strength specifications.
a
y
Unit V : Clay Products And Miscellaneous Materials

Manufacture and qualities of good bricks and tiles tests and standards for bricks uses of
ceramics refractories terracota and glazed products- paints varnishes distempers plastic
emulsions rubber aluminium glass felts Asbestos Plastics.
n
u
Text Books
1. Parbin Singh, Engineering and general Geology, Katson publication House, 1987.
2. Krynine and Judd, Engineering Geology and Geotechniques, McGraw Hill Book
Company 1970.
3. Duggal, S.K. Building Materials, New Age International Publishers, New Delhi, 2003.
r
a
Reference Books
1. Legget, R.F., and Hatheway, A.W., Geology and Engineering, McGraw Hill Book
Company. 1988.
2. Blyth, Geology for Engineers, BLBS, 1985.
37
y
it
CE 237 ELEMENTS OF TOWN PLANNING AND ARCHITECTURE
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40 +60
General Planning concepts in Town Planning - History of Town Planning in India - Early
settlements to New towns - elements of city plan - planning attributes and level of planning survey for town planning Importance of Climate, Topography, Drainage and Water Supply in
selection of site for development.
e
v
s
r
Unit II : Contents Of Development Plans

Scope and Content of Master plan - Regional plan - Structure plan - Detailed development plan Urban renewal - planning standards for Neighborhood - Basic Principles in planning various land
uses Residential Commercial Industrial Transportation Recreational Agriculture
Utility and services.
i
n
Unit III : Planning Legislations

Evolution of planning legislation in India - Organisation and administration of planning agencies
at National, State, Regional level and Metropolitan Level - Tamil Nadu Town and Country
Planning Act - Building bye laws- function of local Authority - Provision of Building
Regulations
a
y
Unit IV : Introduction To Architecture

Origin of Architecture - Definition - Influence of Nature - Climate - Topography- Building
Materials Socio-cultural Conditions - Economic and Technological Factors on Architecture
Principles of Building Planning Aspect Prospect Furniture requirements Roominess
Grouping Circulation Flexibility Privacy Sanitation Elegance Economy Practical
Consideration.
n
u
r
a
Unit V : Basic Elements Of Architecture

Principles of Architectural Composition Unity Contrast Rhythm Proportion Scale
Balance and Symmetry Character Harmony Colour Light and Shade Solids and Voids
Principles relating to function - Strength Appearance.
Interior planning and Treatment Interior Decoration Furniture and fittings Thermal and
Acoustic insulation.
Text Books
1. Rangwala,S.C., Town Planning, Charotar Publishing House, Anand, Gujarat, 1985.
2. Pramar V.S., Design Fundamentals in Architecture, Somaiya Publications Pvt. Ltd, New
Delhi.
38
Reference Books
1. Rafciff, I., An Introduction to Town Planning and country planning, Hutchinson, London,
1987.
2. Gowda, S., Urban and Regional Planning Prasaranga, University of Mysore, Mysore,
1986
3. Hiraskar,G.K., Fundamentals of Town Planning , Danpat Rai an sons, Delhi, 1989.
4. Pickering,E., Architectural Design, John Wiley and Sons, London.
5. Hepler and Wallach, Architecture, Drafting and Design, McGraw-Hill Book Co,
Newyork.
e
v
CE 238 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING
i
n
y
it
s
r
Credit: 4:0:0
Marks: 40 +60
General crop seasons Humid, arid and semiarid regions necessity of irrigation water
requirements Duty Delta irrigated area Base period crop period water requirement
calculation consumptive use (evapo transpiration) Determination of consumptive use
irrigation efficiencies factors affecting the duty of water - Methods of improving duty - Types
of irrigation Methods of Application of Water on Field Protective and Productive irrigation
works.
Unit II : Hydrology
Introduction Hydrologic cycle and hydrological data precipitation Amount of precipitable
water different forms of precipitation Types of rainfall measurements variability of rain fall
with respect to time and space Interpretation of rainfall data Maximum precipitable water.
Hydrologic Abstractions Interception and depression storage evaporation Transpiration
infiltration Infiltration Indices - Runoff - Factors affecting Runoff Estimation of Run off
Empirical formulae Unit Hydrograph method Stream Gauging Flood estimation by
Empirical formulae Unit Hydrograph - Statistical and Probability methods - Flood Frequency
Analysis.
a
y
n
u
r
a
Unit III : Ground Water

Ground water hydrology Aquifers permeability and transmissibility steady flow towards a
well in confined and water table aquifer measurement of yield of an open well - Well losses
Interference of wells - Typical cross section of open and tube well comparison of well and flow
irrigation.
Unit IV : Distribution System

Definition and importance of sediment transport Mechanics of sediment transport Estimation
of transported sediments suspended load and its measurement.
Alluvial and non alluvial soil Alignment of canals Distribution systems for canal irrigation
Determination of required channel capacity channel losses. Design of channels in India
Regime channels Kennedys theory - design procedure use of Garrots diagram Laceys
39
theory - Design procedures use of Laceys Diagram - comparison of the two theories. Design
procedure for irrigation channel cross section and components balancing depth for
excavating canals fixing the longitudinal section of the canal Classification of canals canal
lining Maintenance of irrigation canals.
y
it
Unit V : Water Logging, Drainage And River Control

Salinity and water logging causes and effect of water logging Logging control Reclamation
of saline land surface and subsurface drainage Drainage design for agricultural areas lay
out of drainage system classification of rivers in various ways flood control and river training
Behaviour of river, control and training of rivers methods of river training work.
e
v
s
r
Text Books
1. Garg,S.K., Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Khanna Publishers, 1997.
2. Punmia, B.C., Pande and Lal, B.B. Irrigation and water power Engineering, Laxmi
Publications pvt. Ltd., 1992.
i
n
Reference Books
1. Bharat Singh, Fundamentals of Irrigation Engineering, Nem Chand and Brothers.
2. Sahasrabudhe, S.R., Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Katson Publishers,
1994.
CE 239 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
a
y
Credit : 0:0:1
Marks: 25 + 25

Torsion test on rod
Charpy and Izod Impact test
Cold bend test
Tension, Compression (Parallel as well as perpendicular to the grains) and impact
tests on timber specimens.
10. Deflection tests on timber and steel beams
12. Test on Bricks
n
u
r
a
Reference Book
1. The testing of engineering materials H.E Daris, G.E. Troxell, G.F.W. Hauck 4th edition,
International Student Edition. Mc. Graw Hill International Book Company.
40
CE301 MATRIX COMPUTER METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
Unit I : Review of Fundamental Concepts

Introduction - Forces and Displacement Measurements - Principle of Superposition - Force and
Displacement Methods of Structural Analysis - Betti's law - Stiffness and Flexibility matrices
of the elements - a review.
s
r
Transformation of Information
Indeterminate Structures - Transformation of system force to element force - Element
flexibility to system flexibility - system displacement to element displacement Transformation of forces and displacement in general - Normal and Orthogonal transformation.
e
v
Unit II : Flexibility Method

Choice of redundant - ill and well conditioned equations - Automatic choice of redundants Rank technique - Transformation of one set of redundant to another set - Thermal expansion Lack of fit - Application to pin jointed plane and space trusses - Continuous beams, single
storeyed rigid frames and grids.
i
n
Unit III : Stiffness Method

Development of Stiffness method - Analogy between flexibility and stiffness - Analysis due to
thermal expansion - lack of fit - Application to pin jointed plane and space trusses - continuous
beams - frames and grids.
a
y
Unit IV : Matrix Displacement Methods - Special Topics

Static Condensation Technique - Substructure Technique - Transfer Matrix Method - Symmetry
and Anti Symmetry of Structures - Reanalysis Technique - Analysis of non-prismatic and
curved members.
n
u
Direct Stiffness Method

Discrete System - Direct Stiffness approach - Application to two and three dimensional pinjointed trusses - plane frames - Grids - Three dimensional Space frames.
r
a
Unit V : Matrix Displacement Method To Influence Line

Introduction - Maxwell's law of reciprocal deflection - Generalized Maxwell's theorem - Muller
Breslau's principle - Influence line for continuous beams and rigid frames.
Computer Application
Computer Applications - application and use of Computer packages such as SAP, STAAD,
STARDYNE - solving problems by MATLAB and EXCEL.
Text Books
1. McGuire and Gallagher.R.H., "Matrix Structural Analysis", John Wiley, 1979.
2. Rubinstein M.F., "Matrix Computer Analysis of Structures", Prentice hall 1966.
41
3. Rajasekaran, S and Sankarasubramanian, G., "Computational Structural Mechanics",

Prentice Hall of India, 2001.
y
it
Reference Books
1. Beaufait, F.W., "Computer Method of Structural Analysis, "Prentice Hall 1970.
2. Holzer, S.M., "Computational analysis of Structures", Elsevier Science publishing.
3. Meek, J.L., "Matrix Structural Analysis", McGraw Hill, 1971.
4. Prezemineicki, J.S., "Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis, "McGraw Hill Book
Co.,1984.
e
v
CE302 APPLIED ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY
s
r
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Analysis Of Stress And Strain In Cartesian Coordinates

Analysis of stress (two and three dimension)- Body force, surface forces - Uniform state of
stress - Principal stresses - stress transformation laws - Differential equations of equilibrium.
Analysis of strain (two and three dimension) Strain displacement relations - Compatibility
equations - state of strain at a point - strain transformations - principal strain - principle of superposition.
i
n
Stress Strain Relations And Formulation of Elasticity Problems:

Stress - strain relations - generalized Hook's law - Lama's constants - methods of formulation
of elasticity problems - Equilibrium equations in terms of displacements - compatibility
equations in terms of stresses - Boundary Value problems.
a
y
Unit II : Two Dimensional Problems In Cartesian Coordinates

Introduction: Plane stress and Plane strain problems - Airy's stress function - polynomials Direct method of determining Airy's polynomial stress function - solution of Biharmonic equation by Fourier series - St. Venant principle.
n
u
Application to:
a. Bending of a cantilever loaded at end.
b. Bending of a Beam by uniform load.
c. Bending of a cantilever with a moment at the end.
r
a
Unit III : Two Dimensional Problems In Polar Coordinates

General equations in polar coordinates - stress distribution symmetrical about an axis - pure
bending of curved bars - strain components in polar coordinates - displacements for
symmetrical stress distribution (Rotating Disc - Bending of a curved bar by force at the end Effect of circular hole on stress distribution in a plate) - concentrated force at a point of a
straight boundary - Forces on wedges - A circular disc with diametric loading.
42
Unit IV : Torsion Of Prismatic Bars

General solutions of the problem by displacement (St. Venant's warping function) and force
(Prandtl's stress function) approaches - Membrane analogy-Torsion of shafts of circular and
noncircular (elliptic, triangular and rectangular) cross sectional shapes - Torsion of thin
rectangular section and hollow thin walled single and multicelled sections.
y
it
Unit V : Introduction To Plasticity

Introduction to stress-strain curve - Ideal plastic body - criterion of yielding - Rankine's
theory - St.Venant's theory - Tresca's criterion - Beltramis theory - Von-mises criterion Mohr's theory of yielding - yield surface - Flow rule (plastic stressstrain relation) Prandtl
Reuss equations - Plastic work - Plastic potential - uniqueness of stress distribution Elastoplastic problems of beams in bending - thick hollow spheres and cylinders subjected to
internal pressure - General relations - plastic torsion - perfect plasticity - bar of circular cross
section - Nadai's sand heap analogy.
i
n
e
v
s
r
Text Books
1. Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.
2. Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Plasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.
Reference Books
1. Chow,P.C. and Pagano,N.J.,"Elasticity, Tensor, Dyadic and Engg. approaches",
D.Vannostrard Co., New York, 1968.
2. Timoshenko, S and Goodier, J.N, "Theory of Elasticity", Mc Graw Hill Book Co.,
1951.
3. Chakrabarthy, T., "Theory of Plasticity", Mc Graw Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1988.
4. Mendelson, A., "Plasticity, Theory and Applications", MacMillan Co., New York,
1968.
n
u
a
y
CE303 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS

Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I : Introduction And Principles Of Dynamics

Vibration studies and their importance to structural engineering problems - elements of vibratory
systems and simple harmonic motion - Vibration with and without damping - constraints generalized mass D'Alembert's principle - Hamilton's principle - Lagrange equations coupling.
r
a
Single Degree Of Freedom:

Degree of freedom - Equation of motion for S.D.O.F. - damped and undamped free vibrations Undamped forced vibration - Critical damping - Logarithmic decrement Response to support
motion - Response of one degree freedom system to harmonic excitation, damped or undamped
- Evaluation of damping resonance - band width method to evaluate damping - force transmitted
to foundation - vibration isolation.
43
Unit II : Response To General Dynamic Loading

Fourier series expression for loading-Response to general dynamic loading - (blast or
earthquake) - Duhamel's integral - Numerical evaluation - Fast Fourier Transforms.
y
it
Generalized Distributed Flexibility:

Expression for generalized system properties Vibrational analysis with Rayleigh's variational
method - Rayleigh - Ritz method.
s
r
Unit III : Multidegree Freedom System

Evaluation of structural property matrices- Natural vibrations - solution of the eigen value
problem - vector interaction methods - Stodala and Subspace iteration techniques,
Transformation methods - Jacobi and Given's method, Frequency search methods - Hozer and
Transfer matrix methods Dunkery's equation and Rayleigh - Ritz methods - Orthogonality of
natural modes.
i
n
e
v
Solution Of Equilibrium Equations In Dynamics:

Introduction - Direct integration methods - The central Difference method - The Houbolt method
Wilson -method and the Newmark method.
Unit IV : Distributed Parameter System
Differential equation of motion - analysis. of undamped free vibration of simply supported and
cantilever beams - effect of axial loads - numerical evaluation of modes - frequencies and
response system - vibration analysis using finite element method for beams and framescomponent mode synthesis.
a
y
Unit V : Analysis Of Structures Subjected To Dynamic Loads

Idealisation of multi-storeyed frames for dynamic analysis - machine foundations -analysis of
blast loading - earthquake response - elastic rebound theory; deterministic analysis of earthquake
response - lumped S.D.O.F system - Design of earthquake resistant structures - I.S Code
provisions-Dynamic interaction problems-Wind induced vibration of Structures.
n
u
Text Books
1. Clough, R.,W., and Penzien, "Dynamics of Structures", McGraw Hill Book Co Ltd, 1986.
2. Paz Mario," Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation", CBS publishers, 1999
r
a
Reference Books
1. Craig,R.R., "Structural Dynamics - An Introduction to computer Methods", John Wiley
& Sons, 1989.
2. Hurty W.C and Rubinstein, M.F "Dynamics of Structures", Prentice Hall, 1967.
3. Biggs, 3.M., "Introduction to Structural Dynamics", McGraw-Hill, Co., 1964.
4. Thomson, W.T., "Theory of Vibration", Prentice Hall of India, 1975.
5. Manickaselvam, V.K., "Elementary Structural Dynamics", Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1987.
44
CE304 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS IN ENGINEERING

Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40+60
y
it
Concept of an element - various element shapes - one, two and three dimensional elements Finite Element procedure, variational principles and method of weighted residual - Principle
of virtual work - Rayleigh Ritz method - Galerkin's method of weighted residual.
Displacement, stress and hybrid models - principle of minimum potential energy - principle
of minimum complementary energy - Reissner's principle. Convergence and compatibility
requirements - Assumed displacement field - Pascal Triangle - Melosh criteria - Two
dimensional Truss problem.
e
v
s
r
Solution Of Large Number Of Equations:

Review of Gaussian Elimination and Cholesky methods, Storage schemes - skyline, band forms band solver, Frontal solver - Cholesky LU decomposition in skyline storage.
i
n
Unit II : Two Dimensional Elements

Triangular Elements - constant strain Triangle - Element stiffness matrix - various methods of
evaluating element stiffness Higher order triangular elements - comparison of different
elements. Rectangular Elements - Serendipity family - Lagrangian family - Hermitian family.
Sub-Iso-Super Parametric elements - Shape function - Mapping - Linear isoparametric
quadrilateral.
Unit III : Three Dimensional Elements

Numerical Integration using Gaussion Quadrature - Weights and Gauss points - Selective and
reduced integration. Axisymmetric stress analysis - Tetrahedran element family parallelopiped element - Hexahedran Element family - ZIB 8 and ZIB 20 elements.
a
y
n
u
Unit IV : Plate/Shell Elements And Finite Strip Method

Triangular and Rectangular elements - BFS Element - Faceted element for shells - Semi loof elements - Degenerated shell elements - Axisymmetric shell elements. Finite strip method
- Development of stiffness matrix and consistent load vector - Application to folded plates
and bridge decks - Applications to Reinforced Concrete.
r
a
Unit V : Non-Linear Analysis And Computer Applications

Types of non-linearities - Stability analysis - Load deformation response - Solution techniques Newton Raphson method - Modified Newton Raphson method, Alpha constant method, Riks
Wempner method - classical Eigen Value analysis - programming organisation of Finite
Element Schemes - Input / output plotting - Mesh generation aspects - software packages.
Text Book
1. Rajasekaran, S., "Finite Element Methods in Engineering Design", Wheeler, 1993.
45
Reference Books
1. Chandrakant, S.Desai and John F.Abel, "Introduction to the Finite Element method, A
numerical Method for Engg. Analysis", Affiliated East West press Pvt.Ltd., Madras,
1972.
2. Tirupathi R.Chandrupatla and Ashok D., Belegundu, "Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering", Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi 1991.
3. Krishnamoorthy C.S., "Finite Element Method - Theory and Programming", Tata Mc
Graw Hill Publishing Company", New Delhi 1994.
4. Bathe, K.J., "Finite Element Procedure", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 1997.
5. Zienkiewinz O.C., "The Finite Element method Vol. 1 & 2", Mc Graw Hill Book
Company,New York 1991.
6. Mukhopadhyay.M., "Matrix, Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis", Oxford
& IBH publishing Co., Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
7. Rajasekaran, S., "Numerical Methods in science and Engineering - A practical approach",
A.H. Wheeler & Co., 2nd Edn., 1999.
i
n
e
v
y
it
s
r
CE305 ADVANCED DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I : Limit State Design Of Beams For Flexure

Limit state design concepts - Statistical and probabilistic concepts of safety- Behaviour of
reinforced concrete beam under gradually increasing flexural loads up to collapse - Limit state
design of singly and doubly reinforced rectangular and flanged beams for flexure - Check for
deflection and crack width as per I.S.456 code.
a
y
Unit II : Limit State Design of Beams For Shear, Torsion And Bond
Shear strength of beams - Interaction diagrams for combined bending and torsion - Design of
members subjected to combined bending, shear and torsion - Skew bending theory - bond,
anchorage and splicing of reinforcement.
Limit State Design Of Columns:
Behaviour, strength and design of axially loaded and eccentrically loaded short and long columns
- Design of columns carrying axial load and biaxial moments.
n
u
r
a
Unit III : Limit Analysis And Design Of Slabs

Behaviour of R.C. slabs under gradually increasing loads - Assumptions made in yield - line
theory of slabs - Analysis of isotropically and orthotropically reinforced slabs of various shapes
under different edge conditions by virtual work method and equilibrium method - Application to
practical design problems - Effect of corner levers - Hillerborg's simple strip method of analysis.
Unit IV : Design Of Multibay Multistorey Frames

Analysis for vertical loads adopting substitute frames - Analysis for wind forces using portal
method - Design of plane frames - Detailing of joints - Joints of space frames - Shear Walls Use of shear walls in high rise buildings - Types of shear walls - behaviour of cantilever walls Department of Civil Engineering
46
interaction of shear walls and rigid jointed frames - Design for Earthquake forces.
Unit V : Limit Analysis And Design Of Statically Indeterminate Structures
Fundamental principles - Moment redistribution - limit analysis and design of continuous beams
and simple portal frames - Check on rotation capacity.
Design Of Miscellaneous Structures:
Simply supported and continuous deep beams - Grid floors - Waffle slab - corbels
y
it
s
r
Text Books
1. Ashok K.Jain., "Reinforced Concrete - Limit state Design", Nemchand & Bros., Roorkee,
1983.
2. Park,R. and Paulay,T., "Reinforced Concrete Structures" John Wiley & Sons, New York
1975.
i
n
e
v
Reference Books:
1. Regan, P. D and Yu, C.W., "Limit state design of structural concrete", Chatto & Windus,
London, 1973.
2. Purushotaman,P. "Reinforced concrete structural Elements", Tata McGraw Hill,
Publishing Co., Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1984.
3. Jones,L.L,and Wood,R.H., "Yield line Analysis of slabs", Chatto and Windus,
London,1967.
4. Park R. and Gamble,W.L. 'Reinforced concrete slabs", John Wiley and Sons, New York,
1980.
5. Mac Gregor, G., 'Reinforced concrete Mechanics and Design", Prentice Hall, New Jersey
1988.
6. Varghese, P.C., "Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete", Prentice - Hall of India
Ltd, New Delhi 1977.
7. Arthur H. Nilson et al, "Design of Concrete Structures", McGraw Hill Book Company,
New York, 1986.
8. IS 456-2000
"Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete". BIS, New Delhi.,
1978.
9. S.P. 16 (S & T) Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete" to IS 456-1978. Indian Standard
Institution, New Delhi, 1980.
10. SP24 (S&T) . "Explanatory handbook on Indian standard code of practice for plain and
reinforced concrete (IS 456-1978)", BIS New Delhi, 1983.
11. IS 1893, "Criteria for Earthquake Design of Structures", BIS, New Delhi.,1984
12. SP 34, Hand Book on Concrete reinforcement and Detailing", BIS, New Delhi, 1987.
13. BS 110 (Part I) "Code of Practice for the structural use of concrete. Part I Design,
materials and workmanship" ' British Standards Institution, London,1985.
14. ACI 318, "Building code of requirements for reinforced concrete", American concrete
institute, Detroit, 1999.
15. Pasikh, S.K., "Automated Optimum Design of R.C.C. Skeletons", Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 1995.
n
u
r
a
a
y
47
CE306 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PLATE AND SHELL STRUCTURES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I : Classical Theory Of Plates
Differential equation of laterally loaded and thin rectangular plates- Levy and Navier solution of
plates - small deflection theory of plates - analysis of laterally loaded (concentrically loaded)
circular, thin plates with simply supported or clamped edge.
y
it
s
r
Unit II : Design of Folded Plate Roofs

Assumptions in the analysis of folded plates - Analysis of folded plate roofs as per the ASCE
task committee recommendations -Design steps - Minimum thickness and reinforcements as per
I.S. specifications for R.C. folded plates.
i
n
e
v
Unit III : Classical Theory of Shells

Structural behaviour of thin shells - Classification of shells - Translational and rotational shells
Ruled surfaces - Methods of generating the surface of different shells like hyperbolic paraboloid,
elliptic paraboloid, conoids etc - Membrane theory of doubly curved shells - Edge disturbances.
DESIGN OF SHELLS WITH DOUBLE CURVATURE:
Design of the following types of shells (a) Spherical shell, (b) Conical shell, (c) Paraboloid and
Ellipsoid.
Unit IV : Design of Cylindrical Shells:

Design of R.C. cylindrical shell with edge beams using theory for long shells - Design of shells
with ASCE manual coefficients.
a
y
Unit V : Design of Hyperbolic Paraboloid Shells

Surface definition - Determination of forces - Forces in the edge members - Buckling
consideration - Design example - Detailing of reinforcement.
Design of R.C. Northlight Shells:
Analysis of stresses in northlight shells - Design example.
n
u
r
a
Text Books
1. Ramaswamy, G.S., Design and Construction of Concrete Shell roofs, Revised Ed.
R.E.Kriegger, Malabar, Florida, 1984.
2. Timoshenko, S. Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York,1990.
Reference Books
1. Chatterjee, B.K., "Theory and design of concrete Shells", Oxford and IBH publishing co,
1971.
2. Phase 1 - Report on Folded plate construction Report of the Task Committee on
Folded Plate Design, ASCE Structural Division Dec.1963, pp 365 406.
3. Kelkar, V.S. and Sewell , R.T., "Fundamentals of the analysis and design of shell
structures". Prentice Hall, Inc. New Jersey, 1987.
48
4. Design of Cylindrical concrete shell roofs", Manual of Engineering Practice No.31

ASCE, New York, 1952.
5. Billington, D.F., "Thin Shell Concrete Structures Mc Graw Hill Book Company, 1965.
y
it
CE307 ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
s
r
Unit I : Structural Connections

Design of high strength function grip bolts - Design of riveted and bolted connections at the
junctions of beams and columns in frames - Design of un-stiffened & stiffened seat connections Welded connections - eccentric connections - Beam end connections - Direct web fillet welded
connections - Direct web Butt welded connection - Double plate web connection - Double angle
web connection - Un-stiffened and stiffened seat connection - Moment resistant connection Behaviour of welded connections - problems.
i
n
e
v
Unit II : Beams
Design of beam to resist biaxial Bending moments - Design of sections to resist unsymmetrical
bending - Beam splices - lattice beams - Elastic lateral torsional buckling.
Beam Columns
Differential Equations - Moment Magnification factor for end moments - side way - Nominal
strength - Interaction equations - Biaxial bending.
a
y
Unit III : Industrial Building

Industrial building frames - General - Framing - Bracing - Crane girders and columns - Analysis
of Trussed bents - Design example - Design of rigid joints knee for gable frames.
Structure of Multistoreyed Buildings - Bracing of Multistorey frames - Loads - Lateral load of
Frames - Design.
n
u
Unit : IV
Design of steel bunkers and silos - Janssen's theory - Ary's theory - design parameters-design
criteria - Analysis of Bins - Hopper bottom - Design of Bins.
Design and detailing of guyed steel chimneys.
Transmission line towers - Introduction, types of towers - tower configuration, load analysis and
design of members.
r
a
Unit V : Light Gauge Section

Design of cold formed sections - concepts - effective width - stiffened sections - multiple
stiffened sections - design for flexure design of two span continuous beams - design of light
gauge columns Torsional Flexural buckling Tension Members - beam column connections.
49
Plastic Analysis And Design

Plastic design of tension & compression members - Theory of plastic bending - Plastic hinge redistribution of moments - failure mechanisms - plastic analysis and design of fixed beams,
continuous beams and portal frames by mechanism method.
y
it
Text Books
1. Dayaratnam, P. "Design of steel structures", A.H. Wheeler & Co., Ltd, Allahabad, 1996.
2. Arya and Ajmani, "Design of steel Structures", Nemchand Brothers, Roorkee, 1989.
3. Punmia, B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain & Arunkumar Jain, "Design of Steel Structures", Vol I
& II, Arhant Publications, Bombay, 1995.
e
v
s
r
Reference Book
1. Gray, C. S. Kent L.E Mitchell, W.A., and Godfey, W.B., "Steel Designer's manual",
English Language Book Society and Granade Publishing, London, 1983.
i
n
CE308 ADVANCED COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY

Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50 + 50
A. Program Using Fortran And C Languages:
1. Solution of Linear System of Equations by Cramers Rule.
2. Solution of Linear System of Equations by Gaussian Elimination method
3. Solution of Linear System of Equations by Gauss Siedel Iteration.
4. Solution of Linear System of Equations using Band Solver technique.
5. Programs for Semi automatic Technique for Flexibility and Stiffness approach.
6. Program for Direct Stiffness Method
a
y
B. Finite Element Method:

1. Analysis of 2D Truss by FEM using 2D Truss Program
n
u
C. Finite Element Analysis Of Structures (Feast):

1. Analysis of Cantilever beam using FEAST Software package.
2. Analysis of Plates using FEAST Software package
3. Analysis of Shells using FEAST Software package
r
a
D. Analysis And Design Of Structures Using STAAD-III Package

1. Analysis of plane rigid jointed frame by STAAD-III package.
2. Analysis of continuous Beams using STAAD-III package
3. Analysis of Trusses using STAAD III-package.
E. Analysis Of Structures Using NISA

1. Analysis of Curved Beams using NISA package.
2. Analysis of plates using NISA package.
50
F. Modelling Using Auto Cad

1. Solid Modelling using Auto CAD.
2. Design of R.C. Beams, counterfort Retaining Walls using Excel.
G. Analysis Using Ansys Pacakage
1. Stress Analysis of Deep Beams.
2. Analysis of Folded Plates & Shells
3. Analysis of Grids
H. Drafting Using Auto Cad
e
v
I. Buckling And Dynamic Analysis Of Structures
y
it
s
r
Text Book
1. Balaguruswamy. E Object Oriented Programming C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Reference Books:
1. STAAD PACKAGE MANUAL
2. FEAST PACKAGE Hand Book for Prewin
3. FEAST C Users Manual
4. ANSYS Package Manual.
i
n
CE309 DESIGN OF FOUNDATION STRUCTURES
a
y
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit-I : Pile Foundation

Introduction - Bearing capacity of piles and pile groups - IS method - Settlement of piles Negative skin friction - Lateral load resistance of individual piles and pile groups - Finite
difference method, Non dimensional method.
n
u
Unit II : Sheet Pile Walls And Cofferdams

Sheet pile structures - cantilever sheet pile walls in granular soils and cohesive soils - Anchored
Bulk head - Free earth support method - Fixed earth support method - lateral earth pressure on
Braced sheet pile walls - Cofferdams - Types - Cellular cofferdams - components - Dimensions Cell fill - stability of cellular cofferdams - cofferdams in Rock - Cofferdams on deep layers of
sand or clay.
r
a
Unit III : Machine Foundations

Introduction - Types of machine foundation - Waves and wave propagation - Dynamic
properties of soil - Vibration analysis of machine foundation - Natural frequency - Design of
foundation for Reciprocating machines and Impact machines - Reinforcement and construction
details - Vibration isolation - Codal provisions.
51
Unit IV : Marine Substructures

Introduction - Type of marine structures - Breakwaters, Wharves, Piers, seawalls, Docks, Quay
walls, - Design loads - Wave action - Wave pressure on vertical wall - Ship impact on piled
Wharf structure - Design of Rubble mount break water and Wall type break water.
y
it
Unit V : Special Foundation

Foundation in Expansive Soils:- Introduction - Identification of expansive soils Indian expansive
soils - Swell potential and swelling pressure - Methods of foundation in expansive soils - Under
reamed pile foundation.
s
r
Reinforced Earth:-Introduction - Basic Mechanism of reinforced earth - Choice of soil and

Reinforcement - Reinforced earth retaining walls.
e
v
Text Books
1. Swamy Saran, "Analysis and Design of Substructures", Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.,
Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi.
2. V.N.S.Murthy, "Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering - Vol.2 -Foundation
Engg."
3. Srinivasulu.P and Vaidyanathan.C.V., "Hand Book of Machine Foundations", Tata
McGraw Hill Co., Ltd., New Delhi.
i
n
Reference Books
1. Venkatramaiah.C, "Geotechnical Engineering", New Age International Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Manfred.R Hausmann, "Engineering Principles of Ground Modification", McGraw Hill
Publishing Co., New York.
3. Joseph E. Boules, "Foundation Analysis & Design, "McGraw Hill Book Co., New York.
n
u
a
y
CE310 STABILITY OF STRUCTURES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I : Concepts of Stability

Introduction - Stability Criteria - Equilibrium, Energy and Dynamic approaches- South well Plot
- Stability of Link models.
Compression Members:
Higher order Differential equations - analysis for Various boundary conditions- behaviour of
imperfect column - initially bent column - eccentrically loaded column-Energy methodRayleigh Ritz , Galerkin methods - Numerical techniques- NewMark's method - Finite element
method- Effect of shear on buckling Large deflection of columns.
r
a
Unit II : Inelastic Buckling

Introduction - Double modulus theory (reduced modulus) - tangent modulus theory - Shanley's
theory - determination of double modulus for various sections.
Beam Columns:
52
Introduction - Beam-columns with concentrated lateral loads - distributed loads - effect of axial
loads on bending stiffness - stability of frames - stability functions.
y
it
Unit III : Lateral Stability of Beams

Differential equations for lateral buckling - lateral buckling of beams in pure bending - lateral
buckling of cantilever and simply supported beams
Buckling of Thin-Walled Open Sections:
Introduction - torsional buckling - torsional flexural buckling - Equilibrium and energy
approaches.
s
r
Unit IV : Stability of Plates

Governing Differential equation-Equilibrium, energy concepts - Buckling of rectangular plates
of various end conditions - Finite difference method - post-buckling strength
e
v
Unit V : Buckling of Shells

Symmetrical buckling of cylindrical shells under uniform axial compression Buckling of
cylindrical shell under uniform external lateral pressure Buckling of uniformly compressed
spherical shells.
Elements of Non Linear Theory Of Buckling:
Perfect Systems - Imperfect Systems - Imperfection in-sensitive and sensitive systems Symmetric and Asymmetric Bifurcation - non linear analysis of shell and spatial structures computational bifurcation theory -bifurcation and limit points - path tracing - point matching path switching - simple examples
a
y
i
n
Text Books
1. Chajes, A., " Principles of Structural Stability Theory", Prentice Hall, 1974.
2. Iyengar, N.G.R., "Structural Stability of columns and plates", Affiliated East West press
Pvt. LTD, New Delhi - 1986.
n
u
Reference Books
1. Brush, D.O., and Almorth,B.O., " Buckling of Bars, Plates and Shells", McGrawHill,
1975..
2. Timoshenko, S.P., and Gere,J.M., "Theory of Elastic Stability", 2nd Ed. McGraw-Hill,
1961.
3. El Naschie M.S., "Stress, Stability and Chaos in Structural Engineering: An Energy
Approach", McGraw Hill International Editions, 1992.
4. Ashwini Kukar, "Stability of Structures ", Allied Publishers LTD, New Delhi, 1998.
r
a
53
CE311 ADVANCED BRIDGE ENGINEERING

Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
y
it
Unit I : Analysis And Design of Concrete Bridges

Loading standards: IRC and Railway loadings - Reinforced concrete bridge decks: slab, T-beamand-slab, arch, bow string girder types - Prestressed concrete bridges: simple spans, continuous
decks; cantilever construction; anchorage of tendons; grounting of tendons.
s
r
Unit II : Steel Bridges

Steel superstructure: Plate girder, box girder truss and arch types - Cable stayed bridges and
suspension bridges; principles of design, aerodynamic stability and vibrations; simplified
designs.
e
v
Unit III : Substructure And Foundations

Substructure design: piers and abutments of different types - Foundations: Shallow foundations,
deep foundations, piles, wells and pneumatic caisons - River training works.
i
n
Unit IV : Construction And Maintenance

Bearing: metallic and elastometric types; fixed and movable bearings - Joints: expansion joints;
Contraction joints; joint seals - Innovative construction methods: incremental push launching;
cantilever construction; erection of precast elements - Bridge maintenance management:
inventory, inspection and rehabilitation.
Unit V : Case Studies

Case studies of recently constructed major bridges Critical studies of failure of major bridges
a
y
Text Book
1. Johnson Victor, D., "Essentials of Bridge Engineering", Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.,
New Delhi, Fourth Edition, 1991.
n
u
Reference Books
1. Ponnuswamy, S., "Bridge Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1986.
2. Bakht, B. and Jaeger, L.G., "Bridge Deck Analysis Simplified", McGraw Hill
International Edition, Singapore, 1987.
3. Krishna Raju, N., "Design of Bridges", Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi, Third
Edition, 1998.
r
a
CE312 MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
General consideration - Distresses monitoring- Causes of distresses - Quality assurance - Defects
due to climate, chemicals, wear and erosion Inspection - Structural appraisal - Economic
appraisal.
54
Unit II : Building Cracks

Causes - diagnosis - remedial measures - Thermal and Shrinkage cracks - unequal loading Vegetation and trees - Chemical action - Foundation movements - Techniques for repair - Epoxy
injection.
y
it
Unit III : Moisture Penetration

Sources of dampness - Moisture movement from ground - Reasons for ineffective DPC - Roof
leakage - Pitched roofs - Madras Terrace roofs - Leakage of Concrete slabs -Dampness in solid
walls - condensation - hygroscopic salts- remedial treatments - Ferrocement overlay - Chemical
coatings - Flexible and rigid coatings.
e
v
s
r
Unit IV : Concrete Structures

Introduction - Causes of deterioration - Diagnosis of causes - Flow charts for diagnosis methods of repair - Repairing, spalling and disintegration - Repairing of concrete floors and
pavements.
Steel Structures:
Types and causes for deterioration - preventive measures - Repair procedure- Brittle fracture Lammelar tearing - Defects in welded joints - Mechanism of corrosion - Design to protect
against corrosion - Design and fabrication errors - Distress during erection.
Masonry Structures:
Discoloration and weakening of stones - Biocidal treatments - Preservation -Chemical
preservatives - Brick masonry structures - Distresses and remedial measures.
a
y
i
n
Unit V : Strengthening of Existing Structures

General principle - relieving loads - Strengthening super structures - plating-Conversion to
composite construction - post stressing - Jacketing - bonded overlays- Reinforcement addition strengthening the substructures - under pinning-Increasing the load capacity of footing- Design
for rehabilitation.
n
u
Text Books
1. Johnson,S.M., Deterioration, Maintenance and repair of Structures, McGraw-Hill Book
Company, Newyork, 1965.
2. SP25-84 - Hand Book on Causes and Prevention of Cracks on Buildings, Indian
Standards Institution, New Delhi, 1984.
3. Richardson,B.A., "Remedial Treatment of Buildings", Construction Press, London, 1980.
r
a
Reference Books
1. Dension,C Alien and Roper,H., "Concrete Structures, Materials, Maintenance and
Repair" , Longman Scientific and Technical, UK, 1991.
2. Alien, R.T. and Edwards,S.C., "Repair of Concrete Structures", Blakie and Sons,
UK,1987.
3. Guha R.K., " Maintenance and Repairs of Buildings", New Central Book Agency(P)Ltd,
Calcutta, 1985.
55
4. Shetty,M.S., " Concrete Technology - Theory and Practice", S.Chand & co New Delhi,
1982
5. Santhakumar.A.R., "Training course notes on Damage Assessment and Repair in Low
cost Housing " RHDC -NBO, Anna University, Madras. July, 1992.
6. Raikar, R.N., "Learning from failures - Deficiencies in Design , Construction and
Service", - R & D Centre (SDCPL), Raikar Bhavan, Bombay, 1987.
7. N.Palaniappan, "Estate Management", Anna Institute of Management, Madras, Sep.
1987.
8. Garas,F.K.,Clarke,J.L. and Armer,G.S.T., "Structural Assessment", Butterworths,
UK,April 1987.
9. Santhakumar,A.R., -"Concrete chemicals - Theory and Applications". Indian Society for
construction Engineering and Technology, Madras, 1993.
i
n
e
v
y
it
s
r
CE313 SEISMIC ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I : Seismological Background

Introductory note Seismicity Earthquake faults and waves Structure of the earth Plate
tectonics Elastic rebound theory of earthquakes Measures of earthquake size
Earth quake Response of Linear Systems:
Earth quake Excitation - Equation of motion Response quantities - Response History Response Spectrum Concept - Peak Structural Response from the response spectrum
a
y
Unit II : Earthquake Analysis of Linear Systems

Response History Analysis - Modal Analysis - Multistorey Buildings with Symmetric Plan
Multistorey Buildings with Unsymmetric Plan ; Response Spectrum Analysis - Peak Response
from Earthquake Response Spectrum - Multistorey Buildings with Symmetric Plan Multistory
Buildings with Unsymmetric plan.
Earthquake response of Linearly elastic buildings:
Influence of fundamental period on response influence of beam-column stiffness ratio on
response modal contribution factors influence on higher mode response heightwise
variation of higher mode response
n
u
r
a
Unit III : Earth quake Response of inelastic System

Force- deformation Relations - Normalized Yield strength, Yield reduction Factor, and Ductility
Factor- Equation of motion and controlling parameters - Effects of yielding - Response Spectrum
for Yield deformation and Yield strength - Design strength and deformation from the Response
spectrum - Design Yield Strength
Earthquake response of inelastic buildings:

Allowable ductility and ductility demand Buildings with weak and soft first storey Buildings
designed with force distribution as per Indian Code
56
Unit IV : Earthquake dynamics of Base-Isolated Buildings

Soil - structure interaction - Isolation systems- Base isolated one-storey buildings
effectiveness of base isolation base isolated multistorey buildings application of base
isolation design of damper-isolation systems
y
it
Unit V : Structural Dynamics in Building Codes

Development of building codes philosophy of seismic design I S code provisions -base
shear storey shears and equivalent static forces - Ductility in reinforced concrete members Designing for ductility - I S code provisions-
e
v
s
r
Practical applications:
Evaluation of earthquake vulnerability of existing structures and rehabilitation for seismic
deficiencies
i
n
Text Book
1. Anil K. Chopra , Dynamics of structures Theory and applications to earthquake
engineering, Prentice hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
Reference Books
1. Ray W. Clough and Joseph Penzien , Dynamics of structures, Mc Graw Hill Inc, New
Delhi
2. Mario Paz, Structural dynamics Theory and applications, CBS Publishers and
distributors, New Delhi
3. David Key, Earthquake design practice for buildings, Thomas Telford, London
4. I S 1893 1984 Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
5. I S 4326 1976 Code of practice for earthquake resistant design and construction of
buildings
6. IS 13920-1993 Ductility detailing of reinforced concrete structures subjected to seismic
forces
r
a
n
u
a
y
CE314 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

Credit: 3:0:0
Marks: 40+60
UNIT I
CONCRETE MAKING MATERIALS
Composition and properties of portland cement - tests on physical properties - consistency setting time - soundness - strength - cements of different types - composition - properties and
uses with special emphasis for different constructional and weather conditions - IS code
specifications.
AGGREGATES: Classification - Mechanical Properties - deleterious substances in aggregates
- Bulking of sand - Alkali Aggregate reaction - Grading requirements - IS Code specifications
WATER: Requirements of water for concrete making - IS Code specifications.
57
ADMIXTURES: - Accelerators - Retarders - water reducing agents - Plasticisers - Air

entraining agents Water proofing admixtures.
y
it
UNIT II
FRESH CONCRETE AND HARDENING OF CONCRETE
Workability - Factors affecting workability - Tests for workability - Segregation - Bleeding Mixing of concrete - Compaction of concrete - Ready mixed concrete - Pumped Concrete Preplaced concrete - Shotcrete. Factors affecting strength of concrete - Curing of concrete
Maturity of concrete - Micro cracking and autogeneous healing - Evolution of heat and
expansion - Shrinkage of concrete - Factors affecting shrinkage of concrete.
e
v
s
r
UNIT III
DURABILITY OF CONCRETE AND TESTING OF HARDENED CONCRETE:
Permeability - Chemical attack - Sulphate attack - Quality of water - Marine atmosphere Methods to improve durability - Thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance - Resistance
to Abrasion and Cavitation - Acoustic properties - Compression test - Split Tension test Flexure Test - Test for Bond strength - IS Code provisions - Factors affecting strength test
results - Accelerated strength tests - stress strain characteristics - Determination of modulus of
elasticity - In site strength determination - variation in test results - Distribution of strength standard deviation-creep of concrete and factors which influence it.
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING OF CONCRETE:
Ultrasonic pulse velocity method and rebound hammer method.
i
n
UNIT IV
MIX DESIGN
Basic considerations - Factors in the choice of mix proportions - Mix design methods - ACI
method, IS method - Mix proportions for weigh batching and volume batching - correction for
moisture content and bulking - yield of concrete - Design of high strength concrete mixes.
a
y
n
u
SPECIAL CONCRETES AND CONCRETE COMPOSITES:

Light weight concrete: Types - Light weight aggregate concrete-Aerated concrete, No fines
concrete - High Strength concrete - Heavy weight concrete for radiation shield - Fibre
reinforced concrete - Ferrocement - Polymer concrete - High Performance Concrete - Their
properties and applications.
r
a
UNIT V
REHABILITATION OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Cracks in concrete - Types - Intrinsic cracking, structural cracking - causes and remedies Plastic cracks - causes and remedies - Thermal contraction cracks - Long term drying shrinkage
cracks - Crazing - Sulphate attack cracks - Alkali aggregate reaction cracks.
Repair techniques - Materials for repair - Epoxy adhesive injections and mortars - Repair and
strengthening of concrete structures by bonded steel plates.
CE315 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY
58
Credit: 0:0:2
Marks: 50+50
1. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN FOR M20 AND M50 GRADE
1.1 Indian Standard Method
1.2 ACI method
2. TESTS ON HARDENED CONCRETE
2.1 Determination of Modulus of Elasticity of Concrete
3. Tests on High Performance Concrete
4. Tests on the Behaviour and ultimate strength of Reinforced Concrete Beams.
5. Impact test on FRC specimens.
6. Demonstration of prestressing operations
7. Studies on Electrical Resistance Strain gauges using a Demonstration kit.
8. Non-Destructive Testing of Concrete
e
v
i
n
y
it
s
r
TEXT BOOKS
1. Neville, A.M., "Concrete Technology", Longman Scientific & Technical, 1990.
2. Neville, A.M.., "Properties of Concrete", Longman Scientific & Technical, England,
1981.
3. Gambier, Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Orchard, D.F., "Concrete Technology", Vols. 1 & 2, 1963.
2. Shetty, M.S., "Concrete Technology", S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.
3. Rixon, M.R., "Chemical Admixtures for Concrete", John Wiley & Sons, 1977.
4. Krishnaraju, N. "Design of concrete mixes", Sehgal Educational Consultants &
Publishers Pvt.Ltd., Faridabad, 1988.
5. IS: 10262, "Recommended Guidelines for concrete Mix Design", 1982.
n
u
a
y
CE316 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
r
a
Credit: 3:1:0
Marks: 40+60
UNIT I
DESIGN FOR FLEXURE:
Definition of Type I, Type II and Type III structures - Basic assumptions - Permissible
stresses in steel and concrete as per IS:1343 Code - Four basic requirements - Design and
choice of sections of post-tensioned beams - Layout of cables - Check for limit state of
collapse - Location of positions of wires in pre-tensioned beams.
59
UNIT II
DEFLECTION:
Short term deflections of uncracked members - Long term deflections - Deflection due to creep
in members - Code requirements for the limit state of deflection.
DESIGN FOR SHEAR AND TORSION:
Shear and principal stresses - Limit state shearing resistance of cracked and uncracked sections Design of Shear reinforcement by the limit state approach. Interaction diagrams under
combined bending, torsion and transverse shear.
y
it
s
r
UNIT III
TRANSFER OF PRESTRESS:
Transmission of prestressing force by bond - Transmission length - Factors affecting
transmission length - Check for transmission length - Anchorage zone stresses in posttensioned members - Calculation of bearing stress and bursting tensile forces and
reinforcement in anchorage zone based on I.S. 1343 code and Guyon's method.
COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION OF PRESTRESSED & INSITU CONCRETE:
Types of composite construction - Analysis for stresses - Effect of Differential shrinkage Design for flexure and shear.
i
n
e
v
UNIT IV
STATICALLY INDETERMINATE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES:
Methods of achieving continuity - Assumptions in elastic analysis - Pressure line - Linear
transformation - Concordant cables - Guyon's theorem - Analysis and design of continuous
beams.
a
y
UNIT V
MISCELLANEOUS STRUCTURES:
Circular prestressing in liquid retaining tanks - Analysis for stresses - Design of tank wall
incorporating the recommendations of IS:3370 Part III Code - Types of Prestressed concrete
pipes - Design of pipes.
n
u
Methods of achieving partial prestressing - Advantages and disadvantages. Design of

prestressed concrete columns, sleepers, poles and tension members - Use of non-prestressed
reinforcement.
r
a
Text Books
1. Krishna Raju, N., "Prestressed Concrete" Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
2. Lin, T.Y., and Ned H Burns., "Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures", John Wiley
and sons, Newyork, 1982.
Reference Books
1. Guyon, Y. "Limit State Design of Prestressed Concrete Vols. I & II", Applied Science
Publishers, London, 1974.
60
2. Ables, P.W. and Bardhan Roy, B.K., Prestressed Concrete Designers' Hand Book
(3rd Edition) A View Point Publication, Cement and concrete Association, U.K. 1981.
London, 1966.
3. Leonhardt,F., "Prestressed Concrete Design and Construction", Wilhelm Ernst and Soh,
Berlin, 1964.
4. Nilson, A.H., "Design of Prestressed Concrete", John Wiley & sons, New York, 1978.
5. Mallik S.K., and Gupta A.P., "Prestressed Concrete", Oxford & IBH Publishing
Company (P) Ltd, India, 1986.
6. "IS: 3370 (Part III and IV) Indian Standard Code of Practice for Concrete structures for
the Storage of Liquids Part III
7. Prestressed Concrete Structures", Indian Standards Institution, New Delhi 1967.
8. "IS: 1343, Indian Standard code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete", Indian Standards
Institution, New Delhi., 1980.
9. "IS: 784, Indian Standard Specification for Prestressed Concrete Pipes", Indian
Standards Institution, New Delhi 1978.
10. "IS: 3935 - Code of Practice for composite construction", Indian Standards Institution,
New Delhi,
11. "BS 110, Part I, Code of Practice for the Structural use of Concrete", British Standards
Institution, London, 1985.
i
n
e
v
y
it
s
r
CE 317 ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES AND PROJECT

MANAGEMENT
Credit: 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
a
y
UNIT I
SUB-STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION:
Box jacking Pipe jacking Under water construction of diaphragm walls and basement
Tunneling techniques driving well and caisson sinking cofferdam cable anchoring and
grouting driving diaphragm walls, sheet piles laying operations for built up offshore system
shoring for deep cutting large reservoir construction with membrance and earth system well
points dewatering and stand by plant equipment for underground open excavation.
n
u
r
a
UNIT II
SUPER STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION:
Vacuum dewatering of concrete flooring concrete paving technology techniques of
construction for continuous concreting operation in tall buildings of various shapes and varying
sections launching techniques suspended form work erection techniques of tall structures,
large span structures launching techniques for heavy decks insitu prestressing in high rise
structures, aerial transporting, handling and erecting lightweight components on tall structures
erection of lattice towers and rigging of transmission line structures construction sequence in
cooling towers, silos, chimney, sky scrappers, bow string bridges, cable stayed bridges
launching and pushing of box decks Advanced construction techniques in offshore construction
practice construction sequence and methods in RCC domes and prestress domes support
61
structure for heavy equipment and conveyor and machinery in heavy industries erection of
articulated structures, braced domes and space decks.
y
it
UNIT III
REPAIR CONSTRUCTION:
Mud jacking grout through slab foundation micropiling for strengthening floor and shallow
profile pipeline laying protecting sheet piles, screw anchors sub grade water proofing
under pinning advanced techniques Sequence in demolition and dismantling.
s
r
UNIT IV
ORGANIZING PROJECT MANAGEMENT:
What is project Management? Trends in Modern Management Strategic Planning and Project
Programming organization of project participants Traditional Designer Constructor sequence
Professional Construction Management owner Builder Operation Turnkey operation
Leadership and Motivation for the project team Interpersonal Behaviour in Project
Organizations Perception of Owners and Contractors.
Innovation
and
Technological
Feasibility Innovation and Economic Feasibility Geotechnical Engineering: Investigation
Construction Planning Computer aided planning.
i
n
e
v
UNIT V
LABOUR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:
Factors affecting job-site productivity of labour Labour relations in construction Problems in
collective bargaining Materials procurement and Delivery Inventory control Tradeoffs of
costs in Materials Management Construction equipment Choice of equipment and standard
production rates Equipments for industrial construction and pre-fabrication.
Type of construction cost estimates Unit cost method of estimation Application of cost
indices to estimating Estimate based on Engineers list of quantities allocation of construction
costs over time Estimation of operating costs Computer Aided Cost Estimation.
a
y
n
u
TEXT BOOKS
1. Jerry Irvine, Advanced Construction Techniques, CA Rocktr, 1984
2. Chitkara.K.K., Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi,
1998
3. Seetharaman .S, Construction Engineering and Management, Umesh Publications, Nai
Sarak, Delhi 110 006.
r
a
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Patrick Powers, J., Construction Dewatering: New Methods and Applications, John
Wiley & Sons, 1992.
2. Robertwade Brown, Practical Foundation Engineering Hand book, Mc Graw Hill
Publications, 1995.
3. Chris Handrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construction Fundamental
Concepts for owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice Hall, Pittsburg, 2000.
4. Choudhury, S, Project Management, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company, New
Delhi, 1998.
62
5.
6.
7.
Ernest E. Ludwig, Applied Project Engineering and Management, Gulf Publishing

Company, Houstan, Texas, 1988.
Harold Kerzner, Project Management A system Approach to Planning, Scheduling and
Controlling, CBS Publishers & Distributors, Delhi, 1998.
Joy, P.K., Total Project Management The Indian Context, Macmillan India Ltd., New
Delhi, 1992.
CE 318 THEORY OF PLATES
y
it
s
r
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
e
v
UNIT I : Introduction
Thin and thick plates Plate behavior Material behavior Isotropic and orthotropic Materials.
Small Deflection Theory and Classical Methods
Differential equation of plates in Cartesian Coordinates system boundary conditions
Rigorous solution Naveirs method Levys method.
i
n
UNIT II : Symmetrical Bending of Circular Plates

Differential equation for symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates Simply
supported edges clamped edges circular plate with a circular hole at the center circular
plate concentrically loaded.
UNIT III :Approximate Methods

Energy method Galerkins Method Ritz Method Simultaneous bending and stretching.
Numerical Methods
Finite difference method Introduction to Finite Element Method.
a
y
UNIT IV : Plate of Other Shapes

Triangular plates Elliptic plates Sector plates Skew plates Plates on elastic foundation
Continuous plates.
n
u
UNIT V : Advanced Topics

Large Deflection theory Shear Deformation Theories Mindlins theory of plates Flat plates
Engineering approach to design of Rectangular floor slabs.
r
a
Text Books:
1. Rudolph Szilard., Theory and Analysis of Plates, Prentice Hall, 1974.
2. Timoshenko and Krieger., Theory of Plates and Shells, Mc-Graw Hill Inc, New York,
1959.
Reference Books:
1. Donnel, L.H., Beams, Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Inc, 1976.
2. Mansfield., The Bending and Stretching of Plates
3. Pucker.A., Influence Surfaces of Elastic Plates
4. Bairagi. N.K., A Text Book of Plate Analysis, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
63
CE 319 MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS
y
it
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Classification mechanical behavior basic terminology manufacture advantages.
s
r
Unit II : Micro Mechanical Behavior of a Lamina

Determination of constants elasticity approach to stiffness comparison of approaches
mechanics of material approach.
e
v
Unit III : Macro Mechanical Behavior of a Lamina

Stress Strain relation for anisotropic material engineering constants constitutive relation in
plane stress lamina in arbitrary bi-axial strength theory.
i
n
Unit IV : Macro Mechanical Behavior of a Laminate

Equivalent single layer theory classical laminate theory continuum based theory laminate
stiffness comparison strength of laminates - stress design of laminates.
Failure Strength Of Laminates
Delamination Theory Ply drops and Failure Theory Tsai Wu Theory.
Unit V : Bending, Buckling and Vibration of Laminate Plates

Governing equations bending, buckling and vibration design of simply supported plate under
distributed lateral load buckling under in-plane load vibration of simply supported laminate
plates.
a
y
Text Books
1. Jones, R.M., Mechanics of Composite Materials II, McGraw Hill Kogukush
International students edition, 1975.
n
u
Reference
1. Bose.P., and Reddy. J.N., Analysis of Composite plates using various plate theories
part I and II formulation and analytical solution Structural Engineering and
Mechanics, Vol 6, No 6, & 7, Sept, Oct, 1998.
2. Reddy, J.N., Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates, CRC Press.
r
a
CE 320 DISCRETE STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION

Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Basic Concepts of minimum weight minimum cost design Objective function, constraints
Brief review of classical methods.
64
Unit II : Integer Programming

Introduction Graphical representation Gomorys cutting plane method Balas Algorithm for
zero-one programming Integer polynomial programming Branch-and-Bound method
Sequential Linear Discrete Programming Generalized penalty function method.
y
it
Unit III : Genetic Algorithm

Genetic Algorithms Operators Reproduction Mutation Cross Over Evolution Strategies
Methods for optimal design of structures, continuous beams and single storeyed frames
minimum weight design for truss members.
s
r
Unit IV : Ant Colony Algorithm

Natural motivation Ant algorithm Network The ant Initial population Ant movement
Ant tours Pheromone Evaporation Introduction to TABU search sample problem.
e
v
Unit V : Artificial Neural Network

Basic concepts Biological systems Artificial neural network application characteristics
overview of learning methods Review of probability concepts Fuzzy set theory and logic.
i
n
Text Books
1. Rao. S.S. Engineering Optimization, Theory and Practice, New age International (p)
Ltd., New Delhi. Reprint 2002.
2. GoldBerg, D.E., Genetic Algorithm in Search, Optimization and Machine Learning,
Addison Wesley, 1989.
a
y
Reference Books
1. Spunt, L, Optimum Structural Design, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1971.
2. Gary Parker, R and Ronald L, Discrete Optimization, Academic press 1988.
3. David Corns, Marco Dorigo and Fred Gloves, New Ideas in Optimization, The
McGraw Hill Company, London, 1999.
4. Rajasekaran,S and Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
Algorithm, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd, Delhi, 2003.
n
u
r
a
CE 321 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES FOR DYNAMIC LOADS

Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Factors affecting design against dynamic loads Behavior of concrete, steel, masonry and soil
under impact and cyclic loads Recap of Structural dynamics with reference to SDOF, MDOF
and continuum systems Ductility and its importance.
Unit II : Design Against Earth-Quakes

Earth-quake characterisation Response spectrum seismic coefficient and response spectra
methods of estimating loads Response of framed, braced frames and shear wall buildings
Design as per BIS codes practice Ductility based design.
65
Unit III : Design Against Blast and Impact

Characteristics of internal and external blast - Impact and impulse loads Pressure distribution
on buildings above ground due to external blast underground explosion - Design of buildings
for blast and impact as per BIS code of practice.
y
it
Unit IV : Design Against Wind

Characteristics of wind Basic and design wind speeds Effect of permeability of structure
pressure coefficient Aeroelastic and Aerodynamic effect - Design as per BIS code of practice
including Gust factor approach tall buildings, stacks and chimneys.
e
v
s
r
Unit V : Special Considerations

Energy absorption capacity Ductility of material and the structure Detailing for ductility
Passive and active control of vibrations New and favorable materials.
i
n
Text Book:
1. Bela Goschy, Design of Buildings to withstand abnormal loading, Butterworhts, 1990.
Reference Books:
1. Paulay.T and Priestly. M.N.J, A seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry
Buildings, John Wiley and Sons, 1991.
2. Dowling. C.H, Blast Vibration Monitoring and Control, Prentice Hall Inc,
Englewoods Cliffs, 1985.
3. Alan G. Daven Port, Wind Effects on Buildings and Structures, Proceedings of the
Jubileum Conference on Wind effects on Structures, Port Alegne, Brazil, pp 25-29, May
1998, Balkema A.A. Publishers, 1998.
4. Concrete Structures Under Impact and Impulsive loading, Synthesis Report, CEB.
Lousanne, Germany, 1988.
n
u
a
y
CE 322 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
r
a
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Information system, encoding and decoding, modulation.

Satellite data acquisition, storage and retrieval generation of data products CCT formats
Digital Image Processing systems, Different types, Hardware and software design
considerations, Photo write systems.
Unit II : Introduction to VAX 11/780 and PC based Image Processing Systems

Digital Image Processing Principles, Color Concept and color combination, classification of
operations, source of image degradation.
Correction processing Atmospheric, Radiometric, Geometric corrections, interpolation
methods and resampling techniques, Gamma correction, types of transformations.
66
Unit III
Pre classification processing Histograms, Density slicing, Grey level maps, Contrast
stretching, filtering, band rationing, PC analysis, edge detection . Basic pattern recognition
concepts, Principles of spectral discrimination.
y
it
Unit IV
Supervised classification techniques Training set Statistical computation, Signature Bank,
Bayes decision rule, minimum distance rule, parallelepiped algorithm, maximum likelihood
method, classification analysis confusion matrix, error analysis unsupervised classification
technique clustering, fuzzy set concept, synthetic pattern recognition, Bhattacharya distance,
texture analysis.
e
v
Unit V
Exercises based on image processing softwares.
i
n
s
r
Reference Books:
1. Introductory Digital Image Processing, John R Jensen, Prentice Hall of India, New Jersey
1986.
2. Digital Image Processing A systems Approach, W.B.Green Van Nostrand
Publications 1983.
3. Digital Image Processing R.M.Hard Academic Press 1982.
4. Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis, Dude R.D and P.Hart Wiley, Inter Science
1973.
5. Techniques for Image Processing and Classification of Remote Sensing,Robert
A.Schowengerdt , Academic Press ,1983.
6. Manual of Remote sensing Vol.I and Vol.II Robert G.Reeves, American Society of
Photogrammetry, Falls Church, USA 1983.
n
u
a
y
CE 323 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
r
a
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Definition, map and map analysis, Automated cartography history and Development of GIS,
Hardware requirement, system concepts, coordinate systems, Standard GIS Packages.
Unit II : Data entry, storage and maintenance

Type of data, spatial and non spatial data, Data structure, points, lines, Polygon, Vector and
Raster, files and file organization, database, entering data in computer, Digitizer, scanner, Dbase,
files and data formats, Data compression.
67
Unit III : Data analysis and modeling

Spatial analysis, Data retrieval, query, simple analysis, Recode, overlay, vector data analysis,
Raster data analysis, Modeling in GIS, Digital elevation model, DTM, cost and path analysis,
Artificial Intelligence Expert Systems.
y
it
Unit IV : Data Output and error analysis

Types of output data, display in screen, printer, plotter, other output device, source of errors,
types of errors, elimination, accuracies.
s
r
Unit V : GIS Applications

Application areas - resource management - water resources management, Cadastral records and
LIS Integrated Remote Sensing application with GIS, Knowldege base techniques Exercises
based on ArcView Software.
e
v
Reference Books:
1. Burrough P.A., Principle of GIS for land resource assessment , Oxford Publication, 1990.
2. Jeffrey Star and John Estes, Geographical Information System- An Introduction, Prentice
Hall, 1990.
3. Lillesand T.M and Kiefer R.W.,Remote sensing and image intepretation, John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 1987.
4. Marble D.F and Calkins H.W.,Basic readings in Geographic Information System, New
York 1984.
a
y
i
n
CE 324 TRAFFIC FLOW THEORY AND NETWORK ANALYSIS

Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Traffic Flow
Relationship between the variables, fundamental diagram of traffic flow, relationship between
speed and concentration, probabilistic aspects of traffic flow, spacing and headway
characteristics, poisson distribution of vehicle arrivals, gap and headway distribution, shifted
exponential distribution, Erlang distribution, gap acceptance.
n
u
r
a
Unit II : Traffic Delays

Simple delay problems, pedestrian delay blocks, delay to traffic at uncontrolled intersections.
Unit III : Lighthill and Whithams Theory
Application of theory to signalised intersections, applications of theory in dealing bottlenecks,
Greenbergs extension of law of continuity.
Unit IV : Micro Level Model

Car following theory, its application to traffic engineering problem, macro level traffic flow
theory, simulation models traffic input, travel time, turning movements, simulation of road
geometrics and intersection geometrics, simple simulation models.
68
Unit V : Transportation Network

Introduction to Traffic flow and traveling sales man problem and TABU search, Network
representation, shortest path algorithms, equillibrium over urban transportation networks,
assignment problem, review of optimisation algorithm, trip distribution and traffic assignment
models, models of joint travel choices, probit, logit models.
y
it
Reference Books
1. Yosef Sheffi, Urban Transportation Networks; Equilibrium Analysis with Mathematical
Programming Methods, Prentice-Hall Inc., New Jersey, 1985.
2. Adolf D. May, Traffic Flow Fundamentals, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1982.
3. Paul C.Box and Joseph C.Oppenlander, Manual of Traffic Engineering Studies, Institute
of Transportation Engineers, Arlingthon, 1985.
e
v
s
r
CE 325 REMOTE SENSING APPLICATION TO ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
i
n
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Marine Environment

Sensors for environmental monitoring Introduction to sensors visible and outside visible
wavelengths absorption spectrometers collecting insitu data need selection of ground
truth sites sea truth observations. Introduction Radar techniques for sensing ocean surfaces
thermal measurements application of multispectral sensing mapping of oil slicks chlorophyll
detection Fisheries resources- Coastal marine studies determination of temperature and sea
state.
a
y
Unit II : Global Climatology

Remote sensing technique for weather forecasting and climatology emissivity characteristics
measurement of atmospheric temperature composition constituent distribution and
concentration wind flows and air circulation hurricane tracking Air pollution and
monitoring meteorological satellite systems.
n
u
r
a
Unit III : Water in the Environment

Importance of water Chemical composition of water IR radiant flux reflected or emitted from
water surfaces spectrometric methods Remote sensing of fluorescence water quality
water pollution surface and groundwater pollution detection and identification of potential
pollution sources water run off decomposition of practice of animals and plant materials
water quality management snow mapping flood mapping flood inundation mapping with
surface cover of bare soil, vegetative surface cover and snow surface cover flood prediction
soils and land forms mapping of soils limitations to agricultural prediction insects and
disease wind erosion salinity flood damage soil limitation.
69
Unit IV : Urban Environment

General consideration - rural structure urban areas industrial complexes industrial pollution
chemical effluents, land reclamation solid waste disposal mining pollution demography
and social changes.
y
it
Unit V
Ecology, Eco Systems, Different types of conservation and resource management. Introduction
Spectral reflectance from vegetated surface phenological studies conservation of national
parks resource management wildlife studies GIS for monitoring soil erosion flood control
eco degradation discussion of few case studies.
e
v
s
r
Reference Books:
1. Barrett E.C and Currtis I.F. Introduction to Environmental Remote Sensing , Chapman
Hall, New York.
2. Lintz J and Simonet D.S, Remote Sensing of Environment, Addison Wesley, 1976.
3. Robert N. Colwell , Manual of Remote Sensing Volume 2, American society of
Photogrammetry.
i
n
CE 326 REMOTE SENSING APPLICATION TO HYDROLOGY AND WATER

RESOURCES
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Basics
Hydrologic Cycle, clouds, rainfall, evaporation, transpiration, evapotranspiration, depression,
storage runoff, floods, estimation of various components of hydrologic Cycle, flood management
Spectral properties of water case studies.
a
y
n
u
Unit II : Drainage Basin

Watershed divide, stream networks/ morphometric analysis linear/ aerial/ relief aspects, urban
hydrology, qualitative and quantitative assessment case studies.
r
a
Unit III : Aerial Assessment

Mapping of snow covered area, flood inundated area, soil moisture area, lakes/swamps, drought
affected area case studies.
Unit IV : Groundwater and Water Quality
Aquifers, surface water indicators, vegetation, geology, soil, aquifer parameters, well hydraulics,
estimation of groundwater, Hydrologic budgeting, mathematical models case studies. Water
quality parameters, physical/ chemical/ Biological properties, sampling technique/problems,
water quality mapping and monitoring case studies.
Unit V : Irrigation and Watershed management

Project investigation, implementation, maintenance stages, location of storage/diversion work,
capacity calibration, curve generation, canal alignment, irrigable land localization, conjunctive
70
use of surface and ground water case studies. Mapping and monitoring the catchments and
command area, sediment yield, reservoir siltation, use of Geographic Information System case
studies.
y
it
Reference Books:
1. Chow V.T. Handbook of applied Hydrology, McGrawHill, Newyork, 1964.
2. Engman,E.T &Gurney,R.J.Remote Sensing in Hydrology, Chapman & Hall Publishers,
1991.
3. Goodison, B.E., Hydrological Applications of Remote Sensing and Remote Data
Transmission, LASH Publications No.145, 1985.
4. Leuder D.R., Aerial Photographic Interpretation, McGrawHill Co., NewYork, 1987.
5. Lillesand T.M and Kiefer R.W.,Remote sensing and image intepretation, John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 1987.
6. Lintz J and Simonett D.S., Remote Sensing of Environment, Addison and Wesley
Publishing Co, 1976.
e
v
i
n
CE 327 OPTIMIZATION
s
r
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I : Linear Programming

Introduction Mathematical formulation of a problem graphical solutions general LPP.
Canonical and standard forms, Simplex method, Dual simplex method, Application to
management decisions.
a
y
Unit II : Transportation Problem

Introduction Initial basic feasible solution , NWC method , Least Cost method, Vogels
method, MODI moving towards optimality, solution procedure without degeneracy, multiple
objective programming problems.
Assignment Problem: algorithm Hungarian method, Games and Strategies, Two person zero
sum games, The Maxmin and Minmax principle and simple problems.
n
u
Unit III : Integer Programming

Algorithms, Applications Stochastic Programming, linear, non-linear and dynamic
programming applications, introduction to linear programming
r
a
Unit IV : Non-linear Programming Techniques

One-dimensional minimization, elimination and interpolation methods, unconstrained
optimization, direct research and descent methods, constrained optimization, direct and
indirect methods
Unit V : Non traditional Optimization algorithm

Genetic algorithms, working Principle, Difference and Similarities between GAs and
traditional methods, GAs for constrained optimization, Simulated annealing approach
Introduction (only), Travelling sales man problem and TABU search.
71
Textbooks:
1. Rao S.S., Optimization, Wiley Eastern, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Kalyanmoy Deb, Optimization for Engineering Design, Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2000.
th
3. H.A.Taha, Operations Research An Introduction, Prentice Hall, 6 Edition , 1997.
4. S.D.Sharma, An Introduction Fundamentals of Operation Research, Kedarnath
Ramnath &Co., 1996.
y
it
s
r
Reference Books:
1. Kati Swarup, Gupta and Manmohan, Operations research, New Delhi, Sultan Chand
and Sons.
2. Wild D.J, Globally Optimum design, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1978.
n
u
r
a
a
y
i
n
e
v
72
i
n
e
v
DEPARTMENT
OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
r
a
n
u
a
y
s
r
y
it
ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS
Code
CE102
CE240
CE241
CE242
CE243
CE244
CE245
CE246
CE247
CE248
CE249
CE250
CE251
CE252
CE253
CE254
CE255
CE256
CE257
CE258
CE259
CE260
CE261
CE262
CE263
CE264
CE265
CE266
CE267
CE268
CE269
CE328
CE329
CE330
CE331
CE332
CE333
CE334
CE335
CE336
Subject Name

Mechanics of Deformable bodies-I
Mechanics of Deformable bodies-II
Surveying-I
Surveying-II
Mechanics of Fluids
Applied Hydraulics and Fluid Machines
Mechanics of Soils
Reinforced Concrete Structures-I
Reinforced Concrete Structures-II
Design and Drawing (R.C.C & Steel)
Structural Analysis-I
Design and Drawing (Irrigation and Environmental Engg.)
Estimating, Costing and Specifications
Airports, Docks & Harbours
Construction Management
Earthquake Engineering & Design of Structures
Elements of Town Planning and Architecture
Engineering Geology And Civil Engineering Materials
Geographic Information System
Highway & Railways Engineering
Numerical Methods in Civil Engineering
Professional Practice & Entrepreneurship Development
Rehabilitation of Structures
Environmental Science and Engineering
Structural Dynamics
Advanced Design of R.C Structures
Analysis and Design of Plate and Shell Structures
Aseismic design of structures
Design of Industrial Structures
a
y
n
u
r
a
Credits
i
n
e
v
y
it
2:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
s
r
Code
Name of the Subject
Credits
CE337
CE338
CE339
CE340
CE341
CE342
CE343
CE344
CE345
CE346
CE347
CE348
CE349
CE350
CE351
CE352
CE353
CE354
CE355
CE356
CE357
CE358
CE359
CE360
Design of Tall Buildings

Prefabricated Concrete Structures
Design of Offshore Structures
Space Structures
Advanced surveying
Geographic Information System I
Principles of Remote Sensing
Cartography
Computer Programming in C++
GIS I Lab
Digital image processing
Photogrammetry
Global Positioning System
Geographic Information System II
Database Management System
Microwave Remote Sensing
GIS Lab II
Land Information System
Digital Photogrammetry
Remote Sensing and GIS for Hydrology and Water Resources
Remote Sensing and GIS for Earth Sciences
Remote Sensing and GIS for Agriculture and Forestry
Remote Sensing and GIS for Environmental Engineering
Remote Sensing and GIS for Ocean Engineering & Costal Zone
Management
Remote Sensing and GIS for Urban and Regional Planning
Remote Sensing and GIS for Disaster Mitigation &
Management
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:0:2
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
2:0:0
3:0:2
4:0:0
3:0:2
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
0:0:2
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
r
a
Credit : 2:0:0
a
y
i
n
n
u
CE361
CE362
e
v
y
it
s
r
4:0:0
4:0:0
CE102 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Marks : 40 + 60
UNIT I
Introduction: Engineering - Civil Engineering
Construction Materials: Characteristics of good building materials such as stones, bricks,
timber, cement and concrete.
Surveying: Definition and purpose - classification - Basic principles - Calculation of area of a
plot
UNIT II
Selection of site - Major components of buildings.
Foundations: Purpose of a foundation - Bearing capacity of soils - types of foundations.

Proper methods of construction of: Brick masonry - Stone masonry - Beams - Lintels Columns - Flooring - Roofing.
Valuation of buildings: Definition - Purpose of valuation - Valuation of a building by plinth
area method - Valuation of old buildings.
y
it
UNIT III
Water supply Engineering: Sources of water supply - Quantity of water requirements Purification of water involving sedimentation, filtration and disinfections.
Sanitary Engineering: Definition of terms - Collection and disposal of solid wastes - Sewage
systems - Septic tanks - oxidation ponds.
e
v
s
r
UNIT IV
Transportation Engineering: Requirements of Highways - Cross sections of water bound
macadam, bituminous and cement concrete roads.
Railways: Gauges - Components of a permanent way.
Bridges: Components of bridge-Types of Bridges.
i
n
UNIT V
Functions and general Layout of a harbour
Dams: Purpose of Dams - Types of dams - Selection of site for a dam.
Text Book
1. Johnson Victor, D and Esther Malini, 'Basic Civil Engineering', Allied Publishers
Limited, Madras.
a
y
Reference Books
1. Arunachalam, N, 'Basic Civil Engineering', Pratheeba Publishers, Coimbatore, 2000.
2. Ramesh Babu, V 'Basic Civil Engineering', Anuradha Agencies, Kumbakonam, 2001.
n
u
r
a
Credit 3:1:0
CE240 MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES - I

Marks 40+60
Unit-I : Stress, Strain and Deformation in Solids

Tension, compression and shear stresses Hookes law Stress Strain diagram for mild
steel Ultimate stress and working stress Elastic constants and relationships between them
Material types-Homogeneous, isotropic, brittle elastic, strong and tough Composite bars &
Indeterminate systems Thermal stresses Strain energy due to axial load Stress due to
suddenly applied and impact load.
UNIT-II : Combined Stresses

Two dimensional state of stress at a point Normal and shear stresses on any plane
Principal planes and principal stresses Graphical treatment two dimensional state of
strains at a point - Principal strains and their directions Stresses and deformations in thin
cylinders and spherical shells due to internal pressure.
y
it
UNIT-III : Beams and Bending

Types of beams Types of supports Shear force and bending moment at any cross section
of a beam- Sketching of shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply
supported and over hanging beams for any type of loading Relationship between rate of
loading, shear force and bending moment.
s
r
UNIT IV : Stresses in Beams

Theory of Simple Bending Analysis of bending Stresses Load Carrying capacity of
beams Proportioning sections Flitched beams Leaf springs Strain energy due to
bending moment Shear stress distribution Strain energy due to transverse shear force.
e
v
UNIT-V : Torsional Stresses

Elastic theory of torsion Stresses and deformation in solid circular and hollow shafts
Stepped shafts Composite shaft Stress due to combined bending and torsion Strain
energy due to torsion. -Deformations and stresses in helical springs Design of buffer
springs
i
n
Text Books
1. Kazimi, S.M.A., Solid Mechanics, Tata McGraw Hill Book co Ltd., 1998.
2. Punmia, B.C., etal. - Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications, 1992.
a
y
Reference Books
1. Popov, E.P, Engineering Mechanics of solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
1996.
th
2. Mott, M. L., Applied Strength of Materials,4 Edn., Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
n
u
Credit 3:1:0
r
a
Marks 40+60
UNIT I : Deflection of Determinate Beams

Governing differential equation- macaulays method- moment area method- conjugate beam
method- newmarks method.
UNIT II : Columns and Struts

Columns- Behaviour of Axially Loaded Short, Medium and Long Column MembersBuckling Load- Eulers Theory- Different End Conditions- Empirical Formulae- Rankines
Formula- Straight Line Formula- Secant Formula for Columns subjected to eccentric loading.
UNIT III : Thick Cylinders
Thick cylinders- lames equation-hoop stress and radial stress distribution-compound
cylinders-shrink fit.
Theories of Elastic Failure:

Maximum principal stress theory- Maximum shear stress theory- Maximum principal strain
theory- strain energy theory- Mohrs theorysimple problems.
y
it
Unit IV : Shear Centre and Curved Beams

Shear Center:
Introduction to non-circular sections-Shear center for thin walled beam of mono- symmetric
open sections- Shear flow in thin walled beams of open sections.
Curved Beams:
Curved beams-Stresses due to bending by Wrinkler back theory- Rectangular, trapezoidal
and circular solid section-Crane hook problem
e
v
s
r
UNIT V : Unsymmetrical Bending of Straight Beams

Symmetrical And Unsymmetrical Bending-Bending Stresses in Beams Subjected to
Unsymmetrical Bending- Change in Direction of Neutral Axis and Increase in Stress
Compared to Symmetrical Bending.
i
n
Text Books
1. Bedi D.S., Strength of Materials, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 1984.
2. Punmia B.C, etal., Strength of Materials, LaxmiPublications, 1992.
Reference Books
2. Sadhu Singh., Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers,1988.
n
u
a
y
CE242 ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Credit 3:1:0
r
a
Marks 40+60
UNIT I
Basics Units and Dimensions Laws of Mechanics Vectors Introduction Static &
Dynamics.
Force and force systems parallelogram law of forces resultant of a system of coplanar
forces acting on a particle equilibrium of a particle under coplanar forces resultant of a
system of spaces force acting on a particle equilibrium of a particle under space forces
free body diagram.
UNIT II
Definition of a rigid body, Moment, Couple, Force-couple system equilibrium of a rigid
body under coplanar forces types of supports support reactions on beams and frames of
determinate structures problems involving equilibrium of rigid bodies stable, unstable
and neutral equilibrium
Friction angle of friction and coefficient of friction laws of dry friction friction in
wedges, ladders, screws and belts.
y
it
UNIT III
Analysis of cables Analysis of roof trusses by method of joints and method of sections.
Properties of plane sections areas, centroid, first moment of area, moment of inertia, polar
moment of inertia and radius of gyration parallel and perpendicular axis theorem and its
application bodies mass moment of inertia of thin rectangular plates and solid rectangular
prisms.
s
r
UNIT IV
i
n
e
v
Kinetics Introduction Potential energy & Kinetic energy Conservation of energy
UNIT V
normal and tangential components principle of work and energy principle of impulse and
momentum impact direct central impact oblique central impact.
Text Book
1. Beer, F.P and Johnston, E.R, Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Statics and
Dynamics, McGraw hill International Book co.
a
y
Reference Books
n
u
1. Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.S., Engineering Mechanics (Statics and Dynamics),
John Wiley & sons.
2. Meriam.,J.L. and Kraige, L.S., Irving H.shames, Engineering Mechanics (Statics
and Dynamics), Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Rajasekaran, S and Sankarasubramanian, G., Engineering Mechanics, Vikas
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 1999
4. Kottiswaran, Engineering Mechanics, Balaji Publication
r
a
Credit 3:1:0
CE243 SURVEYING I
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Introduction and Chain Surveying

Definition, Principle and Classification of surveying field and office works conventional
signs equipments used in chain survey ranging and chaining reciprocal ranging
setting perpendicular offsets well conditioned triangles errors and obstacles cross staff
and optical square traversing plotting Enlarging and reducing size of figures
10
Unit II : Compass Surveying

Prismatic Compass Surveyors Compass bearing -systems and conversions local
attraction magnetic declination dip- traversing plotting adjustment of error by
graphical method Bowditchs rule
Plane table Surveying
Plane table instruments and accessories advantages and disadvantages methods
radiation and intersection traversing resection two point and three point problems
errors and adjustments in plane tabling
y
it
s
r
Unit III : Levelling and Applications

Types of levels and staves sensitivity of bubble benchmarks temporary and permanent
adjustments fly, check, profile and block levelling booking reduction arithmetic
checks curvature and refraction correction reciprocal levelling difficulties and errors in
levelling - longitudinal and cross sectioning plotting Calculation of areas and volumes
contouring methods characteristics and uses plotting earthwork volume capacity of
reservoirs.
i
n
e
v
Unit IV : Theodolite Surveying

Description and uses of vernier micrometer microptic theodolites temporary and
heights and distances traversing closing error and distribution Gales traverse table
omitted measurements
Unit V : Curves and Mine Surveying

Route surveys for highways, railways and waterways Curve ranging Horizontal and
vertical curves Simple curves Setting out by chain and tape methods By instrumental
methods Transition Curves Functions and requirements Setting out by offsets and
angles Vertical curves Sight distances Mine Surveying Instruments station and
station marker Tunnel alignment and setting out
n
u
a
y
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and levelling parts 1 and 2, pune
Vidyarthi Griha prakashan, 1968.
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying and levelling Vol.I and II, Standard Publishers, 1968.
r
a
Credit 3:1:0
CE244 SURVEYING II
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Tacheometric surveying

Principle of Stadia method Distance and elevation formulae for staff held vertical
Instrumental constants Anallactic lens Tangential method use of Subtense bar
tacheometric contouring
11
Unit II : Control surveying

Working from whole to part Horizontal and Vertical control - Triangulation figures
Classification of triangulation systems selection of triangulation stations Intervisibility
and height of stations station marks signals and Towers Measurement of angles
reduction to centre Field work and correction to baseline measurements Extension of base
trignometric levelling single and reciprocal observations
Introduction to GIS and GPS
Definition of GIS, necessity of GIS, Components of GIS, Sofware packages, ApplicationsGPS Applications and Advantages.
y
it
s
r
Unit III : Theory of Errors and Triangulation Adjustments

Kinds of errors laws of weights principle of least squares determination of most
probable value of quantities probable error distribution of error to field measurements
Normal equation Method of correlates Level nets - Adjustment of simple triangulation
networks.
e
v
i
n
Unit IV : Fundamentals of Field Astronomy

Spherical trignometry latitude and longitude of a place Definitions of astronomical terms
Coordinate systems to define the position of a heavenly body Time systems Conversion
of time - determination of azimuth of a line by extra meridian observations on the sun
Unit V : Photogrammetry
Introduction Terrestrial and aerial photographs Platforms -Stereoscopy Parallax
Electromagnetic distance measurement - Principle
Hydrographic Surveying
Introduction Tides - Equipments methods of locating soundings Reduction and plotting
of soundings use of sextants and station pointer
n
u
a
y
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Vol.II, Pune Vidyarthi
Griha Prakashan, Pune, 1968.
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying Vol.III, Standard Publishers, 1994.
3. GIS and GPS Notes.
r
a
Credit 3:1:0
CE245 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS

Marks 40+60
Unit I
Introduction - Fluid Properties Newtons law of Viscosity - Classification of Fluids
Fluid Statics
Pressure Pascals law Atmospheric, Absolute, Gauge and Vacuum pressures Pressure
measurement Forces on plane and curved surfaces-Total pressure and Centre of pressure
Buoyancy and Metacentric height (Theory only).
12
Unit II : Fluid Kinematics

Types of flow Stream line Path line Streak line - Stream tube Control volume
Continuity equation one dimensional and three dimensional flow velocity potential and
stream function free - and forced vortex flow
Equations of Motion
Eulers equation in one dimensional form Bernoullis equation
y
it

Venturimeter Orifice meter Pitot tube Mouthpiece and Orifice Weirs and Notches
Rectangle , Triangular, Broad crested, Narrow Crested
Laminar flow
Definition Reynolds Experiment Reynolds Number Hagen Poiseuille equation for a
circular pipe
Turbulent flow
Definition Darcy Weisbachs equation Moodys diagram Friction factor for Laminar
and Turbulent flow for smooth and rough pipes
i
n
e
v
s
r
Unit IV : Flow through pipes

Loss of energy in pipes Hydraulic Gradient, Energy Gradient Major energy loss Minor
energy losses Pipes in series and parallel Equivalent pipe - Power transmission through
pipes Syphon Water hammer (Definition)
Unit V : Dimensional Analysis and Similitude

Fundamental and Secondary dimensions - Dimensional Homogeneity Rayleigh and
Buckingham Pi methods Similitude Significance of Dimensionless Numbers
Classification of hydraulic models Scale effect .
a
y
Text Books
1. Modi, P.N., and Seth, S.N., Textbook of Hydraulics and Fluid Machines, Standard
Book House, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Rajput, R.K., Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines , S.Chand and
n
u
r
a
Reference Books
1. Natarajan, M.K., Principles of Fluid Mechanics, Oxford and IBH publishing Co.,
New Delhi, 1994.
Delhi, 1998.
13
CE246 APPLIED HYDRAULICS AND FLUID MACHINES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
Unit I : Uniform Flow In Open Channels

Types of Flow - Uniform flow Chezys and Mannings equations Hydraulically best
sections Uniform flow Computations.
Varied Flow in Open Channels
e
v
s
r
UNITII : Boundary Layer And Flow Around Submerged Bodies

Boundary Layer Seperation Laminar and Turbulent boundary layers Forces on
submerged bodies Expression for drag and lift-Pressure drag Friction drag Stream lined
and bluff bodies.
i
n
UNITIII : Momentum Principle

Impulse momentum equation Application of Linear momentum principle Impact of Jet Force exerted by a jet on normal, Inclined and curved surfaces for stationary and moving
cases only.
a
y
UNITIV : Water Turbines

n
u
UNITV : Pumps
Head Losses and Efficiencies - Minimum starting speed performance curves specific
speed Cavitation selection of pumps.
Reciprocating pump types Components and working slip Indicator diagram Air
vessel.
Multistage pumps submersible pumps Jet pumps Hydraulic ram.
r
a
Text Books
1. Rajput, R.K.A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics, S.Chand and Co., New Delhi, 1998.
2. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., Hydraulic and Fluid Machines, Standard book house New
Delhi, 1995.
Reference Books
1. Natarajan, M.K. Fluid Machines, Anuradha Agencies, 1987.
14
Delhi, 1998.
3. Agarwal, S.K., Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Tata McGRaw- Hill Publishing Co.
Lts., New Delhi., 1997. Som,S.K., and Biswas, G., Fluid Mechanics and Fluid
Machines, Tata McGraw Hill book co., 1998.
4. Ven-Te-Chow, Open channel Hydraulics, Tata McGRaw- Hill Publishing Co.,1959.
CE247 MECHANICS OF SOILS
Credit 3:1:0
y
it
s
r
Marks 40+60
UNIT I: Mechanical Properties

Objectives and importance of Geotechnical Engg. Physical properties of soil Phase
relations grain size distribution Atterberg Limits sensitivity and thixotropy of clays
Classification of soils as per BIS Soil Structure and clay mineralogy.
i
n
e
v
UNIT II: Permeability and Seepage

One dimensional flow through soil Permeability Darcys law Factors affecting
permeability Constant head and falling head permeability tests flow through stratified soil
Seepage pressure - quick sand phenomenon two dimensional flow: Laplace equation
Flow net construction Flow net by Electrical analogy applications for sheet pile Cut off
and Earth dam- Pheriatic line piping: exit gradient
UNIT III: Compaction and Consolidation

Compaction Proctor test Moisture density relations factor affecting compaction
field compaction Methods
Consolidation - Primary consolidation concept Definition of terms - void ratio pressure
curve Field curve Laboratory test consolidation settlement pre consolidation
pressure Terzaghis theory of one dimensional consolidation- Partial differential equation
(no analytical solution) Boundary condition Time factor Time rate of consolidation
Determination of Cv.
a
y
n
u
UNIT IV: Stress Distribution and settlement

Concept of effective and neutral stresses soil water statics capillary phenomenon
Vertical stress distribution in soil Boussinesq equation line load uniformly distributed
loads Newmarks influence chart approximate methods Westergaards analysis
Pressure bulb Contact Pressure - Causes of settlement Components of settlementImmediate and consolidation settlement methods of minimising settlement Codal
Provisions.
r
a
UNIT V: Shear Strength & Stability of slopes

Shear Strength of soil: Mohr-Coulomb Failure theory Laboratory and field tests Factors
affecting shear strength Importance of shear strength direct shear test triaxial
compression test unconfined compression test vane shear test shear strength of cohesive
soils.
Stability of slopes: Stability analysis of infinite and finite slopes types of failure slip
circle method friction circle method Taylors Stability number and stability curves.
15
Text Books
1. Punmia, B.C., Soil Mechanics and Foundations, Punmia B.C., and Suara & Co.,
Madras 1988.
Distributors, New Delhi 1987.
Reference Book
1. Venkatramiah C., Geotechnical Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1993.
e
v
CE248 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

Credit 3:1:0
y
it
s
r
Marks 40+60
UNIT I : Soil Exploration and Selection of Foundation

Soil exploration: Introduction Objectives of Soil exploration disturbed and undisturbed
sampling depth of soil exploration number and disposition of bore holes penetration
and sounding tests - geophysical methods
Foundation: Different types of foundation requirement of a good foundation choices of
types of foundation foundation in expansive soil - factors governing location and depth of
foundation.
i
n
UNIT II: Bearing Capacity

Definitions types of failure Terzaghis analysis Skemptons formula IS formula
Effect of water table on bearing capacity - shape of foundation, inclination of load and
eccentricity of load on bearing capacity allowable bearing pressure plate load test
standard penetration test methods of improving bearing capacity.
a
y
n
u
UNIT III: Earth Pressure, Sheet Pile Walls & Cofferdams

Introduction plastic equilibrium in soil Rankines theory Surcharge inclined backfill
soil stratification Coulombs Wedge theory Graphical methods (Rehbanns and
Cullman's) Drainage of backfill.
r
a
Sheet pile walls: Types cantilever sheet pile walls in cohesionless and cohesive soil
Cofferdams: Introduction types of cofferdams
UNIT IV: Pile Foundation
Deep foundation Introduction - functions of pile classification of pile relative merits
Load carrying capacity of piles: static and dynamic formula pile load test penetration
tests - pile spacing and group action design of pile group settlement of pile group
negative skin friction under reamed pile foundations: details of pile and bulb Load
carrying capacity of under-reamed piles - construction of under-reamed pile foundation
load test on under-reamed piles.
Unit V : Well And Shallow Foundations

Well foundation: Introduction Individual components of a well: well curb, cutting edge,
steining and bottom plug shapes of wells grip length, depth and bearing capacity forces
16
acting on well foundation Banerjees and Gangopadhyays analysis IRC method well
sinking rectification of tilts and shifts pneumatic caissons: introduction.
Shallow foundations Types of shallow foundations stress distribution (theory only):
rectangular combined footing trapezoidal combined footing Raft footing: IS code of
practice.
y
it
Text Books
1. Punmia, B.C., Soil Mechanics and Foundations, Punmia B.C., and Suara & Co.,
Madras 1988.
2. Kasmalkar, B.J., Foundation Engineering, Pune, Vidyarthi Griha Prabakar, Pune,
1989.
Distributors, New Delhi 1987.
e
v
s
r
Reference Books
1. Teng, W.C., Foundation Engineering, Prentice Hall of India (P) Ltd., 1984.
2. Peck, R.B., Hanson and Thornburn, Foundation Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,
1980.
3. Venkatramiah C., Geotechnical Engineering, Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1993.
i
n
CE249 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES I

Credit 3:1:0
a
y
Marks 40+60
UnitI
Introduction of RCC structures Grades of concrete and characteristic strength permissible
stresses in concrete steel reinforcements and their characteristics. Modular ratio, Neutral
Axis, under, over reinforced & Balanced section, Flexure, Shear, Torsion, Bond &
development length Design concept WSD, ULM & LSD- - Actual and idealized stress
strain diagrams of concrete and steel, LSD Rectangular beam, Flanged beams
n
u
UnitII
LSD Lintel beam one way slab sunshade - Continuous beams and slabs - Two way slab
- for Flexure, Shear, Torsion & Anchorage
r
a
UnitIII
LSD Short, Long Axially and eccentrically loaded columns, Isolated and combined
rectangular footings for two columns.
UnitIV
WSD Rectangular, T & L beams for flexure and shear.
UnitV
WSD One-way slab Two-way slab-Circular slab- Short, Long axially and eccentrically
loaded columns.
17
Text Books
1. Krishna Raju, N., Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, CBS Publishers and
distributors, New Delhi, 1989.
2. Unnikrishna pillai and Devadass Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Co ltd, 1998.
3. Varghese P.C., Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, Prentice of India, New
Delhi, 1999.
y
it
s
r
Reference Books
1. Jain, A.K., Limit state Design of R.C. Structures , New Chand Publications.
2. Sinha, N.C and Roy, S.K., Fundamentals of Reinforced concrete, S.Chand &
Company (Pvt.) Ltd. New Delhi, 1983.
3. I.S.456 2000 Published by B.I.S.
4. S.P-16 Published by B.I.S
5. Purushothaman, P., Reinforced Concrete Structural Elements, Tata Mc Graw- Hill
Publishing Co., 1984.
6. Nilson, A.H., Design of Concrete Structures, McGraw Hill Co, 1997.
7. Leet, K.M., Bernal, D., Reinforced Concrete Design, Mc Graw Hill Publishing Co.,
1997.
8. Software like STADD, STRUDS and STRAPS may be suggested depending on their
availability.
i
n
e
v
CE250 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES II
a
y
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
UnitI
Types of stair cases, Design of Dog Legged, Quarter & Half turn stair cases Soil earth
pressure - Types of retaining wall, Design of cantilever and counter-fort retaining walls
n
u
UnitII
Design of circular and rectangular underground water tanks - Design of circular and
rectangular tanks resting on ground - INTZ tank (Concept only) - Design of staging and
foundations.
r
a
UnitIII
Design of slab bridge and T-beam & slab bridge for IRC loadings Class AA & Class A Load distribution in interconnected girders by Courbon's method.
UnitIV
Design of multibay, multistoreyed R.C.frames - substitute frames - preliminary design of
members - Analysis for wind loads by the portal method and Cantilever method. Earthquake
resistant Design Philosophy: Ductility, IS code1893-2002 provisions for earth quake effects
18
UNIT V
Assumptions - Guidelines for locating yield line patterns - virtual work and equilibrium
methods of analysis - Application to square, rectangular, triangular and circular slabs
Introduction to Strip method of analysis.
y
it
Text Books
1. Krishnaraju,N., Design of R.C.Structures, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi
1989.
2. Jaikrishna and O.P.Jain, Plain and Reinforced concrete, Vols. I &II, Nem Chand
Publishers, 1959.
s
r
Reference Books
1. Krishnaraju.N, Bridge Engineering,
2. Jain, A.K., 'Limit State Deisign of R.C.Structures, Nem Chand Publications, 1985..
e
v
i
n
Note : Indian Standard Codes of Practice 456 & 3370 IRC Bridge Codes and Pigeand's
charts are to be permitted for use in the Examinations.
Software like STAAD, STRUDS and STRAPS may be suggested depending on their
availability.
CE251 DESIGN AND DRAWING (R.C.C AND STEEL)

Credit 3:1:0
a
y
Marks 40+60
PART-A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Building floors consisting of slabs and beams.

Cantilever and counterfort retaining walls.
Circular and rectangular water tanks resting on the ground.
Circular and rectangular overhead water tanks.
Slab bridge.
n
u
r
a
PART-B
Detailed design and drawing of the following steel structures.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Columns, base plates and their foundations

Plate Girder (welded)
Gantry Girder
Simple roof trusses
Rectangular and circular overhead water tanks
Note :
19
2. Indian Standard codes 456,800,3370 and I.R.C. codes are permitted for the use in the
examination.
3. There will be two questions in part-A and two in Part-B out of which the students
shall answer one in each.
y
it
CE252 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Design Of Tension Members

x Behaviour of Tension members
x Net Sectional Area
x Design of Tension Members
x Design of Compression Members
x Design Criteria
x Laced and Battened columns
x Column Bases
Unit II : Design Of Laterally Supported Beams
x Design Considerations
x Bending, Shear and Deflection
x Web buckling and Web Crippling
x Built up Beams
x Curtailment of plates
a
y
i
n
e
v
s
r
Lateral Buckling Of Beams

x Effective lateral unbraced length
x Concept of Lateral Torsional Buckling
x Design of Beams subjected to Biaxial Bending
n
u
Unit III : Welded Plate Girder

x Design of Web and Flanges
x Intermediate and Bearing Stiffeners
x Flange and Web splices
x Cost Calculation and economics of construction
r
a
Welded Connections
x Unstiffened Seat connection
x Stiffened seat connection
x Moment Resistant Connections
20
Unit IV : Industrial Building

x Design of Purlin
x Design of Roof Trusses
x Crane girders
x Design of an Industrial Bent
x Design of Gable rafter and Gable Column
Unit V : Light Gauge Steel Sections
x Design of stiffened and unstiffened columns
x Design of stiffened and unstiffened beams
x Self Supporting chimney
e
v
y
it
s
r
Text Books
1. Dayaratnam, P., Design of Steel Structures, A.H.Wheeler & Co. Ltd., Allahabad,
1996.
i
n
Reference Books
1. Ragupathy M, Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1996.
2. Punmia B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun kumar Jain, `Design of Steel Structures',
Vol. 1, Arihant Publications, Bombay, 1995.
3. Explanatory notes published by M/S Institute of Steel Development and Growth
a
y
CE253 SANITARY ENGINEERING

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
n
u
UNIT-I : Sewage and Sewerage Engineering

Definition & Classification of Sewage - Quantity of Sanitary Sewage and Storm Water
Fluctuations in Flow Pattern Design Flow of Sewage Physio-chemical and Biological
Characteristics Assessment of Organic Solids by BOD, COD, TOC, ThOD, & TOD
Microbiology of Sewage Systems and Layouts of Sewerage Analysis and Design of
Sewers under Different Flow Situations - Sewer Sections Materials for Sewers Laying,
Jointing, and Testing of Sewers Appurtenances and Maintenance - Pumping of Sewage
and Pumping Stations.
r
a
UNIT-II : Preliminary and Primary Treatments of Sewage

UNIT III : Biological Treatment Processes
Objectives of Biological Treatment Path Ways of Decomposition Aerobic, Anaerobic,
and Anoxic Processes Operation and Design of Conventional Activated Sludge Process
with Diffuser and Mechanical Aerators Process Modifications Operation and Design of
21
Trickling Filter High rate and Standard Rate Filters Low Cost Waste Water Treatments
Principles and Design of Stabilization Ponds, Oxidation Ponds and Aerated Lagoons Rural
Sanitation Operation and Design of Septic and Imhoff Tanks Excreta Disposal Schemes.
y
it
UNIT-IV : Engineering Methods of Sludge Disposal

Objectives of Sludge Disposal Types and Characteristics of Sludges in a Typical Treatment
Plant Operation and Design of sludge Digestion Energy recovery aspects regarding
Methane Production Sludge Lagooning, - Unconventional Methods of Disposal - Disposal
of Sewage by Dilution in Streams, Rivers, and Estuaries Self-purification and Oxygen Sagcurve Analysis Trophic Status of Aquatic Bodies.
e
v
s
r
UNIT-V : House Drainage Works

Sanitary Fittings One Pipe and Two Pipe Systems - General Layout of House Drainage
Works Street Connections.
Recycling of Waste Water
Necessity & Objectives-Suitability & State-of-art-techniques in waste water conservation.
i
n
Text Books
th
1. Steel.E.W.and McGhee, T.J., Water Supply and Sewerage, 5 Edn., McGraw Hill
International Editions, New York, 1988.
Reference Books
1. Metcalf and Eddy, Inc., Waste Water Engineering Treatment, Disposal and
rd
Reuse, 3 Edn., McGraw Hill Book Co., N.Y. 1985.
2. Raju, B.S.N., Water Supply and Waste Water Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Co.,
New Delhi, 1995.
n
u
a
y
CE254 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
UNIT-I : Fundamental Concepts In Structures

Definition and Determination of Static and Kinematic Indeterminacy Beams, Trusses and
Frames Degree of Freedom Equillibrium and Kinematic Stability Principle of
Superposition Basic Methods of Structural Analysis.
Energy Methods
Work Energy principles Principle of Stationary Potential Energy Principle of Virtual
Displacements Complementary Energy Principle of virtual Forces Castiglianos First
Theorem Castiglianos Second Theorem Betti Maxwells law Theorem of least work
Application to simple problems of Statically determinate beams, trusses and frames.
r
a
UNIT-II : Moving Loads and Influence Lines

Effect of moving load Description of Influence line Influence line for Reaction, Shear
Force and Bending Moment Load position Absolute maximum bending moment
Muller Breslaus Principle Application to beams with one degree of indeterminacy
22
UNIT-III : Arches
Three hinged arch Two hinged arch parabolic and semi circular arches Concentrated
loads Uniform loads Temperature effects Determination of Reaction, Normal Thrust,
Radial shear and Bending Moment Influence line for Stress Resultants in two hinged and
three hinged arches load position for maximum values.
y
it
UNIT-IV : Three Dimensional Frames (determinate)

Analysis of pin jointed Space frames forces in various members Analysis of Rigid jointed
space frames Determination of stress resultants Application to Simple problems
Analysis of Suspension Bridges(determinate).
e
v
s
r
UNIT-V : Force Method

Consistent Deformation Method General Concept Application to Truss subjected to
Loads Application of Clapeyrons Theorem of Three Moments to fixed and continuous
beams Temperature, Lack of fit, Settlement of Support effects in structures.
i
n
Text Book
1. Reddy C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1996.
References
2. Armenakas A.E., Classical Structural Analysis, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1988.
3. Au T and Christiano, P, Structural analysis, Prentice Hall, 1982.
4. Hibbeler R.C, Structural Analysis, Macmillan Pub.Co., 1985.
5. Laible J.P, Structural Analysis, Mc Graw Hill Book Co., 1984.
6. Smith J.C., Structural Analysis, Harper and Row Pub., 1988.
7. Software like ANSYS, SAP, FEAST may be suggested depending on their
availability.
n
u
a
y
CE255 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS-II
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
UNIT-I : Slope Deflection Method

Displacement method concept -Slope deflection equations -Fixed End moments Applications to Statically indeterminate beams and frames-Effect of temperature,settlementDeformed shape, Bending Moment and Shear Force Diagrams and axial force diagrams.
r
a
UNIT-II : Moment Distribution Method

Basic concepts- Stiffness factor, distribution factor and carry over factors-Single span beams
beams - Portal frames with and without side sway - Deflected shape, bending moments, shear
force and Thrust diagrams.- Symmetric Structure subjected to Symmetric and Antisymmetric Loading.
UNIT-III : Characteristics of Flexibility and Stiffness Method

Definition- Application of Principle of Superposition-Properties -Application to Two Degree
of Freedom Systems-Structure and Element Coordinates - Transformation of force and
23
displacement - Structure Flexibility in terms of element flexibility-Structure stiffness in terms

of element Stiffness.
Flexibility Method
Forces not acting at co-ordinates - Formulation of Structure Flexibility matrix Determination of Displacements and Bending Moments - Application to determinate and
indeterminate trusses beams and frames - Effect of Temperature, Lack of Fit
y
it
UNIT IV : Stiffness Method

Forces not acting at co-ordinates - Formulation of Structure Stiffness matrix - Determination
of Displacements - Application to determinate and indeterminate trusses beams frames effect of Temperature, Lack of fit - Static Condensation Technique - Use of analysis software
for application to analysis of Plane trusses and frames
e
v
s
r
UNIT V : Introduction to Structural Dynamics

Free Vibration damped - undamped vibrations for Single degree of freedom system - Forced
i
n
Text Book
1. Reddy C S, Basic Structural Analysis , Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1996.
Reference Books
1. Bhatt P, Problems in structural Analysis by Matrix Methods , Wheeler, 1989.
2. Flemming, J.F., Computer Analysis of Structural Systems , McGraw Hill, 1989.
3. Holzer S M, Computer Analysis of Structures , Elsevier, 1985.
4. Mukhopadhyay M , Matrix Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis ,
Oxford & IBH, 1984.
5. McGuire W and Gallagher R H, Matrix Structural Analysis , John Wiley & Sons,
1979.
6. Meek, J.L., Matrix Structural Analysis , McGraw Hill, 1971.
7. Przemieniecki,J. S, Theory of Matrix Structural Analysis , McGraw Hill, 1968.
8. Rubinstein M F, Matrix Computer Analysis , Prentice Hall, 1969.
9. Sack R C, Matrix Structural Analysis , PWS - Kent Pub. Co., 1989
10. Wang C K and Solomon C G, Introductory Structural Analysis , McGraw Hill Book
cc, 1984.
11. Kanchi M B, Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis , Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1993.
12. Sack R L, Structural Analysis , McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1984.
13. Smith. J C , Structural Analysis , Harper and Row Pub., 1988.
14. Rajasekaran,S., and
Sankarasubramanian,G.,
Computational . Structural
Mechanics, Prentice Hall of India, 2000
n
u
r
a
a
y
24
CE256 DESIGN AND DRAWING

(Irrigation and Environmental Engineering)
Credit 3:1:0
y
it
Marks 40+60
PART : A
drawn:
1. Earthen Dams - Sections of different types of earth dams, plan showing drainage
systems.
2. Tank sluice - wing type
3. Tank surplus weir.
4. Canal Regulator (Head regulator)
5. Canal drop.
6. Syphon aqueducts
i
n
e
v
s
r
PART: B
1. General layout of water supply scheme.
2. Mixing basin, flocculation and sedimentation tanks.
3. Slow and rapid filters - service and clear water reservoirs.
4. General layout for drainage scheme.
5. Manholes, pumping station, septic tank with dispersion trenches and imhoff tank.
6. Primary and secondary settling tanks - trickling filter
a
y
Text Books
Eastern Limited, June 1994.
2. Ellis, W.M., College of Engineering Manual: Irrigation, The Textile Institute
Publishers, 1955.
3. Gharpure, V.N., A Text Book of water supply Engineering, Allied Publishers limited.
n
u
r
a
Note:
Autonomous Examination is 4 hour duration. There will be two questions in part A and
two in part B. Out of which the students will have to answer one in each.
Credit 0:0:2
CE257 ESTIMATING, COSTING AND SPECIFICATIONS

Marks 50+50
UNIT I : Procedure of Estimating Quantities

Introduction Main items of work calculation of quantities of earth work, stone masonry,
brick masonry, plastering, cement concrete, R.C.C., Doors, Windows, Flooring, White
Washing, colour washing, Distembering and their units.
25
UNIT II : Rate Analysis

Factors affecting rates importance Materials for different items of work Rates of
materials and labour analysis of Rates for cement concrete, R.C.C., brick masonry, Stone
masonry, Hollow block masonry, Plastering, Painting, Flooring, Road works, Sanitary
Works, Water supply works and Electrical works.
y
it
UNIT III : Cost Estimate of Buildings

Detailed estimate Estimation of the cost of single storeyed buildings by individual wall
method and centre line method.
Estimation of Roofs R.C.C. slab roof, GI sheet roof, Tiled Roof, Roof Truss.
Estimation of R.C.C.works Beam, T-beam and Slab, Column, Foundation, Stair case,
Retaining wall etc.
e
v
s
r
UNIT IV : Cost Estimate of Other Structures

Estimation of roads Earth work, Pitching of Slopes, Hill roads.
Estimation of R.C.C. slab culvert, Pier, Pipe culvert, R.C.C. T-beam bridge.
Estimation of Irrigation works like Canals, Aqueducts, Syphon, etc.
Estimation of Water supply and sanitary works like septic tank, Soak pit, Manhole, sewer
line, etc.
i
n
UNIT V : Specifications and Valuation

Specifications Objectives types of specifications principles of specification writing
typical specifications.
Valuation Market value Book value Scrap value Salvage value annuity
Capitalized values sinking fund depreciation Valuation of a building Rent fixation
Mortgage Lease.
a
y
n
u
Text Books
r
a
Reference Book
1. Kohli, D.D.and Kohli R.C., A Text book on Estimating, Costing and Accounts,
S.Chand and Co., New Delhi, 1994.
Credit 4:0:0
CE258 AIRPORTS, DOCKS AND HARBOURS

Marks 40+60
Unit - I : Introduction to Planning

Air transportation in India - Categories of airports and air services - agencies controlling
national and international aviation and their functions- airport regional planning - Factors to
be considered for proper planning of airport - airport capacity - various survey to be
conducted - airport site selection
26
Unit II : Elements of Airport and Design

Landing and terminal areas and their components - standard for planning airports as per
ICAO- Typical layout of an airport and its components- Runways - taxiways and aprons different types - pattern and layout - general principle of design - loading apron - holding
apron - parking aircrafts
y
it
Unit - III : Navigational Aids

Traffic aids and airport marking - lighting airports - runway lighting - taxiway lighting - air
traffic control - Visual and instrument landing systems - airport drainage - typical layout of
existing airport teminal and service blocks - Chennai , Coimbatore, Calcutta, New Delhi and
Mumbai
e
v
s
r
Unit - IV : Docks and Management

Dock - different types of wet and dry docks - functional design and various types and their
usagenavigational aids - necessity and type of signals - fixed and floating signals - buoysbeacons - different types of dredges and their application.
i
n
Unit -V : Harbours
Classification and requirements of harbours - choice of site and general principles governing
their design - entrance to harbour - Breakwaters - classification and construction - wharves piers and Bulkheads - Dolphins - Fender and other mooring devices- Typical layout of
Existing harbours - Chennai - Cochin Tuticorin - Mumbai.
Text Books
1. Rangwala,P.S., Airport Engineering, Charotar publishing house, Anand - 1992.
2. Srinivasan R and Rangwala, S.C., Harbour Dock and Tunnel engineering, Charotar
Publishing House, Anand, 1991.
a
y
n
u
Reference Books
1. Bindra, S.P., Docks and Harbour Engineering, Dhanpat Rai and sons, New Delhi,
1992.
2. Shahani, Aiport Techniques,Oxford and IBH Publishing CO, PVT, LTD, 1995.
r
a
Credit 4:0:0
CE259 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

Marks 40+60
UNIT I : Principles Of Management

Definition - Importance - Functions of management - relevance to Govt., Quasi Govt.
Departments - Private contractors, and contracting firms Organisation - Basic Economic
concepts - Economic decisions, fixed, variable costs -Break Even Analysis and Chart pricing
policies - Methods of evaluating capital expenditure - probabilistic estimates.
27
Unit II : Civil Engineering Management

Construction Planning:
Collection of field data - preliminary estimates - approval and sanction of estimates - Budget
provision - Construction stages - Scheduling methods - progress reports and charts.
Resource Planning:
Planning for materials, machines, men and organisation - resource allocation.
Labour And Labour Welfare:
Relationship between management and labour Labour problems - labour legislation minimum wages act - settlement of disputes - industrial psychology.
y
it
s
r
UNIT III : Management Methods

Concepts of network - network planning method - CPM/PERT - management by network
analysis and control - principles of cost control - control by graphical representation, by bill
of quantities and by network analysis.
i
n
e
v
UNIT IV : Execution of Work

Departmental Works:
Procedure - departmental labour - quality control, inspection and duties of personnel - safety
requirements.
Contractors:
Contract system - types of contracts - specifications, documents, procedures, condition, taxes,
law of constructions, Legal implications and penalities.
Tender and Tender Documents:
Definition - calling of tenders - tender documents - submission of tenders - processing of
tenders - negotiations and settlement of contracts.
a
y
UNIT V
Accounts And Stores:
Measurements of work - recording - checking - types of bills - mode of payment - budget
estimate - revised estimates - completion reports and certificates - claims and transfer
classifications of transactions - ledger accounts - Imprest Account - Cash book.
Suspense classification - stores - maintenance and inspection- inventories Accounting of
surplus and of shortage of stores - procedures adopted in P.W.D. and C.P.W.D.
n
u
r
a
Introduction to Computer Application in Construction Management

Planning Scheduling and Resource Analysis - Recording and Operations Project
Accounting, Costing and Finance.
Text Books
1. Seetharaman,S., Construction Engineering and Management, Umesh Publications,
1997.
2. Sengupta,B., and Guha,H., Construction Management and Planning, Tata McGrawHill Book cc, 1995.
28
Reference Books
1. Sanga Reddy,S., and Meyyappan, PL., construction management, Kumaran
publications, Coimbatore, 1995..
2. Rana,V.K., Construction Management Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing
CO,1998
3. Chitkara,K.K., Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing
COM1998.
4. Joseph L.Massie, Essentials of Management, prentice Hall of India
5. Cholt and Dhir - construction management
6. C.P.W.D. Manual
7. Public works Accounts code, PWD, Tamil Nadu.
e
v
y
it
s
r
CE260 EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING AND DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
i
n
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Elements of engineering seismology causes of earthquakes, seismic waves, magnitude ,
intensity and energy release Indian seismology earthquake history catastrophies
failures - lessons learnt from past earthquakes seismic zone map of India strong motion
characteristics
Unit II : Theory of Vibration

Free vibration single degree of freedom system with and without damping Multi
degree of freedom system fundamental period power method forced vibration of SDOF
system with and without damping Response spectrum characteristics
Unit III : Seismic Design of Buildings
Idealization of building frames -Introduction to methods of seismic analysis
Equivalent static analysis IS 1893 provisions Design horizontal seismic coefficient- design
base shear distribution - seismic resistant design of building
a
y
n
u
r
a
Unit IV : Earthquake Resistant Construction

Earthquake resistant properties of materials lateral force resisting systems strong column
weak beam guidelines for seismic resistant construction building configuration
requirements ductile detailing of reinforcements in RC buildings- behaviour and design of
masonry structures
Unit V : Repairs And Retrofitting

Code of practices for repairs and retrofitting - retrofitting of RC buildings and structural
elements techniques of retrofitting - improving structural integrity of masonry buildings
retrofitting by seismic isolation case studies
Text Books
1. David Key, Earthquake design practice for building , Thomas Telford, London
29
2. Chopra, A.K., Dynamics of structures _ Theory and applications to earthquake

engg, Prentice hall of India, New Delhi, 2002
y
it
References
1. IS 1893- 2002
2. IS 4326
3. IS 13920
s
r
CE261 ELEMENTS OF TOWN PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE
e
v
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Basics of Town Planning

Town planning
: Definition, Objectives, Necessity & Principles adopted-.
Types of Urban Growth : Their advantages and disadvantages.
Town planning Surveys : Necessity, Objectives and Classification.
Urban road patterns
: Types, and specific advantages & disadvantages.
i
n
Unit II : Landuse Planning

Scope and Content of Master plan, Regional plan, Structure plan, Detailed development plan
Urban renewal -Planning standards for Neighbourhood -Basic principles in planning various
land uses: Residential, Commercial, Industrial, and Recreational.
a
y
Unit III : Planning Legislations

Evolution of planning legislation in India Organisation and administration of planning
agencies at National, State, Regional level and Metropolitan Level.-Tamil Nadu Town and
Country Planning Act.-Building bye laws, Function of local Authority, Provision of Building
Regulations
n
u
Unit IV : Introduction To Architecture

Definition of the term Architecture Key factors influencing the architecture of any region
: Culture, Climate, Topography, Building materials, Economic & Technology.-Prominent
World Architecture styles during various periods in history.-Anthropometrics Human Scale
in Architecture. -Space requirements for Human activity
r
a
Unit V : Architecture Principles & Landscaping

Principles of Architectural Composition: Unity, Contrast, Rhythm, Proportion, Scale,
Character, Harmony, Colour, Light and Shade, Solids and Voids, Balance and Symmetry.
Landscape Architecture: Concept Necessity Study of trees, plants & Shrubs for
landscaping.
Text Books
2. Pramar V.S., Design Fundamentals in Architecture, Somaiya Publications Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi.
30
3. Gurcharan Singh & Jagdish Singh, Building planning, Designing and Scheduling,
Standard Publishers Distributors, Nai Sarak , Delhi 1999.
4. M.S. Ramaswami, The Tamil Nadu Town and Country planning act, 1971,
C.Sitaraman and Co., Publishers, Booksellers and Distributors., 1987.
5. S.P. Arora, S.P. Bindra, A textbook of Building Construction, Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
1992.
6. Michael Young, Architectural and Building Design, Heinemann ltd. 1986.
7. Hiraskar.G.K., The Great ages of World architecture, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi
y
it
s
r
Reference Books
1. Rafciff, I., An Introduction to Town Planning and Country planning, Hutchinson,
London, 1987.
2. Gowda, S., Urban and Regional Planning, Prasaranga, University of Mysore,
Mysore, 1986
3. Hiraskar,G.K., Fundamentals of Town Planning,Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi, 1989.
4. Pickering,E., Architectural Design, John Wiley and Sons, London.
5. Hepler and Wallach, Architecture, Drafting and Design, McGraw-Hill Book Co, New
York.
6. Abir Bandyopadhyay, Textbook of Town planning, Books and Allied publishers Ltd.
2000.
i
n
e
v
CE262 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY & CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
a
y
Unit I : General Geology

elementary knowledge on continental drift and plate tectonics. Earth processes weathering
- work of rivers, wind and sea and their Engineering importance Causes of Earthquake
Earthquake belts in India.
Groundwater mode of occurrence prospecting importance in Civil Engineering.
n
u
r
a
Unit II : Mineralogy
Elementary knowledge on symmetry elements of important crystallographic systems
physical properties of minerals study of the following rock forming minerals Quartz
family, felspar family, augite, hornblende, biotite, muscovite, calcite, garnet
Properties, behaviour and engineering significance of clay minerals.
Fundamentals of the process of formation of ore minerals coal and petroleum their origin
and occurrence in India.
Unit III : Petrology

Classification of rocks Distinction between igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks.
Description, Occurrence, Engineering properties and distribution of following rocks.
Igneous rocks granite, syenite, diorite, gabbro, pegmatite and basalt.
Sedimentary rocks sandstone, limestone, shale, conglomerate and Breccia
Metamorphic rocks - quartzite, marble, slate, thyllite, gneiss and schist.
31
Unit IV : Structural Geology

their bearing on Engineering investigations. Geological conditions necessary for
construction of dams, tunnels, building and road cutting. Land slides causes and
prevention. Sea erosion and coastal protection.
y
it
Unit V : Civil Engineering Materials

Cement and Concrete raw material manufacture type and properties of cement
Concrete mixes grades steel heat treatment process alloy steels plain and deformed
bars relative merits strength specifications.-Uses of ceramics refractories terracotta
and glazed products Pants varnishes distempers,-Plastic emulsions-Rubber, Aluminium,
Glass, Felts, Plastics
e
v
s
r
Text Books
Company 1970.
Reference Book
Company. 1988.
a
y
i
n
CE263 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
Definition map and map analysis, Automated Cartography history and development of GIS,
Hardware requirement, System concepts, Coordinate concepts, Standard packages
UNIT II : Data Entry, Storage and Maintenance
Type of data, spatial and non spatial data, data structure, Points, lines, polygon, vector and
raster, File, file organisation, Database, Digitiser, scanner, dbase, files and data formats, data
compression
n
u
r
a
UNITIII : Data Analysis and Modelling

Spatial Analysis, Data retrieval, Query, simple analysis, Recode, overlay, Vector data
analysis, raster data analysis, Modelling in GIS, Digital Elevation Model, DTM, Artificial
intelligence, Expert system
UNIT IV : Data Output and Analysis

Types of output data, display on screen, printer and other output devices, Sources of errors,
Types of errors, Elimination, accuracies
32
UNIT V : GIS Application

Application areas, Case studies will be down load from internet, Water resources
management, environmental analysis, Network analysis, Remote sensing applications,
Monitoring of urban sprawl, Cadastral record and LIS
References
1. Principle of Geographical Information System Peter R. Burrough
2. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation Thomas M. Lillisand
CE264 HIGHWAYS AND RAILWAYS ENGINEERING
e
v
Credit 4:0:0
HIGHWAY ENGINEERING:
i
n
y
it
s
r
Marks 40+60
Unit 1 Highway Planning And Alignment

Role of transportation in National Development Objectives and achievements of
organizations such as IRC and CRRI.-Factors controlling selection of Highway alignments.
Modern methods of conducting Engineering surveys.-Rural & Urban Road classification in
India.-Cross-sectional elements of road Definition and Significance.
Unit 2 Highway Geometric Design

Design of horizontal alignment :
Sight distance PIEV theory Problems in S.S.D.-Super elevation Theory & Problems.
Highway widening on horizontal curves Theory & Problems.-Transition curves - Theory &
Problems.
Design Of Vertical Alignment:
Terrain classification - Categories of Gradient Grade compensation Types of vertical
curves - Theory and problems.
a
y
n
u
Unit - 3- Pavement Design

Highway pavement types and their individual components Comparison between RIGID &
Flexible pavements - Design factors -Flexible Pavement design using C.B.R method (based
on IRC: 37 2001) -Rigid pavement design using IRC method (Based on IRC: 58 2002)
r
a
RAILWAY ENGINEERING:
Unit - 4 Railway Engineering Basics

Comparison of Highway & Railway transportation Railway track (permanent way):
Cross-sections of railway tracks Coning of wheels-Gauges:
Classification, Selection
& Uniformity -Rails: Functions, Types of rail sections, Length of rails, Rail Joints, Welding
of rails & Creep of rails.-Sleepers: Functions, Requirements, Classification & Sleeper
density.-Ballast:
Functions, Requirements, Types & Quantity of ballast
33
UNIT -5 Advanced Railway Engineering:

Factors in selection of Good Alignment Gradients Grade compensation Speed of trains
Necessity of Points and Crossings Turnouts. -Railway Stations: Requirements,
Classifications.-Station Yards: Types-Signalling: Objects, Engineering principles and Types.Control Systems:
Control of train movement Track Circuiting
Interlocking of signals and points: Necessity and Methods.
y
it
Text Books
1. Khanna, S.K., and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Bros. 1998.
2. Vazirani and Chandola, S.P., Transportation Engineering Vol. 1 Khanna Publishers,
1996.
3. S.C.Saxena & S.P.Arora, A Text book of Railway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai
Publishers 2001
4. K.P.Subramaniam, Transportation Engineering I, SCITECH Publishers 2003
5. S.P.Bindra, A Course in Highway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publishers 1999
CE265 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING

Credit 4:0:0
e
v
i
n
NB: The following codes are permitted for use in examinations:

1.IRC: 37 2001
2.IRC: 58 2002.
s
r
Marks 40+60
irrigation efficiencies factors affecting the duty of water - Methods of improving duty Types of irrigation Methods of Application of Water on Field Protective and Productive
irrigation works.
a
y
n
u
UNITII : Hydrology
Introduction Hydrologic cycle and hydrological data precipitation Amount of
precipitable water different forms of precipitation Types of rainfall measurements
variability of rain fall with respect to time and space Interpretation of rainfall data
Maximum precipitable water.
Hydrologic Abstractions Interception and depression storage evaporation Transpiration
infiltration Infiltration Indices - Runoff - Factors affecting Runoff Estimation of Run
off Empirical formulae Unit Hydrograph method Stream Gauging Flood estimation
by Empirical formulae Unit Hydrograph - Statistical and Probability methods - Flood
Frequency Analysis.
r
a
UNIT III : Ground Water

Ground water hydrology Aquifers permeability and transmissibility steady flow
towards a well in confined and water table aquifer measurement of yield of an open well -
34
Well losses Interference of wells - Typical cross section of open and tube well
comparison of well and flow irrigation.
y
it
UNITIV : Distribution System

Definition and importance of sediment transport Mechanics of sediment transport
Estimation of transported sediments suspended load and its measurement.
Alluvial and non alluvial soil Alignment of canals Distribution systems for canal
irrigation Determination of required channel capacity channel losses. Design of
channels in India Regime channels Kennedys theory - design procedure use of
Garrots diagram Laceys theory - Design procedures use of Laceys Diagram comparison of the two theories. Design procedure for irrigation channel cross section and
components balancing depth for excavating canals fixing the longitudinal section of the
canal Classification of canals canal lining Maintenance of irrigation canals.
i
n
e
v
s
r
UNIT V : Water Logging, Drainage And River Control

Salinity and water logging causes and effect of water logging Logging control
Reclamation of saline land surface and subsurface drainage Drainage design for
agricultural areas lay out of drainage system classification of rivers in various ways
flood control and river training Behaviour of river, control and training of rivers methods
of river training work.
Text Books
a
y
Reference Books
2. Sahasrabudhe, S.R., Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Katson
Publishers, 1994.
n
u
r
a
CE266 NUMERICAL METHODS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
UNIT I : Simultaneous Linear Algebric Equations

Gaussian Elimination Gauss Jordan Method Jacobi and Gauss Seidel iterative methods
solution of ill conditioned equations Errors and approximations Round off and truncation
errors computer application to truss analysis problems.
Eigen Values And Eigen Vectors

Power method Sweeping Techniques Jacobi iteration Computer application to stability
and Dynamics Problems.
35
UNIT II : Solution of Transcedental And Polynomial Equations

Graffes root squaring method Bairstows method Newton and Modified Newton
Raphson methods Iterative methods computer applications to the calculation of back
water curve in open channel flow.
Numerical Differentiation and Integration
Numerical differentiation Numerical integration Open and Closed Quadrature Gaussian
quadrature Trapezoidal and Simpsons rule Computer application to the calculation of
deflection for a nonprismatic beam Computation of earth volume and surveying
y
it
s
r
UNIT III : Interpolation

Newtons forward and backward interpolation Long range interpolation curve fitting
method of least squares computer application to fit stress and strain curve of concrete.
Newmarks Method
Deflected shape of statically determinate beams prismatic nonprismatic beams
concentrated load udl varying loads using Newmarks method.
i
n
e
v
UNITIV : Ordinary First Order Differential Equations

Taylors series method Eulers method Modified Eulers method Runge Kuttas
method
Milnes predictor corrector method Adams predictor corrector method
Computer application to dynamics-water tank to blast loading.
UNIT V : Boundary Value Problems using Finite Difference Approach

Finite Difference operators Application to deflection of beams Buckling of columns
Partial differential equations Elliptic equations Explicit method computer application to
temperature distribution and seepage problems Crank Nicholson method for parabolic
equations Application to consolidation problems Explicit method to Hyperbolic equation
Application to vibration of a string and water hammer problems
a
y
n
u
Text Books
1. Rajasekaran, S, Numerical methods in Science and Engineering A practical
Approach, Edition 2, Wheeler Publishing, 1999.
r
a
Reference Books
1. Bathe, K.J., Finite element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Prentice Hall, Inc,
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 1982.
2. Hamming, R.W.,Numerical Method for Scientists and Engineers, Mc Graw Hill Book
Co., 1973.
3. James, M.L., Smith, G.M., and Wolford, J.C., Applied Numerical Methods for Digital
computation with Fortran and CSMP, Harper and Row Publishers, New York, 1977.
4. Krishnamoorthy, E.V., and Sen, S.K., Computer Based Numerical Algorithms,
Affilliated East West Press, 1976.
5. Mc Cormick, J.M., and Scarborough, J.B., Numerical Mathematical Analysis, IBH
Publishing co, New York, 1974.
6. Stanton, R.C., Numerical Methods for Science and Engineering, Prentice Hall of
India, 1976
36
CE267 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP

DEVELOPMENT
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
UNIT I
Definition and concept of enterprising-profile of an entrepreneur-need, scope and
characteristics of entrpreneurship. Individual, psychological and sociological. Globalization
WTO, WB, IWF. Exposure to demand based, resource based, import substitute and export
promotion industries.
s
r
UNIT II
Market survey techniques: need, scope and approaches for project formulation. Criteria for
principles of product selection and development: Structure of project report choice of
technology, plant and equipment. Project feasibility analysis: Marketing, technical and
financial feasibility project report preparation. Elements of marketing and sales
management: Nature of project and market strategy, after sales service.
i
n
e
v
UNIT III
Interest and time value of money: simple interest, compound interest, present value, future
value, pay back period accounting rate of return, net present value. Financial management:
Capaital-working capital-financial institutions, RBI and commercial banks.
Banking
procedures and foreign exchanges regulations act, letter of credit and its importance.
UNIT IV
Starting a small-scale industry steps involved-role of financial institutions. Tax factors:
Income tax, sales tax, excise duty, customs duty. Legal factors: Factories act, pollution act and
labour act.
a
y
n
u
UNIT V
A need for Organisation, formulizing the organisational structure. Employee selection,
training, personnel relations. Professional practice as applicable to Civil Engineers.
r
a
Text Book
1. Prasanna Chandra, Project Preparation, appraisal and implementation, Tata Mc Graw
Hill, New Delhi, 1990.
2. Saravanavel.P, Entrepreneurship Development, ESS Pee Kay Publishing House,
Madras, 1987
Reference Book
1. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall, 1990.
2. Prasanna Chandra, Fundamentals of financial management, Tata McGraw Hill
publications, 1995
3. John J.Mampton, Financial decision making concepts, problems and cases, Prentice
Hall of India, 1990.
37
CE268 REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
Unit I-Introduction
Causes of Distresses-Distress Monitoring-Defects due to Climate, Chemicals, Wear And
Erosion-Inspection
Unit II-Materials For Repair & Non-Destructive Testing
Special Concretes and Mortar -Concrete Chemicals- Ferro Cement- Fibre Reinforced
Concrete-Non Destructive Testing
e
v
s
r
Unit III-Influence on serviceability and durability

Steel structures
Causes of deterioration -preventive measures- repair procedure- corrosion mechanismmethods of corrosion protection-Concrete Structures-Causes of Deterioration- Diagnosis of
Causes- Flow Charts for Diagnosis-Repair Techniques
Masonry Structures-Discoloration and weakening of stones-biocidal treatments-Brick
masonry structures-distresses and remedial Measures
i
n
UNIT IV-Strengthening Of Existing Structures

Special repairs, maintenance, inspection and planning-Repairs to overcome low strength
member, deflection, cracking, landslides, chemical disruption, weathering, wear, fire,
leakage, and marine exposures [with case studies]
a
y
UNIT V-Retrofitting Of Structures

Seismology-Seismic risk and hazard-Retrofitting and strengthening of Structures
Concept of base isolation-Structural control-Case studies
n
u
Text Books
1. Johnson .S.M., Deterioration, Maintenance and Repair of Structures, Mc Graw Hill
Book Company, New York,1965.
2. Dension Campell, Alienand Harold Roper, Concrete Structures,
Materials,Maintenance and Repair, Longman Scientific and Technical,U.K.1991
3. SP-25-84-Hand book on Causes and Prevention of Cracks on Buildings, Indian
Standards.
4. IS:13935- Repair on seismic design of buildings
r
a
Reference Books
1. Alien, R.T., and Sc Edwards, Repair of concrete structures, Blakle and sons, U.K.
1987.
2. Neville, A.M., Properties of Concrete, The English Language book society and
pitman publishing.
3. Shetty, M.S., Concrete Technology Theory and Practice, S. Chand & co., New
Delhi, 1982
38
CE269 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Credit 3:0:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
UNIT I : Introduction to Environmental Studies and Natural Resources

Definition, scope and importance Need for public awareness Forest resources. Use and
over-exploitation, deforestation, case studies. Timber extraction, mining, dams and their
effects on forests and tribal people Water resources: Use and over-utilization of surface and
ground water, floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams-benefits and problems mineral
resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using mineral
resources, case studies Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by
agriculture and overgrazing, effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems,
water logging, salinity, case studies Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable
and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources case studies Land
resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, man induced landslides, soil erosion and
desertification Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources Equitable use of
resources for sustainable lifestyles.-Field study of local area to document environmental
assets river / forest / grassland / hill / mountain.
i
n
e
v
s
r
UNIT II : Ecosystems and Biodiversity

Concept of an ecosystem Structure and function of an ecosystem Producers, consumers
and decomposers Energy flow in the ecosystem Ecological succession - Food chains,
food webs and ecological pyramids Introduction, types, characteristic features, structure
and function of the (a) forest ecosystem (b) Grassland ecosystem (c) Desert ecosystem (d)
Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, steams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries) Introduction to
Biodiversity Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity Bio geographical
classification of India Value of biodiversity consumptive use, productive use, social,
ethical, aesthetic and option values Biodiversity at global, National and local levels India
as a mega-diversity nation Hot-spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity: habitat loss,
poaching of wildlife, man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India
Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.-Field study of
common plants, insection, birds-Field study of simple ecosystems pond, river, hill slopes,
etc.
a
y
n
u
r
a
UNIT III : Environmental Pollution

Definition Causes, effects and control measures of : (a) Air pollution (b) Water pollution
(c) Soil pollution (d) Marine pollution (e) Noise pollution (f) Thermal pollution (g) Nuclear
hazards Soil waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and
industrial wastes Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Pollution case studies
Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclone and landslides.
Field study of local polluted site: Urban / Rural / Industrial / Agricultural
UNIT IV : Social Issues and the Environment

From Unsustainable to Sustainable development Urban problems related to energy Water
conservation, rain water harvesting, watershed management Resettlement and rehabilitation
of people; its problems and concerns, case studies Environmental ethics: Issues and
39
possible solutions Climate change, global warming, acid rain, ozone layer depletion,
nuclear accidents and holocaust. Case studies Wasteland reclamation Consumerism and
waste products Environment production Act Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Act Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act Wildlife Protection act Forest
Conservation Act Issues involved in enforcement of environmental legislation Public
awareness.
y
it
UNIT V : Human Population and the Environment

Population growth, variation among nations Population explosion Family Welfare
programme Environment and human health Human Rights Value Education HIV /
AIDS Women and Child Welfare Role of Information Technology in Environment and
human health Case studies
e
v
s
r
Text Books
1. Clark, R.S. 10989, Hazardous Waste Incineration, McGraw Hill Inc. 480p
2. Mhaskar A.K., Matter Hazardous, techno-Science Systems Publications
3. Miller T.G. Jr., Environmental Science, Wadsworth Publishing Co.
4. Twonsend C., Harper J and Michael Begon, Essentials of Ecology, Blackwell
Science.
5. Trivedi R.K. and P.K. Goel, Introduction to air pollution, Techno-science
Publications.
i
n
References
1. Bharucha Erach, The Biodiversity of India, Mapin Publishing Pvt. Ltd., Ahmedabad
380 013, India.
2. Down to Earth, center for Science and Environment
3. Hawkinds R.E., Encyclopedia of India Natural History, Bombay Natural History,
Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay.
4. Trivedi R.K., Handbook of Environmental Laws, Rules, guidelines, Compliances and
Standards, Vol. I and II, Enviro Media.
n
u
r
a
Credit 3:1:0
a
y
CE328 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS

Marks 40+60
UNIT I : Introduction and Principles of Dynamics

Vibration studies and their importance to structural engineering problems elements of
vibratory systems and simple harmonic motion - Vibration with and without damping constraints - generalized mass D'Alembert's principle - Hamilton's principle - Lagrange
equations coupling.
Single Degree of Freedom:
Degree of freedom - Equation of motion for S.D.O.F. - damped and undamped free
vibrations - Undamped forced vibration - Critical damping - Logarithmic decrement
Response to support motion - Response of one degree freedom system to harmonic
excitation, damped or undamped - Evaluation of damping resonance - band width method to
evaluate damping - force transmitted to foundation - vibration isolation.
40
UNIT II : Response to General Dynamic Loading

earthquake) - Duhamel's integral - Numerical evaluation - Fast Fourier Transforms.
Generalized Distributed Flexibility
Expression for generalized system properties Vibrational analysis with Rayleigh's
variational method - Rayleigh - Ritz method.
y
it
s
r
UNIT III : Distributed Parameter System

Differential equation of motion - analysis. of undamped free vibration of simply supported
and cantilever beams - effect of axial loads - numerical evaluation of modes - frequencies
and response spectrum - vibration analysis using finite element method for beams and
framescomponent mode synthesis.
e
v
UNIT IV : Multidegree Freedom System

Evaluation of structural property matrices- Natural vibrations - solution of the eigen value
problem - vector interaction methods - Stodala and Subspace iteration techniques,
Transformation methods - Jacobi and Given's method, Frequency search methods - Hozer
and Transfer matrix methods Dunkerlay's equation and Rayleigh - Ritz methods Orthogonality of natural modes.
i
n
UNIT V: Solution of Equilibrium Equations in Dynamics

Introduction - Direct integration methods - The central Difference method - The Houbolt
method - Wilson-T-method and the Newmark method.
Analysis of Structures Subjected to Dynamic Loads:
Idealisation of multi-storeyed frames for dynamic analysis - analysis for blast loading - Wind
induced vibration of Structures.
a
y
n
u
Text Books
1. Clough, R.,W., and Penzien, "Dynamics of Structures", McGraw Hill Book Co Ltd,
1986.
r
a
Reference Books
1. Craig,R.R., "Structural Dynamics - An Introduction to computer Methods", John
Wiley & Sons, 1989.
5. Manickaselvam, V.K., "Elementary Structural Dynamics", Dhanpat Rai & Sons,
1987.
41

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
UNIT I :
Introduction to design Philosophy- Working stress design, limit state design, ultimate load
design
s
r
Limit State Design of Beams for Shear, Torsion and Bond

anchorage and splicing of reinforcement; Calculation for deflection and crack width
e
v
Precast Construction
Principle of precast construction, advantages,-brief description of methods of precasting
i
n
UNIT II : Bunkers and Silos

Design of square bunker-Design of circular silo- Jenssens theory- Principles of Airys theory
(No derivation for problems)
Shear Walls
Types of shear walls - behaviour of cantilever walls - interaction of shear walls and rigid
jointed frames - Design for Earthquake forces.
UNIT-III : Limit Analysis and Design of Slabs

Behaviour of R.C. slabs under gradually increasing loads - Assumptions made in yield line
theory of slabs - Analysis of isotropically and orthotropically reinforced slabs of various
shapes under different edge conditions and equilibrium method - Application to practical
design problems - Effect of corner levers - Hillerborg's simple strip method of analysis.
Design of flat slabs according to ACI method
a
y
n
u
UNIT IV Limit Analysis and Design of Statically Indeterminate Structures

Fundamental principles - Moment redistribution - limit analysis and design of continuous
beams and simple portal frames - Check on rotation capacity.
r
a
UNIT V: Design of Miscellaneous Structures

Simply supported and continuous deep beams - Grid floors Orthotropic plate theoryWaffle slab - corbels
References
1. Regan, P. D and Yu, C.W., "Limit state design of structural concrete", Chatto &
Windus, London, 1973.
3. Jones,L.L,and Wood,R.H., "Yield line Analysis of slabs", Chatto and Windus
London,1967.
42
4. Park R. and Gamble,W.L. 'Reinforced concrete slabs", John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 1980.
5. Mac Gregor, G., 'Reinforced concrete Mechanics and Design", Prentice Hall, New
Jersey 1988.
6. Varghese, P.C., "Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete", Prentice - Hall of India
Ltd, New Delhi 1977.
7. Arthur H. Nilson et al, "Design of Concrete Structures", McGraw Hill Book
Company, New York, 1986.
8. IS 456-2000
"Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete". BIS, New
Delhi., 1978.
9. S.P. 16 ( S & T ) Design Aids for Reinforced
concrete" to IS 456-1978. Indian
Standard Institution, New Delhi, 1980.
10. SP24 (S&T) . "Explanatory handbook on Indian standard code of practice for plain
and reinforced concrete (IS 456-1978)", BIS New Delhi, 1983.
i
n
e
v
y
it
s
r
Note : Reference and Text book prescribed are inadequate
a
y
CE330 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PLATE AND SHELL STRUCTURES
n
u
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Classical Theory of Plates

Differential equation of laterally loaded and thin rectangular plates - Levy and Naviers
solution of plates - small deflection theory of plates - analysis of laterally loaded
(concentrically loaded) circular, thin plates with simply supported or clamped edges.
r
a
Unit II : Design of Folded Plate Roof

Assumptions in the analysis of folded plates - Analysis of folded plate roof as per the ASCE
task committee recommendations - Design steps - Minimum thickness and reinforcements as
per IS specifications for RC folded plates.

Structural behavior of thin shells - Classification of shells - Translational and rotational shells
- Ruled surfaces - Methods of generating the surface of different shells like hyperbolic
paraboloid, elliptic paraboloids conoids etc Membrane theory of doubly curved shells -Edge
disturbance
43
Design of Shells with Double Curvature

Design of the following type of shells a) Spherical shell, b) Conical shell, c) Paraboloid and
ellipsoid.
y
it
Unit IV : Design of Cylindrical Shells

Design of R.C. Cylindrical shell with edge beams using theory for long shells - Design of
shell with ASCE manual coefficients, Prestressed Cylindrical Shells
s
r

consideration -Design examples - Detailing of reinforcement
e
v
Design of R.C Northlight Shells

Analysis of stresses in northlight shells - Design examples
i
n
Text Books
2. Timoshenko, S., Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York,
1990.
Reference Books
1. Chatterjee, B.K., "Theory and design of concrete Shells", Oxford and IBH publishing
co, 1971.
Folded Plate Design ASCE Structural Division Dec. 1963, pp 365 406.
5. Billington, D.F., "Thin Shell Concrete Structures Mc Graw Hill Book Company,
1965.
a
y
n
u
r
a
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : BEAMS
x Design of Beams subjected to biaxial bending moment
x Design of sections subjected to unsymmetrical bending
x Elastic lateral torsional buckling
Beam Columns
x Short Beam-Columns
x Long Beam-Columns
x Beam-Columns at Ultimate Load
44
x Effects of Slenderness Ratio and Axial force on Modes of Failure

x Beam-Column under Biaxial bending
x Differential Equations and Moment Magnification Factors
Unit II : Industrial Building
x Industrial building Frames
x Crane girders and columns
x Analysis of industrial bents
x Sway and non-sway frames
x Design of Gable frames
x Design of knee bracing, vertical bracing
x Design of Gable wind girder
UNIT III : Transmission Towers
x Basic Structural Configurations
x Loads on Towers
x Wind Load
x Computer Program for Tower Design
i
n
Space Frames
x Introduction
x Method of Tension Coefficients applied to space frames
x Design with examples
a
y
Unit IV : Multistoreyed Buildings

x Structure of Multistoreyed buildings
x Bracing of Multistoreyed frames
x Loads
x Lateral Load analysis of frames
- Portal Method
- Cantilever Method
- Factor method
x Design of members
e
v
y
it
s
r
n
u
r
a
Unit V : Learning From Failures

x Introduction
x Need for Forensic Studies
x Poor Conceptual Design
x Design Inadequacy
x Poor Detailing
x Poor Judgment
x Poor Inspection and Maintenance
x Poor Construction
x Poor construction Practices
45
x Case study on Restoration of a factory building

x Lessons Learnt from Gujarat Earthquake of Jan 26, 2001
y
it
Plastic Theory
x Introduction - Shape factor - Moment redistribution - Static, Kinematic and
Uniqueness theorems
x Combined mechanism - Analysis of single bay and two bay portal frames - Methods
of plastic moment distribution
x Effect of axial force and shear force on plastic moments - Connections Moment
resisting connection
x Design of continuous beams.
e
v
s
r
Text Books
1. Dayaratnam, P. "Design of steel structures", A.H. Wheeler & Co., Ltd, Allahabad,
1996.
3. Punmia, B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain & Arunkumar Jain, "Design of Steel Structures",
Vol I & II, Arhant Publications, Bombay, 1995.
i
n
Reference Book
a
y
CE332 STABILITY OF STRUCTURES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I : Concepts Of Stability

Introduction - Stability Criteria - Equilibrium, Energy and Dynamic approaches- South well
Plot - Stability of Link models.
Compression Members
imperfect column - initially bent column - eccentrically loaded column-Energy methodRayleigh Ritz , Galerkin methods - Effect of shear on buckling Large deflection of
columns.
n
u
r
a

Introduction - Double modulus theory (reduced modulus) - tangent modulus theory Shanley's theory - determination of double modulus for various sections.
Beam Columns
Introduction - Beam-columns with concentrated lateral loads - distributed loads - effect of
axial loads on bending stiffness - stability of frames - stability functions.
Unit III : Lateral Stability Of Beams

buckling of cantilever and simply supported I beams
46
Buckling of Thin-Walled Open Sections

approaches.
y
it

Governing Differential equation-Equilibrium, energy concepts - Buckling of rectangular
plates of various end conditions - Finite difference method - post-buckling strength
s
r

Donnels Equation Symmetrical Buckling of Cylinder under uniform axial Compression
Cylinder under uniform external lateral pressure Cylinder subjected to torsion.
e
v
Elements of Nonlinear theory of buckling: Perfect systems Imperfect systems

Imperfection insensitive and sensitive systems Symmetric and Asymmetric bifurcation
Computational bifurcation theory Bifurcation and limit points Path tracing Point
matching Path switching simple examples.
i
n
Text Books
2. Iyengar, N.G.R., "Structural Stability of columns and plates", Affiliated East West
press Pvt. LTD, New Delhi - 1986.
Reference Books
1975..
2. Timoshenko, S.P., and Gere,J.M., "Theory of Elastic Stability", 2nd Ed. McGrawHill, 1961.
3. El Naschie M S., "Stress, Stability and Chaos in Structural Engineering: An Energy
Approach", McGraw Hill International al Editions, 1992.
n
u
a
y
r
a
CE333 MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
Unit I: General
Distress monitoring, Causes for distress, Defects due to climate, chemicals, wear, Quality
assurance, Quality audit, Quality Management system and Quality control, Structural
Appraisal, Concrete floors and pavements
Non Destructive Testing:
Ultrasonic and sonic test- Rebound hammer Test- Strength evaluation of existing structures.

Causes Diagnosis Thermal and Shrinkage cracks Vegetation and trees Foundation
movements Techniques for Repair Epoxy injection.
47
Moisture Penetration
Sources of Dampness Moisture movement from ground Reasons for ineffective damping
Leakage in concrete slabs Pitched roofs Dampness in solid walls Condensation
Remedial treatments Chemical coatings
y
it
Unit III : Steel Structures

Types and causes of deterioration Preventive measures Repair Procedure Brittle Failure
Defects in welded joints Test for defects; Mechanism of Corrosion Design and
fabrication errors Distress during erection.
s
r
Masonry Structures
Discolouration and weakening of stones Preservation Chemical preservatives Brick
masonry structures Distress and remedial measures
e
v
Unit IV : Special Materials for Repair

Special concretes and mortar, concrete chemicals, special elements for accelerated strength
gain, Expansive cement, polymer concrete, Sulphur infiltrated concrete, Ferrocement
overlay, Fibre reinforced concrete.
Techniques for repair:Polymer coating for rebars, Mortar and dry pack, Vacuum concrete,
Gunite and Shotcrete, Shoring and underpinning, plating.
i
n

General principle relieving loads Strengthening super structures Conversion to
composite construction Post stressing Jacketing Bonded overlays reinforcement
addition strengthening the substructures Increasing the load capacity of footing.
a
y
Text books
1. Johnson. S.M. ,Deterioration, maintenance and repair of structures, McGraw-Hill
book company, New York, 1965.
2. R. T. Allen and S. C. Edwards, Repair of concrete structures, Blakie and Sons,
UK, 1987.
3. Denison Campbell, Allen and Harold Roper, Concrete structures, Materials,
Maintenance and Repair, Longman Scientific and technical UK, 1991.
4. SP25-84, Hand book on causes and prevention of cracks on buildings, Indian
standards.
n
u
r
a
Reference books
1. 1.M. S. Shetty, Concrete Technology- Theory and Practice, S. Chand and Company,
New Delhi, 1992.
2. 2.Gambhir, Concrete Technology.
48
CE334 ASEISMIC DESIGN OF STRUCTURES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
Elements of Engg Seismology-Indian Seismology-Earthquake vibration-CatastrophesFailures-Lessons learnt in past Earthquakes-theory of Vibration-Single Degree of Freedom
System-Without and with Damping-Two and three degrees of Freedom-Mass and Stiffness
coupling-Normalised modes-Orthogonal properties-Power method-Sweeping techniqueApproximate methods-Rayleigh method-Dunkerley method to find fundamental frequency.
s
r
Unit II : Forced Vibration

Forced vibration-Single degree of freedom system-Undamped and Damped systemDuhamels Integral-Dynamic response factors-Resonant frequency-Resonant response-Base
excited motion-Multi-degree freedom system-Damped and Undamped system-Modal
analysis-earthquake response to linear systems Response spectrum characteristics-Ground
motion parameters-Lumped mass system-Shear building-Symmetrical and unsymmetrical
buildings.
i
n
e
v
Unit III : IS Code Provisions

Modal response contribution-Modal participation factor-Response history-Spectral analysisMultiple support excitation-Introduction to deterministic earthquake response to continuous
systems on rigid base-Approximate methods for lateral load analysis-Is 1893-2002
provisions-Is 4326 provisions-Behavior and design of masonry structures-Discussion of
codes Is 13827 and 13828.
a
y
Unit IV : Behavior of Structures

Capacity design-Deatailing as per Is 13920-Behavior of RC Structures-Cyclic Load-Shear
Wall Frame Systems-Khan and Saboronis Method-Coupled Shear Wall System-Rosmans
Method-Ductility requirements in Concrete Structures-Beam Column Junctions
n
u
Unit V : Behavior of Steel Structures

Behavior of steel structures- Design-Cyclic load behavior-Different bracing systemsCompact and non compact sections-Buckling-Beam column joints-Push over analysisIntroduction-Modern concepts-Base isolation-Soil structure interaction-Adaptive structuresCase studies-Retrofitting-Case studies-Reconstruction-Rehabilitation
Computer aided analysis and design ( for Internal Assessment only)
(not for Theory Examination)
Computer aided analysis and design of building systems for earthquake loads-Response
spectrum and time history methods-Hands on session using STAADPro.
r
a
Text Book
1. Chopra, A.K., Dynamics of Structures Theory and applications to earthquake
engineering , prentice hall of india pvt ltd .,new delhi,2002.
Reference books
1. Clough,r.w., and Penzien,j., Dynamics of Structures ,mcgraw-hill,inc,1993.
49
2. Taranath,b.s.,Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings,mcgraw-hill book

company new york,1999.
3. Naeim,f.,The Seismic Design Hand Book, second edition,kluwer academic
publishers,london,2001.
y
it
CE335 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Credit 3:1:0
Marks 40+60
s
r
Prestress system Losses of prestress
Design For Flexure
i
n
e
v
UNIT II : Deflection
Short term deflections of uncracked members - Long term deflections - Deflection due to
creep in members - Code requirements for the limit state of deflection .- Factors influencing
deflection
Design For Shear And Torsion
Shear and principal stresses - Limit state shearing resistance of cracked and uncracked
sections - Design of Shear reinforcement by the limit state approach. Interaction diagrams
under combined bending, torsion and transverse shear.
a
y
UNIT III : Transfer of Prestress

Transmission of prestressing force by bond - Transmission length - Factors affecting
transmission length - Check for transmission length - Anchorage zone stresses in posttensioned members - Calculation of bearing stress and bursting tensile forces and
reinforcement in anchorage zone based on I.S. 1343 code and Guyon's method.
Composite Construction of Prestressed & Insitu Concrete
Types of composite construction - Analysis for stresses - Effect of Differential shrinkage Design for flexure and shear.
n
u
r
a
UNIT IV : Statically Indeterminate Prestressed Concrete Structures

beams.
UNIT V
50
Other Structures
Methods of achieving partial prestressing - Advantages and disadvantages. Design of
prestressed concrete columns, sleepers, poles and tension members - Use of nonprestressed reinforcement- Methods of prestressing concrete shell structures.
y
it
Text Books
1. Krishna Raju, N., "Prestressed Concrete" Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
2. Lin, T.Y., and Ned H Burns., "Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures", John
Wiley and sons, Newyork, 1982.
e
v
s
r
References
1. Guyon, Y. "Limit State Design of Prestressed Concrete Vols. I & II", Applied
Science Publishers, London, 1974.
2. Ables, P.W. and Bardhan Roy, B.K., Prestressed Concrete Designers' Hand Book
(3rd Edition) A View Point Publication, Cement and concrete Association, U.K.
1981. London, 1966.
3. Leonhardt,F., "Prestressed Concrete Design and Construction", Wilhelm Ernst and
Soh, Berlin, 1964.
4. Nilson, A.H., "Design of Prestressed Concrete", John Wiley & sons, New York,
1978.
5. Mallik S.K., and Gupta A.P., "Prestressed Concrete", Oxford & IBH Publishing
Company (P) Ltd, India, 1986.
6. "IS: 3370 (Part III and IV) Indian Standard Code of Practice for Concrete structures
for the Storage of Liquids Part III
7. Prestressed Concrete Structures", Indian Standards Institution, New Delhi 1967.
8. "IS: 1343, Indian Standard code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete", Indian
Standards Institution, New Delhi., 1980.
9. "IS: 784, Indian Standard Specification for Prestressed Concrete Pipes", Indian
Standards Institution, New Delhi 1978.
10. "IS: 3935 - Code of Practice for composite construction", Indian Standards
Institution, New Delhi,
11. "BS 110, Part I, Code of Practice for the Structural use of Concrete", British
Standards Institution, London, 1985.
n
u
r
a
Credit 4:0:0
a
y
i
n
CE336 DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES

Marks 40+60
UNIT I : General
Classification of Industries and industrial structures - Specific requirements for industries
like Engineering, Textiles, Chemicals, etc - Site layout and external facilities required.
UNIT II : Functional Requirememnts
(i)Natural and artificial lighting - protection from the sun sky light (ii) Services - electrical
wiring fixtures - cable and pipe bridge - electrical installations - substations - Effluent
51
disposal and (iii) Heating and ventilation - air conditioning - fire expanse and chutes - fire
alarm, extinguishers and hydrants - Guidelines from factories act.
y
it
UNIT III : Industrial R.C. Structures

Design and detailing of r.c. gable frames, corbels, bunkers, silos and chimneys - North light
shell roofs and folded plates - cooling towers - Application of prefabrication techniques.
UNIT IV : Industrial Steel Structures

Design of gantry girders, steel bunkers, silos and chimneys - High pressure boilers and piping
design.
e
v
s
r
UNIT V : Miscellaneous
i. Design of Nuclear containment structures.
ii. Design of Power Transmission Structures: cables, Transmission line towers substation structures - Tower foundations.
iii. Design of machine foundations.
i
n
Text Book
1. Proceedings of Advanced Course on Industrial Structures, Structural Engineering
Research Centre, Madras, 1982.
Reference Books
1. Manohar, S.N., "Tall chimneys - Design and Construction", Tata Mc Graw Hill,
1985.
2. Santhakumar, A.R. and Murthy, S.S., "Transmission Line Structures", Tata Mc Graw
Hill 1992.
3. Srinivasulu, P and Vaidyanathan, C., "Handbook of Machine Foundations", Tata Mc
Graw Hill 1976.
4. Jaikrishna and Jain, O.P, Plain and Reinforced Concrete, Vol-II - Nemchand and
brothers, 1958.
5. Handbook on Fundamental Requirements of Industrial Buildings (Lighting and
Ventilation), BIS.
6. I.S. 9178 Parts I & II
7. I.S. 3483
8. I.S. 6060
9. Dayaratnam, P., "Design of Steel Structures", A.H. Wheeler & Co., Ltd.,
Allahabad,1996.
n
u
r
a
a
y
CE337 DESIGN OF TALL BUILDINGS
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
History - advantages and disadvantages - economics - essential amenities - lifts (elevator) fire safety - water supply - drainage and garbage disposal - miscellaneous services - systems structural and foundation systems.
52
Loads:
Loads on High Rise buildings - code recommendations - wind and earthquake forces - gust
factors - Karman vortices - fire-quality assurance.
y
it
UNIT II : Structural System In Steel And Concrete

Steel: Beam column frames - vertical shear truss - framed tubes - column diagonal truss
tube - bundled tube systems. Concrete: Shear walls - coupled shear walls-framed tubes - tube
in tube systems - effects of torsional loads on shear walls.
s
r
UNIT III : Static Analysis

Static analysis - High Rise structural systems in steel- analysis of braced and unbraced
frames - approximate analysis of framed and bundled tube systems - High Rise structures in
concrete - Rosman's analysis of shear wall frame interaction- simplified method of analysis
of frame wall systems.
Stability Analysis
Stability consideration of unbraced tall buildings- laterally loaded asymmetric shear
buildings - approximate methods of stability analysis P ' method.
e
v
i
n
UNIT IV : Dynamic Analysis

Dynamic response of braced tall buildings - buildings with shear walls - Rosman's analysis Analysis to earthquakes - lateral drift limitations in tall buildings - Design of Chimneys, TV
towers and tall towers.
UNIT V: Foundation Systems

Deep foundations - Caissons and High Capacity piles - Soil Structure Interaction.
a
y
Text Book
1. Taranath,B.S., " Analysis & Design of Tall Building ",McGraw-Hill Book Co, 1988.
n
u
Reference Books
1. Ramaswamy, S.D. and Yam,C.T., " Proceedings of the International Conference on
Tall buildings", Singapore, 1984.
2. Fintel,M., "Hand Book of Concrete Engineering". Van Nostrand Reinhold co., 1974.
3. Mehta B., "High Rise Buildings" M/S Skyline, 1978
r
a
CE338 PREFABRICATED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
General principles of prefabrication - Types of prefabrication - specific requirements for
planning and layout of prefabrication plant - I.S. Code specifications - Modular coordination
- Transportation - Erection - Stages of loading and codal provisions - Material properties Deflection control - Lateral load resistance.
53
UNIT II : Floors, Stairs And Roofs

Types of floor slabs - analysis and design of cored and panel types and two-way systems staircase slab system and design - Types of roof slabs and insulation requirements Description of joints, their behaviour and reinforcement requirement - short term and long
term deflection control.
y
it
UNIT III : Walls

Types of wall panels - Blocks and large panels - curtain, partition and load bearing walls load transfer from floor to wall panels - Vertical loads - Eccentricity and stability of wall
panels - Design curves, types of wall joints, their behaviour and design - Leak prevention,
joint sealant and sandwich wall panels.
e
v
s
r
UNIT IV : Design of Industrial Buildings

Components of single storey industrial sheds with crane gantry systems - Design of R.C. roof
trusses and roof panels - Design of R.C. crane - gantry girders, corbels, columns and wind
bracing design - joints between columns and foundations.
i
n
UNIT V : Prefabricated Shell Roof for Industrial Sheds

Hand book based design of cylindrical and bypar prefabricated shells - folded plates Erection and jointing - Joint design.
Hoisting Technology
Equipments for hoisting and erection - Techniques for erection of different types of members
such as beams, slabs, wall panels and columns - Design for handling and erection stresses Methods of minimizing erection stresses.
a
y
Text Book
1. Lasslo Mokk, "Prefabricated concrete for Industrial and Public sectors," Akademiai
Kiado, Budapest, 1964.
n
u
CE339 DESIGN OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
Credits: 4:0:0
r
a
Marks 40+60
UNIT I : Theories of Periodic Wave Motion

Small amplitude wave theory - Basic equations of hydrodynamics - Integration of equations
of motion - Mathematical formulation of wave problem - characteristics of small amplitude
waves - Deep and shallow water waves - wave energy - Group velocity of wave trains Transformation of small amplitude waves - Reflection - reflection and deflection of waves
breaking of wave and its importance.
UNIT II : Forces Due to Ocean Waves on Structures

Finite amplitude wave theories - Wave forces on a circular cylinder - coefficient of drag and
inertia - Wave forces on breakwaters and sea walls due to non- breaking and broken waves wave forces on piles.
54
UNIT III : Shore Protection Works

Sea walls and bulkheads - Groins - Offshore breakwaters - Artificial nourishment Functional aspects of break waters - Design of breakwaters.
y
it
UNIT IV : Piers, Wharves and Quaywalls

General - Functional aspects - Design of wharves, piers and quay walls.
UNIT V : Other Structures

Functional aspects and design of Graving dry docks - Floating dry docks - Dolphines Fenders - Offshore mooring buoys - Offshore marine platform.
e
v
s
r
Text Book
1. Keddy, D.V. and Arockiasamy, M., "Offshore Structures, Vol.I" Krieger Publishing
Company, Malabar, Florida, 1991.
i
n
Reference Books
1. Chakrabarti, S.K., "Hydrodynamics of Offshore Structures", Computational
Mechanics Publications, 1987.
2. Thomas H.Dawson, "Offshore Structural Engineering", Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood
Cliffs, N.J.1983.
3. API Recommended Practice for Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed
Offshore Platforms, American Petroleum Institute Publication, RPZA, Dalls, Tex.
4. Wiegel, R.L., "Oceanographical Engineering", Prentice Hall Inc, Englewood Cliffs,
N.J.1964.
5. Brebia, C.A., Walker, S., "Dynamic Analysis of Offshore structures, New-nes
Butterworths, U.K.1979.
a
y
n
u
Credits: 4:0:0
CE340 SPACE STRUCTURES

Marks 40+60
Space Structures - Single and Multi-layer grids - barrel vaults- domes towers- tension
structures -pneumatic structures - patterns - notable structures in India and abroad - Material steel - aluminum - plastics - protection coats for the members.
Practical Construction Methods
Cladding - cambering - drainage- Transportation problem- lifting technique corrosion
protection - maintenance and fire protection
r
a
UNIT II : Behaviour
Different forms of space structures - tensegrity frame work - tensile structures- pneumatic
structures
Prefabricated Space Structural Systems
Mero, Space Deck, Nodus, Unistrut, Triodetic, Unibat, and NS truss
55
UNIT III : Node Connectors

Mero - Octatube - Nodus System Triodetic- Modular System-Tomo Unit Truss.
UNIT IV : Analysis
Finite Element Method Linear Nonlinear-Collapse-Dynamic and Stability Analysis.
Design of Members
Joints - support systems- foundations
Computer Aided Design
Expert system
UNIT V : Configuration Processing
Formian Algebra
Case Studies
Failures
e
v
i
n
y
it
s
r
Reference Books
1. Nooshin,H., "Formex Configuration Processing in Structural Engineering", Elsevier
Applied Science Publishers, London, 1984.
2. All Bulletins of the International Association of Shell and Spatial Structures
3. Proceedings of the First, Second , Third and Fourth International Conferences on
Space Structures, University of Surrey, Guidford, England, 1975, 1985, 1993
4. Davies,R.M. (eds), "Space Structures", Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford,
1967.
5. Makowski,Z.5. " Steel Space Structures", Michael loseph Ltd., London, 1965.
6. Subramanian,N., "Principles of Space Structures", A.H.Wheeler co., 1983.
a
y
n
u
Credits: 3:0:2
CE341 ADVANCED SURVEYING

Marks 60+40
Note:
x Since this is a Lab integrated course, the lab will be evaluated on part of Internal
Assessment and there will be end semester exam in theory only.
x 12 experiments will be notified by HOD from time to time
r
a
Unit I : Basics
Definition, historical development, methods of measuring distance, basic principles,
classifications, applications and comparisons with conventional surveying, fundamentals of
electronics, resonant circuits, semiconductors, integrated circuits, Laser, LED, LCD,
gundoide, photodiode, transducers, oscillators, frequency mixing, modulation and
demodulation, measurement of phase differences, reflectors (prism, antenna) and power
sources.
56
Unit II : Electromagnetic Waves

Definition, classification, applications, propagation properties, wave propagation at lower
and higher frequencies, refractive index, factors affecting RI, computation of group RI for
light and near infrared waves at standard conditions and ambient conditions, reference
refractive index, first velocity correction, computation of refractive index for micro waves,
measurements of atmospheric parameters, mean refractive index, real time application of
velocity correction, second velocity correction and total atmospheric correction.
y
it
s
r
Unit III : Electro Magnetic Distance Measuring System

Electro optical system, measuring principle, working principle, sources of errors, Infrared
EDM instruments, laser EDM instruments and total station. Microwave system, measuring
principle, working principle, sources of error, microwave EDM instruments, comparison with
electro optical system, care and maintenance of EDM instruments, modern positioning
systems.
e
v
i
n
Unit IV : Field Work

1. Study of different EDM instruments, computation of area, setting out works, base line
measurements
2. EDM traversing, Preparation of contour maps
References:
1. Burnside, C. D., Electromagnetic Distance Measurement, Crosby Lock Wood
Staples, UK., 1971
2. Rueger, J. M., Electronic Distance Measurement, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1990
3. Laurels, S.H., Electronic Surveying in Practice, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 1983.
4. Soastamoinen, J.J., Surveyors Guide to Electromagnetic Distance Measurement,
Adam Hilger Ltd., 1967
n
u
a
y
CE342 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM I
Credit 4:0:0
r
a
Marks 60 + 40
Definition, automated cartography, map analysis, system concepts geographic data model,
map characteristics projections, coordinate system, thematic maps, standard mapping and
GIS packages.
Unit II : GIS Data Structures

Types of data, data structure, data types raster and vector; file and file organization,
database structure; semantics objects, surfaces; spatial data organization; other aspects of
spatial data input devices.
Unit III : Geometry of Spatial Data
Geometry position, representation, dimension, topology, graphs areas & ordering; spatial
resolution cells, quad trees and region.
57
Unit IV : Spatial Data Analysis & Modeling

Interpolation, geometric operation, transformation, spatial analysis, attribute data, integration,
vector data analysis network analysis, DEM & DTM generation and application, cost and
path analysis, line, area & column entities, spatial object modeling.
y
it
Unit V : Data Representation

Representation issues design of information system; output type, medium, tools and
devices, data quality, error.
s
r
References
1. Burrough P.A., Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources
Assessment, Oxford Publications, 1980
2. Marble D.F., Calkim H.W and Penguest, Basic Readings in Geographical Information
System, Spad System Ltd. New York, 1984.
3. Robert Laurini & Derek Thompson, Fundamentals of Spatial Information Systems,
Academic Press, 1996.
4. Paul A. Longley, Michael F Good Child, David J. Magazine, David W Rhind,
Geographical Information Systems, Vol I & II, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 1999.
i
n
e
v
CE343 PRINCIPLES OF REMOTE SENSING

Credit 4:0:0
a
y
Marks 60 + 40
Unit I : Physics Of Remote Sensing

Introduction of remote sensing, Electromagnetic spectrum, physics of remote sensing, effects
of atmosphere, atmospheric windows, spectral reflectance of earths surface features in
different wave length regions of EM spectrum, Atmospheric influences on spectral response
patterns, multi concept of remote sensing.
n
u
Unit II : Data Acquisition

Platforms, various types of platforms, importance of remote sensing data for natural
resources management, different types of aircraft, manned and unmanned space craft used for
data acquisition, characteristics of different types of platforms, LANDSAT, SPOT, IRS,
ERS,INSAT, JERS IKONOS and other platforms.
r
a
Unit III : Data acquisition sensors (Visible and Infrared)

Photographic products, B&W, Colour and Colour Infrared films and their characteristics,
resolving power of lenses and films, optomechanical, Electro optical sensor, spatial, spectral
and radiometric resolution, thermal sensors, geometric characteristics of thermal imagery,
calibration of thermal scanner, signal to noise ratio.
Unit IV : Data Acquisition sensors (Microwave)

Concepts of microwave remote sensing, SLAR, SAR, Scaterometers, Altimeter, Satellite and
Airborne Sensors, characteristics of microwave imageries.
58
Unit V : Data Analysis

Different types of data products and their characteristics, basic principles of digital analysis.
y
it
References
1. Paul Curran P.J., Principles of remote Sensing, 1983.
2. Sabins F.F. Jr., Remote sensing principles and Image Interpretation, W.H. Freeman
and Company, 1978.
3. Lintz J.Jr & D.S. Simonett, Remote Sensing of Environment, Addison Wesley
Publishing Company, Massachusetts, 1976.
4. Swain Phillips H. Remote sensing of Environment: The Quantitative approach, Mc
Graw Hill International Book Company, 1978.
5. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer R.W. Remote sensing and Image Interpretation, II
edition of john Wiley and sons 1993.
e
v
i
n
CE344 CARTOGRAPHY
Credit 4:0:0
s
r
Marks 60 + 40
Unit I : Basics
Cartography, definition, scope and content. The spheroid, map scale, co-ordinate system and
reckoning, methods of mapping, relief maps, thematic maps.
Unit II : Map projections

Map projections, classification, principles of construction of common projections,
cylindrical, conical, azimuthal and globular projections, properties and uses, choice of
projection, plane co-ordinates UTM system, projection used in Survey of India topographic
sheets.
a
y
n
u
Unit III : Map Design

Processing and generalizing geographic data, graphic perception and design, colour and
pattern, typography and lettering the map.
r
a
Unit IV : Data Processing

Remote sensing and Data sources, simplification and classification, computer assisted
cartographic processes, symbolization, mapping with point, line and area symbols portraying
the land surface form.
Unit V : Digital Cartography

Compilation and credits, map production and map reproduction, Digital cartography storage
formats, Geographic Information System.
References
1. R.W Anson & F.J. Ormeling Ica, Basic Cartography for Students and Technicians
-Vol-I, Vol-II, & Vol- III Elsevier Scientific Publications: 2 nd Edition, 1995.
th
2. Arthur H. Robinson & Et Al, Elements of Cartography, Wiley, John & Sons 6
Edition 1995
59
3. Advances in Cartography, Muller ISBN: 1851666036 Elsevier Science Publications

4. Bordon D. Dent Cartography ISBN: 0697 384950 Mc Graw Hill Publishers.
5. Erin J. Raisz Principles of Cartography ISBN: 0070511519
y
it
CE345 COMPUTER PROGRAMMING IN C++

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
s
r
Unit I : Unit 1 The Object Oriented Approach

Objects, classes, inheritance, reusability, creating new data base types, polymorphism and
overloading. Basic program construction, data types: integer, character, float, double, and
Boolean. Input output statement: cin, cout, comments, escape, sequence, manipulators, type
conversion, arithmetic logical and relational operators, and library function.
i
n
e
v
Unit II : Loops and Definitions

For loop, while loop& do loop and if, if else, switch & other control statements.
Structures, Enumeration, Functions: passing arguments to functions, returning values from
functions, references arguments, overload functions inline functions, default arguments
variables and storage class and returning by reference
Unit III : Objects and Classes

A simple class, C++ objects as physical objects, C++ objects and data types, object as
function argument, constructors, as function argument, overload constructors, copy
constructors, returning objects from functions, structures and classes, static class data, const
and classes, Arrays and strings.
a
y
Unit IV
Overlaying unary and binary operator, data conversion, and pitfalls, Inheritance: derived
class and base class, derived class constructors, overloading member functions, class
hierarchies, public and private inheritance, level of inheritance, multiple inheritance Pointers:
address and pointers, pointers and arrays, pointer and c-type strings, new and delete operator,
pointers to pointer
n
u
r
a
Unit V
Virtual functions, friend functions, static functions, this pointer. Streams and files: stream
classes, stream classes, stream errors, disk file I/O with streams, file pointers, error handling
in file I/O. Templates and exception: function templates, class templates, exception
Text Book
1. Robert Lafore, Object Oriented Programming In C++, Third Edition, Galgotia, 1999
Reference Book
1. Herbert Schildt, C++ The Complete reference, Third Edition, McGraw Hill, 1999
60
CE346 GIS LAB I

Credit 0:0:2
Marks 50+50
y
it
12 experiments will be notified by HOD from time to time
CE347 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING

Credit 3:0:2
Marks 60 + 40
s
r
Note:
i
n
e
v
Unit I : Digital Data

Satellite data acquisition, storage & retrieval, data formats, data compression, satellite
system, data products, image display system, current remote sensing systems.
Unit II : Sensor and Data Models
Introduction- sensor model resolution, spectral and spatial response; image formation;
geometric and radiometric distortion and correction univariate and multi variable image
statistics, spatial statistics, Histogram noise models, image quality, image processing
a
y
Unit III : Image Enhancements

Spectral signatures image characteristics, feature space, scatterogram, spectral transform
contrast transform filters, Fourier transform, scale space transform, wavelet transform.
Unit IV : Information Extraction
Image registration and fusion area correlation, ortho rectification, resembling, multi- image
fusion, spatial and spectral domain fusion, examples, classification feature extraction,
training supervised, unsupervised and hybrid training, non parametric, parametric and
sub- pixel classification, hyper spectral image analysis.
n
u
r
a
Unit V : Image Analysis and Understanding

Pattern recognition, shape analysis, textural and contextual analysis, decision concepts
fuzzy sets and evidential reasoning, Expert system, artificial neural network; integration to
IS.
References:
1. John R. Jenson, Introducing Digital Image Processing Prentice Hall, New Jersey
1986.
2. Robert A. Schowengergt, Techniques for Image Processing and Classification in
Remote Sensing, 1983.
3. Robert A. Schowengergt, Remote Sensing Models and Methods for Image
Processing, Academic Press 1997. Hord. R.M., Academic Press, 1982.
61
CE348 PHOTOGRAMMETRY
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
y
it
Unit I : Basic Photogrammetry

History and development, principles, classification; Aerial cameras Basic optics,
photographic process, Cameras and Imaging System.
s
r
Unit II : Aerial Photographs and Geometry

Stereoscopy, concepts, tools, viewing and measuring systems; Geometry, image and object
coordinates, scale, displacement; Characteristics, scale, measurement, tilt effects,
rectification, overlap, stereo pair.
e
v
Unit III : Orientation Procedures

Concepts of interior, relative and absolute orientation, object, Image relation, linearization,
effect of elements, Scaling & leveling, analytical procedures, 3D information and mapping.
i
n
Unit IV : Photogrammetric mapping & planning

Planimetric mapping, radial line triangulation, aerial mosaics, types, control, material, 3D
information, overlap, floating mark parallax equation, height information, project
information, project planning, photo control, planning, cost estimate.
Unit V : Aerotriangulation & Special system

Elements of Aerotriangulation and analytical method, strip deformation, strip and block
adjustment; oblique, title and terrestrial Photogrammetry, Geometry & products information,
Automated system, Image correlation, matching and Orientation, mapping.
a
y
References
1. Wolf Paul. P., Elements of Photogrammetry, McGraw hill International Book
Company
2. Franics. H. Moffit and Mikali, Edward m., Photogrammetry. Harper and Row
Publishers, 3rd Edition, 1980.
th
3. Karl Krans, Photogrammetry, Vol I & Vol II, Ferd Dummler Verlag, 4 Edition
1997.
4. American Society of Photogrammetry, 4 th edition, 1980.
r
a
n
u
Credit 3:0:2
CE349 GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM

Marks 60 + 40
Note:
62
Definition basics of geodesy classification and basic concepts of satellite geodesy
historical development and applications of satellite geodesy.
y
it
Historical techniques
Photographic determination of directions electronic distance measurements (SECOR)

other early observation techniques.
Unit II : Doppler techniques and Basics of Global Positioning System

Doppler
Effect and basic positioning concept development and status of the navy navigation
satellite systems (TRANSIT). Fundamentals introduction space, control segments
observation principles signal structure, broad cast ephimerides, orbit representation,
structure of GPS data, GPS receivers concepts & Receiver components. Navigation
receivers
e
v
s
r
Unit III : GPS Data processing and errors

GPS observables and data processing parameter estimation solution ambiguities data
handling cycle slips RINEX data software concepts. Static, kinematic surveys. Error
budget correction satellite geometry and accuracy measures multipath effect.
i
n
Unit IV : GPS Applications

Software modules and data processing possible applications geodetic control survey
cadastral surveying and GIS, engineering and monitoring, geodynamics, marine geodesy and
hydrography Photogrammetry and remote sensing GLONASS comparison with
NAVSTARGPS.
Laser Ranging
Overview of laser ranging basic concepts of satellite altimetry planned missions and
spatial methods.
a
y
n
u
Unit V : Field work

Study on GPS instruments, static and kinematic surveying using DGPS
References
1. Seeber, G., Satellite Geodesy, Walter De Gruyter, Berlin, 1993.
2. Alfred leick, GPS Satellite Surveying, John Wiley and Sons, 1995.
3. Hofmann Wellenhof, B. Lichtenegger, H. and Collins, j., Global Positioning System,
Springer Verlag, New York, 1994
r
a
CE350 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM II
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
Unit I : Natural resources management application

GIS application in natural resources management case studies water resourses
environmental science application in disaster mitigation and management case studies
demographic, health applications.
63
Unit II : Am/fm applications

GIS applications in Automated Mapping (AM) / Facility Management (FM) case studies
Land Information System case studies.
y
it
Unit III : MCE & KB tools

Multi criteria evaluation using GIS - techniques case studies use of knowledge based
tools with GIS expert systems, artificial neural network.
s
r
Unit IV : Data quality

Data quality error, accuracy, precision components of data quality positional accuracy,
attribute accuracy, logical consistency, completeness, lineage meta data need for meta
data spatial data transfer standards.
e
v
i
n
Unit V : Miscellaneous topics

Object oriented GIS, web based GIS 3D GIS web based GIS applications
References
1. Burrough P.A., Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources
Assessment, Oxford Publications, 1980
2. Paul A. Longley, Michael F Good Child, David J. Magazine, David W Rhind,
Geographical Information Systems, Vol I & II, John Wiley & Sons Inc, 1999.
3. Robert Laurini & Derek Thompson, Fundamentals of Spatial Information Systems,
Academic Press, 1996.
a
y
CE351 DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
n
u
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
Unit I : Data Base Management Systems

Data information types database models data encoding hardware and software
requirements - data base management systems types of DBMS hierarchical, network,
relational models E-R diagram modern DBMS distributed databases client server
databases knowledge based systems geographic databases GIS
r
a
Unit II : File Organization and Normalization

File organization sequential, indeed sequential, random, multikey file organization
advantages and disadvantages relational DBMS relational algebra normalization first,
second, third, Boy-Codd, fourth and fifth normalizations case study for normalization using
a geographic data.
Unit III : ORACLE

Oracle internal data types data definition language integrity constraints DML data
manipulation commands operators arithmetic, comparison, logical operators operator
precedence privilege commands transaction control language SQL functions single
64
row, data, character and numeric functions group functions count functions. Set operators
relating data through join concept subquries database objects view index
partitioning locks triggers formatting commands column commands compute
commands title commands setting page dimensions storing and printing query results
integration of oracle with GIS software interfaces DB concept.
y
it
Unit IV : Developer 2000

Oracle forms object navigator oracle forms objects layer editor property palette
event triggers items alerts windows record groups LOV reports quires groups
column forms layout graphs display layout queries.
e
v
s
r
References
1. Bipin C. Desai, An Introduction to Database Systems, Galgotia Publications Pvt. Ltd,
First Edit. 1993.
2. Michael Abbey and Michael J Corey, ORACLE 8 A Beginners Guide, Tata MC.
Graw Hill, 1998
3. C,J. Date, An Introduction To Database Systems, Addison Wesley, sixth edition,
1995
4. Ivan Bayross, Commercial Application Development Using ORACLE Developers
2000, BPB Publications, First Edition, 1997.
i
n
CE352 MICROWAVE REMOTE SENSING

Credit 4:0:0
a
y
Marks 60 + 40
Fundamentals EMR band designation microwave interaction with atmospheric
constituents, earths surface, vegetation, and ocean.
n
u
Unit II : Passive Microwave Remote Sensing

Basics theory of radiometry Sensors application in atmosphere, ocean and land.
r
a
Unit II : Radar
System parameters, target parameters, radar equation measurement and discrimination,
radargrammetry, image processing, SAR Inteferrometry.
Unit III : Radar Systems
Real and synthetic aperture radar principles different platforms and sensors
Unit IV : Application
Interpretation of microwave data physical mechanism and empirical models for scattering
and emission, volume scattering. Geological interpretation of RADAR images, application in
forestry, landuse, and other disciplines.
65
References
1. Fawaz. T. Ulaby, Richard k. Moore and Adrin K. Fung, Microwave Remote Sensing
Active and Passive, Vol.1, 2 And 3 Addison-Wesley Publication Company 1981,1982
And 1986.
2. Philip.N.Slater, Remote Sensing, Optics and Optical Systems, 1980.
3. Robert M. Haralick and Simmonett, Image Processing for Remote Sensing 1983.
4. Robert n. Colwell. Manual of Remote Sensing Volume 1, American Society of
Photogrammetry 1983
5. Travett. J. W Imaging Radar for Resources Surveys. Chapman And Hall , London
1989
e
v
CE353 GIS LAB II

Credit 0:0:2
i
n
12 experiments will be notified by HOD from time to time
y
it
s
r
Marks 50+50
CE354 LAND INFORMATION SYSTEM

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
Definition LIS, GIS. History of LIS. Information requirements for effective land
management: the LIS concept; the multi purpose cadastre. Importance of cadastral records
and Land Information Systems.
a
y
Unit II : Land Records in GIS Context

Introduction to digital spatial data models, data acquisition for LIS, data storage for LIS, data
processing for LIS. Geo referencing: geography, geometry& geodesy; grideling
considerations with an LIS; data models; terrain classification. Spatial representation; vector
& raster formats; review of infological modeling. Geo processing: classification of LIS
process; transformation and analysis.
n
u
r
a
Unit III : Cadastral Studies

Property rights, evolution/review of cadastral systems. Concept of boundaries, the boundaries
laws in common law jurisdiction, maritime boundaries / international boundaries. Land and
survey laws: role of Law in society, legal aspects of land registration. Survey documents
legal tools. Multi purpose cadastral: LIS/GIS. Land reform, current issues.
Unit IV : Land Tenure and Land Records

Rights and obligation in land, system for defining and governing, definition of rights, rules
and procedures, responsibilities, land taxation,, environmental protection
Unit V : Modern LIS
Document imaging system, digital parcel map, online parcel index, access to all pertinent,
records fro the government functions, public access interface
66
References
1. Bernhardson, Tor., Geographic Information System. Viak IT, Norway,1992.
2. Brown, P.M and D.D. Moyer Multi Purpose Land Information Systems: The Guide
Book. Federal Geodetic Control Committee(NOAA),1990-1996.
3. Dale, R.F. and J.D. McLaughlin Land Information Management. Clarendon Press,
Oxford, 1998.
CE355 DIGITAL PHOTOGRAMMETRY
e
v
Credit 4:0:0
y
it
s
r
Marks 60 + 40
Evolution of Digital Photogrammetry analog, analytical, digital advantages automation
accuracy representation of digital images- B/W, RGB, CMYK, HLS.
i
n
Unit II : Data Acquisition Direct

Digital cameras CCD camera - full frame CCD, frame transfer CCD, CCD cameras with
piezo shift, interline transfer CCD, time delay integration CCD sensor spectral sensitivity
of CCD sensor, geometric problems of CCD images line jitter, blooming, warm up effect,
tailing typical CCD systems, line scanners SPOT, MOMS Data.
Unit III : Data Acquisition Indirect

Analog to digital conversion scanner flat bed, drum type sensor characteristics
scanner resolutions scanner calibration video cameras frame grabber typical scanner
systems and video cameras.
a
y
n
u
Unit IV : Digital Photogrammmetric Work Station

Merits, demerits stereo viewing spatial, spectral and temporal methods image
measurement coordinate system image movement fixed image, moved image image
transformation geometric transformation, radiometric transformation concepts of interior,
relative and absolute orientation.
r
a
Unit V : Applications
DTM generation image correlation image matching digital ortho photo generationautomated aero triangulation link between GIS and digital Photogrammetry.
References
1. Krauss, j., Photogrammetry, Vol. I, IV Edition, Springler Verlag Publishers, 1993.
2. International Achieves of Photogrammetry and Remote Sensing, ISPRS, Volume
XXIX, B5, Commission 5, 1995.
3. Proceedings of Annual Convention of ASPRS, 1993-96
67
CE356 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS FOR HYDROLOGY AND WATER

RESOURCES
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
y
it
Unit I : Basics
Hydrologic cycle, estimation of various components of hydrologic cycle clouds, rainfall,
runoff, evaporation, transpiration, evapotranspiration, interception, depression storage,
runoff, floods flood management case studies spectral properties of water.
s
r
Unit II : Drainage Basin

Watershed divide stream networks morphometric analysis linear, areal, relief aspects
urban hydrology case studies.
e
v
Unit III : Aerial Assessment

Mapping of snow-covered area, flood inundated area, soil moisture area, drought affected
area case studies.
i
n
Unit IV : Ground Water and Water Quality

Surface water indicators vegetation, geology, soil aquifers, aquifer parameters well
hydraulics estimation of ground water hydrological budgeting mathematical models
seawater intrusion water quality parameters physical, chemical, biological properties.
Water quality mapping and monitoring case studies.
Unit V : Irrigation and Watershed Management

Project investigation implementation maintenance stages location of storage / diversion
works / canal alignment depth area capacity curve generation conjunctive use of surface
and ground water mapping and monitoring the catchments and the command area water
harvesting structures sediment yield reservoir siltation sustainable development case
studies.
a
y
n
u
References
1. Chow, V. T., Handbook of Applied Hydrology, McGraw Hill, New York, 1964
2. Goodson, B.E., Hydrological Applications of Remote Sensing and Remote Data
transmission, LASH publication no.145, 1985.
3. Robert N. Cowell, Manual of Remote Sensing, Vol II American Society of
Photogrammetry 1983.
r
a
CE357 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS FOR EARTH SCIENCES
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
Unit I : Spectra Of Rocks and Minerals

Reflectance properties of geologic features in visible, NIR, MIR, SWIR and microwave
regions of EMS. Role of minerals and elemental composition, nature of spectra of rocks and
68
minerals optimal spectral windows for geologic remote sensing significance in geologic
mapping.
y
it
Unit II : Lithology and Structure

Rocks and minerals introduction. Image characters of igneous, sedimentary and
metamorphic rocks lithology mapping.
Structural geology introduction- significance of folds, faults and joints image characters of
folds, faults, joints, lineaments.
Image processing for lithologic and structural mapping case studies. Limitation of remote
sensing for geologic mapping.
e
v
s
r
Unit III : Geomorphological Applications

Introduction to geomorphology. Significance of landforms role of aerial photographs and
satellite images in geomorphic mapping. Role of geomorphic mapping in civil engineering
projects. Ground water studies and coastal zone management.
i
n
Unit IV : GIS for Geologic and Geomorphological Studies

Thermal presentation of geologic and geomorphic details ground data, raster and vector
formats. Incorporating geophysical, gravity, seismic, magnetic and electrical resistively data
in a geographical information system.
Assigning ranks and weightage for applied geologic fields.
Unit V : Integration of Remote Sensing and GIS

Integrated surveys using geophysical, geological, geotechnical, Geomorphological and
remote sensing based data for mineral exploration, ground water studies, coastal zone
management, coastal erosion and accretion.
Remote sensing and GIS for geotechnical studies foundation for dams. Reservoirs, tunnels
landslides, earthquakes.
a
y
n
u
References
1. Burrough, P.A, Principles of Geographic Information Systems. Clarendon Press, UK.
1986
2. Pandey, S.N. Principles and Applications of Photogeology, Wiley Eastern. 1987
3. Drury, S.A. Image Interpretation in Geology, 1993. Chapman and Hall, London.
4. Mather, P.M Computer Processing of Remotely Sensed Images, Second Edition,
1999.
r
a
CE358 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS FOR AGRICULTURE AND FORESTRY
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
Unit I : Crops
Spectral properties of vegetation- identification of crops- acreage estimation- vegetation
indices- production forecasting command area monitoring condition assessment case
studies
69
Unit II : Soils
Introduction-soil survey and soil classification-characters of saline, alkali soils-soil mapping
using RS data- problem soils identification and mapping- soil erosion-case studies
y
it
Unit III : Damage Assessment

Assessment of damages due to floods, droughts, pests and disease attacks, water logging and
salinity through remote sensing crop stress detection.
s
r
Unit IV : Forestry
Forest taxonomy- forest type and density mapping and forest stock mapping using RS
technique factors for degradation of forests- deforestation/ afforestation /encroachment
mapping through multi-temporal data- case studies
i
n
e
v
Unit V : Integrated Analysis (GIS

Agriculture and forest development through GIS- action plan for sustainable agriculturewasteland development- change detection in forests case studies.
References
1. Steven M.D And Clark, J.A., Applications of Remote Sensing in Agriculture,
Butterworth, London 1990
2. Remote Sensing Applications Group, Space Applications Centre, Crop Average and
Production Estimation (Cape): An Anthology from January 1986-June1996.
(Publications In Journals, Seminars/Symposium Proceedings), Ahmedabad, August
1996
3. Negi, S.S A Handbook Of Forestry. International Book Distributors, Dehradun, 1986.
Pace Applications Centre.
4. Manual of Procedure for Forest Mapping and Damage Detection Using Satellite Data,
Ahmedabad, 1990.
n
u
a
y
r
a
CE359 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
Unit I : Water in the Environment

Importance of water chemical composition and physical characteristics of water-water
quality - Classification of water quality for various purposes surface and ground water
pollution. Use of GIS in water supply and sewage management.
Unit II : Satellite for Environmental Monitoring

GOES, NOAA, AVHRR, CZCR Monitoring land, water atmosphere and ocean using remote
sensing data- principles and case studies.
70
Unit III : Ground Water Pollution

Aquifer vulnerability Intrinsic & Specific Vulnerability DRASTIC, SINTACSMODELScase studies. NPS pollution- case studies
y
it
Unit IV : Soil Degradation study

Soil classification suitability study for housing, industrial and agriculture purposes
engineering properties of soils, impact of agriculture and industrial activities on soil
properties. Soil salinity/alkalinity, erosion studies. NPS pollution case studies.
s
r
Unit V : Air quality Monitoring

Atmosphere: chemicals, Particulate matters present in the atmosphere- allowable limits,
remote sensing technique to monitor atmosphere constituents air pollution due to industrial
activity, monitoring of modeling using GIS.
e
v
References
1. World in Transition: The Threat to Soils (1994) Annual Report of the German
Advisory Council on Global Change. Publ. Economical Verlag Bonn, Germany.
2. Sabins, F (1987), Remote Sensing Principles And Interpretation, W.H. Freeman
And Company, New York
3. Ground Water Vulnerability Assessment: Predicting Relative Contamination
Potential Under Conditions Of Uncertainty, National Academic Press, 1993
4. Savinny, D.De and Wijeyaratne. P, GIS For Health And Environment, Stylus
Publication ISBN 0889367663
a
y
i
n
CE360 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS FOR OCEAN ENGINEERING AND

COASTAL ZONE MANAGEMENT
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
n
u
Unit I : Ocean Engineering

Coastal processes- Oceanic circulation- Upwelling and sinking Current Measurement
Waves Surface waves Water motion in waves reflection, diffraction and refraction
wave generated currents Tides _Tidal forces _sediment drift _ Remote Sensing Application
for coastal erosion and accretion
r
a
Unit II : Ocean general Studies

Study of physical properties of sea water and Parameters Chemistry of sea water
Oceanographic instruments water samples Current measuring devices Deep sea coring
devices dredges.
Unit III : Coastal Engineering

Coastal Hydrodynamic Coastal erosion and protection. Estuaries and their impact on
coastal Process Design of Breakwaters.
71
Unit IV : Satellite and airborne sensors

Use of microwave data OCR, CZCS studies - Chlorophyll production index sea surface
temperature (SST) sensors NIMBUS, RADARSAT, CASI etc., Messr, OCTSATSR
Sensors Ocean SAT ATSR on ERS.
y
it
Unit V : Coastal Zone Management

Introduction Major issues / Problem, Thematic maps on coastal resources Wetland
mapping / Mappings of Mangroves Modeling on sea water Intrusion -conflict among the
resources Integrated coastal Zone Management.
s
r
References
1. Deepak, A. Remote Sensing of Atmospheres of Oceans. Academic press, San
Francisco, 1986. Re (SST), - Mangroves Coral Reefs Mapping.
2. Michael Hord, R. Remote sensing methods and application, John Wiley and sons,
New York, 1986.
3. Alasdair J. Edwards, Remote Sensing Handbook for Tropical Coastal Management,
UNESCO Publication 2000.
i
n
e
v
CE361 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS FOR URBAN AND REGIONAL PLANNING
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
Relevance of remotely sensed data for Urban & Regional Analysis and Planning
Identification of settlement features from aerospace images Visual and digital analysis
techniques Scale and resolution concepts Scope and limitations.
a
y
n
u
Unit II : Urban and Regional Mapping

Regional Mapping City Mapping Intra-city Mapping Methodology Base map
preparation Delineation of area Change Detection and Mapping Classification Urban
fringe CBD Urban Sprawl - case Studies
r
a
Unit III : Urban and Regional Plans

Regional Plan, master plan, detailed development plan Objectives and contents
Delineation of planning area, methodology Integrated plans Case studies
Unit IV : Urban Analysis

Urban growth analysis Slum development House typology Site selection for urban
development Density analysis Population estimation _ Transportation network analysisCase Studies
Unit V : GIS in Urban planning
GIS- Data Input Storage Retrieval Suitability of a GIS software for Urban analysis
Modeling with GIS- Decision support systems for Urban and Regional analysis.
72
References:
1. Brenth M.C., City Planning & Aerial Information, Harvard University, Cambridge,
1971.
2. Margaret Roberts, An Introduction to Town Planning Techniques, Hutchinson,
London 1980.
3. N.C. Gautam, Urban Landuse Interpretation through Aerial photograph Interpretation,
NRSA.
4. IRS, RS Applications to Urban Planning and Development, Institute of Remote
Sensing
y
it
s
r
CE362 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS FOR DISASTER MITIGATION AND

MANAGEMENT
Credit 4:0:0
Marks 60 + 40
e
v
Unit I : Disaster Principles

Basic concepts and principles Hydrological and geological disasters, Characteristics crisis
and consequences Role of Government administration, University research organization and
NGOs International disaster assistance Sharing technology and technical expertise.
i
n
Unit II : Long Term Mitigation Measures

Needs and approach towards prevention Principles and components of mitigation. Disaster
legislation and policy Insurance-Cost effective analysis-Utilization of resources training
Education Public awareness Roles of media
a
y
Unit III : Safety Rating of Structure

Dams, Bridges, Hospitals, Industrials Structures, Ghat roads Disaster resistant structures
Low cost housing for disaster prone areas Cyclone shelter projects and their implications
Reconstruction after disaster: Issues of practices.
n
u
Unit IV : Remote Sensing Application

Hazard
evaluation - Zonation Risk assessment Damage assessment Land use planning and
regulation for sustainable development Use of internet communication Network
Warning system Post disaster Case studies
r
a
Unit V : Emergency Planning & GIS

Information systems management Spatial and non- spatial data bank creation operational
emergency management- Vulnerability analysis of infrastructure and settlements- Predisaster and Post disaster planning for relief operations- Potential of GIS application in
development planning and disaster management plan- Case studies.
References
1. Bell, F.G. Geological Hazards: Their Assessment, Avoidance and Mitigation. E& FN
SPAN Routledge, London. 1999
2. David Alexander, Natural Disaster, UCL Press London, Research Press, New Delhi,
1993.
3. Nick Carter. W. Disaster Management A disaster Managers Handbook. Asian
Development Bank, Philippines.1991
73
4. Mitigating Natural Disasters, Phenomena, Effects and Options, A Manual for Policy
Makers and Planners, United Nations. New York, 1991
5. George G. Penelis and Andras J. Kappos Earthquake Resistant Concrete Structures.
E& FN SPAN, London, 1997.
s
r
n
u
r
a
a
y
i
n
e
v
y
it
74
i
n
e
v
s
r
DEPARTMENT
OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
n
u
r
a
a
y
y
it
ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS
Code No.
CE270
CE271
CE272
CE273
CE274
CE363
Subject Name
y
it
Credits
Pollution and Control Engineering

Industrial Waste Treatment and Disposal
Construction Technology
Interior Design
Concrete Technology
i
n
e
v
CE270 POLLUTION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING

Credit : 4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
s
r
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit - I : Water & Noise Pollution and Control

Natural processes - Pollution due to industrial, agricultural and municipal wastes - limitations
of disposal by dilution - BOD consideration in streams - Oxygen sag curve - water pollution
control legislation.
Noise pollution - Sources and effects - Control measures.
a
y
Unit -II : Air Pollution and Control

Pollution and their sources - Effects of pollution on human health, vegetation and climate Prevention and control of air pollution - Control of particulates Industry and air pollution Air pollution surveys and sampling - Air quality monitoring - Air pollution control
legislation.
n
u
Unit -III : Solid Wastes Management

Sources - Characteristics - Quantitites - Collection methods and disposal techniques Source
Reduction - Sanitary land fill - Incineration and pyrolysis - Composting - Aerobic and
anaerobic Economics of composting - Recyling and reuse.
Hazardous Waste Management: Nuclear waste, Biomedical waste, Chemical wastes
sources and effects Disposal techniques.
r
a
Unit -IV : Ecology and Ecosystems

Impact of development - Relationships of environmental quality Land use and natural
resources management - Causes and effects of Environmental pollution.
Elements of Environmental Impact Analysis: Environmental impact analysis of
urbanisation & industrialization Environmental impacts of thermal power plants, mining
and radioactivity.
Unit V : Environmental Health

VECTOR CONTROL:- Fundamentals of epidemiology - Vector borne diseases - Types of
vectors - Mosquitoes, flies, rodents - Rationale of control and naturalistic methods of control.
Uses and limitations of pesticides - Engineering measures of vector control.
FOOD AND MILK SANITATION:- Relation of food to disease - Principles of food
sanitation - Sanitation of kitchens, restaurants and other catering establishments - Quality
changes in milk - milk as carrier of infection - Pasteurisation of milk HTST and LTLT
processes Cattle shed sanitation.
e
v
y
it
s
r
Text Book
1. Salvato, Environmental Sanitation, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1982
Reference Books
1. Eulers,V.M., and Steel,E.W., Municipal Rural Sanitation, Mc Graw Hill Book Co.
New York. 1964.
2. Park. I.E. and Park K. Text Book of Preventive and Social Medicine, Messrs.
Banarsidas Bhanot, Latest Edition.
i
n
CE271 INDUSTRIAL WASTE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL

Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit -I Disposal Effects on Environment

Effects of industrial wastes on streams, land, air - wastewater treatment plants - water quality
criteria. Effluent standards - Process modification - Bioassay studies Environmental
legislation.
POLLUTANTS REDUCTION
Waste minimisation - House keeping - Volume and strength reduction - Material and process
modifications - recycle, reuse and by-product recovery - Environmental audit.
n
u
a
y
Unit -II : Effluent Treatment

Conventional methods of treatment and disposal of industrial wastes - Equalisation and
Neutralisation - Separation of solids - Sedimentation and filtration. Coagulation and
flocculation, absorption, chemical precipitation, chemical oxidation, Physiochemical
treatment methods - Removal of dissolved impurities - Residue management - Combined
treatment of industrial and municipal wastes.
r
a
Unit III : Biological Treatment Methods

Principles and methods for removal of suspended impurities and organics aerobic and
anaerobic decomposition of organic matter, Stabilization ponds, activated sludge process,
Oxidation ditch.
Advanced Waste Water Treatment:
Nitrogen removal Phosphorous removal Removal of refractory Organics Removal of
dissolved inorganic substances Chemical precipitation ion exchange Reverse Osmosis
Electro dialysis.
Unit IV : Industrial Process and Waste Treatment I

Manufacturing process, waste water characteristics, composition, effects and appropriate
treatment - flow sheets for chemical industries Petro-chemical industries, Refineries,
Pharmaceutical, Textiles Apparel industries Metallurgical industries - Steel plants, mines
Power industries Fertilizer plants Cement industry.
y
it
Unit -V : Industrial Process and Waste Treatment - II

Manufacturing process, waste water characteristics, composition effects and appropriate
treatment flow sheets for Pulp and paper industry Agro-industries, Sugar - Distilleries,
Food processing industry meat packing, pickles, poultry dairy Leather tanning.
e
v
s
r
Text Books
1. Rao.M.N. and Dutta Waste Water Treatment, Oxford and IBH Publishing Ltd.,
Calcutta, 1979.
2. Eckenfelder, W.W., Industrial Waste Pollution Control, McGraw Hill Book Co., New
Delhi, 1989.
i
n
Reference Books
1. Nemerow, N.L., Theory and Principles of Industrial Waste Treatment,
AddisonWesley, Reading Mass, 1963.
2. Gurnham, C.F., Principles of Industrial Waste Treatment, Wiley & Sons, New York,
1965.
CE272 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
a
y
Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit-I : Site Planning

Precautions in selection of sites the situations and surroundings of site for various types of
building elements of building planning, requirements, orientation, ventilation and lighting,
concept of green buildings.
Foundation: Setting out foundation plan on ground concept of foundation Bearing
capacity of a good foundation types of foundation and their construction suitability
Foundation in black cotton soil Methods of timbering of trenches Foundation failures
and remedial measures.
n
u
r
a
Unit-II : Brick And Stone Masonry

Types of bond in brickwork and their suitability General principles and precautions in brick
masonry factors affecting thickness of walls - construction of brick masonry methods of
bonding new brick work with old brick work. Comparison of brick and stone masonry Strength of Brick Masonry Classifications as per IS code Classification of Stone masonry
General principles and precautions in stone masonry specification and construction of
stone masonry composite masonry lifting appliances Concrete Hollow block masonry.
Unit-III : Roofs And Floors

Roof covering materials Specifications for laying Mangalore Tiles, Asphalt roofing sheets,
Asbestos cement sheets Aluminium sheets and GI sheets. Accessories for drainage works
shapes of gutters and their sizes. Different types of supporting trusses for the roofing
sheets Timber and concrete roofs Different types of floors, suitability and construction of
floors and floor finishes Anti-termite Treatment.
y
it
Unit IV : Doors, Windows And Staircases:

Different types of doors and windows and their suitability , Timber, steel, Aluminium and
synthetic. Stair and staircases: Concepts requirements of a good stair principles to be
observed for planning and layout of stairs classification of stairs according to their layout
and materials of construction.
Water Proofing and Damp Proofing:
Techniques of plastering types of rendering types of pointing and their suitability
Application of paints for new and old work of timber, steel and plaster preparation and
application of white washing and distempering weathering course.
Damp proofing causes of dampness Ill effects Methods of preventing dampness
Types and classification of damp proofing materials Requirements of an ideal material for
damp proofing Methods of providing DPC under different situations.
i
n
e
v
s
r
Unit V : R.C.C. Work:

Methods of Construction of R.C.C. slabs, Beams & Columns
Miscellaneous Construction Features:
Construction sequences: Construction sequence and procedure for RC framed structures
with masonry panel walls, load bearing wall structures, industrial shed type building.
Expansion joints: Types and provision of expansion joints for foundations, floors, walls,
roofs, beams and slabs. Shoring, Scaffolding and Underpinning: Methods, uses and
suitability of different types and precautions for safety Selection of equipment for earth
work, concreting, material handling and erection of Structures.
a
y
Text Book:
1. Rangwala S.C., Building Construction, Charotar Book Stall, Anand, 1993.
n
u
Reference Books
1. Arora N.L. and Gupta B.R., A Text Book of Building Construction, Satya Prakashan,
New Delhi.
2. Punmia B.C., A Text Book of Building Construction, A Saurabh & Co (P) Ltd., New
Delhi, 1993
3. Relevant IS Codes and National Building Code of India.
4. Sushil Kumar, Building Construction, Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 1997.
r
a
CE273 INTERIOR DESIGN

Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40 + 60
y
it
Unit - I : Introduction
Definition of the term Interior Design Necessity and application, basic principles of
architecture.
Principles of Aesthetic Composition : Form, shape & Configuration. Size, Scale and
proportion, Equilibrium (Symmetry & Balance). Axis & Alignment, Repetition & Rhythm,
Contrast & Opposition. Vista & View, Texture, Pattern & colour, Light (Natural &
Artificial)
e
v
s
r
Unit - II : Circulation and Human Scale

Components of building orientation - building entrance - configuration of path & path-space
relationships. Form of circular space with building examples. Human scale and movement
with reference to function and furniture
i
n
Unit - III : Interior Design in Current Practice

Function and planning - working space - living spaces, public spaces and special purpose
interiors - space requirement of various purposes such as hotel, restaurant, office, auditorium,
banks, schools with reference to IS codes.
Interior layout: Living room, dining room, bed room, kitchen, toilet, office, library and
show room.
Unit - IV : Colours and Interior

Effect of colour in interiors Colour circle and its applications Colour schemes
Emotional effect on colour.
Components & Materials For Interiors:
Architectural components: Fixed furniture components; Movable furniture components:
Furnishings.
a
y
n
u
Unit -V : Lighting, Ventilation and Acoustics

Classification of lighting - general and load lighting. Artificial light sources - spectral energy
distribution colour temperature - colour reading. Study of lighting accessories and their
choice- Design of modern lightings: Lightings of stores, offices, schools, hospitals and
houses. Electrical and plumbing layout of a residential building.
Acoustics : Materials, reverberation time, Sabine formula
r
a
Text Books
1. Allen Tate & C Ray Smith, Interior Design in the 20th Century. Harper & Row
Publishers.
Reference Books
1. Geoffrey, H., Baaker, Design strategies in Architecture - an aproach to analysis fo
form , Van Nostrand Publications, London, 1989.
2. Pickering, E., Architectural Design, John Wiley andsons, London.
3. Heepler and Wallach, Architecture Drafting and design, McGraw Hill Book cc,
NewYork
4. Phillips, Lighting in Architecture, McGraw-Hill co, NewYork, 1981.
5. Suri, S.L.,Accoustic Design and Practice, Asia Publishing house, New York, 1963.
6. Interiors: perspective in Architectural design Graphics - SMA publishing cc, Ltd.,
Japan, 1967.
7. Neufet Architect's data, Dudolf Herg, Crosby Lockwood and sons Ltd, 1970.
IS 3646 ~ 1965 code of practice for illumination
CE274 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
Credit : 4:0:0
y
it
s
r
Marks: 40 + 60
e
v
Unit I: Concrete Making Materials : Part 1

Cement : Composition, properties and manufacture of Portland Cement tests on physical
properties: sieve test, standard consistency test, setting time test, strength test, soundness test
different types of cement: composition, properties and application with emphasis for
different constructional use and weather conditions IS code specifications.
Water : Requirement of water for concrete making IS code specifications
i
n
Unit II : Concrete Making Materials : Part 2

Aggregates : General source classification size shape texture Tests on mechanical
properties of aggregates: Aggregate crushing value, aggregate impact value Absorption and
moisture content Bulking of aggregates Deleterious substances in aggregates Alkali
aggregate reaction and factors promoting alkali aggregate reaction Grading of aggregate,
requirements thermal properties codal requirements
a
y
Admixtures : Plasticizers super-plasticizers Retarders Accelerators Air entraining

admixtures supplementary cementitious materials: silica fume, fly ash, metakaolin, ground
granulated blast furnace slag water proofing admixtures: Properties, advantages, dosage
and application
n
u
Unit III : Fresh Concrete and Hardening of Concrete

Workability: Definition, factor affecting workability, measurement of workability: slump
test, K slump test, compacting factor test segregation bleeding steps of manufacture
of concrete: batching, mixing, transporting, placing, compacting curing of concrete
Factors affecting strength of concrete: water / cement ratio, maturity of concrete, micro
cracking and autogeneous healing evolution of heat and expansion shrinkage of concrete
and factors affecting it.
r
a
Unit IV : Durability Of Concrete And Testing Of Hardened Concrete

Durability : Definition, significance permeability chemical attack, sulphate attack
methods of controlling thermal properties of concrete chloride attack concrete in sea
water resistance to abrasion and cavitation acoustic properties corrosion of steel
Testing on hardened concrete: Compression test, flexural strength of concrete, indirect
tension test methods factors influencing strength results Accelerated strength tests
determination of modulus of elasticity in situ strength determination variation in test

results non destructive strength tests: ultra sonic pulse velocity tests, rebound hammer test.
y
it
Unit V: Mix Design & Special Concretes

Mix design : Introduction, concept of mix design various mix design methods batching
of ingredients: volume batching, weigh batching correction for moisture content, bulking
yield of concrete sample and acceptance criteria IS method and ACI method of mix
proportioning
Special concretes: Ready mix concrete Pumped concrete Pre-placed concrete Shotcrete
Lightweight concrete No-fines concrete High strength concrete Fibre reinforced
concrete Ferrocement High Performance Concrete Polymer Concrete: Definition, types,
properties and applications.
e
v
s
r
Text Books:
1. Neville, A. M., `Concrete Technology, Longman Scientific & Technical, 1990.
2. Gambhir, `Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
i
n
References:
1. Orchard, D. F., `Concrete Technology, Vol. 1 & 2, 1963.
2. Shetty, M. S., `Concrete Technology, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.
3. Krishnaraju, N., `Design of Concrete Mixes, Sehgal Educational Consultants &
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Faridabad, 1988.
4. IS: 10262 `Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design, 1982.
a
y
CE363 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

Credit : 4:0:0
Marks: 40 + 60
n
u
Unit I : Concrete Making Materials

Composition and properties of portland cement - tests on physical properties - consistency setting time - soundness - strength - cements of different types - composition - properties
and uses with special emphasis for different constructional and weather conditions - IS
code specifications.
AGGREGATES: Classification - Mechanical Properties - deleterious substances in
aggregates - Bulking of sand - Alkali Aggregate reaction - Grading requirements - IS Code
specifications
WATER: Requirements of water for concrete making - IS Code specifications.
ADMIXTURES: - Accelerators - Retarders - water reducing agents - Plasticisers - Air
entraining agents.
r
a
Unit-II: Fresh Concrete and Hardening of Concrete


Unit-III: Durability of Concrete and Testing of Hardened Concrete
Permeability - Chemical attack - Sulphate attack - Quality of water - Marine atmosphere
- Methods to improve durability - Thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance Resistance to Abrasion and Cavitation - Acoustic properties - Compression test - Split
Tension test - Flexure Test - Test for Bond strength - IS Code provisions - Factors affecting
strength test results - Accelerated strength tests - stress strain characteristics - Determination
of modulus of elasticity - Electrodynamics determination method - In site strength
determination - variation in test results - Distribution of strength - standard deviation creep of concrete and factors which influence it.
e
v
y
it
s
r
Unit-IV : Mix Design

method, Mix design with fly-ash - IS method Rapid Method: Steps of design - Mix
proportions for weigh batching and volume batching - correction for moisture content and
bulking - yield of concrete - Design of high strength concrete mixes Inspection and Testing
of structures: core test, Load test for flexural members, ready mix concrete.
Special Concretes and Concrete Composites: Light weight concrete: Types - Light weight
aggregate concrete-Aerated concrete, No fines concrete - High Strength concrete - Heavy
weight concrete for radiation shield - Fibre reinforced concrete - Ferrocement - Polymer
concrete - High Performance Concrete : properties and applications.
i
n
Unit V: Rehabilitation of Concrete Structures

Cracks in concrete - Types - Intrinsic cracking, structural cracking - causes and remedies Plastic cracks - causes and remedies - Thermal contraction cracks - Long term drying
shrinkage cracks - Crazing - Sulphate attack cracks - Alkali aggregate reaction cracks.
Repair techniques - Materials for repair - Epoxy adhesive injections and mortars - Repair and
rehabilitation of concrete structure.
n
u
a
y
Text Books
2. Neville, A.M., "Properties of Concrete", Longman Scientific & Technical, England,
1981.
Reference Books:
4. Design of Concrete Mixes", Sehgal Educational Consultants & Publishers Pvt.Ltd.,
Faridabad, 1988.
5. IS: 10262, "Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design", 1982.
6. Krishnaraju N., Design of Concrete Mixes, Sehgal Educational Consultants &
Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Faridabad, 1988.
r
a
i
n
SCHOOL
a
y
OF
e
v
CIVIL ENGINEERING
r
a
n
u
s
r
y
it
ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS
Code
CE275
CE364
Subject Name
Credits
Mechanics of Deformable Bodies II


Credit: 3:1:0
y
it
3:1:0
3:1:0
s
r
Marks: 40 + 60
e
v
UNIT I : Deflection of Determinate Beams

Governing differential equation- Macaulays method- moment area method- conjugate beam
method Newmark method.
i
n
UNIT II : Columns and Struts

Columns- Behaviour of axially loaded short, medium and long Column members- Buckling
Load- Eulers Theory- Different end conditions- Empirical formulae - Rankines formula Straight line formula- Secant formula for columns subjected to eccentric loading.
UNIT III : Thick Cylinders

cylinders-shrink fit.
a
y
Elastic Theories of Failure:

Maximum principal stress theory- Maximum shear stress theory- Maximum principal strain
theory- strain energy theory- Mohrs theorysimple problems.
n
u

Shear Center:
Introduction to non-circular sections-Shear center for thin walled beam of mono- symmetric
open sections- Shear flow in thin walled beams of open sections.
Curved Beams:
Curved beams-Stresses due to bending by Wrinkler back theory- Rectangular, trapezoidal
and circular solid section-Crane hook problem
r
a
UNIT V : Unsymmetrical Bending of Straight Beams

Symmetrical and unsymmetrical bending - Bending stresses in beams subjected to
unsymmetrical bending - Change in direction of Neutral axis and Increase in stress compared
to Symmetrical Bending.
Text Books
1. Bedi D.S., Strength of Materials, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., 1984.
2. Punmia B.C., etal., Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications, 1992.
School of Civil Engineering
Reference Books
y
it
2. Sadhu Singh., Strength of Materials, Khanna Publishers,1988.

Credits 3:1:0
s
r
Marks 40+60
e
v
UNIT I :
Introduction to design Philosophy- Working stress design, limit state design, ultimate load
design
i
n

(No derivation for problems)
a
y
Limit State Analysis and Design of Column:

Behaviour and design of axially, eccentrically loaded short and long columns including
biaxially bent columns -. comparison of various codal provisions - Composite column and
Tubular column behavioural study
n
u
r
a
UNIT-III : Limit Analysis and Design of Slabs

theory of slabs - Analysis of isotropically and orthotropically reinforced slabs of various
shapes under different edge conditions and equilibrium method - Application to practical
design problems - Effect of corner levers - Hillerborg's simple strip method of analysis.
Design of flat slabs according to Equivalent frame method

Fundamental principles - Moment redistribution - limit analysis and design of continuous
beams and simple portal frames - Check on rotation capacity.

Simply supported and continuous deep beams - Grid floors Orthotropic plate theoryWaffle slab - corbels
y
it
Text Books:
1 Varghese, P.C., "Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete", Prentice Hall of
India Ltd, New Delhi 1977.
2. Varghese, P.C., "Advanced Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures",
Prentice - Hall of India Ltd, New Delhi 1977.
s
r
References
1. Regan, P. D and Yu, C.W., "Limit state design of structural concrete", Chatto &
Windus, London, 1973.
3. Jones,L.L,and Wood,R.H., "Yield line Analysis of slabs", Chatto and Windus
London,1967.
4. Park R. and Gamble,W.L. 'Reinforced concrete slabs", John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 1980.
5. Mac Gregor, G., 'Reinforced concrete Mechanics and Design", Prentice Hall, New
Jersey 1988.
6. Arthur H. Nilson et al, "Design of Concrete Structures", McGraw Hill Book
7. IS 456-2000
"Code of Practice for plain and reinforced concrete". BIS, New
Delhi., 1978.
8. S.P. 16 ( S & T ) Design Aids for Reinforced concrete" to IS 456-1978. Indian
Standard Institution, New Delhi, 1980.
9. SP24 (S&T) . "Explanatory handbook on Indian standard code of practice for plain
and reinforced concrete (IS 456-1978)", BIS New Delhi, 1983.
n
u
r
a
a
y
i
n
e
v
i
n
e
v
y
it
s
r
SCHOOL
OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
n
u
r
a
a
y
AN-7
ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS
Code
CE276
CE277
CE278
CE365
CE366
CE367
CE368
CE369
CE370
CE371
CE372
CE373
CE374
CE375
Subject Name
Basic Structural Design
Mechanics of Fluids
Intelligent Transportation Systems
Remote Sensing and Applications
GIS in Transportation Engineering
Remote Sensing & GPS for Transportation Engineering
Traffic Analysis
Land Use and Transportation Modelling
Experimental Techniques
Design of Masonry Structures
Research Methodology
i
n
e
v
Credits
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
y
it
s
r
CE276 BASIC STRUCTURAL DESIGN

Credits: 3:1:0
Marks: (40 + 60)
Unit-I : Structure and Design Concepts

Working stress method limit state method of Design Probabilistic approach to design
load and resistance design for strength, stiffness and stability considerations choice
between different structural materials concrete, timber, Masonry and steel.
Structural Loads
Dead load live load Wind load Calculation of wind load for a Structure Seismic load
buoyancy and thermal loads.
a
y
n
u
r
a
Unit II : Design of Masonry Walls and Columns

walls.
Laterally Loaded Masonry Structures:
Structures and loads stability of masonry middle third rule Masonry dams
Trapezoidal dams Retaining walls.
Earthquake resistant design of masonry buildings General planning and design
Recommendation for masonry wall Design of bands Free standing wall Design of shear
wall.
AN-8
Unit III : Load Distribution Elements

Bed blocks spread footings for walls and columns area based on safe bearing capacity.
Design of Reinforced Masonry Introduction basic concepts limit state design of
reinforced brick masonry lintels axially loaded columns.
y
it
Unit IV : Timber: Flexural and Compression Members

Flitched beams solid and built up columns combined bending and direct stress
application to form work.
s
r
Unit V : Bolted and Welded Joints

Bearing and friction type of bolts splicing joint joints subjected to moment and direct
load and torsion butt and fillet welds joints subjected to shear, bending and torsion.
e
v
Text Book
Roorkee, 1987.
Reference Book
1. Dayarathnam P., Bricks and Reinforced Brick Structures, Oxford & IBH Publishing
Co., (Pvt.)Ltd ., New Delhi.
i
n
CE277 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS

Credit: 3:1:0
a
y
Marks : 40 + 60
Unit I:
Introduction - Fluid Properties Newtons law of Viscosity - Classification of Fluids
Fluid Statics
Buoyancy and Metacentric height (Theory only).
n
u
r
a
Unit II : Fluid Kinematics

Types of flow Stream line Path line Streak line - Stream tube Control volume
stream function - free and forced vortex flow.
Equations of Motion

Rectangular, Triangular, Broad crested, Narrow Crested End Contractions.
Laminar flow
circular pipe
AN-9
Turbulent flow
Definition Darcy Weisbachs equation Moodys diagram Friction factor for Laminar
and Turbulent flow for smooth and rough pipes
energy losses Pipes in series and parallel Equivalent pipe - Power transmission through
pipes Syphon Water hammer (Definition)
y
it

Fundamental and Secondary dimensions - Dimensional Homogeneity Rayleigh and
Buckingham Pi methods Similitude Significance of Dimensionless Numbers
Classification of hydraulic models.
e
v
s
r
Text Books
1. Modi, P.N., and Seth, S.N., Textbook of Hydraulics and Fluid Machines, Standard
Book House, New Delhi, 1995.
2. Rajput, R.K., Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines , S.Chand and
Reference Books
1. Natarajan, M.K., Principles of Fluid Mechanics, Oxford and IBH publishing Co.,
New Delhi, 1994.
Delhi, 1998.
a
y
i
n
CE278 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING
n
u
Credits: 4:0:0
Marks: 40+60
irrigation efficiencies factors affecting the duty of water - Methods of improving duty Irrigation scheduling and advantages.
r
a
Unit II : Sources, Conveyance and Distribution of Water

Sources of Water Quality of Irrigation water Precipitation Types of precipitation
Rainfall measurement Rivers Streams Reservoirs and Tanks Lift Irrigation Devices
and Equipments Tank Irrigation Components Methods of Application of water on Field
Surface Irrigation Subsurface Irrigation.
Unit III : Ground Water, Water logging and Drainage
Ground water hydrology Aquifers permeability and transmissibility steady flow
towards a well in confined and water table aquifer measurement of yield of an open well Typical cross section of open and tube well - Salinity and water logging causes and effect
AN-10
of water logging Waterlogging control Reclamation of saline land surface and

subsurface drainage Drainage design for agricultural areas lay out of drainage system.
y
it
Unit IV : Channel design

Alluvial and non alluvial soil Alignment of canals Distribution systems for canal
irrigation Determination of required channel capacity channel losses. Design of
channels in India Regime channels Kennedys theory - design procedure use of
Garrots diagram Laceys theory - Design procedures use of Laceys Diagram comparison of the two theories. Design procedure for irrigation channel cross section and
components balancing depth for excavating canals fixing the longitudinal section of the
canal Classification of canals canal lining Maintenance of irrigation canals.
Unit V : Control Structures, River Training and Control
Dams types Canal Regulation works Canal fall Head and Cross regulator Canal
escapes Cross drainage works Diversion Head works Weirs and Barrages Causeways
and Culverts Classification of rivers River training Groynes and Spurs Bank
protection.
e
v
i
n
s
r
Text Books
Reference Books
Publishers, 1994.
a
y
n
u
Credits: 3:1:0
Marks: 40+60
Unit I: Beams
x Design of Beams subjected to biaxial bending moment
x Design of sections subjected to unsymmetrical bending
x Elastic lateral torsional buckling
r
a
Beam Columns
x Short Beam-Columns
x Long Beam-Columns
x Beam-Columns at Ultimate Load
x Effects of Slenderness Ratio and Axial force on Modes of Failure
x Beam-Column under Biaxial bending
x Differential Equations and Moment Magnification Factors
Unit II: Industrial Building

x Industrial building Frames
x Crane girders and columns
x Analysis of industrial bents
AN-11
x
x
x
x
Sway and non-sway frames

Design of Gable frames
Design of knee bracing, vertical bracing
Design of Gable wind girder
Unit III: Transmission Towers & Chimneys

x Basic Structural Configurations
x Loads on Towers
x Wind Load
x Computer Program for Tower Design
x Chimneys
x Vertical load analysis
x Design of connections(in members)
Unit IV: Multi-storeyed Buildings
x Structure of Multi-storeyed buildings
x Bracing of Multi-storeyed frames
x Loads
x Lateral Load analysis of frames
o Portal Method
o Cantilever Method
o Factor method
x Design of members
a
y
i
n
e
v
y
it
s
r
Unit V: Plastic Theory

x Introduction - Shape factor - Moment redistribution - Static, Kinematic and
Uniqueness theorems
x Combined mechanism - Analysis of single bay and two bay portal frames - Methods
of plastic moment distribution
x Effect of axial force and shear force on plastic moments - Connections Moment
resisting connection
x Design of continuous beams.
n
u
r
a
Text Books
1. Dayaratnam, P. "Design of steel structures", A.H. Wheeler & Co., Ltd, Allahabad,
1996.
3. Punmia, B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain & Arunkumar Jain, "Design of Steel Structures",
Vol I & II, Arhant Publications, Bombay, 1995.
Reference Books
2. Handbook in Structural Steel Detailing INS/021
3. INSDAG Guide for the Structural use of Steelwork in Building - - INS/050
AN-12
CE366 DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES

Credit 4:0:0
Marks 40+60
y
it
Unit I : General
Classification of Industries and industrial structures - Specific requirements for industries
like Engineering, Textiles, Chemicals, etc - Site layout and external facilities required.
Unit II : Functional Requirements

wiring fixtures - cable and pipe bridge - electrical installations - substations - (iii) Heating
and ventilation - air conditioning - fire expanse and chutes - fire alarm, extinguishers and
hydrants - Guidelines from factories act underground air/service trenches
.
Unit III : Industrial R.C. Structures
Design and detailing of R.C. gable frames, corbels, bunkers, silos and chimneys - North light
i
n
e
v
s
r
Unit IV : Industrial Steel Structures

Design of gantry girders, steel bunkers, silos - High pressure boilers and piping design.
Unit V : Design of Composite Structures:

Composite action Partial and complete Interaction Composite floors profile decking
shear connectors composite column concrete in-filled tubular column confinement
effect.
Text Book
a
y
n
u
Reference Books
1. Manohar, S.N., "Tall chimneys - Design and Construction", Tata Mc Graw Hill,
1985.
Hill 1992.
Graw Hill 1976.
brothers, 1958.
Ventilation), BIS.
6. I.S. 9178 Parts I & II
7. I.S. 3483
8. I.S. 6060
Allahabad,1996.
r
a
AN-13
CE367 INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS

Credits: 4:0:0
Marks: 40 + 60
y
it
Unit I:
System Architecture, Standards, Database Tracking Database - Commercial Vehicle
Operations Intelligent Vehicle Initiative - Metropolitan ITS Rural ITS ITS for Rail
network.
s
r
Unit II:
ITS Travel Management Autonomous Route Guidance System Infrastructure based
systems Telecommunications Vehicle Road side communication Vehicle Positioning
System Electronic Toll Collection Electronic Car Parking
e
v
Unit III:
ITS Designs - Modeling and Simulation Techniques - Peer to Peer Program ITS for
Road Network System Design Mobile Navigation Assistant Traffic Information Center
Public Safety Program -
i
n
Unit IV:
Automated Highway Systems - Evolution of AHS and Current Vehicle Trends - Vehicles in
Platoons Aerodynamic Benefits - Integration of Automated Highway Systems System
Configurations - Step by Step to an Automated Highway System.
a
y
Unit V:
Spacing and Capacity for Different AHS Concepts Communication Technologies for AHS
- The Effects of AHS on the Environment Regional Mobility Impacts Assessment of
Highway Automation.
n
u
References:
1. Kan Paul Chen, John Miles,: Recommendations for World Road Association
(PIARC) ITS Hand Book 2000
2. Roger R. Stough, Intelligent Transport Systems Cases and Policies, Publisher:
Edward Elgar, 2001.
r
a
CE368 REMOTE SENSING AND APPLICATIONS
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I:
Fundamentals of GIS - Functions and features of components- Data type- Analysis and
modelling - Role of GIS and Applications.
Unit II:
Concepts and foundations of remote sensing - electromagnetic spectrum, energy - Basic
principles of photogrammetry geometrical characteristics of aerial photographs, relief
displacement of vertical features, image parallax, Remote sensing platforms and sensors
AN-14
Unit III:
Satellite system parameters, sensor parameters, imaging sensor systems, earth resources and
meteorological satellites, microwave sensors, Data Acquisition and interpretation
y
it
Unit IV:
Visual Image Interpretation Fundamentals - Visual Image Interpretation Equipment Digital Image Processing
s
r
Unit V:
Applications of remote sensing in survey, mapping, natural resources management, land use
and transportation planning, water resources engineering, geology and environment.
e
v
References:
1. Thomas. M. Lillesand and Ralph. W. Kiefer, Remote Sensing and Image
Interpretation, John Wiley and Sons,
2. M. Anji Reddy, Text Book of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information
Systems, B.S. Publications.
i
n
CE369 GIS IN TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I: Introduction to GIS:

Introduction, GIS over view, use of GIS in decision making, data processing, Components of
GIS, the GIS and the organization.
Data Input and Output:
Data input - Key board entry, manual digitizing, scanning, remotely and sensed data, existing
digital data, census related data sets, data output - Hard copy and soft copy devices.
a
y
n
u
Unit II: Data Quality:

Components of data quality - Micro level, Macro level components, sources of error, a note
about data accuracy.
Data Management:
The data base approach, 3 classic data models, nature of geographic data, spatial data models,
databases for GIS.
r
a
Unit III: GIS Analysis and Functions:

Organizing geographic data for analysis, maintenance and analysis of the spatial data and
non-spatial attribute data and its integration output formatting.
Unit IV: Implementing GIS:
Awareness, developing system requirements, evaluation of alternative systems, system
justification and development of an implementation plan, system acquisition and start up,
operation of the system.
AN-15
Unit V: Application of GIS in Transportation Engineering:

Intelligent information system for road accessibility study, GIS data base design for physical
facility planning, decision support systems for land use planning, GIS applications in
environment impact assessment, GIS based Highway alignment, GIS based road network
planning, GIS based traffic congestion analysis and accident investigation.
y
it
References:
1. Scholten & Stillwen , GIS for Urban & Regional Planning, 1990, Kulwer Academie
Publisher.
2. Perspenfi Stan Aronoff , GIS A Management, , WDL Publisher.
3. Stonffer, GIS.
e
v
s
r
CE370 REMOTE SENSING & G.P.S. FOR TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
i
n
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I: Remote Sensing:

Basic Principles - Introduction, Electromagnetic and its properties, interactions with Earth
surface materials, recent developments in Remote sensing, Social and legal implications of
Remote Sensing, status of Remote Sensing.
Unit II: Remote Sensing Platforms & Sensors:

Introduction, Characteristics of imaging remote sensing instruments, satellite remote sensing
system - a brief over view, other remote sensing satellites.
Pre-Processing of Remotely Sensed Data:
Introduction, cosmetic operation, geometric connection and registration, atmospheric
correction.
a
y
n
u
Unit III: Enhancement Technique:

Introduction, human visual system, contrast enhancement, Pseudo colour enhancement.
Image Transforms:
Introduction, arithmetic operations, empirically based image transforms, Principal
component analysis, Multiple discriminant analysis etc.
r
a
Unit IV: Filtering Technique and Classification:

Low-pass (smoothing filters), High pass (sharpening) filters, edge detection, frequency
domain filters, geometrical basis, classification. Unsupervised and supervised classification,
classification accuracy.
Unit V: G.P.S :
Introduction, elements of satellite surveying, the global positioning system, GPS satellites,
adjustment computations, GPS observables, application of GPS technology in Highway
alignment, Network planning.
References:
1. Alfred Leick , GPS Satellite Surveys, Willey & Sons
2. Paul Jumani , Principles of Remote Sensing, ELBS, 1985
AN-16
3. Paul M.Mather , Computer Processing of Remotely sensed Images An introduction

John Willey & Sons 1989.
y
it
CE371 TRAFFIC ANALYSIS

Credits: 4: 0: 0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I: Traffic Flow Description:

Statistical Distributions to explain Traffic Flow - Poisson Distribution, Exponential
Distribution, Erlang Distribution, Composite distribution.
e
v
Unit II: Delay Models:

Intersection delays; Pedestrian Delays; Gap acceptance Concepts
s
r
Unit III: Queuing Models:

Demand service characteristics; Single channel queuing systems; M/M/1 and D/D/1 system
analysis.
i
n
Unit IV: Traffic Flow Analogies:

Car following theory; Fluid-flow analogy; Shock wave theory.
Unit V: Simulation:
Introduction to simulation modelling; Analog and Digital simulation; Random number
operation; Random variates; Arrival times; Validation of models.
a
y
References:
1. T.R.B. Special Report, 165, TRB - Traffic Flow Theory ; Washington.
2. Wohl & Martin , Traffic System Analysis ; Mc Graw Hill.
3. A.D. May ,Traffic Flow Fundamentals
4. C.S.Papa Costas, Fundamentals of Transportation Engineering .
5. F.L. Mannering & W.P. Kilareski, Principles of Highways Engineering and Traffic
Analysis.
n
u
r
a
CE372 LAND USE AND TRANSPORTATION MODELLING
Credits: 4 : 0 : 0
Marks: 40 + 60
Unit I: Land Use And Transportation Engineering:

Transportation modelling in Planning; Models and their role, characteristics of transport
demand and supply, Equilibration of supply and demand, Modelling and decision making,
issue in transportation modelling and structure of the classic transport model.
Unit II: Land Use Transportation Models:
Introduction to Land Use Planning; Relation between Transportation and Land Use Planning;
The economic base mechanism and allocation mechanism; Spatial allocation and
employment inter-relationship; Garin Lowry models.
AN-17
Unit III: General Travel Demand Models I :

Aggregate, Disaggregate models; Behavioural models; Recursive and direct demand models;
Linear, Non-Linear models;
y
it
Unit IV: General Travel Demand Models II :

Logit, discriminant and probit models; Mode split models - Abstract mode and mode specific
models.
s
r
Unit V: Regional Transport Models:

Factors affecting goods and passenger traffic; Prediction of traffic; Growth factor models;
time function iteration models; internal volume forecasting models.
e
v
References:
1. Jhan De Diosortuzar, Luis E.Willumsen , Modelling transport, John Invey & Sons,
1970/1975.
2. R.Baxter, M.Echenique and J.Owers , Urban Development Models, The Institute of
Transportation Engineering; University of California.
3. Robert S, Pindyek, Daniel L.Rubin Fielld , Economic Models and Economic
Forecast; Mc. Graw Hill.
4. A.G.Wilson; Pion Regional and Urban Models, London.
5. NCHRPL Reports 177 and 178 ; Freight Data requirements for State wide Transport
System Planning TRB; Washington.
6. Michael Batty - Urban Modelling.
7. Peter R.Stopher ARNIM.H.MEYBURG Behavioural travel demand models. 1998.
a
y
i
n
CE373 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES

Credit : 4:0:0
n
u
Marks : 40+60
Unit I: Non-Destructive Testing Methods

Rebound Hammer Test Penetration Techniques Pullout Tests Dynamic or vibration
methods Resonant Frequency Methods Pulse Velocity Methods Radio Active Methods
Nuclear Methods Electrical Methods Tests on Composition of Hardened Concrete
Determination of Cement Content Determination of original w/c ratio Physical Method
Accelerated Curing test
r
a
Unit II: Strain Measurement:

Introduction electrical resistance strain gauges strain gauge circuits recording
instruments strain analysis methods Strain Rosettes - Photo elastic experiments on disc,
beam frames and other structural models. Demonstration of Moir' and stress freezing
techniques
Unit III: Tests on Beams & Structures:

Modulus of rupture of plain beams slope & deflection of beams shear studies in RC
beams Creep Test Model analysis for concrete structures Determination of reactions of
a two hinged parabolic arch with variable moment of inertia Load tests on actual structures
AN-18
Unit IV: Equipment & Instrumentation:

Principles of operations of UTM, hydraulic loading systems, force measuring devices, etc.
used in the experiments planned in the laboratory - Transducers types Linear Variable
Displacement Transducers (LVDT) working principles Demountable mechanical strain
gauges - Load Testing of bridges.
y
it
Unit V: Testing of Earthquake Resistant Structures

Shake table working principles applications - accelerometers types Oscilloscope
types - Data acquisition systems Amplifiers Vibration generators
s
r
References:
1. Chopra, A.K., Dynamics of structures _ Theory and applications to earthquake
engg, Prentice hall of India, New Delhi, 2002
3. M.S. Shetty, Concrete Technology- Theory and Practice, S. Chand and Company,
New Delhi, 1992
i
n
e
v
CE374 DESIGN OF MASONRY STRUCTURES

Credit : 4:0:0
Marks : 40+60
Unit I: Brick Masonry in Building:

Material properties, masonry units, clay and concrete blocks, mortar, grout and
reinforcement, bonding patterns, shrinkage, and differential movements - Brick walls Brick
columns - Stresses Shape Factor Slenderness ratio type of loading
a
y
Unit II: Laterally Loaded Masonry Structures:

Structures and loads Masonry under lateral loads, in-plane and out plane loads, analysis of
perforated shear walls, lateral force distribution for flexible and rigid diaphragms - Stability
of Masonry Masonry Dams Retaining walls Problems -
n
u
Unit III: Foundations, Piers, Walls and Abutments:

Wall and column footing in buildings Bridge foundation the substructure loads on
substructure- Allowable stresses in Masonry combination of load and permissible increase
in working stress limiting eccentricity determination of safe bearing capacity Lateral
load resistance of well foundations problems
r
a
Unit IV: Masonry Arches and Domes:

Arches in buildings stability of masonry arches design of masonry arches by elastic
theory analysis of masonry domes stability of masonry domes problems
Unit V: Earthquake resistant design of masonry buildings:
Behavior of different construction in past earth quakes General planning and details
recommendations for masonry walls Structural action of elements of a building masonry,
cyclic loading, ductility of masonry walls for seismic design, infill masonry - Design of
bands Free standing walls Partition walls Roofs and floors Gable ends of walls
Design of shear walls vertical projecting parts framing of thin, load bearing walls
Reinforcing details for hollow block masonry.
AN-19
Text books
1. Arya A.S., Structural Design in Steel, Masonry and Timber, Nemchand and Bros,
Roorkee, 1987
Reference books
1. Dayarathnam P., Bricks and Reinforced Brick structures, Oxford & IBH, Publishing
Co.(Pvt) Ltd., New Delhi.
2. IS: 1905-1987 Code of Practice for Structural use of Un reinforced masonry
3. IS 4326 1993 Earthquake Resistant Design of Construction of Buildings
4. IS 1893 2002 Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
e
v
CE375 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

Credit : 4:0:0
y
it
s
r
Marks : 40+60
i
n
Unit I:
Philosophy of Research - Research Theories - Types of Research - Literary research and
Linguistic research Topic and Problem Identification - Research Method Data Collection
-Classification and Organisation Data analysis Tools of Analysis Sources including
Electronic Media Forms and functions of Documentation.
Unit II: Experimental designs

The laboratory and the field experiment internal and external validity factors affecting
internal validity. Measurement of variables scales and measurements of variables.
Developing scales: rating scale and attitudinal scales. Validity testing of scales developed.
Reliability concept in the scales being developed. Stability measures
a
y
Unit III: Data collection methods

Interviewing questionnaires etc. secondary sources of data collection. Guidelines for
questionnaire design electronic questionnaire design and surveys. Special date sources:
focus groups, static and dynamic panels. Review of the advantages and disadvantages of
various data collection methods and when to use each. Sampling techniques. Probabilistic
and non probabilistic samples. Issues of precision and confidence in determining sample
size. Hypothesis testing. Determination of optimal sample size. Data relevance to intellectual
property rights (IPR), bookkeeping.
n
u
r
a
Unit IV::
The Forms of Discourse and the Main Intention Exposition and Its Methods Argument
Description Narration Effective Writing(Diction-Sentence-Paragraph) Sources of
Information Primary Source and Secondary Source Review of Earlier Researches
Preparation of a Working Bibliography Note Taking(on Cards).
Unit V:
Text of a Thesis: Introduction Body of a thesis Summation Appendix(if any) Works
cited or consulted Thesis Typing: Paper Margin and Spacing Pagination Title page
Certificate Abstract Preface or Acknowledgement Contents Punctuation SpellingGrammar Using quotations Revising Proof reading Parenthetical
documentation(MLA style sheet) Other systems of documentation.
AN-20
Text Books:
1. Donald R. Cooper and Remela S. Schindler, Business Research Methods, Tata
McGraw Hill publishing company limited, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Uma Sekaran, Research Methods for Business, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York,
2000.
3. C.R. Kothari, Research Methodology, Wishva Prakashan, New Delhi, 2001.
y
it
s
r
References:
1. Donald H. McBurney, research methods, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd. Singapore, 2002
2. G.W. Ticehurst and A.J. Veal, Business research methods, Longman, 1999.
3. Ranjit Kumar, Research methodology, Sage Publications, London, New Delhi, 1999.
4. Raymond Alain Thie tart, et. Al., Doing Management research, Sage publications,
London, 1999.
n
u
r
a
a
y
i
n
e
v
AN-21
SCHOOL OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS
Code
Subject Name
CE279
CE280
CE281
CE282
CE283
CE284
CE285
CE286
CE376
CE377
CE378
CE379
CE380
CE381
CE382
CE383
CE384
Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering

Surveying
Computer Application Laboratory
Design of Masonry and Steel Structures
Economics and Business Finance for Engineers
Industrial Safety and Industrial Psychology
Surveying Lab
Construction Planning, Scheduling and Control
Estimating and Quantity Surveying
Project Formulation and Appraisal
Contract Laws and Regulations
Building Materials and Construction Technology
Fundamentals of Civil Engineering
Estimating & Quantity Surveying Lab
Quality Control Lab
Computer Applications in Construction Engineering and
Planning Lab
Shoring, Scaffolding and Formwork
Construction Project Management
Project Safety Management
Construction Equipment
CE385
CE386
CE387
CE388
CE389
Credits
4:0:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
0:0:2
3:0:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
CE279 WATER SUPPLY AND SANITARY ENGINEERING

Credit 4:0:0
Unit - I : Water Quality and Perspectives
Water Quality Parameters and Analysis Physical, Chemical, and Biological MTFT and
MFT Methods Water Quality Standards and Planning Factors in India Objectives of
Public Water Supply Scheme Health, Acceptability, Adequacy, Convenience and Economy
Aspects Population Forecasts Per capita Demand and Variation in Demand Pattern
Rural Water Supply Scheme Necessity and State -of -art Methods. Rain water harvesting.
Unit - II : Water Treatment Processes
Characteristics of Surface and Ground Waters Conventional and Un-conventional
Treatment Schemes Principles, Functions, and Design of Flash Mixer, Flocculator,
Sedimentation Tank, Slow and Rapid Sand Filters, and Disinfection Process Principles of
Ion Balancing Bar Graph, Water Softening, Aeration , Iron and Manganese Removal, and
Fluoride Removal.
Unit - III : Distribution and Storage Systems
Types, Functions and Requirements of Distribution System Pressure Requirements and
Surveys Analysis of Distribution Systems Method of Sections, Equivalent Pipe Method,
and Hardy-Cross Method of Balancing Network Operation and Maintenance of
Distribution Systems Leak Detection, Corrosion Control and Langelier Index, and Lining
of Pipes Storage Reservoirs Types, Functions, Location, and Capacity House
Connections and Appurtenances.
Unit - IV : Preliminary and Primary Treatments of Sewage
Definition of Sewage - Quantity of Sanitary Sewage and Storm Water Classification
Unit -V : Biological Treatment Processes
Objectives of Biological Treatment Path Ways of Decomposition Aerobic, Anaerobic,
and Anoxic Processes Operation and Design of Conventional Activated Sludge Process
with Diffuser and Mechanical Aerators Process Modifications Operation and Design of
Trickling Filter High rate and Standard Rate Filters Low Cost Waste Water Treatments
Principles and Design of Stabilization Ponds, Oxidation Ponds and Aerated Lagoons Rural
Sanitation Operation and Design of Septic and Imhoff Tanks Excreta Disposal Schemes.
Text Book:
1. Raju, B.S.N., Water Supply and Waste Water Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New Delhi, 1995.
Reference Books:
1. Hammer, M.J., Water and Waste Water Technology, 2nd Edn. (SI Version), John
Wiley and Sons, N.Y. 1986.
2. Birdie, G.S., and Birdie, J.S., Water Supply and Sanitary Engieneering, 8th Edn.,
Dhanpat Rai Publications.
3. B.C.Punmia, Water Supply Engineering, Laxmi Publications.
CE280 SURVEYING
Credit : 3:1:0
Unit I Introduction to Surveying
Definition, Principle and Classification of surveying field and office works.
Leveling and Applications:
adjustments fly, check, profile and block leveling booking reduction arithmetic
checks curvature and refraction correction reciprocal leveling difficulties and errors in
leveling - longitudinal and cross sectioning plotting Calculation of areas and volumes
contouring methods characteristics and uses plotting earthwork volume capacity of

reservoirs.
Unit II : Theodolite Surveying
Description and uses of vernier micrometer microptic theodolites temporary and
heights and distances traversing closing error and distribution Gales traverse table
omitted measurements
Unit III : Tacheometric surveying:
Plane Table Surveying:
Plane table instruments and accessories advantages and disadvantages different methods
radiation intersection traversing resection two point and three point problems
errors and adjustments in plane tabling.
Unit IV : Curves
Route surveys for highways, railways and waterways Curve ranging Horizontal and
vertical curves Simple curves Setting out by chain and tape methods By instrumental
methods Transition Curves Functions and requirements Setting out by offsets and
angles Vertical curves Sight distances
Unit V : Control surveying
Classification of triangulation systems selection of triangulation stations Intervisibility
and height of stations station marks signals and Towers Measurement of angles
reduction to centre Field work and correction to baseline measurements Extension of base
trigonometric
leveling
single
and
reciprocal
observations
Text Books:
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Vol. I & II, Pune
Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, Pune, 1968.
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying Vol. I & II, Standard Publishers, 1994.
Reference Books:
1. S.K.Duggal, Textbook of Surveying Vol I&II, Tata McGraw Hill & Co., New Delhi
CE281 COMPUTER APPLICATION LAB
Credit : 0:0:2
1. Analysis of 2D Truss using STAAD-Pro
2. Analysis of 2D and 3D Rigid Frames using STAAD-Pro
3. Analysis of 3D pin jointed frames using ANSYS
4. Analysis of suspension cables using ANSYS
5. Design of Footings and Retaining Walls using STAAD-Pro
6. Structural Design of the following, using STAAD-Pro and detailing of the same using
AUTO CAD
a. R.C. Beams
b. R.C. Slabs
d. Steel beams
e. Steel columns
7. Design of circular water tanks using STAAD-Pro
8. Deflection and Stresses in beams using ANSYS
10. Development and Implementation of Programs for the following in C Language
1) Drawing the B.F and B.M. diagrams for simply supported beams and cantilever
beams subject to point, udl and uniformly varying loads
2) Limit state Design of R. C. Rectangular and T beams.
3) Design of tension and Compression Steel Members.
Note
Examination will be of four hours duration and students will be examined in modeling and
the application of general purpose packages.
CE282 DESIGN OF MASONRY AND STEEL STRUCTURES

Credit 4:0:0
Unit - I: Structure and Design Concepts
Design of Masonry Walls and Columns
walls. Laterally Loaded Masonry Structures: Structures and loads stability of masonry
middle third rule Masonry dams Trapezoidal dams Retaining walls.
Unit - II: Load Distribution Elements
Bed blocks spread footings for walls and columns area based on safe bearing capacity
Design of Reinforced Masonry - Introduction basic concepts limit state design of
reinforced brick masonry lintels axially loaded columns.
Unit - III: Bolted, Welded Joints and Tension Members
Bearing and friction type of bolts splicing joint joints subjected to moment and direct
load and torsion butt and fillet welds joints subjected to shear, bending and torsion.
Design of Tension Members - Net area - effective area - design of tension members - tension
rods.
Unit - IV: Design of Compression Members & Beams

Design criteria - simple members - laced columns - battened columns- Simple bases gussetted base - column bases subjected to moment - design of hold down bolts- column
splices.
Design of Laterally Supported Beams
Design considerations - bending - shear - bearing - web buckling and crippling - deflection compound beams - curtailment of plates.
Unit - V Lateral Buckling of Beams & Design of welded plate girders
Effective laterally unbraced length - concept of lateral torsional buckling - biaxial bending of
doubly symmetric sections - design of gantry girders.
Welded Plate Girders
Design of flanges and webs - intermediate stiffeners -bearing stiffeners - design of web and
flange splices.
Text Books
Roorkee, 1987.
2. Punmia B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun kumar Jain, `Design of Steel structures'
Arihant Publications, Bombay, 1995.
Reference Books
1. Dayarathnam P., Bricks and Reinforced Brick Structures, Oxford & IBH Publishing
Co., (Pvt). Ltd., New Delhi
New Delhi, 1996.
3. Explanatory notes published by M/s. Institute of Steel Development and Growth.
4. Code Books: IS 800 (Code of practice for General Construction in Steel), IS 1905
1987(IS Code of Practice for Structural Use of unreinforced masonry).

Credit 4:0:0
Unit - I: Welded Beam Connections
Types of welded beam connections Direct web fillet welded connections Welded double
plate framed connection - welded double angle framed connection unstiffened welded seat
connection stiffened welded seat connection moment resistant connections
Unit - II: Industrial Structures
Types of roof trusses - Load Calculation - Design of purlins, trusses and lattice girders Design of Industrial Buildings planning and structural framing Major components of an
industrial building bracing of industrial bents in transverse direction Analysis of braced
bents.
10
Unit III: Light Gauge Steel Sections

Introduction Forms of light gauge sections local buckling of thin elements effective
design width - Design of light gauge steel section for compression and flexural members
connections Self supporting Chimney Introduction Design considerations and Design
Unit IV: Plastic Analysis and Design
Introduction ductility of steel ultimate load carrying capacity of members carrying axial
tension plastic bending of beams basic theorems plastic moment shape factor
Analysis and design of Continuous beams Analysis of portal frames
Unit V: Multistoried Buildings
Structure of Multistoreyed buildings - Bracing of Multistoreyed frames Loads - Lateral
Load analysis of frames - Portal Method - Cantilever Method - Factor method
Text Books:
1. Dayaratnam, P., Design of Steel Structures, A.H.Wheeler & Co. Ltd., Allahabad,
1996
2. Arya and Ajmani, Design of Steel Structures, NemChand Brothers, Roorkee,
1989.
Reference Books:
New Delhi, 1996.
2. Punmia B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun kumar Jain, `Design of Steel structures',
3. Explanatory notes published by M/s. Institute of Steel Development and Growth.
4. Code Books: IS 801- 1975(Code of Practice for Cold formed light gauge steel
structural members), IS 811 1987 (Cold formed light gauge structural steel
sections).
CE284 ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS FINANCE FOR ENGINEERS
Credit 4:0:0
Unit I : Economics
Role of civil engineering in industrial development - Advances in civil engineering and
engineering economics - Support matters of economy as related to engineering Market
demand and supply choice of technology and quality control and quality production - Audit
in economic, Law of returns governing production.
Unit II : Land and Construction Economics
Urban land use and values - Construction development in housing, transport and other
infrastructures Economics of ecology, environment, energy resources, local material
selection, form and functional designs Construction workers - Urban problems - Poverty Migration -Unemployment - Pollution.
11
Unit III : Financing

The need for financial management - Types of financing - Short term borrowing - Long term
borrowing Leasing - Equity financing - Internal generation of funds - External commercial
borrowings - Assistance from government budgeting support and international finance
corporations - analysis of financial statement Balance Sheet - Profit and Loss account Funds flow statement - Ratio analysis - Investment and financing decision Financial control,
Job control and centralized management.
Unit IV : Accounting Method
General overview - Cash basis of accounting - Accrual basis of accounting - Percentage Completion method - Completed contract method - Accounting for tax reporting purposes
and financial reporting purposes.
Unit V: Lending to Contractors
Loans to contractors - Interim construction financing - Security and risk aspects.
Text Books:
1. Warneer Z, Hirsch, Urban Economics, Macmillan, New York, 1993.
2. Prasanna Chandra, " Project Management ", TMH 1997.
References:
1. Kwaku A, Tenah and jose M.Guevara, "Fundamental of Construction Management
and organisation", Prentice - Hall of India, 1995.
2. Engineering Economic Analysis.
3. K K Chitkara, Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill.
CE285 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY

Credit 4:0:0
Safety definition Hazard identification, General hazards of plant operation Toxic hazards,
Fire & Explosions - Hazards Transport of Chemicals with safety Unforeseen deviations
Emergency management, Planning for safety, Selecting a basics of safety Preventive and
protective measures, Safety based on emergency, Relief systems, Safety based on
containment Operational safety procedural instructions Sla-Routine checks, Process and
product changes, Safety Checks, Checklist for safety, Leaks and detection.
Unit II : Risk Analysis
Risk Analysis, Evaluation, Mitigation, Hazop, Hazan, Definition, Probability, QuantificationRisk, Engineering, Clean technology, Initiatives, Standards, Emergency Handling, Accident
Investigation, Legisiation, Nil Risk Quantification methods, Case histories of accidents,
Examples of hazards assessment, Examples of use of Hazan, Explosion hazards in Batch
units, Technical process, Documentation for Hazardous Chemicals, Format and methods.
12
Unit III : Common Stress Factors Time

Understanding stress - Meaning-Symptoms-Work Related Stress-Individual Stress
Reducing Stress Burnout - Time Management Techniques Importance of planning the
day Time management schedule developing concentration Organising the Work Area Prioritizing Beginning at the start Techniques for conquering procrastination Sensible
delegation Taking the right breaks Learning to say No.
Unit IV : Career Plateauing
Career Plateauing Identifying career plateaus Structural and content plateauing Making
a fresh start Importance of sabbaticals Counseling out Executive leasing Sustaining a
marketable career.
Unit V : Self Development
Improving Personality Leading with Integrity Enhancing Creativity Effective Decision
Making Sensible Communication The Listening Game Managing Self - Meditation for
Peace Yoga for Life.
References:
1. Rohatgi.A.K. " Safety handling of Hazardous Chemicals Enterprises ", Bombay
(1986).
2. Shukla.S.K. - " Enviro hazards and Techno Legal aspects ", Shashi Publications,
Jaipur India (1993).
3. Wells G.L. and R.M.C. " Seagrave-Flow sheeting for safety ", I.Ch.E. London.K.
(1977).
4. " Learning from accidents " - Trevur Kletz Butterworths London U.K. (1988).
5. Chemical reaction Hazards - " A guide to safety ", Institution of Chemical
Engineering London U.K. Ed. by John Barton and Richard Rogers (1997).
6. Bhatia R.L., The Executive Track: An Action Plan for Self Development, Wheeler
Publishing, New Delhi, 1996.
7. Charavarthy S.K., Human Values for Managers, Wheeler Publishing, New Delhi,
1996.
8. Frances A Clark, Total Career Management, McGraw-Hill/Henley Management
Series, 1995.
9. Jeff Davidson, Managing Stress, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1998.
10. Swami Ranganathananda, Eternal Values for a changing society, Bharatiya Vidya
Bhavan, 1995.
CE286 SURVEYING LAB
Credit : 0:0:2
12 experiments will be notified by the HoD from time to time
13
CE376 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND CONTROL

Credit 3:0:0
Unit I: Construction Planning
Basic Concepts in the Development of Construction Plans - Choice of Technology and
Construction Method - Defining Work Tasks - Defining Precedence Relationships Among
Activities - Estimating Activity Durations - Estimating Resource Requirements for Work
Activities - Coding Systems
Unit II: Scheduling Procedures and Techniques
Relevance of Construction Schedules - The Critical Path Method - Calculations for Critical
Path Scheduling - Activity Float and Schedules - Presenting Project Schedules - Critical Path
Scheduling for Activity-on-Node and with Leads, Lags, and Windows - Calculations for
Scheduling with Leads, Lags and Windows - Resource Oriented Scheduling - Scheduling
with Resource Constraints and Precedences - Use of Advanced Scheduling Techniques Scheduling with Uncertain Durations - Calculations for Monte Carlo Schedule Simulation Crashing and Time/Cost Tradeoffs - Scheduling in Poorly Structured Problems - Improving
the Scheduling Process.
Unit III: Cost Control, Monitoring and Accounting
The Cost Control Problem - The Project Budget - Forecasting for Activity Cost Control Financial Accounting Systems and Cost Accounts - Control of Project Cash Flows Schedule Control - Schedule and Budget Updates - Relating Cost and Schedule Information.
Unit IV: Quality Control and Safety During Construction
Quality and Safety Concerns in Construction - Organizing for Quality and Safety - Work and
Material Specifications - Total Quality Control - Quality Control by Statistical Methods Statistical Quality Control with Sampling by Attributes - Statistical Quality Control with
Sampling by Variables - Safety
Unit V: Organization and Use of Project Information
Types of Project Information - Accuracy and Use of Information - Computerized
Organization and Use of Information - Organizing Information in Databases - Relational
Model of Databases - Other Conceptual Models of Databases - Centralized Database
Management Systems - Databases and Applications Programs - Information Transfer and
Flow.
References:
1. Chitkara, K.K. Construction Project Management: Planning, Scheduling and Control,
Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1998.
2. Calin M. Popescu, Chotchai Charoenngam, Project Planning, Scheduling and Control
in Construction: An Encyclopedia of terms and Applications, Wiley, New York,
1995.
3. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construction
Fundamental Concepts for Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice Hall,
Pittsburgh, 2000.
14
4. Moder, J., C. Phillips and E. Davis, Project Management with CPM, PERT and
Precedence Diagramming, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Third Edition, 1983.
5. Willis, E. M., Scheduling Construction Projects, John Wiley & Sons, 1986.
6. Halpin, D. W., Financial and Cost Concepts for Construction Management, John
Wiley & Sons, New York, 1985.
CE377 ESTIMATING AND QUANTITY SURVEYING
Credit: 0:0:2
Unit I : Procedure Of Estimating Quantities
Washing, colour washing, Distempering and their units.
Unit II : Rate Analysis
Unit III : Cost Estimate of Buildings
Detailed estimate Estimation of the cost of single storeyed buildings by individual wall
method and centre line method. Estimation of Roofs R.C.C. slab roof, GI sheet roof, Tiled
Roof, Roof Truss. Estimation of R.C.C.works Beam, T-beam and Slab, Column,
Foundation, Stair case, Retaining wall etc.
Unit IV : Cost Estimate of Other Structures
Estimation of roads Earth work, Pitching of Slopes, Hill roads. Estimation of R.C.C. slab
culvert, Pier, Pipe culvert, R.C.C. T-beam bridge. Estimation of Irrigation works like Canals,
Aqueducts, Syphon, etc. Estimation of Water supply and sanitary works like septic tank,
Soak pit, Manhole, sewer line,etc.
Unit V : Specifications and Valuation
Specifications Objectives types of specifications principles of specification - writing
typical specifications. Valuation Market value Book value Scrap value Salvage value
annuity Capitalized values sinking fund depreciation Valuation of a building Rent
fixation Mortgage Lease cash flow and cost control.
Text Books:
Reference Book:
Kohli, D.D.and Kohli R.C., A Text book on Estimating, Costing and Accounts, S.Chand
and Co., New Delhi, 1994
15
CE378 CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING

Credit: 0:0:2
Symbols and sign conventions related to Architecture - Traffic - Electrical Circuits Plumbing & welding - Metric Brick - Bonds in Brick masonry, cross walls and corner walls.
Joinery in wood work - timber doors, windows and ventilators - paneled and glazed types.
Planning and detailing of Stairs and Staircases. Plan, Elevation, Section and Perspective
Views of single storeyed residential buildings
Text Book
1. Balgopal,T.S., Prabhu,T.S., Building drawing and detailing, Spades Publishing
KDFA building Calicut, 1987.
CE379 PROJECT FORMULATION AND APPRAISAL

Credit 3:0:0
Unit I: Project Formulation
Generation and Screening of Project Ideas - Project identification Preliminary Analysis,
Market, Technical, Financial, Economic and Ecological - Pre-Feasibility Report and its
Clearance, Project Estimates and Techno-Economic Feasibility Report, Detailed Project
Report Different Project Clearances required
Unit II: Project Costing
Project Cash Flows Time Value of Money Cost of Capital
Unit III: Project Appraisal
NPV BCR IRR ARR Urgency Pay Back Period Assessment of Various Methods
Indian Practice of Investment Appraisal International Practice of Appraisal Analysis of
Risk Different Methods Selection of a Project and Risk Analysis in Practice
Unit IV: Project Financing
Project Financing Means of Finance Financial Institutions Special Schemes Key
Financial Indicators
Unit V: Private Sector Participation
Private sector participation in Infrastructure Development Projects - BOT, BOLT, BOOT Technology Transfer and Foreign Collaboration - Scope of Technology Transfer
References:
1. Prasanna Chandra, Projects Planning Analysis Selection Implementation & Review
Fourth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi., 1995
2. Joy P.K., Total Project Management - The Indian Context (Chapters 3 - 7), New
Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd., 1992
16
3. United Nations Industrial Development Organisation (UNIDO) Manual for the

preparation of Industrial Feasibility Studies, (IDBI Reproduction) Bombay, 1987
4. Barcus, S.W. and Wilkinson. J.W., Hand Book of Management Consulting Services,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1986.
CE380 CONTRACT LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Credit 3:0:0
Unit I : Construction Contracts
Indian Contracts Act Elements of Contracts Types of Contracts Features Suitability
Design of Contract Documents International Contract Document Standard Contract
Document Law of Torts
Unit II : Tenders
Prequalification Bidding Accepting Evaluation of Tender from Technical, Contractual
and Commercial Points of View Contract Formation and Interpretation Potential
Contractual Problems World Bank Procedures and Guidelines Tamilnadu Transparency
in Tenders Act.
Unit III : Arbitration
Comparison of Actions and Laws Agreements Subject Matter Violations Arbitration
Act - Appointment of Arbitrators Conditions of Arbitration Powers and Duties of
Arbitrator Rules of Evidence Enforcement of Award Costs
Unit IV : Legal Requirements
Insurance and Bonding Laws Governing Sale, Purchase and Use of Urban and Rural Land
Land Revenue Codes Tax Laws Income Tax, Sales Tax, Excise and Custom Duties and
their Influence on Construction Costs Legal Requirements for Planning Property Law
Agency Law Local Government Laws for Approval Statutory Regulations
Unit V : Labour Regulations
Social Security Welfare Legislation Laws relating to Wages, Bonus and Industrial
Disputes, Labour Administration Insurance and Safety Regulations Workmens
Compensation Act Indian Factory Act Tamilnadu Factory Act Child Labour Act Other Labour Laws
References:
1. Gajaria G.T., Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India, M.M.
Tripathi Private Ltd., Bombay, 1982
2. Tamilnadu PWD Code, 1986
3. Jimmie Hinze, Construction Contracts, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001
4. Joseph T. Bockrath, Contracts and the Legal Environment for Engineers and
Architects, 6th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000
17
CE381 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY

Credit 3:0:0
Unit I : Building Materials:
Types and properties of cement cement mixes rolled steel sections types of
reinforcement rods terracotta and glazed products
Unit II: Brick and Stone Masonry:
Types of Bricks Bonds (English & Flemish), Tools for Brick Laying Brick laying
Comparison of brick and stone masonry defects in Brick masonry Definition of terms
used in stone masonry materials - classification of stone masonry supervision of stone
masonry safe loads on stone masonry.
Unit III: Types of Floors and Roof
Selection of Floor materials Mud Brick cement Concretes Terrazzo Mosaic tiled
Asphalt flooring R.C.C. Floors Types of pitched roofs
Unit IV: Plastering and Painting
Types of mortars for plastering Tools for plastering method of plastering types of
plaster finishes defects in plastering paints and painting constituents of a paint types
of paint painting on different surfaces defects in painting.
Unit V: Stairs, Form-work and Scaffolding
Technical terms requirement of stair dimensions of stair classification of stair Requirements of formwork loads on form work shuttering for columns beams and
floors scaffolding
Text Book:
1. Punmia. S.C, Building Construction, Lakshmi Publication (P) Ltd. ,2006
References:
1. Rangwala, S.C., " Engineering Materials ", Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 1997.
2. Surendra Singh, " Building Materials ", Vikas Publishing Company, New Delhi,
1996.
3. Arora S.P. and Bindra S.P., " Building Construction Planning Techniques and method
of Construction " , Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1997.
CE382 FUNDAMENTALS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

Credit:3:0:0
Unit I
Introduction : Engineering Civil Engineering History and development of Civil
Engineering Scope of Civil Engineering Functions of Civil Engineers - General concepts
relating to Buildings - Selection of site Basic functions of buildings Major components
of buildings Foundations - Purpose of a foundation Bearing capacity of soils types of
foundations.
18
Unit II
Surveying : Definition and purpose classification Basic principles Measurement of
length by chains and tapes Calculation of area of a plot Measurement of bearings and
angles using a prismatic compass Leveling longitudinal and Cross-sectioning
calculation of areas and volumes - Contours and their applications Use of transit theodolite.
Unit III
Water supply Engineering : Sources of water supply Quantity of water requirements
Sanitary Engineering : Definition of terms Collection and disposal of solid wastes
Sewage systems Septic tanks Oxidation ponds.
Unit IV
Transportation Engineering : Importance of roads Classification of Highways Cross
sections of water bound macadam, bituminous and cement concrete roads Traffic signs and
signals.
Railways : Importance of railways Gauges Components of a permanent way.
Bridges : Components of Culverts Causeways, Slab Bridge, T-beam and slab bridge,
Suspension bridge.
Unit V
Functions and general layout of an airport.
Functions and general layout of a harbour.
Dams : Purpose of Dams Types of dams Earth, masonry and concrete, arch and buttress
dams Selection of site for a dam.
Irrigation Engineering : Definition of irrigation Types of irrigation Canal irrigation
system.
Text Book
Limited, Madras
Reference Books
2. Ramesh Babu V., Basic Civil Engineering, Anuradha Agencies, Kumbakonam,
2001
CE383 ESTIMATING AND QUANTITY SURVEYING LAB

Credit: 0:0:2
12 experiments will be notified by the HOD from time to time
19
CE384 QUALITY CONTROL LAB

Credit: 0:0:2
CE385 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND

PLANNING LAB
Credit: 0:0:2
CE386 SHORING, SCAFFOLDING AND FORMWORK

Credit 3:0:0
Unit I : Planning, Site Equipment and Plant for Form Work
Overall Planning Detailed Planning Standard units Corner units Schedule for column
formwork Formwork elements Planning at Tender stage Development of basic system
Planning for maximum reuse Economical form construction Planning examples Crane
size, effective scheduling estimate Recheck plan details Detailing the forms.
Crane arrangement Site layout plan Transporting plant Formwork beams Formwork
ties Wales Scaffold frames - Form accessories Vertical transport table form work.
Unit II : Form Materials and Pressures on Formwork
Lumber Types Finish Sheathing boards - Working stresses Repetitive member stress
Plywood Types and grades Textured surfaces and strength Reconstituted wood
Steel Aluminum Form lining materials Hardware and fasteners Nails in Plywood
Bolts lag screw and connectors Bolt loads.
Pressures on Formwork - Concrete density Height of discharge Temperature Rates of
Placing Consistency of concrete Live loads and wind pressure Vibration Hydrostatic
Adjustment for non standard condition.
Unit III : Shores and Form Design
Simple wood stresses Slenderness ratio Allowable loads Tubular steel shores - Patented
shores Site Preparation - Size and spacing Steel Tower Frames Safety practices
Horizontal shores shoring for multistories More concentrated shore loads - T-heads Two
tier wood shores Ellis shores Dayton sure grip and Baker Roos shores Safway Symons
shores Beaver Advance shores - Dead shores Raking and Flying shores
Basic simplification Beam formulas Allowable stresses Deflection bending lateral
stability Shear, Bearing Examples in wall forms Slab forms Beam form Ties,
Anchors and Hangers Column forms DOKA forms - Examples in each.
20
Unit IV: Formwork for Buildings and Failures

Location of job mill Storage Equipment Footings Wall footing Column footings
Sloped footings Slab on grade and paving work Highway and airport paving Curb and
Gutter forms Wall forms External vibration Prefabricated panel systems Giant forms
curved wall forms wall openings joints Tolerance for walls Erection practices
Column heads Beam or girder forms Beam pockets Suspended forms Suggested
Tolerances Flying system forms CECO Meyer flange and long forms.
Causes of failures Inadequate shoring - Inadequate bracing of members Improper
vibration Premature stripping Errors in design Failure to follow codes How formwork
affects concretes quality ACI Case studies Planning for safety - Achieving economy
Finish of exposed concrete surface - Design deficiencies - Safety factors Reshore
installation Prevention of rotation Stripping sequence Advantage of reshoring.
Unit V: Dome Forms, Tunnel Forms, Slipforms and Safety Practices for Scaffolds
Shells of translation and revolution - Hemispherical Parabolic - Barrel vaults - Hyperbolic
Paraboloid Shells Conoidal Shells - Folded plates Shell form design Building the form
Placing concrete Strength requirements Tunnel forming components Curb and Invert
forms Arch and Wall forms - Telescopic forms Concrete placement methods Cut and
Cover construction Continuous Advancing slope method - Bulk head method General
design considerations influence of placing equipment Tolerances Form construction for
Shafts.
Slipforms Principles Types Advantage Functions of various components Planning
of Slipform operations Desirable characteristics of concrete Common problems faced
Safety in slip forms - Special structures built with Slipform Technique Codal provisions
Types of scaffolds Putlog and Independent scaffold Single pole scaffolds Fixing ties
Spacing of ties - Plan Bracing Knots Safety nets General safety requirements
Precautions against particular hazards Truss, Suspended Gantry and system scaffolds.
References:
1. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberlender, Formwork for Concrete Structures,
Third Edition McGraw-Hill, 1996.
2. Hurd, M.K., Formwork for Concrete, Special Publication No. 4 Sixth Edition,
American Concrete Institute, Detroit, 1995.
3. Michael P. Hurst, Formwork, Construction Press, London and New York, 1997.
4. Austin, C.K., Formwork for Concrete, Cleaver Hume Press Ltd., London 1996.
5. Tudor Dinescu and Constantin Radulescu, Slipform Techniques, Abacus Press,
Turn Bridge Wells, Kent, 1992.
6. Guide for Concrete Formwork, American Concrete Institute Detroit, Michigan,
1996.
7. Safety Requirements for Scaffolding, American National Standards Institute, New
York, 1994.
21
CE387 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Credit 3:0:0
Unit I : The Owners' Perspective
Introduction - Project Life Cycle - Types of Construction - Selection of Professional Services
- Construction Contractors - Financing of Constructed Facilities - Legal and Regulatory
Requirements - Changing Environment of the Construction Industry - Role of Project
Managers
Unit II : Organizing for Project Management
Project Management - Trends in Modern Management - Strategic Planning and Project
Programming - Effects of Project Risks on Organization - Organization of Project
Participants - Traditional Designer-Constructor Sequence - Professional Construction
Management - Owner-Builder Operation - Turnkey Operation - Leadership and Motivation
for the Project Team - Interpersonal Behavior in Project Organizations - Perceptions of
Owners and Contractors
Unit III: Design and Construction Process
Design and Construction as an Integrated System - Innovation and Technological Feasibility
- Innovation and Economic Feasibility - Design Methodology - Functional Design - Physical
Structures-Geo-technical Engineering Investigation - Construction Site Environment - Value
Engineering - Construction Planning - Industrialized Construction and Pre-fabrication Computer-Aided Engineering
Unit IV: Labour, Material and Equipment Utilization
Historical Perspective - Labour Productivity - Factors Affecting Job-Site Productivity Labour Relations in Construction - Problems in Collective Bargaining - Materials
Management - Material Procurement and Delivery - Inventory Control - Tradeoffs of Costs
in Materials Management. - Construction Equipment - Choice of Equipment and Standard
Production Rates - Construction Processes Queues and Resource Bottlenecks
Unit V: Cost Estimation
Costs Associated with Constructed Facilities - Approaches to Cost Estimation - Type of
Construction Cost Estimates - Effects of Scale on Construction Cost - Unit Cost Method of
Estimation - Methods for Allocation of Joint Costs - Historical Cost Data - Cost Indices Applications of Cost Indices to Estimating - Estimate Based on Engineer's List of Quantities
- Allocation of Construction Costs Over Time - Computer Aided Cost Estimation Estimation of Operating Costs.
References:
Pittsburgh, 2000.
3. Frederick E. Gould, Construction Project Management, Wentworth Institute of
Technology, Vary E. Joyce, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2000.
22
4. Choudhury, S, Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New

Delhi, 1988.
5. Ernest E. Ludwig, Applied Project Engineering and Management, Gulf Publishing
6. Harold Kerzner, Project Management A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling
and Controlling, CBS Publishers & Distributors, Delhi, 1988.
7. Joy, P.K., Total Project Management The Indian Context, Macmillan India Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1992.
CE388 PROJECT SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Credit 3:0:0
Unit I: Construction Accidents
Accidents and their Causes Human Factors in Construction Safety - Costs of Construction
Injuries Occupational and Safety Hazard Assessment Legal Implications
Unit II : Safety Programmes
Problem Areas in Construction Safety Elements of an Effective Safety Programme JobSite Safety Assessment Safety Meetings Safety Incentives
Unit III : Contractual Obligations
Safety In Construction Contracts Substance Abuse Safety Record Keeping
Unit IV: Designing for Safety
Safety Culture Safe Workers Safety and First Line Supervisors Safety and Middle
Managers Top Management Practices, Company Activities and Safety Safety Personnel
Subcontractual Obligation Project Coordination and Safety Procedures Workers
Compensation
Unit V : Owners and Designers Outlook
References:
1. Jimmy W. Hinze, Construction Safety, Prentice Hall Inc., 1997
2. Richard J. Coble, Jimmie Hinze and Theo C. Haupt, Construction Safety and Health
Management, Prentice Hall Inc., 2001
3. Tamilnadu Factory Act
CE389 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

Credit 3:0:0
Unit I : Construction Equipment Management
Identification Planning - Equipment Management in Projects - Maintenance Management
Replacement Unit Operating Cost - Cost Control of Equipment - Depreciation Analysis
Safety Management
23
Unit II: Equipment for Earthwork

Fundamentals of Earth Work Operations - Earth Moving Operations - Types of Earth Work
Equipment - Tractors, Motor Graders, Scrapers, Front end Waders, Earth Movers
Unit III : Other Construction Equipment
Equipment for Dredging, Trenching, Tunneling, Drilling, Blasting - Equipment for
Compaction - Erection Equipment - Types of pumps used in Construction - Equipment for
Dewatering and Grouting Foundation and Pile Driving Equipment
Unit IV: Materials Handling Equipment
Forklifts and related equipment - Portable Material Bins Conveyors - Hauling Equipment
Unit V: Equipment for Production of Aggregate and Concreting
Crushers Feeders - Screening Equipment - Handling Equipment - Batching and Mixing
Equipment - Hauling, Pouring and Pumping Equipment Transporters
References:
1. Peurifoy, R.L., Ledbetter, W.B. and Schexnayder, C., Construction Planning,
Equipment and Methods, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1995
2. Sharma S.C. Construction Equipment and Management, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 1988.
3. Deodhar, S.V. Construction Equipment and Job Planning, Khanna Publishers, New
Delhi, 1988.
4. Dr.Mahesh Varma, Construction Equipment and its planning and Application,
Metropolitan Book Company, New Delhi. 1983.
24
School of Civil Engineering (CE)
SCHOOL
OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
KarunyaUniversity

ADDITIONAL SUBJECTS
Code
09CE101
09CE201
09CE202
09CE203
09CE204
09CE205
09CE206
09CE207
09CE208
09CE209
09CE210
09CE211
09CE212
09CE213
09CE214
09CE215
09CE216
09CE217
09CE218
09CE219
09CE220
09CE221
09CE222
09CE223
09CE224
09CE225
09CE226
09CE227
09CE228
09CE229
09CE230
09CE231
09CE232
09CE233
09CE234
09CE235
09CE236
09CE237
09CE238
09CE239
Subject Name
Mechanics of Fluids
Engineering Geology
Computer Application Laboratory I
Mechanics of Deformable Bodies I
Mechanics of Deformable Bodies Ii
Surveying
Structural Analysis I
Highways And Railways Engineering
Reinforced Concrete Structures I
Theories and Practices of Water and Wastewater Engineering
Geotechnical Engineering
Design of Masonry and Timber Structures
Estimating, Costing and Specifications
Applied Hydraulics and Fluid Machines
Reinforced Concrete Structures II
Design of Steel Structures (limit state method)
Design and Drawing (irrigation and environmental engineering)
Design and Drawing (r.c.c and steel)
Computer Application Laboratory II
Surveying Practical
Soil Mechanics Laboratory
Concrete & Highways Laboratory
Elements of Town Planning & Architecture
Earthquake Engineering and Design Of Structures
Geographic Information System
Airports, Docks and Harbours
Professional Practice and Entrepreneurship Development
Pollution and Control Engineering
Construction Technology
KarunyaUniversity
Credit
2:0:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
4:0:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0 0:0:2
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:0:0
4:0:0

09CE240
09CE241
09CE242
09CE243
09CE244
09CE245
09CE246
09CE247
09CE248
09CE301
09CE302
Interior Design
Concrete Technology
Fluid Mechanics Laboratory Credits
Theories and Practices Of Pollution Engineering
Mechanics of Solids
Building Acoustics
Computer Aided Methods of Structural Analysis
09CE303 Advanced Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures

09CE304 Advanced Design of Steel Structures
09CE305 Design of Foundations
09CE306 Stability of Structures
09CE307 Advanced Computer Application Laboratory
09CE308 Structural Dynamics
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
0:0:1
4:0:0
3:1:0
0:0:1
3:1:0
3:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
09CE309 Finite Element Methods in Engineering

09CE310 Advanced Bridge Engineering
09CE311 Prestressed Concrete Structures
09CE312 Seismic Design of Structures
09CE313 Advanced Concrete Technology Laboratory
09CE314 Maintenance and Rehabilitation of Structures
3:1:0
3:1:0
09CE315 Analysis and Design of Plate and Shell Structures

09CE316 Advanced Concrete Technology
09CE317 Advanced Construction Techniques and Project Management
09CE318 Theory of Plates
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
09CE319
09CE320
09CE321
09CE322
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0

Discrete Structural Optimization
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
4:0:0
09CE323 Design of Tall Buildings

09CE324 Prefabricated Concrete Structures
09CE325 Design of Offshore Structures
4:0:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
09CE326 Space Structures

09CE327 Environmental Chemistry
4:0:0
4:0:0
09CE328 Environmental Microbiology
4:0:0
KarunyaUniversity

09CE329 Physio-chemical Treatment of Water and Waste Water

09CE330 Biological Treatment of Waste Water
09CE331 Air Pollution Control
09CE332 Water and Waste Water Analysis Laboratory
3:1:0
09CE333 Industrial Water Pollution Control

09CE334 Environmental Impact Assessment
09CE335 Solid Waste Engineering
09CE336 Environmental Microbiology Laboratory
09CE337 Water and Waste Water Conveyance
4:0:0
4:0:0
09CE338 Remote Sensing and GIS Application in Env. Engg

09CE339 Air and Water Quality Modelling
09CE340 Environmental Biotechnology
09CE341 Indoor Air Pollution
09CE342 Instrumental Methods in Environmental Management
09CE343 Contaminant Transport Modelling for Ground Water
4:0:0
4:0:0
09CE344 Structural Design of Environmental Structures

09CE345 Ecological Engineering
09CE346 Ground Water Hydrology
09CE347 Environmental Rules and Legislation
09CE348 Mass Transfer In Air-Water Soil Interaction
3:1:0
4:0:0
09CE349 Coastal Pollution Monitoring and Management

09CE350 Unit Operations and Unit Processes Laboratory
4:0:0
0:0:2
09CE351 Construction Equipment

09CE352 Energy Conservation Techniques in Building Construction
3:0:0
3:0:0
09CE353 Building Bye laws
3:0:0
09CE354 Construction Personal Management
3:0:0
09CE355 Construction Planning, Scheduling and Control
3:0:0
09CE356
09CE357
09CE358
09CE359
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:0:0
3:0:0
Estimating and Quantity Surveying

Building Drawing
Contract Laws and Regulations
3:1:0
4:0:0
0:0:2
4:0:0
0:0:2
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
09CE360 Building Materials and Construction Technology
3:0:0
09CE361 Fundamentals of Civil Engineering

09CE362 Quality Control Lab
3:0:0
0:0:2
KarunyaUniversity

09CE363 Computer Applications in Construction Engineering and Planning Lab
0:0:2
09CE364
09CE365
09CE351
09CE313
09CE366
Construction Project Management

Project Safety Management
3:0:0
3:0:0
Construction Equipment
Advanced Concrete Technology Laboratory
Advanced Building Drawing (Using Auto CADD & Archi CAD)
3:0:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
09CE367 Building Services

09CE368 Modern Construction Materials
3:0:0
3:0:0
09CE369 Behaviour, Analysis and Design of RCC Elements
3:1:0
09CE370 Global Positioning System

09CE371 Principles of Remote Sensing
3:0:0
3:0:0
KarunyaUniversity

09CE101 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Credits: 2:0:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
x
To know about the history, scope, functions and components of buildings

To get knowledge about surveying
To know about importance of water supply and sanitation
To know about the transportation systems
To get exposed to airport, harbour and docks
UNIT I: Engineering Materials and Survey

Introduction: Engineering - Civil Engineering
Construction Materials: Characteristics of good building materials such as stones, bricks, timber,
cement and concrete.
Surveying: Definition and purpose - classification - Basic principles - Calculation of area of a
plot.
UNIT II: Components of Building and Valuation
Selection of site - Major components of buildings.
Foundations: Purpose of a foundation - Bearing capacity of soils - types of foundations.
Proper methods of construction of: Brick masonry - Stone masonry - Beams - Lintels - Columns
- Flooring - Roofing.
Valuation of buildings: Definition - Purpose of valuation - Valuation of a building by plinth area
method - Valuation of old buildings.
UNIT III: Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering
Water supply Engineering: Sources of water supply - Quantity of water requirements Purification of water involving sedimentation, filtration and disinfections.
Sanitary Engineering: Definition of terms - Collection and disposal of solid wastes - Sewage
systems - Septic tanks - oxidation ponds.
UNIT IV: Highways, Railways and Bridges

Transportation Engineering: Requirements of Highways - Cross sections of water bound
macadam, bituminous and cement concrete roads.
Railways: Gauges - Components of a permanent way.
Bridges: Components of bridge-Types of Bridges.
UNIT V: Airports and Harbours
Functions and general Layout of a harbour
Dams: Purpose of Dams - Types of dams - Selection of site for a dam.
Text Book:
KarunyaUniversity

1. Johnson Victor, D and Esther Malini, 'Basic Civil Engineering', Allied Publishers
Limited, Chennai, 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Arunachalam, N, 'Basic Civil Engineering', Pratheeba Publishers, Coimbatore, 2000.
2. Ramesh Babu, V 'Basic Civil Engineering', Anuradha Agencies, Kumbakonam, 2001.
09CE201 CIVIL ENGINEERING DRAWING
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x To introduce the fundamentals of Civil Engineering drawing
x To impart basic knowledge on Symbols, Traffic Signs, Electrical Circuits, Joinery,
Plumbing items and Staircases
x To impart knowledge on drafting softwares such as AutoCAD.
x To impart knowledge on drawing of plan, section and elevation of buildings
Symbols and sign conventions related to Architecture Traffic Electrical Circuits - Plumbing
& welding Metric Brick Bonds in Brick masonry, cross walls and corner walls.
Joinery in wood work timber doors, windows and ventilators panelled and glazed types.
Planning and detailing of Stairs and Staircases.
Plan, Elevation, Section and Perspective Views of single storeyed residential and public
buildings such as hospitals, restaurants and auditoriums - Use of AUTOCAD and CADPLUS
3D and other architectural software systems .
Text Book:
Reference Book :
1. AUTO CAD Tutorials and manual.- Autodesk work book on AUTO CAD Level
I and II CAD/CAM centre, PSG College of Technology, Coimbatore
Note:
Autonomous Examination is for three hours duration and the students are required to
answer one question out of two in Major part A and two minor questions out of three in
Minor Part B
09CE202 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS
Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x
x
The purpose of this subject is to introduce the fundamental concepts of fluid statics,
kinematics and dynamics
To introduce the concepts of flow measurements, flow through pipes
KarunyaUniversity

To introduce the concepts of dimensional analysis and model analysis
Unit I:
Introduction Fluid Properties Newtons law of Viscosity Classification of Fluids
Fluid Statics
Buoyancy and Metacentric height (Theory only)
Unit II: Fluid Kinematics
Types of flow Stream line Path line Streak line Stream tube Control volume
stream function free and forced vortex flow
Equations of Motion
Unit III: Flow Measurements
Rectangle , Triangular, Broad crested, Narrow Crested
Laminar flow
circular pipe
Turbulent flow
Definition Darcy Weisbachs equation Moodys diagram Friction factor for Laminar and
Turbulent flow for smooth and rough pipes
energy losses Pipes in series and parallel Equivalent pipe Power transmission through pipes
Syphon Water hammer (Definition)
Fundamental and secondary dimensions Dimensional Homogeneity Rayleigh and
Buckingham Pi methods Similitude Significance of Dimensionless Numbers Classification
of hydraulic models Scale effect
Text Books:
Standard Book House, New Delhi, 2007.
Reference Books :
Delhi, 2005.
McGraw Hill, 1998.
KarunyaUniversity

09CE203 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Credits: 4:0:0
Objectives:
x
The purpose of this course is to impart the basics and application of general geology,
mineralogy, petrology and engineering geology
Unit I: General Geology

elementary knowledge on continental drift and plate tectonics. Earth processes weathering
work of rivers, wind and sea and their Engineering importance Causes of Earthquake
Earthquake belts in India.
Groundwater mode of occurrence prospecting importance in Civil Engineering
Unit II: Mineralogy
Elementary knowledge on symmetry elements of important crystallographic systems physical
properties of minerals study of the following rock forming minerals Quartz family, 8ehavior
family, augite, hornblende, biotite, muscovite, calcite, garnet Properties, 8ehavior and
engineering significance of clay minerals Fundamentals of the process of formation of ore
minerals coal and petroleum their origin and occurrence in India.
Unit III: Petrology
Classification of rocks Distinction between igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks Description, Occurrence, Engineering properties and distribution of following rocks Igneous
rocks granite, syenite, diorite, gabbro, pegmatite and basalt Sedimentary rocks sandstone,
limestone, shale, conglomerate and Breccia Metamorphic rocks quartzite, marble, slate,
thyllite, gneiss and schist.
Unit IV: Structural Geology
their bearing on Engineering investigations Land slides causes and prevention. Sea erosion
and coastal protection
Unit V: Geology of Dams and Tunnels
DAMS: Types of dams and bearing of Geology of site in their selection, Geological
Considerations in the selection of a dam site. Analysis of dam failures of the past. Factors
Contributing to the success of a reservoir.
TUNNELS: Purpose, Effects of Tunneling on the ground Role of Geological Considerations ( ie.
Lithological, structural and ground water ) in tunneling over break and lining in tunnels.
Text Books:
KarunyaUniversity

Reference Book:
1. Principles of Engineering Geology K.V.G.K. Gokhale . BS Publications , 2005
2. Fundamentals Of Engineering Geology, F G Bell 2005
09CE204 COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY I
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x To give hands on training on C-Programming language
x To develop programs for design of beams, steel members etc.
x To introduce the concepts of excel programming
Introduction:
Main frame Mini and Micro computers system configuration Functions Hardware,
Software, Operating System Basics File Processing Techniques High level languages
packages.
Development and Implementation of Programs for the following in C Language:
1. Solution of simultaneous equations by Gauss Jordan method.
2. Solution of non-linear equations using Newton-Raphson technique.
3. Drawing the S.F and B.M. diagrams for simply supported beams and cantilever beams
subject to point, udl and uniformly varying loads
4. Analysis of plane, pinjointed frames.
5. Deflection of cantilever and simply supported beams.
6. Limit state Design of R. C. Rectangular and T beams.
7. Design of tension and Compression Steel Members.
8. Expert Systems for Classification of soil.
9. Water surface profiles.
11. Stability of slopes
Development and Implementation of Programmes for the following using Excel:
1. Design of R.C. Retaining Walls
2. Design Profile of masonry dams
3. Design of Two-way slab and flat slab.
Note: Examination is for four hours duration.
Text Book:
1. Balaguruswamy. E Object Oriented Programming in C, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008.
09CE205 MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES I
KarunyaUniversity

Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
To explore the state of stress (two dimensional) and evaluate the principal stresses and
principal planes by analytical and graphical methods
To study the behavior of determinate beams
To learn the theory of torsion and stresses developed in solid, hollow shafts and helical
springs
Unit I: Stress, Strain and Deformation in Solids

Tension, compression and shear stresses Hookes law Stress Strain diagram for mild
steel Ultimate stress and working stress Elastic constants and relationships between them
Material types-Homogeneous, isotropic, brittle elastic, strong and tough Composite bars &
Indeterminate systems Thermal stresses Strain energy due to axial load Stress due to
suddenly applied and impact load.
Unit-II: Combined Stresses
Two dimensional state of stress at a point Normal and shear stresses on any planePrincipal planes and principal stresses- Graphical treatment- two dimensional state of strains
at a point- Principal strains and their directions- Stresses and deformations in thin cylinders
and spherical shells due to internal pressure.
Unit-III : Beams and Bending
Types of beams Types of supports Shear force and bending moment at any cross section
of a beam- Sketching of shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply
supported and over hanging beams for any type of loading Relationship between rate of
loading, shear force and bending moment.
Unit IV : Stresses in Beams

Theory of Simple Bending Analysis of bending Stresses Load Carrying capacity of
beams Proportioning sections Flitched beams Leaf springs Strain energy due to
bending moment Shear stress distribution Strain energy due to transverse shear force.
Unit-V : Torsional Stresses
Elastic theory of torsion Stresses and deformation in solid circular and hollow shafts
Stepped shafts Composite shaft Stress due to combined bending and torsion Strain
energy due to torsion. -Deformations and stresses in helical springs Design of buffer
springs
Text Books:
1. Bansal R.K Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications, 2004
KarunyaUniversity

Reference Books:
1.Subramaniam.R.,Strength of Materials, Oxford university Press, 2005
2.Prakash Rao.D Strength of Materials, University Press, 2002
09CE206 MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES II
Credits: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
x The purpose of studying this subject is to understand the concepts of deflection,
energy principles, stability criteria, theories of failure, unsymmetrical bending,
behaviour of curved bars and shear centre
Unit I : Deflection of Determinate Beams
Governing differential equation- macaulays method- moment area method- conjugate beam
method- newmarks method.
Unit II : Columns and Struts
Columns- Behaviour of Axially Loaded Short, Medium and Long Column MembersBuckling Load- Eulers Theory- Different End Conditions- Empirical Formulae- Rankines
Formula- Straight Line Formula- Secant Formula for Columns subjected to eccentric loading.
Unit III : Thick Cylinders
cylinders-shrink fit. Theories of Elastic Failure- Maximum principal stress theory- Maximum
shear stress theory- Maximum principal strain theory- strain energy theory- Mohrs theorysimple problems.
Shear Center-Introduction to non-circular sections-Shear center for thin walled beam of
mono- symmetric open sections- Shear flow in thin walled beams of open sections. Curved
Beams-Curved beams-Stresses due to bending by Wrinkler back theory- Rectangular,
trapezoidal and circular solid section-Crane hook problem.
Unit V: Unsymmetrical Bending of Straight Beams

Symmetrical and Unsymmetrical Bending-Bending Stresses in Beams Subjected to
Unsymmetrical Bending- Change in Direction of Neutral Axis and Increase in Stress
Compared to Symmetrical Bending.
Text Books:
1. Bansal R.K Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications, 2004
2. Ramamurtham .S Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publishing co, New Delhi, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. Jindal.U.C Strength of Materials, Asian Books Pvt.Ltd, 2004
KarunyaUniversity

2. Hartog.J.P Strength of Materials, Doverr Publications Ltd, 2001

09CE207 SURVEYING
Credit : 3:1:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
Unit I
To give an introduction about principle of surveying and levelling

To give an introduction about tacheometric survey
To give an introduction about Curves and curve setting
To give an introduction about Control Surveying
Introduction to Surveying
Definition, Principle and Classification of surveying field and office works.
Leveling and Applications:
adjustments fly, check, profile and block leveling booking reduction arithmetic checks
difficulties and errors in leveling - longitudinal and cross sectioning plotting Calculation of
areas and volumes contouring methods characteristics and uses plotting earthwork
volume capacity of reservoirs.
Unit II : Theodolite Surveying
Description and uses of vernier micrometer microptic theodolites temporary and permanent
adjustments of vernier transit measurement of horizontal and vertical angles heights and
distances traversing closing error and distribution Gales traverse table omitted
measurements
Unit III : Tacheometric surveying:
Unit IV : Curves
Route surveys for highways and railways Curve ranging Horizontal and vertical curves
Simple curves Setting out by chain and tape methods By instrumental methods Transition
Curves Functions and requirements Setting out by offsets and angles Vertical curves
Sight distances
Unit V : Control surveying:
Classification of triangulation systems selection of triangulation stations Intervisibility and
height of stations station marks signals and Towers Measurement of angles reduction to
centre Field work and correction to baseline measurements trigonometric leveling single
KarunyaUniversity

and reciprocal observations

Text Books:
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Vol. I & II, Pune Vidyarthi
2. Punmia, B.C., Surveying Vol. I & II, Standard Publishers, 1994.
Reference Books:
1. S.K.Duggal, Textbook of Surveying Vol I&II, Tata McGraw Hill & Co., New Delhi
09CE208 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS I

Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
The purpose of this course is to introduce the fundamentals of energy and force methods for
the analysis of structures
To introduce the concepts of rolling loads and influence lines
To introduce the fundamentals of analysis of arches, suspension bridges and space frames
Unit I: Fundamental Concepts in Structures

Definition and Determination of Static and Kinematic Indeterminacy Beams, Trusses and Frames
Degree of Freedom Equilibrium and Kinematic Stability Principle of Superposition Basic
Methods of Structural Analysis
Energy Methods: Work Energy principles Principle of Stationary Potential Energy Principle of
Virtual Displacements Complementary Energy Principle of virtual Forces Castiglianos First
Theorem Castiglianos Second Theorem Betti Maxwells law Theorem of least work
Application to simple problems of Statically determinate beams, trusses and frames
Unit II: Moving Loads and Influence Lines
Effect of moving load Description of Influence line Influence line for Reaction, Shear Force and
Bending Moment Load position Absolute maximum bending moment Muller Breslaus
Principle Application to beams with one degree of indeterminacy
Unit III: Arches
Three hinged arch Two hinged arch parabolic and semi circular arches Concentrated loads
Uniform loads Temperature effects Determination of Reaction, Normal Thrust, Radial shear and
Bending Moment Influence line for Stress Resultants in two hinged and three hinged arches load
position for maximum values.
Unit IV: Three Dimensional Frames (determinate)
Analysis of pin jointed Space frames forces in various members Analysis of Rigid jointed space
frames Determination of stress resultants Application to Simple problems Analysis of
Suspension Bridges (determinate)
Unit-V: Force Method
Consistent Deformation Method General Concept Application to Truss subjected to Loads

Application of Clapeyrons Theorem of Three Moments to fixed and continuous beams
Temperature, Lack of fit, Settlement of Support effects in structures.
Text Book:
1. Ramamurtham..S., Theory of Structures,
limited, 2006
Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company Pvt
Reference books:
1. Sujit Kumar Roy and Subatra Chakrebarty., Fundamentals of Structural Analysis
S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2004
2. Vaidyanathan. R and Perumal. P, Comprehensive Structural Analysis Vol. I & II,
Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2003
3. Kenneth M.Leet and Chia-Ming Uang., Fundamentals of Structural Analysis McGraw
Hill Book Co., 2003.
09CE209 HIGHWAYS AND RAILWAYS ENGINEERING
Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x To introduce the concepts of highway alignments, engineering survey for roads,
geometric design of highways and pavement design
x To introduce the concepts of permanent way design
x To introduce the concepts of signals, interlocking, points and crossings
Unit I: Highway Planning and Alignment
Role of transportation in National Development Objectives and achievements of organizations
such as IRC and CRRI - Factors controlling selection of Highway alignments
Modern methods of conducting Engineering surveys.-Rural & Urban Road classification in
India.-Cross-sectional elements of road Definition and Significance
Unit II: Highway Geometric Design
Design of horizontal alignment
Sight distance PIEV theory Problems in S.S.D.-Super elevation Theory & Problems Highway widening on horizontal curves Theory & Problems.-Transition curves - Theory &
Problems.
Design of Vertical Alignment:
Terrain classification - Categories of Gradient Grade compensation Types of vertical curves Theory and problems.
KarunyaUniversity

Unit III: Pavement Design

Objects and requirements of pavements, types of pavement structure and functions of pavement
components, factors to be considered in Design of pavements, Design of Flexible pavement
using CBR method- (based on IRC: 37 2001), Design of Rigid pavement using Westergaards
modulus of subgrade Reaction and Westergaards stress equation for wheel loads( Interior, Edge
and Corner loading) - (Based on IRC: 58 2002), Comparison between Rigid & Flexible
pavements.
Unit IV: Railway Engineering Basics
Comparison of Highway & Railway transportation
Railway track (permanent way)
Cross-sections of railway tracks Coning of wheels-Gauges: Classification, Selection &
Uniformity -Rails:
Functions, Types of rail sections, Length of rails, Rail Joints, Welding of
rails & Creep of rails.-Sleepers:
Functions, Requirements, Classification & Sleeper
density.-Ballast: Functions, Requirements, Types & Quantity of ballast
Unit V: Advanced Railway Engineering:
Factors in selection of Good Alignment Gradients Grade compensation Speed of trains Necessity of Points and Crossings Turnouts. -Railway Stations: Requirements,
Classifications.-Station Yards: Types - Signalling: Objects, Engineering principles and Types.Control Systems: Control of train movement Track Circuiting - Interlocking of signals and
points: Necessity and Methods.
Text Books:
1. Khanna, S.K., and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Bros. 2005.
2. S.C.Saxena & S.P.Arora, A Text book of Railway Engineering, Dhanpat Rai Publishers
2001
Reference Books:
1. Vazirani and Chandola, S.P., Transportation Engineering Vol. 1 Khanna Publishers,
2005.
2. K.P.Subramaniam, Transportation Engineering I, SCITECH Publishers 2003
09CE210 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES I
Credits: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
x The purpose of this study is to impart comprehensive knowledge on the design of
reinforced concrete structural elements such as beams, columns, slabs and footings
x To bring about an understanding of the behaviour of reinforced concrete and the
design philosophies
UnitI: Introduction to WSD, ULM and LSD
Introduction of RCC structures Grades of concrete and characteristic strength permissible
KarunyaUniversity

stresses in concrete steel reinforcements and their characteristics. Modular ratio, Neutral Axis,
under, over reinforced & Balanced section, Flexure, Shear, Torsion, Bond & development length
Design concept WSD, ULM & LSD- - Actual and idealized stress strain diagrams of concrete
and steel, LSD Rectangular beam, Flanged beams.
UnitII: Lintel, Slabs and Beams
LSD Lintel beam one way slab sunshade - Continuous beams and slabs - Two way slab
- for Flexure, Shear, Torsion & Anchorage
UnitIII: Columns
LSD Short, Long Axially and eccentrically loaded columns, Isolated and combined rectangular
footings for two columns.
UnitIV: T & L Beams
WSD Rectangular, T & L beams for flexure and shear.
UnitV: Working Stress Design of Slabs and Columns
WSD One-way slab Two-way slab-Circular slab- Short, Long axially and eccentrically
loaded columns
Text Books:
1. Punmia.B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain , R.C.C. Design {Reinforced
Concrete Structures}, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2006
2. Varghese P.C., Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, Prentice of India, New
Delhi, 1999
Reference Books:
1. Unnikrishna pillai and Devadass Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGrawHill Publishing Co ltd, 2008.
2. Sinha, N.C and Roy, S.K., Fundamentals of Reinforced concrete, S.Chand & Company
(Pvt.) Ltd. New Delhi, 2001.
09CE211 THEORIES AND PRACTICES OF WATER AND WASTEWATER

ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
x
To know the basics, importance, and methods of water supply and wastewater
To study the various sources and properties of water
To understand the various methods of conveyance of water and waste water
To know the basics of sewage, types of sewers and sewer material
To learn the features of various sewer appurtenances
KarunyaUniversity

Unit- I: Quantity and Quality of water

Objectives of water supply systems - quantity of water - estimating requirements - Design period
- per capita consumption - fluctuations in demand pattern factors affecting per capita demand population forecasting methods. Sources of water - surface and ground water sources -properties
of water - physical, chemical and biological aspects - analysis of water - water quality standards
Unit II: Quantity and Quality of waste water
Definition & Classification of waste water - Quantity of Sanitary Sewage and Storm Water
Estimation of peak runoff using rational and other empirical formulas Fluctuations in Flow
Pattern Physio-chemical and Biological Characteristics and analysis - Assessment of Organic
Solids by BOD, COD, TOC, ThOD, & TOD
Unit III: Water conveyance system
Hydraulics and Design of Pressure Pipes Analytical Methods and Nomograms flow in pipes
- Series and Parallel Pipes - Different Materials of Pipes - Jointing and Testing of Commonly
used Pipes Appurtenances of Pipes Pumps and their selection
Unit IV: Water distribution
Methods of distributing water Layouts of distribution networks -storage and distribution
reservoirs - analysis of distribution system Hardy-cross method of balancing - equivalent pipes House Connections
Unit V: Wastewater Conveyance and Sewerage system
Methods of collection - conservancy system, water carriage system - types of sewers - Analysis
and Design of Sewers under Different Flow Situations - Sewer Sections Materials for Sewers
Laying, Jointing, and Testing of Sewers Appurtenances and Maintenance - Pumping of Sewage
and Pumping Stations. House Drainage Works - Sanitary Fittings One Pipe and Two Pipe
Systems - General Layout of House Drainage Works Street Connections.
Text Books:
1. Garg, S.K., Environmental Engineering Vol. I & II, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1994.
2. Punmia B.C., Environmental Engineering Vol. I & II, Lakshmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2002.
References:
1. Peavy H.S, Rowe D.R. and Tchobanoglous G ,Environmental Engineering Tata
McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 1985
2. Metcalf & Eddy, M.C., Wastewater Engineering Treatment & Reuse, Tata McGraw
Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2003
KarunyaUniversity

09CE212 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
The purpose of this course is aimed to develop analytical skills in dealing with soil as a
medium of water flow, a medium for structural support and a primary building material.
Provide the description and classification of soil and analysis of stresses in soils under
different loading conditions
To develop an understanding of the principles of effective stress in saturated soils, and its
application to one dimensional compression and consolidation
Familiarize the students an understanding of permeability and seepage of soils
Unit I:Introduction
Geotechnical engineering: Scope Historical landmarks Soil formation Clay mineralogy
Surface activity Volume-weight relationships Tests for specific gravity and water content.
Unit II:Index Properties and Soil Classification
Grain size distribution Sieve analysis and Hydrometer analysis Consistency limits and their
determination Soil classification systems Triangular chart Plasticity chart.
Unit III:Permeability, Effective Stress and Seepage
Darcys law Hydraulic gradient - Coefficient of permeability Constant and variable head
permeability tests.
Intergranular and pore water pressures Critical hydraulic gradient Quick sand.
Seepage Flow nets Equipotential and flow lines Uplift pressures Seepage forces Piping
Protective filters Pumping test.
Unit IV:Consolidation and Settlement
Spring analogy for consolidation Terzaghis theory of one-dimensional consolidation Degree
of consolidation and Time factor Consolidation test Coefficient of consolidation
Compression index Consolidation settlement
Unit V:Shear Strength and Stability of Slopes
Cohesion and Internal Friction Mohrs Circle Mohr-Coulomb theory Shear strength and
effective stress Shear strength and drainage Shear strength tests Direct shear test Triaxial
compression test Unconfined compression test Vane shear test Shear strength of sand
Critical void ratio Shear strength of clays.
Infinite and finite slopes Stability analysis Total and effective stress analysis Method of
slices Bishops method Friction circle method Taylors method.
Text books:
1.Gulhati, S.K. and Dutta, M. (2005), Geotechnical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi
Reference books:
KarunyaUniversity

1.Venkataramaiah, C. (2005), Geotechnical Engineering (3rd edn.), New Age International (P)
Ltd., New Delhi
09CE213 DESIGN OF MASONRY AND TIMBER STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x To introduce the concepts of design principles
x To introduce the concepts of structural design of masonry and timber structures
Unit I: Structure and Design concepts
Classification of structures-function, material and shape different structural systems
requirements of structures stability, strength and stiffness design methods- working stress
method limit state method of Design Probablistic approach to design load and resistance
codes of practice choice between different structural materials concrete, timber, masonry and
steel.
Structural loads: Dead load live load wind load calculation of wind load for a structure
seismic load buoyancy and thermal loads.
Unit II: Design of Masonry column and walls:

Brick works Classification of masonry walls - Axially loaded square and rectangular columns
with uni-axial eccentricity solid walls load bearing walls axially loaded eccentrically
loaded walls with openings Non load bearing walls.
Unit III: Laterally loaded masonry structures:
Structures and loads stability of masonry middle third rule masonry dams Trapezoidal
dams retaining walls
Load distribution Elements: Bed blocks spread footings for wall and column area based on
safe bearing capacity.
Unit IV: Earthquake resistant design of Masonry structures

General planning and design recommendation for masonry wall behaviour of unreinforced
masonry and reinforced masonry walls limit state design of reinforced brick masonry lintel
band Free standing walls Design of shear wall.
Unit V: Timber: Flexural and Compression members
Flitched beams solid and built up columns combined bending and direct stress wood wall
construction
Text Books:
KarunyaUniversity

1. Anand. S. Arya, "Masonry and Timber Structures including Earthquake Resistant

Design", Nemchand & Bros.,Roorkee.(U.P).2006
2. Dayaratnam, P., Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures, Oxford & IBH Publishing
House, 1997
Reference Books:
1. S. Unnikrishna Pillai & Devadass Menon Reinforced concrete Design, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co., Ltd., Delhi (2007)
2. S.K.Duggal, Earthquake resistant design of structures, Oxford University press, Delhi
(2007)
09CE214 ESTIMATING, COSTING AND SPECIFICATIONS
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
x
The purpose of this course is to impart the techniques of estimation of buildings, roads,
and irrigation structures.
To introduce the concepts of rate analysis and tendering
To inculcate the concepts of valuation and their application to building
Unit I: Procedure of Estimating Quantities

Washing, colour washing, Distembering and their Units.
Unit II: Rate Analysis
Unit III: Cost Estimate of Buildings
Approximate methods Plinth area estimate Cubical Contents estimate.Detailed estimate
Estimation of the cost of single storeyed buildings by individual wall method and centre line
method Estimation of Roofs R.C.C. slab roof, GI sheet roof, Tiled Roof, Roof
Truss.Estimation of R.C.C.works Beam, T-beam and Slab, Column, Foundation, Stair case,
Retaining wall etc.
Unit IV: Cost Estimate of Other Structures
Estimation of roads Earth work, Pitching of Slopes, Hill roads Estimation of R.C.C. slab
culvert, Pier, Pipe culvert, R.C.C. T-beam bridge. Estimation of Irrigation works like Canals,
Aqueducts, Syphon, etc. Estimation of Water supply and sanitary works like septic tank,
Soak pit, Manhole, sewer line, etc.
Unit V: Specifications and Valuation
KarunyaUniversity


fixation Mortgage Lease.
Text Books:
1. Dutta.B.N Estimating and Costing, Ubs Publications,2005.
2. Rangawala..S.C., Estimating and Costing, Charotar Anand,2002.
Reference Books:
1.Kohli, D.D.and Kohli R.C., A Text book on Estimating, Costing and Accounts, S.Chand
and Co., New Delhi, 2003.
09CE215 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
Credits: 4:0:0
Objectives:
x To introduce the concepts of management, resources and construction planning
x To introduce the labour laws, principle of accounting
x To introduce fundamentals concepts of computer applications in construction
management
Unit I: Principles of Management
Definition - Importance - Functions of management - relevance to Govt., Quasi Govt.
Departments - Private contractors, and contracting firms Organisation - Basic Economic
concepts - Economic decisions, fixed, variable costs -Break Even Analysis and Chart pricing
policies - Methods of evaluating capital expenditure - probabilistic estimates.
Unit II: Civil Engineering Management
Construction Planning:
Collection of field data - preliminary estimates - approval and sanction of estimates - Budget
provision - Construction stages - Scheduling methods - progress reports and charts
Resource Planning:
Planning for materials, machines, men and organisation - resource allocation
Labour And Labour Welfare:
Relationship between management and labour Labour problems - labour legislation - minimum
wages act - settlement of disputes - industrial psychology.
Unit III: Management Methods
Concepts of network - network planning method - CPM/PERT - management by network
analysis and control - principles of cost control - control by graphical representation, by bill of
quantities and by network analysis.
Unit IV: Execution of Work
KarunyaUniversity

Departmental Works:
Procedure - departmental labour - quality control, inspection and duties of personnel - safety
requirements
Contractors:
Contract system - types of contracts - specifications, documents, procedures, condition, taxes,
law of constructions, Legal implications and penalities.
Tender and Tender Documents:
Definition - calling of tenders - tender documents - submission of tenders - processing of tenders
- negotiations and settlement of contracts.
Unit V Accounts and Stores:
Measurements of work - recording - checking - types of bills - mode of payment - budget
estimate - revised estimates - completion reports and certificates - claims and transfer
classifications of transactions - ledger accounts - Imprest Account - Cash book.
Suspense classification - stores - maintenance and inspection- inventories Accounting of
surplus and of shortage of stores - procedures adopted in P.W.D. and C.P.W.D.
Introduction to Computer Application in Construction Management
Planning Scheduling and Resource Analysis - Recording and Operations Project Accounting,
Costing and Finance.
Text Books:
1. Seetharaman,S., Construction Engineering and Management, Umesh Publications, 2007.
2. Sengupta,B., and Guha,H., Construction Management and Planning, Tata McGraw-Hill
Book cc, 2000.
Reference Books:
1. Rana,V.K., Construction Management Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing CO,2000
2. Chitkara,K.K., Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing
COM,2000.
09CE216 APPLIED HYDRAULICS AND FLUID MACHINES

Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
The purpose of this course is to learn the fundamentals of Uniform and Non-Uniform
flow in open channels
To introduce the concepts of boundary layer theory and flow around submerged objects
To introduce the concepts of momentum principles
To impart the knowledge on pumps and turbines
KarunyaUniversity

Unit I : Uniform Flow In Open Channels

Types of Flow - Uniform flow Chezys and Mannings equations Hydraulically best sections
Uniform flow Computations.
Varied Flow in Open Channels
Unit II: Boundary Layer and Flow around Submerged Bodies
Boundary Layer Separation Laminar and Turbulent boundary layers Forces on submerged
bodies Expression for drag and lift-Pressure drag Friction drag Stream lined and bluff
bodies.
Unit III: Momentum Principle
Impulse momentum equation Application of Linear momentum principle Impact of Jet Force exerted by a jet on normal, Inclined and curved surfaces for stationary and moving cases
only
Unit IV: Water Turbines
Unit V: Pumps
Head Losses and Efficiencies - Minimum starting speed performance curves specific speed
Cavitation selection of pumps.

Reciprocating pump types Components and working slip Indicator diagram Air vessel.
Multistage pumps submersible pumps Jet pumps Hydraulic ram.
Text Books:
1.Modi, P.N. & Seth, S.M., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines,
2.Rajput, R.K., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines , S.Chand and
Reference Books :
1.Bansal, R.K., Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi,
2005.
KarunyaUniversity

2.Som,S.R, & Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tata McGraw
Hill, 1998.
3.Agarwal, S.K., Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, Tata Mc Graw Hill Co., 1997.
09CE217 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES II
Credits: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
x The purpose of this study is to impart comprehensive knowledge on the design of
staircases, retaining walls and water tanks
x To impart the knowledge on the design of slab bridge and T beam bridges for IRC
loadings
x To impart the knowledge on the methods of analysis and design of multistoreyed frames
x To give an exposure to yield line theory and
Unit I:Staircases and Retaining Walls
Types of stair cases, Design of Dog Legged, Quarter & Half turn stair cases Soil earth pressure
- Types of retaining wall, Design of cantilever and counter-fort retaining walls
Unit II:Water Tanks

Design of circular and rectangular underground water tanks - Design of circular and rectangular
tanks resting on ground - INTZ tank (Concept only) - Design of staging and foundations
Unit III: Bridges
Design of Slab Bridge and T-beam & Slab Bridge for IRC loadings Class AA & Class A - Load
distribution in interconnected girders by Courbon's method
Unit IV: Design of R.C Frames

Design of multibay, multistoreyed R.C.frames - substitute frames - preliminary design of
members - Analysis for wind loads by the portal method and Cantilever method. Earthquake
resistant Design Philosophy: Ductility, IS code1893-2002 provisions for earth quake effects
Unit V: Yield Line Theory
Assumptions - Guidelines for locating yield line patterns - virtual work and equilibrium methods
of analysis - Application to square, rectangular, triangular and circular slabs Introduction to
Strip method of analysis
Text Books:
1. Krishnaraju,N., Design of R.C.Structures, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi 2003.
2. Punmia.B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain , R.C.C. Design {Reinforced
Concrete Structures}, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2006.
KarunyaUniversity

Reference Books:
1. Krishnaraju.N, Design of Bridges, Oxford & IBH publishing Co. Ltd., 1988.
2. Punmia.B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain , Limit State. Design of
Reinforced Concrete, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., 2008
09CE218 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS-II
Credits: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
x The purpose of this course is to introduce the concepts of slope deflection method,
moment distribution methods, Flexibility and Stiffness methods of analysis
x To introduce the fundamentals of Structural Dynamics
Unit I: Slope Deflection Method
Displacement method concept -Slope deflection equations -Fixed End moments -Applications to
Statically indeterminate beams and frames-Effect of temperature, settlement-Deformed shape,
Bending Moment and Shear Force Diagrams and axial force diagrams.
Unit II: Moment Distribution Method
Basic concepts- Stiffness factor, distribution factor and carry over factors-Single span beams
beams - Portal frames with and without side sway - Deflected shape, bending moments, shear
force and Thrust diagrams.- Symmetric Structure subjected to Symmetric and Anti-symmetric
Loading.
Unit III: Characteristics of Flexibility and Stiffness Method
Definition- Application of Principle of Superposition-Properties -Application to Two Degree of
Freedom Systems-Structure and Element Coordinates - Transformation of force and
displacement - Structure Flexibility in terms of element flexibility-Structure stiffness in terms of
element Stiffness.
Flexibility Method
Forces not acting at co-ordinates - Formulation of Structure Flexibility matrix - Determination of
Displacements and Bending Moments - Application to determinate and indeterminate trusses
beams and frames - Effect of Temperature, Lack of Fit
Unit IV: Stiffness Method
Forces not acting at co-ordinates - Formulation of Structure Stiffness matrix - Determination of
Displacements - Application to determinate and indeterminate trusses beams frames - effect of
Temperature, Lack of fit - Static Condensation Technique - Use of analysis software for
application to analysis of Plane trusses and frames
Unit V: Introduction to Structural Dynamics
Free Vibration damped - undamped vibrations for Single degree of freedom system - Forced
KarunyaUniversity

Text Books:
1.
V.K. Manickaselvam, Elements of matrix and stability analysis of structures methods of
Structural Analysis, Khanna Publishers, Delhi -06, 5th Edition -2001
2.
Reddy C S, Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 1996.
Reference Books:
1. Dr.Vaidhyanathan & Dr.P.Perumal , Comprehensive structural Analysis Vol I & II
Lakshmi Publications, Delhi 110 002
2. Dr.A.S.Meghre, S.K.Deshmukh Matrix methods of Structural Analysis Chortar
Publishers, Anand (2003)
3. G.S. Pandit, S.P. Gupta, Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi (2002)
4. Rajasekaran, S., and Sankarasubramanian, G., Computational Structural Mechanics,
09CE219 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
(Limit state method)
Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x The purpose of this course is to impart knowledge for the design of bolted and welded
joints
x To impart the knowledge in the design of tension, compression members, beams, roof
trusses, beam columns and beam-columns connections as per IS 800-2007
Unit I:Introduction & Design of bolts and welds
Design Loads and Load Combinations, Working Stress Design, Plastic Design, LRFD Methods,
Introduction to Steel and Steel Structures, Design of structural fasteners: bolts and welds
Unit II:Limit state design of tension and compression members
Design of tension members Net Sectional Area: Plates and Angles permissible stresses
tension splices lug angle - Design of compression members Design of laced and battened
compression members
Unit III:Limit state design of beams
Design of flexure members: Beams rolled sections, built-up sections, Design of eccentric
connections: bolted and welded.
Unit IV:Limit state design of plate girders & beam columns
Design of welded Plate Girders, Design of beam columns and column bases,
Unit V :Design of roofs
KarunyaUniversity

Design of steel roofs Dead Load Live load - Wind Load Design of purlin Types of roof
trusses - Analysis and design of Trusses
Text Book:
1. Design of Steel Structures - N. Subramanian, Oxford University Press, USA, 2008
Reference Books:
1. Dayaratnam, P., Design of Steel Structures, A.H.Wheeler & Co. Ltd., Allahabad, 2008
2. Arya and Ajmani, Design of Steel Structures, NemChand Brothers, Roorkee, 2007
3. Punmia B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun kumar Jain, `Design of Steel Structures',
Arihant Publications, Bombay, 2008
English Language Book Society and Granade Publishing, London, 2003
5. Teaching Resource Materials on Steel SERC, INSDAG, Anna University and IIT
Madras, 2000
09CE220 DESIGN AND DRAWING
(Irrigation and Environmental Engineering)
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
Marks 50+50
The purpose of this course is to impart the knowledge about the design of irrigation and
environmental engineering structures
To get hand-on experience in drawing of irrigation and environmental engineering
structures
PART: A
drawn:
1. Tank sluice - wing type
4. Canal drop.
5. Syphon aqueducts
PART: B
1. Flash mixer, flocculation and sedimentation tanks.
2. Slow sand filter
3. Rapid sand filter
4. Septic tank with dispersion trenches
5. Imhoff tank.
6. Trickling filter
Additional drawings to be made without design ( only for internal evaluation)
KarunyaUniversity

2. Service and clear water reservoirs.

4. Manholes, pumping station
5. Earthen Dams - Sections of different types of earth dams, plan showing drainage systems.
09CE221 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING

Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
Marks 50+50
The purpose of this study is to develop an understanding of the behaviour of foundations

for engineering structures and to gain knowledge of the design methods that can be
applied to practical problems
To Provide the students with a basic understanding of the essential steps involved in a
geotechnical site investigation
Introduce to the students, the principle types of foundations and the factors governing the
choice of the most suitable type of foundation for a given solution
Familiarize the student with the procedures used for: a) bearing capacity estimation, b)
end bearing capacity, c) skin friction
Unit I:Stress Distribution in Soils and Bearing Capacity

Soil elasticity Homogeneity and Isotropy Semi-infinite mass Stress distribution by
dispersion Boussinesqs theory Newmarks influence chart Westergaards theory Bulb of
pressure Elastic settlement
Plate bearing test Codal values for presumptive safe bearing pressures Prandtls theory
Terzaghis theory Terzaghis bearing capacity factors Brinch Hansens shape, depth and
inclination factors Meyerhofs theory Effect of water table on bearing capacity Settlement
and differential settlement.
Unit II:Subsoil Exploration and Sampling, Field Tests

Trenches Auger boring Helical and Posthole augers Wash boring Percussion drilling
Rotary drilling Sampling methods Sample disturbances Geophysical methods Static and
Dynamic cone penetration tests Standard penetration test.
Unit III :Foundation Classification, Shallow Foundations, Deep Foundations
Types of foundations and their classifications Choice of foundation Net load Geotechnical
design Footings, Combined footings and Rafts Compensated rafts Classification of piles
based on different criteria Mechanics of load transfer through piles negative skin friction
Underreamed piles Pile load tests Construction of piles Piers Caissons Types and
construction.
Unit IV:Earth Pressures and Retaining Structures
KarunyaUniversity

Active, Passive and At-rest pressures Rankines theory of earth pressure Coulombs theory of
earth pressure Graphical methods by Rebhan/Poncelet and Culmann Influence of surcharges
Earth pressure under submergence Layered backfills
Gravity retaining structures Masonry and RC cantilever retaining walls Stability analysis
Drainage provisions Sheet pile walls.
Unit V:Compaction and Soil Stabilization
Wet and Dry densities Proctor compaction test Optimum moisture content and Maximum dry
density Field compaction tests Core-cutter method - Sand replacement method Proctor
needle.
Field compaction of soils by rollers Mechanical stabilization Lime and Cement stabilization.
Text books:
1. Gulhati, S.K. and Datta, M. (2005), Geotechnical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi
2. Kurian, N.P. (2005), Design of Foundation Systems Principles and Practices, (3rd rev.and
enl. edn.), Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi
Reference book
1.Venkataramaiah, C. (2005), Geotechnical Engineering (3rd edn), New Age International (P)
Ltd., New Delhi
09CE222 DESIGN AND DRAWING (R.C.C AND STEEL)
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
The purpose of this study is to impart the knowledge about the design of reinforced and
steel structures
To give hands-on experience in detailing of structures
PART-A
1. Building floors consisting of slabs and beams.
2. Cantilever and counterfort retaining walls.
3. Circular and rectangular water tanks resting on the ground.
4. Circular and rectangular overhead water tanks.
5. Slab bridge.
PART-B
Detailed design and drawing of the following steel structures
1. Columns, base plates and their foundations
2. Plate Girder (welded)
3. Gantry Girder
4. Simple roof trusses
5. Rectangular and circular overhead water tanks
KarunyaUniversity

Text Book:
1.Krishna Raju.N.,Structural Design & Drawing (R.C.C & Steel ),Universities Press ,
Second Edition,2004
Reference Book:
1.Krishnamoorthy., Structural Design & Drawing,Cbs Publishers & Distributeres,2006
Note :
Note:
There will be two questions in part-A and two in Part-B out of which the students shall answer
one in each.
09CE223 COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY II

Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
x
To introduce the basics of STAAD Pro Software

To make the students to analyze and design various structural elements using STAAD
Pro
To introduce the basics of ANSYS Software
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Analysis of 2D Truss using STAAD Pro

Analysis of 2D and 3D Rigid Frames using STAAD Pro
Analysis of 3D pin jointed frames using ANSYS
Analysis of suspension cables using ANSYS
Design of Footings and Retaining Walls using STAAD Pro
Structural Design of the following, using STAAD Pro and detailing of the same using
AUTO CAD
a. R.C. Beams
b. R.C. Slabs
d. Steel beams
e. Steel columns
7. Design of circular water tanks using STAAD Pro
8. Deflection and Stresses in beams using FEAST
9. Building Drawing, including perspective view using Floor Plan 3D
11. Application to Transportation Engineering, Environmental Engineering, Estimation and
Costing, Management, Science, etc.
KarunyaUniversity

Note:
Examination will be of four hours duration and students will be examined in modeling
and the application of general purpose packages.
09CE224 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
To give hands on training on testing of materials
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Torsion test on a rod
Charpy and Izod Impact tests
Cold bend test
Ductility test
Tension, compression (Parallel as well as perpendicular to the grains) and impact tests on
timber specimens
11. Deflection tests on timber and steel beams.
(Note: All the above tests shall be carried out based on all the relevant I.S Codes.)
Text Book:
1.Ramamurtham .S Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publishing co, New Delhi,
2008.
09CE225 SURVEYING PRACTICAL

Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
x
1.
2.
3.
4.
To give hands on Chain survey, Compass, Plane Tabling and Levelling

To know the usage of theodolites and tacheometers
To introduce the Concepts of Curves and Contouring
Observations and plotting the salient features in an area by chain survey.

Measurement of bearing of survey lines by prismatic compass.
Running a closed compass traverse plotting and adjustments.
Plotting the salient features in an area by plane table survey.
KarunyaUniversity

5. Two point problem

6. Three point problem
7. Fly levelling
8. Measurement of horizontal angles using a theodolite by the method of repetition
9. Measurement of horizontal angle using a theodolite by the method of reiteration.
10. Solution to problems on heights and distances by observations using a theodolite.
11. Stadia Tacheometry
13. Subtense bar method
14. Tacheometric contouring (Radial)
16. Setting out a circular curve by Rankines method of tangential angles.
17. Setting out transition curves.
18. Setting out works Foundation marking.
Text Books:
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Vol.II, Pune Vidyarthi Griha
Prakashan, Pune, 2004.
2. Punmia, B.C., Advanced Surveying , Standard Publishers, 2005.
3. Punmia, B.C., Vols. I & II , Standard Publishers, 2008
09CE226 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
To give hands on training on Flow measurement, Losses due to friction and pipe
fittings
To give hands on training on working of different types of Pumps and Turbines.
Fluid Mechanics
3. Flow over Notches.
4. Flow through Mouth orifice.
Fluid Machinery
KarunyaUniversity


6. Performance of Vertical Turbine pump.
7. Load Test on Pelton Wheel.
8. Load Test on Francis Turbine
9. Load Test on Kaplan Turbine
10. Performance test on Turgo Turbine
experiments.
Text Books :
New Delhi,2007.
09CE227 SOIL MECHANICS LABORATORY

Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x To give hands on training on determination of Soil properties
x To give hands on training on field tests.
1. Moisture content determination (Oven, Infrared Moisture meter)
2. Specific gravity and relative density test for sand (Pycnometer, relative density test
apparatus)
3. Sieve analysis for coarse grained soil (Set of Sieves)
4. Hydrometer analysis for fine grained soil (Hydrometer)
5. Consistency limits and Indices (Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, Shrinkage limit apparatus)
6. Standard Proctors compaction test. (Compaction Test Apparatus)
7. Field Density test (sand replacement test apparatus and core cutter)
8. Permeability tests Constant head and variable Head (Permeameter)
9. Unconfined compression test for Cohesive Soil. (Load frame, Samplers)
10. Vane Shear test
11. Direct Shear test (Direct Shear Test apparatus)
12. Triaxial Compression Test (Triaxial test apparatus)
13. Consolidation Test (Consolidometer)
14. California Bearing Ratio Test
Text Books:
1.
Punmia, B.C., Soil Mechanics and Foundations, Punmia B.C., and Suara & Co.,
Madras 2005
KarunyaUniversity

09CE228 CONCRETE & HIGHWAYS LABORATORY

Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
To give hands on training on testing of cement and aggregates

To give hands on training on testing of concrete
To impart knowledge on mix design of procedures
To impart knowledge on testing of highways materials
(a) Concrete Lab:

Tests On Cement : Specific gravity, Fineness, specific surface, soundness, consistency,
initial and final setting time, compressive strength of cement mortar.
Tests On Fine Aggregate : Tests to find alkalinity, organic content, etc. - particle size
distribution and fineness modulus - specific gravity and voids ratio - Bulking of sand.
Tests On Coarse Aggregate : Particle size distribution and fineness modulus - specific
Concret'e Mix Design : A.C.I and I.S. Methods
Test On Fresh Concrete : Slump test, Vee-Bee test, compaction factor test.
Tests On Hardened Concrete : Compression test on cubes - Modulus of rupture test splitting tension test - Determination of modulus of elasticity.
(b) Highway Lab: Tests On Bituminous Materials And Mixes:
(a) Penetration test on bitumen.
(b) Ductility test on bitumen
(c) Softening point test on bitumen or tar.
(d) Flash and fire point tests on bitumen/cutback bitumen
(e) Specific gravity test
(f) Viscosity test on cutback - bitumen or tar (using orifice Viscometer)
(g) Marshall stability test on bituminous mix and determination of density,
voids, stability and flow values.
Text Books:
1.
2.
Shetty, M. S., `Concrete Technology, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.
Khanna, S.K., and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Bros. 2005.
Reference Book:
KarunyaUniversity

1. Davis, H.F., Troxell, G.E and Hauck, G.R.H., The testing of Engineering Materials,
Mc.Graw Hill International Book Co.,1995.
09CE229 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
To give hands on training on testing of water samples

To give hands on training on testing of sewage samples
I. Analysis of Water Quality Parameters:1. Determination of pH

2. Determination of Acidity and Alkalinity
3. Determination of Chlorides
4. Determination of Dissolved Oxygen
5. Determination of Fluorides
6. Estimation of Iron and Manganese
7. Estimation of Phosphates
8. Estimation of Sulphates
9. Estimation of Total Dissolved Solids.
10. Estimation of Conductivity
11. Determination of Turbidity and Optimum Coagulant Dose by Jar Test Apparatus
12. Determination of Available Chlorine in Bleaching Powder, Residual Chlorine, Break
Point Chlorination and Chlorine Demand.
13. Determination of MPN Index for Coliforms+
II. Analysis of Waste Water Characteristics:1. Determination of Total Solids, Settlable Solids, Dissolved Solids, Suspended Solids and
Volatile Solids.
3. Determination of Ammonianitrogen and Nitrates.
Text Book:
1. Sawyer, N.C., and McCarty, P.L., Chemistry for Environmental Engineering, 5th Edn.,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York., 1994.
Reference Book:
1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water, APHA-AWWAWPCF, 25th Edn., Washington (D.C), 1995.
09CE230 ELEMENTS OF TOWN PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE
Credits: 4:0:0
KarunyaUniversity

OBJECTIVES:
x The purpose of this course is to impart the knowledge on the basics of town planning, use
of land, planning legislations, Architecture and landscaping
Unit I: Basics of Town Planning
Town planning - Definition, Objectives, Necessity & Principles adopted - Types of Urban
Growth: Their advantages and disadvantages - Town planning Surveys: Necessity, Objectives
and Classification - Urban road patterns: Types, and specific advantages & disadvantages.
Unit II: Land use Planning
Scope and Content of Master plan, Regional plan, Structure plan, Detailed development plan Urban renewal -Planning standards for Neighbourhood -Basic principles in planning various land
uses: Residential, Commercial, Industrial, and Recreational.
Unit III: Planning Legislations
Evolution of planning legislation in India Organisation and administration of planning agencies
at National, State, Regional level and Metropolitan Level -Tamil Nadu Town and Country
Planning Act - Building bye laws, Function of local Authority, Provision of Building
Regulations
Unit IV: Introduction to Architecture
Definition of the term Architecture Key factors influencing the architecture of any region:
Culture, Climate, Topography, Building materials, Economic & Technology -Prominent World
Architecture styles during various periods in history - Anthropometrics Human Scale in
Architecture -Space requirements for Human activity
Unit V: Architectural space and mass & Landscaping
Mass & space, visual & emotional effects of geometric forms and their derivatives-The sphere,
the cube, the pyramid, the cylinder and cone
Landscape Architecture: Concept Necessity Study of trees, plants & Shrubs for
landscaping
Text Books:
2. Gurcharan Singh & Jagdish Singh, Building planning, Designing and Scheduling,
Standard Publishers Distributors, Nai Sarak , Delhi 1999.
Reference Books:
2.Abir Bandyopadhyay, Textbook of Town planning, Books and Allied publishers,2000.
3. Francis D.K.Ching,Architecture - Form, Space and Order, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company,
NewYork,1979.
09CE231 EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING AND DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:1:0
KarunyaUniversity

OBJECTIVES:
x
x
x
The objective of this course is to introduce the fundamentals of seismology, theory of

vibrations and seismic design of buildings
To introduce the concepts of seismic resistant design of buildings
To introduce the concepts of repair and rehabilitation
Unit I: Introduction
Elements of engineering seismology causes of earthquakes, seismic waves, magnitude,
intensity and energy release Indian seismology earthquake history catastrophics failures
lessons learnt from past earthquakes seismic zone map of India
Unit II: Theory of Vibration
Free vibration single degree of freedom system with and without damping Multi degree of
freedom system fundamental period power method forced vibration of SDOF system
with and without damping Response spectrum characteristics.
Unit III: Seismic Design of Buildings

Idealization of building frames Introduction to methods of seismic analysis Equivalent static
analysis IS 1893 provisions Design horizontal seismic coefficient design base shear
distribution seismic resistant design of building.
Unit IV: Earthquake Resistant Construction
Earthquake resistant properties of materials lateral force resisting systems strong column
weak beam guidelines for seismic resistant construction building configuration requirements
ductile detailing of reinforcements in RC buildings behaviour and design of masonry
structures.
Unit V: Repairs and Retrofitting

Code of practices for repairs and retrofitting retroffing of RC buildings and structural elements
techniques of retrofitting improving structural integrity of masonry buildings retrofitting by
seismic isolation case studies.
Text Books:
1. Pankaj Aggarwal, Manish Shrikande, Earthquake resistant design of structures,
Prentice Hall of India, Delhi- 01 (2007)
2. S.K.Duggal, Earthquake resistant design of structures, Oxford University Press Delhi
01 (2007) David Key Earthquake design practice for building, Thomas Telford,
London
3. Aggarwal Earthquake resistant design of structures, Nem chand, New Delhi
Reference Books:
KarunyaUniversity

1. Anil K. Chopra, Dynamics of structures- Theory and applications to earthquake

engineering, Prentice hall of India, New Delhi , 2002
2. Earthquake tips Indian Concrete Journal
09CE232 GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM
Credits: 3:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
x
The purpose of this course is to introduce the concepts of GIS, Spatial Analysis DEM and
DTM
To introduce the concepts of Remote Sensing
To impart knowledge on application of GIS for land information system, water resources
management, environmental analysis, Network analysis and urban sprawl analysis,
Definition map and map analysis, Automated Cartography history and development of GIS,
Hardware requirement, System concepts, Coordinate concepts, Standard packages
Unit II: Data Entry, Storage and Maintenance
Type of data, spatial and non spatial data, data structure, Points, lines, polygon, vector and raster,
File, file organisation, Database, Digitiser, scanner, dbase, files and data formats, data
compression
Unit III: Data Analysis and Modelling
Spatial Analysis, Data retrieval, Query, simple analysis, Recode, overlay, Vector data analysis,
raster data analysis, Modelling in GIS, Digital Elevation Model, DTM, Artificial intelligence,
Expert system
Unit IV: Data Output and Analysis

Types of output data, display on screen, printer and other output devices, Sources of errors,
Types of errors, Elimination, accuracies
Unit V: GIS Application
Application areas, Case studies will be down load from internet, Water resources management,
environmental analysis, Network analysis, Remote sensing applications, Monitoring of urban
sprawl, Cadastral record and LIS
Text Books:
1. Peter A. Burrough, Principle of Geographical Information System ,Oxford University
Press,2000
KarunyaUniversity

2. Thomas M. Lillisand,Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation,

Wiley India (p) Ltd., 2007
Reference Books:
1. Ian Heywood, An introduction to Geographical Information systems, Pearson Education
Limited, 2003.
2. M.Anji Reddy, Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems, BS
Publications, 2001.
09CE233 REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
The purpose of this course to impart the knowledge of causes of distress, materials for
repair, serviceability, durability, strengthening, retrofitting of structures
Causes of Distresses-Distress Monitoring - Defects due to Climate, Chemicals, Wear and
Erosion-Inspection- visual examination.
Unit II:Non-Destructive Testing
Liquid penetration test-Magnetic particle testing-Eddy current test-radiography-Ultrasonic
testing-Acoustic emission testing-Thermography-Leak testing-Codes ,Standards
Unit III :Influence on serviceability and durability
Steel structures :Causes of deterioration -preventive measures- repair procedure- corrosion
mechanismmethods of corrosion protection. Concrete Structures-Causes of DeteriorationDiagnosis of Causes- Flow Charts for Diagnosis-Repair Techniques. Masonry StructuresDiscoloration and weakening of stones-biocidal treatments-Brick masonry structuresdistresses and remedial Measures
Unit IV : Strengthening of Existing Structures

Special repairs, maintenance, inspection and planning-Repairs to overcome low strength
member, deflection, cracking, landslides, chemical disruption, weathering, wear, fire,
leakage, and marine exposures [with case studies]
Unit V: Retrofitting of Structures
Seismology-Seismic risk and hazard-Retrofitting and strengthening of Structures - Concept
of base isolation-Structural control-Case studies.
Text Books:
1. Repair and rehabilitation of structures , A state of art-Proceedings of the International
Seminar, Workshop and Exhibition held in Maracaibo,Venezuela, April 28-May 1, 2002.
KarunyaUniversity

2. Johnson .S.M., Deterioration, Maintenance and Repair of Structures, Mc Graw Hill

Book Company, New York, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Alien, R.T., and Sc Edwards, Repair of concrete structures, Blakle and sons, U.K.2003.
2. Dension Campell, Alienand Harold Roper, Concrete Structures, Materials,Maintenance
and Repair, Longman Scientific and Technical,U.K.2002
3. Baldev Raj et al Practical Non-destructive testing Narosa publishing, New Delhi,2002
09CE234 AIRPORTS, DOCKS AND HARBOURS
Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
x
The purpose of this course is to introduce the concepts of planning and design of airports,
To introduce the concepts of navigational aids
To introduce the concepts of planning and design of docks and harbours
Unit I: INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING

Air transportation in India Categories of airports and air services agencies controlling
national and International aviation and their functions airport regional planning Factors to be
considered for proper planning of airport airport capacity various survey to be conducted
airport site selection
Unit II: ELEMENTS OF AIRPORT AND DESIGN
Landing and terminal areas and their components- standard for planning airports as per ICAOTypical layout of an airport and its components Runways taxiways and aprons different
types pattern and layout general principle of design loading apron holding apron
parking aircrafts.
Unit III: NAVIGATIONAL AIDS
Traffic aids and airport marking lighting airports runway lighting taxiway lighting air
traffic control visual and instrument landing systems airport drainage typical layout of
existing airport terminal and service blocks Chennai, Coimbatore, Calcutta, New Delhi and
Mumbai
Unit IV: DOCKS AND MANAGEMENT
Dock- different types of wet and dry docks- functional design - various types and their usagenavigational aids- necessity and type of signals- fixed and floating signals- beacons- buoysdifferent types of dredges and their application
Unit V: HARBOURS
Classification and requirements of harbours choice of site and general principles governing
their design- entrance to harbour Breakwaters Classification and construction wharves
KarunyaUniversity

piers and Bulkheads Dolphins Fender and other mooring devices Typical layout of Existing
harbours Chennai, Cochin, Tuticorin, Mumbai
Text Books:
1. Srinivasan R and Rangwala,S.C, Harbour Dock and Tunnel engineering, Charotar
publishing house, Anand- 2006.
2. Khanna,S.K and Arora,M.G & Jain,S.S, Airport Planning and Design, New Chand
and Bros, Roorkee, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Vazirani U N & Chandola SP, Transportation Engineering- Vol II, Khanna
Publishers, 2 B Nath Market, Nai Sarak, Delhi 110 006 (1988).
2. Rangwala P.S. Airport Engineering, Charotar publishing house, Anand- 2008.
3. Bindra S P Docks and harbour Engineering, Dhanapat Rai and sons, New Delhi 1993.
09CE235 IRRIGATION ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
The purpose of this course is to impart knowledge about irrigation methods, hydrology, ground
water, distribution system, water logging, drainage and river control
irrigation efficiencies factors affecting the duty of water - Methods of improving duty Irrigation scheduling and advantages.
Unit II: Sources, Conveyance and Distribution of Water
Sources of water Precipitation Types of Precipitation - Rainfall measurements Rivers
Streams Reservoirs and Tanks Lift irrigation Devices and Equipments Tank irrigation
Components Methods of application of water on field Surface irrigation Subsurface
irrigation - Quality of Irrigation Water.
Unit III: Ground Water, Water logging and Drainage
Ground water hydrology Aquifers permeability and transmissibility steady flow towards a
well in confined and water table aquifer measurement of yield of an open well - Typical cross
section of open and tube well Salinity and water logging causes and effect of water logging
Waterlogging control Reclamation of saline land surface and subsurface drainage Drainage
design for agricultural areas lay out of drainage system.
Unit IV: Channel Design
KarunyaUniversity

Alluvial and non alluvial soil Alignment of canals Distribution systems for canal irrigation
Determination of required channel capacity channel losses. Design of channels in India
Regime channels Kennedys theory - design procedure use of Garrots diagram Laceys
theory - Design procedures use of Laceys Diagram - comparison of the two theories. Design
procedure for irrigation channel cross section and components balancing depth for
excavating canals fixing the longitudinal section of the canal Classification of canals canal
lining Maintenance of irrigation canals.
Unit V: Control Structures, River training and control
Dams types Canal Regulation works Canal fall Head and Cross regulator Canal
escapes Cross drainage works Diversion Head works Weirs and Barrages Causeways and
Culverts classification of rivers - river training Groynes and Spurs Bank Protection.
Text Books:
Reference Books:
1. Sahasrabudhe, S.R., Irrigation Engineering and Hydraulic Structures, Katson Publishers,
1998.
09CE236 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP
DEVELOPMENT
Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
The purpose of this course is to impart knowledge about enterprising, Market surveying
and project formulation
To impart knowledge on small scale industries, financial institutions, taxes, labour laws and
organizational structure
Unit I: Entrepreneurship
Definition and concept of enterprising - profile of an entrepreneur - need, scope and characteristics
of entrepreneurship - Individual, psychological and sociological - Globalization WTO, WB, IWF
- Exposure to demand based, resource based, import substitute and export promotion industries
Unit II: Marketing
Market survey techniques: need, scope and approaches for project formulation. Criteria for
principles of product selection and development: Structure of project report choice of
technology, plant and equipment. Project feasibility analysis: Marketing, technical and financial
KarunyaUniversity

feasibility project report preparation. Elements of marketing and sales management: Nature of
project and market strategy, after sales service.
Unit III: Financial Management
Interest and time value of money: simple interest, compound interest, present value, future value,
pay back period accounting rate of return, net present value. Financial management: Capitalworking capital-financial institutions, RBI and commercial banks. Banking procedures and foreign
exchanges regulations act, letter of Credits:s: and its importance.
Unit IV:Tax and Acts
Starting a small-scale industry steps involved-role of financial institutions - Tax factors: Income
tax, sales tax, excise duty, customs duty. Legal factors: Factories act, pollution act and labour act
Unit V: Organization and Human Resources
A need for Organisation, formulizing the organisational structure - Employee selection, training,
personnel relations - Professional practice as applicable to Civil Engineers
Text Book
1. Prasanna Chandra, Project Preparation, appraisal and implementation, Tata Mc Graw
Hill, New Delhi, 1990.
2. Saravanavel.P, Entrepreneurship Development, ESS Pee Kay Publishing House, Madras,
1987
Reference Book
1. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, Prentice Hall, 1990.
2. Prasanna Chandra, Fundamentals of financial management, Tata McGraw Hill
publications, 1995
3. John J.Mampton, Financial decision making concepts, problems and cases, Prentice Hall
of India, 1990.
09CE237 POLLUTION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x To introduce the fundamentals of water, noise and air pollution
x To introduce the concepts of solid waste management
x To impart knowledge on ecology, ecosystems and environmental health
Unit I: Water & Noise Pollution and Control
Natural processes - Pollution due to industrial, agricultural and municipal wastes - limitations of
disposal by dilution - BOD consideration in streams - Oxygen sag curve - water pollution control
legislation.
Noise pollution - Sources and effects - Control measures
Unit II: Air Pollution and Control
KarunyaUniversity

Pollution and their sources - Effects of pollution on human health, vegetation and climate Prevention and control of air pollution - Control of particulates Industry and air pollution - Air
pollution surveys and sampling - Air quality monitoring - Air pollution control legislation.
Unit III: Solid Waste Management
Sources - Characteristics - Quantities - Collection methods and disposal techniques Source
Reduction - Sanitary land fill - Incineration and pyrolysis - Composting - Aerobic and anaerobic
Economics of composting - Recycling and reuse.
Hazardous Waste Management: Nuclear waste, Bio-medical waste, Chemical wastes sources
and effects Disposal techniques.
Unit IV: Ecology and Ecosystems
Impact of development - Relationships of environmental quality Land use and natural
resources management - Causes and effects of Environmental pollution
Elements of Environmental Impact Analysis: Environmental impact analysis of urbanisation
& industrialization Environmental impacts of thermal power plants, mining and radioactivity
Unit V: Environmental Health
VECTOR CONTROL: Fundamentals of epidemiology - Vector borne diseases - Types of
vectors - Mosquitoes, flies, rodents - Rationale of control and naturalistic methods of control.
Uses and limitations of pesticides - Engineering measures of vector control.
FOOD AND MILK SANITATION: Relation of food to disease - Principles of food sanitation Sanitation of kitchens, restaurants and other catering establishments - Quality changes in milk milk as carrier of infection - Pasteurisation of milk HTST and LTLT processes Cattle shed
sanitation.
Text Book:
1. Salvato, Environmental Sanitation, John Wiley & Sons, New York 1994.
09CE238 INDUSTRIAL WASTE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL

Credits: 3:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x To impart the knowledge about disposal of effluents and the standards for disposal
x To impart the knowledge about biological treatment methods and advanced treatment
methods
Unit I: Disposal Effects on Environment
KarunyaUniversity

Effects of industrial wastes on streams, land, air - wastewater treatment plants - water quality
criteria. Effluent standards - Process modification - Bioassay studies Environmental legislation
Pollutants Reduction
Waste minimisation - House keeping - Volume and strength reduction - Material and process
modifications - recycle, reuse and by-product recovery - Environmental audit.
Unit II: Effluent Treatment
Conventional methods of treatment and disposal of industrial wastes - Equalisation and
Neutralisation - Separation of solids - Sedimentation and filtration - Coagulation and
flocculation, absorption, chemical precipitation, chemical oxidation, Physiochemical treatment
methods - Removal of dissolved impurities - Residue management - Combined treatment of
industrial and municipal wastes
Unit III: Biological Treatment Methods
Principles and methods for removal of suspended impurities and organics aerobic and
anaerobic decomposition of organic matter, Stabilization ponds, activated sludge process,
Oxidation ditch.
Advanced Waste Water Treatment:
Nitrogen removal Phosphorous removal Removal of refractory Organics Removal of
dissolved inorganic substances Chemical precipitation ion exchange Reverse Osmosis
Electro dialysis.
Unit IV: Industrial Process and Waste Treatment I
Manufacturing process, waste water characteristics, composition, effects and appropriate
treatment - flow sheets for chemical industries Petro-chemical industries, Refineries,
Pharmaceutical, Textiles Apparel industries Metallurgical industries - Steel plants, mines
Power industries Fertilizer plants Cement industry.
Unit V: Industrial Process and Waste Treatment - II

Manufacturing process, waste water characteristics, composition effects and appropriate
treatment flow sheets for Pulp and paper industry Agro-industries, Sugar - Distilleries, Food
processing industry meat packing, pickles, poultry dairy Leather tanning.
Text Books:
1. Rao.M.N. and Dutta Waste Water Treatment, Oxford and IBH Publishing Ltd., Calcutta,
2008.
Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books:
KarunyaUniversity

1. Nemerow, N.L., Theory and Principles of Industrial Waste Treatment, AddisonWesley,

Reading Mass, 1993.
09CE239 CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY
Credits : 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
The purpose of this course is to impart knowledge about planning of buildings and
construction of foundations, roof, floors, brick and stone masonry
To impart knowledge on doors, windows, staircases, RCC work, water proofing and
damp proofing works
Unit I: Site Planning

Precautions in selection of sites the situations and surroundings of site for various types of
building elements of building planning, requirements, orientation, ventilation and lighting,
concept of green buildings
Foundation: Setting out foundation plan on ground concept of foundation Bearing capacity
of a good foundation types of foundation and their construction suitability Foundation in
black cotton soil Methods of timbering of trenches Foundation failures and remedial
measures.
Unit II: Brick and Stone Masonry
Types of bond in brickwork and their suitability General principles and precautions in brick
masonry factors affecting thickness of walls - construction of brick masonry methods of
bonding new brick work with old brick work - Comparison of brick and stone masonry Strength of Brick Masonry Classifications as per IS code Classification of Stone masonry
General principles and precautions in stone masonry specification and construction of stone
masonry composite masonry lifting appliances Concrete Hollow block masonry
Unit-III: Roofs and Floors
Roof covering materials Specifications for laying Mangalore Tiles, Asphalt roofing sheets,
Asbestos cement sheets Aluminium sheets and GI sheets. Accessories for drainage works
shapes of gutters and their sizes - Different types of supporting trusses for the roofing sheets
Timber and concrete roofs Different types of floors, suitability and construction of floors and
floor finishes Anti-termite Treatment.
Unit IV: Doors, Windows and Staircases
Different types of doors and windows and their suitability, Timber, steel, Aluminium and
synthetic. Stair and staircases: Concepts requirements of a good stair principles to be
observed for planning and layout of stairs classification of stairs according to their layout and
materials of construction
Water Proofing and Damp Proofing
KarunyaUniversity

Techniques of plastering types of rendering types of pointing and

Application of paints for new and old work of timber, steel and plaster
application of white washing and distempering weathering course.
Damp proofing causes of dampness Ill effects Methods of preventing
and classification of damp proofing materials Requirements of an ideal
proofing Methods of providing DPC under different situations.
their suitability
preparation and
dampness Types
material for damp
Unit V: R.C.C. Work

Methods of Construction of R.C.C. slabs, Beams & Columns
Miscellaneous Construction Features
Construction sequences: Construction sequence and procedure for RC framed structures with
masonry panel walls, load bearing wall structures, industrial shed type building.
Expansion joints: Types and provision of expansion joints for foundations, floors, walls, roofs,
beams and slabs. Shoring, Scaffolding and Underpinning: Methods, uses and suitability of
different types and precautions for safety Selection of equipment for earth work, concreting,
material handling and erection of Structures
Text Book:
1. Rangwala S.C., Building Construction, Charotar Book Stall, Anand, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Punmia B.C., A Text Book of Building Construction, A Saurabh & Co (P) Ltd., New
Delhi, 1993
2. Relevant IS Codes and National Building Code of India.
3. Sushil Kumar, Building Construction, Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 1997.
09CE240 INTERIOR DESIGN
Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
The objective of this course is to give an introduction about the basic principles of
interior design and architecture
To introduce the basic concepts of lighting, ventilation and acoustics
Definition of the term Interior Design Necessity and application, basic principles of
architecture
Principles of Aesthetic Composition: Form, shape & Configuration. Size, Scale and
proportion, Equilibrium (Symmetry & Balance) - Axis & Alignment, Repetition & Rhythm,
Contrast & Opposition - Vista & View, Texture, Pattern & colour, Light (Natural & Artificial)
Unit II: Circulation and Human Scale
KarunyaUniversity

Components of building orientation - building entrance - configuration of path & path-space

relationships - Form of circular space with building examples - Human scale and movement with
reference to function and furniture
Unit III: Interior Design in Current Practice
Function and planning - working space - living spaces, public spaces and special purpose
interiors - space requirement of various purposes such as hotel, restaurant, office, auditorium,
banks, schools with reference to IS codes.
Interior layout: Living room, dining room, bed room, kitchen, toilet, office, library and show
room.
Unit IV: Colours and Interior
Effect of colour in interiors Colour circle and its applications Colour schemes Emotional
effect on colour
Components & Materials for Interiors
Architectural components: Fixed furniture components; Movable furniture components:
Furnishings.
Unit V Lighting, Ventilation and Acoustics
Classification of lighting - general and load lighting - Artificial light sources - spectral energy
distribution colour temperature - colour reading - Study of lighting accessories and their choiceDesign of modern lightings: Lightings of stores, offices, schools, hospitals and houses. Electrical
and plumbing layout of a residential building
Acoustics: Materials, reverberation time, Sabine formula
Text Books:
1. Allen Tate & C Ray Smith, Interior Design in the 20th Century, Harper & Row
Publishers,1986.
Reference Books:
1. Phillips, Lighting in Architecture, McGraw-Hill co, NewYork, 1981.
2. National Building Code,2005
3.Heepler and Wallach, Architecture Drafting and design, McGraw Hill Book cc,
NewYork,1982
09CE241 CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY

Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x To impart knowledge about concrete making materials, properties of fresh and hardened
concrete
KarunyaUniversity

x
x
To introduce the concepts of durability of concrete,

destructive testing
To introduce the concepts of mix design methods
special concretes and non-
Unit I: Concrete Making Materials - I

Cement: Composition and properties of Portland cement - tests on physical properties consistency - setting time - soundness - strength - cements of different types - composition properties and uses with special emphasis for different constructional and weather conditions
- IS code specifications.
Water: Requirements of water for concrete making - IS Code specifications.
Unit II: Concrete Making Materials -II
Aggregates: Classification - Mechanical Properties - deleterious substances in aggregates Bulking of sand - Alkali Aggregate reaction - Grading requirements - IS Code specifications
Admixtures: - Accelerators - Retarders - water reducing agents - Plasticisers - Air entraining
agents
Unit III:Fresh Concrete And Hardening Of Concrete
Unit IV: Durability of Concrete and Testing of Hardened Concrete
Permeability - Chemical attack - Sulphate attack - Quality of water - Marine atmosphere Methods to improve durability - Thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance - Resistance
to Abrasion and Cavitation - Acoustic properties - Compression test - Split Tension test Flexure Test - Test for Bond strength - IS Code provisions - Factors affecting strength test
results - Accelerated strength tests - stress strain characteristics - Determination of modulus of
elasticity - Electrodynamics determination method - In site strength determination - variation
in test results - Distribution of strength - standard deviation - creep of concrete and factors
which influence it.
Unit V: Mix Design
method, IS method Mix proportions for weigh batching and volume batching - correction for
moisture content and bulking - yield of concrete
Special Concretes And Concrete Composites: Light weight concrete: Types - Light weight
aggregate concrete-Aerated concrete, No fines concrete - High Strength concrete - Heavy
weight concrete for radiation shield - Fiber reinforced concrete - Ferro cement - Polymer
concrete - High Performance Concrete - Their properties and applications.
Text Books:
1. Neville, A.M.., "Properties of Concrete", Longman Scientific & Technical, England, 1995
KarunyaUniversity

2. Gambhir, M.L., Concrete Technology, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company limited,
New Delhi, 2004
3. Shetty, M.S., "Concrete Technology", S.Chand & Co., New Delhi, 2005
Reference Books:
1. A.R. Santhakumar, Concrete Technology Oxford University press, Jai Singh road,
Delhi, 2006
09CE242 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
Credits: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
x
x
The purpose of this course is to learn the Fluid properties and fundamentals of Fluid
statics and fluid flow
To introduce the concepts of flow measurements and flow through pipes

Dimensions and Units Density Specific weight - Specific gravity Viscosity surface
tension Capillarity Compressibility Vapour pressure.
Fluid Statics:
Pressure relation Pascals law Measurement of pressure Manometers and Gauges, Forces on
plane and curved surfaces Total pressure and centre of pressure.
equation.
Orifices - Venturi meter Orifice meter Pitot tube Weirs and Notches.
Flow Through Pipes:
Loss of energy in pipes Major energy loss - Minor energy losses pipes in series and parallel
power transmission through pipes Syphon Water hammer (Definition)
Unit : IV
Impulse momentum equation- Impact of Jets-plane and curved- stationary and moving plates.
KarunyaUniversity

Pumps: Positive displacement pumps - reciprocating pumps - operating principles -slip indicator diagram - separation- air vessels. centrifugal pumps - operation - velocity triangles performance curves - Cavitation - Multi staging - Selection of pumps.
Unit V : Turbines
Turbine classification-working principles -Pelton wheel, Francis, Kaplan turbines - Velocity
triangles - Similarity laws - Specific speed - Governing of turbines- Surge tanksMiscellaneous pumps - Jet pump, Gear oil pump,submersible pump Principle.
Text Books:
Reference Books :
Delhi, 2005.
McGraw Hill, 1998.
09CE243 FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:1
OBJECTIVES:
x To give hands on training on Flow measurement, Losses due to friction and pipe
fittings
1. Buoyancy Experiment - Metacentric Height
2. Calibration of orifice meter and Venturimeter.
3. Flow through Orifice
4. Determination of loss co-efficient in pipe fittings.
5. Flow through weirs - Cd
6. Flow measurement using Rotameter.
7. Flow visualization-Reynolds apparatus.
9. Experiments on Fluid jets-force and efficiency calculation
Text Books
New Delhi,2007.
KarunyaUniversity

09CE244 THEORIES AND PRACTICES OF POLLUTION ENGINEERING

Credits: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
x
x
To know the basics, importance, and methods of water and wastewater treatement
To study the Engineering methods of sludge disposal
To know the basics of Air pollution control
To learn the features of Solid waste management
Unit I Water Treatment Processes

Principles, Functions, and Design of screening, grit chambers, Plain sedimentation tank,
Sedimentation aided with coagulation, filtration - Slow and Rapid Sand Filters, and Disinfection
Process Principles of Water Softening, Aeration , Iron and Manganese Removal, and Fluoride
Removal.
UnitII Waste water Treatment Processes

Operation and Design of Bar Rack and Grit Chamber Principles of Primary Treatment and
Design of Primary Sedimentation Tank Disposal of Rackings, Gritty Materials, and Sludge
Solids. Trickling Filter High rate and Standard Rate Filters Low Cost Waste Water
Treatments Principles and Design of Stabilization Ponds, Oxidation Ponds and Aerated
Lagoons Rural Sanitation
Unit III Engineering Methods of Sludge Disposal
Methods of disposal self purification of natural stream - Oxygen Sag curve Analysis- Sludge
Lagooning - dispoals by land treatment method sewage farming - sewage sickness
Unit IV Air Pollution Control
Introduction Classification of pollutants concepts of lapse rate and dispersion control
devices for particulate contaminants gaseous contaminants different types of plumes
dispersion model equations.
Unit V Solid waste management
Solid waste - Definitions types sources properties Engineering systems for solid-waste
management solid waste generation on-site handling, storage, and processing collection of
solid wastes transfer and transport processing techniques ultimate disposal
Text Book:
3. Peavy H.S, Rowe D.R. and Tchobanoglous G ,Environmental Engineering Tata
McGraw Hills, New Delhi, 1985.
4. Punmia B.C., Environmental Engineering Vol. I & II, Lakshmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2002.
KarunyaUniversity

References:
1. Garg, S.K., Environmental Engineering Vol. I & II, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
1994.
2. Metcalf & Eddy, M.C., Wastewater Engineering Treatment & Reuse, Tata McGraw
Hill Publications, New Delhi, 2003
09CE245 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
Credits: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
x To introduce the concepts of stress and strain
x To introduce the concepts of Shear force and Bending moment
x To introduce the concepts of deflection of beams
Unit I : Simple stress and strain
Stresses and strain due to axial force. Hookes law, factor of safety, stepped bars - uniformly
varying sections - stresses in composite bars due to axial force and temperature - strain energy
due to axial force, stresses due to sudden loads and impact. Lateral strain: Poissons ratio change in volume shear stress - shear strain - relationship between elastic constants - Hoop and
longitudinal stress in thin cylindrical and spherical shells subjected to internal pressure changes
in dimensions and volume.
Unit II : Shear Force And Bending Moment
Relationship between loading - shear force and bending moment - shear force and bending
moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and overhanging beams subjected to
concentrated loads and uniformly distributed loads only - maximum bending moment and point
of contra flexure.
Unit III : Bending Stresses
Theory of simple bending and assumptions simple bending equation - calculation of normal
stresses due to flexure application. Leaf Springs Strain Energy Due to Bending
Moment
Torsion: Theory of torsion and assumptions Torsion equation - Stresses and Deformation in
Solid Circular and Hollow Shafts Stepped Shafts Composite Shaft Stress due to combined
bending and Torsion StrainEnergy due to Torsion. Deformations and Stresses in Helical
Springs
Unit IV : Principal Stresses (Two Dimensional)
State of stress at a point, normal and tangential stresses on inclined planes - principal stresses and
their planes - plane of maximum shear - Mohrs circle of stresses.
Theories Of Elastic Failure : Maximum principal stress theory Maximum shear stress theory
Maximum principal strain theory Strain energy theory - Mohrs theory simple problems.
Unit V : Deflection Of Beams
Differential equation of elastic line - deflection in statically determinate beams - Macaulays
method for prismatic members - area moment method for stepped beams with concentrated
loads. Long columns: Buckling of long columns due to axial load - Eulers and Rankines
KarunyaUniversity

formulae for columns of different end conditions.

Text Book:
2008.
Reference Books:
York, 1987.
Credits: 0:0:1
OBJECTIVES:
x To give hands on training on testing of materials
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Torsion test on rod
Cold bend test
Tension, Compression (Parallel as well as perpendicular to the grains) and impact
tests on timber specimens.
12. Test on Bricks
Reference Book:
2008.
09CE247 ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Credits:3:1:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
The purpose of this course is to impart the laws of mechanics

To introduce the applications of equations of static equilibrium
To introduce the concepts of centre of gravity and moment of inertia
To introduce the methods of analysis of determinate trusses
KarunyaUniversity

To impart knowledge of rectilinear, curvilinear motion, impact of objects, work and

energy principles
UNIT I: Forces
Basics Units and Dimensions Laws of Mechanics Vectors Introduction to Statics &
Dynamics.
Force and force systems parallelogram law of forces resultant of a system of coplanar forces
acting on a particle equilibrium of a particle under coplanar forces resultant of a system of
spaces force acting on a particle equilibrium of a particle under space forces free body
diagram.
UNIT II: Rigid Bodies and Friction
Definition of a rigid body, Moment, Couple, Force-couple system equilibrium of a rigid body
under coplanar forces types of supports support reactions on beams and frames of
determinate structures problems involving equilibrium of rigid bodies stable, unstable and
neutral equilibrium
Friction angle of friction and coefficient of friction laws of dry friction friction in wedges,
ladders, screws and belts.
UNIT III: Cables and Moment of Inertia
Analysis of cables Analysis of roof trusses by method of joints and method of sections.
Properties of plane sections areas, centroid, first moment of area, moment of inertia, polar
moment of inertia and radius of gyration parallel and perpendicular axis theorem and its
application bodies mass moment of inertia of thin rectangular plates and solid rectangular
prisms.
UNIT IV: Kinematics
Kinetics Introduction Potential energy & Kinetic energy Conservation of energy
UNIT V : Rectilinear Motion, Impulse, Impact
normal and tangential components principle of work and energy principle of impulse and
momentum impact direct central impact oblique central impact.
Text Book:
1. Beer, F.P and Johnston, E.R, Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Statics and Dynamics,
McGraw hill International Book co.
Reference Books:
1. Meriam, J.L. and Kraige, L.S., Engineering Mechanics (Statics and Dynamics), John
Wiley & sons.
2. Meriam.,J.L. and Kraige, L.S., Irving H.shames, Engineering Mechanics (Statics and
Dynamics), Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
KarunyaUniversity

3. Rajasekaran, S and Sankarasubramanian, G., Engineering Mechanics, Vikas Publishing

House Pvt. Ltd, 1999
09CE248 BUILDING ACOUSTICS

Credits:3:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
x
To learn the basics of Acoustics

To learn to incorporate acoustic design in planning and design of buildings
To know about the Environmental and Architectural aspects of Acoustics
Acoustics Engineering - Requirements for good acoustics - General principles of acoustic design
- Fundamentals: Noise, Frequency, Sound, Band, Wavelength, Decibel, Reverberation Time
Unit II: Sound Absorbers and Room Acoustics
Sound Absorbers: Introduction - Main categories of absorber, Porous materials - Sound
Transmission, Characterization and properties of single walls and floors - Room Acoustics:
Introduction - Modeling of sound fields in rooms, Room acoustics parameters
Unit III: Planning and design
Planning and design against outdoor and indoor noise, Residential, Office, Hospital, Hotels and
hostels, laboratories and test house, miscellaneous building.
Unit IV: Environmental Acoustics
Weighted sound levels speech interference highway noise noise induced hearing loss noise
and architectural design specification and measurement of some isolation design of portions.
Unit V: Architectural Acoustics
Building skin envelope, Inter-space noise control, Interior space acoustics, Mechanical
equipment noise - Sound in enclosure A simple model for the growth of sound in a room
reverberation time - Sabine, sound absorption materials measurement of the acoustic output of
sound sources in live rooms acoustics factor in architectural design.
Text Books:
1. National Building Code-Part VIII Building Services- Section 4, Acoustics, Sound Insulation
and Noise Control- Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi, 2005
2. IS: 2526 1963 (reaffirmed 1996) Code of Practice for Acoustical Design of Auditoriums and
Conference Hall- Ninth reprint December 1998 (incorporating Amendment No: 1) New Delhi
KarunyaUniversity

KarunyaUniversity

09CE301 COMPUTER AIDED METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
x
To familiarize the two and three-dimensional structures with programming aspects

To introduce matrix force and displacement methods
To develop expert system for preliminary modeling and process
Unit I: Review of Fundamental Concepts

Introduction - Forces and Displacement Measurements - Principle of Superposition - Force and
Displacement Methods of Structural Analysis - Betti's law - Stiffness and Flexibility matrices of
the elements - a review.
Transformation of Information
Indeterminate Structures - Transformation of system force to element force Element flexibility
to system flexibility - system displacement to element displacement-Transformation of forces
and displacement in general
Unit II: Flexibility Method
Choice of redundant - ill and well conditioned equations - Automatic choice of redundants Transformation of one set of redundant to another set - Thermal expansion -Lack of fit Application to pin jointed plane and space trusses - Continuous beams, single storeyed rigid
frames and grids.
Unit III: Stiffness Method
Development of Stiffness method - Analogy between flexibility and stiffness - Analysis due to
thermal expansion - lack of fit - Application to pin jointed plane and space trusses continuous
beams - frames and grids.
Unit IV: Matrix Displacement Methods - Special Topics
Static Condensation Technique - Substructure Technique - Transfer Matrix Method Symmetry
and Anti Symmetry of Structures - Reanalysis Technique - Analysis of non-prismatic and curved
members.
Unit V: Direct Stiffness Method
Discrete System - Direct Stiffness approach - Application to two and three dimensional
pinjointed trusses - plane frames - Grids
Computer Application ( Internal Evaluation only and not for end semester examination)
Computer Applications - application and use of Computer packages such as SAP, STAAD,
STARDYNE
Text Books:
1. Rubinstein M F, Matrix Computer Analysis, Prentice Hall, New Delhio,1969
2. Rajasekaran .S., and Sankarasubramanian G., Computational Structural
KarunyaUniversity

Mechanics,rentice Hall of India, 2001

Reference Books:
1. Manickaselvam V.K, Elements of matrix and stability analysis of structures methods of
Structural Analysis, Khanna Publishers, Delhi -06, 5th Edition-2001
2. Vaidhyanathan & Perumal.P , Comprehensive structural Analysis Vol I & II Lakshmi
Publications, Delhi 110 002
3. Meghre,A.S,.Deshmukh . S.K , Matrix methods of Structural Analysis Chortar
Publishers, Anand (2003)
4. Pandit G.S.,.Gupta S.P , Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi (2002)
09CE302 APPLIED ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY

Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
To study the classical theory of linear elasticity for two and three dimensional state of
stress and obtain solutions for selected problems in rectangular and polar coordinates as
well as torsion of prismatic bars .
To understand the plastic stress strain relations, criteria of yielding and elastoplastic
problems
Unit I: Analysis Of Stress And Strain In Cartesian Coordinates

Analysis of stress (two and three dimension)- Body force, surface forces - Uniform state of stress
- Principal stresses - stress transformation laws - Differential equations of equilibrium. Analysis
of strain (two and three dimension) Strain displacement relations Compatibility equations state of strain at a point - strain transformations - principal strain - principle of superposition.
Stress - strain relations - generalized Hook's law - Lame's constants
Unit II : Formulation of Elasticity Problems :
Methods of formulation of elasticity problems - Equilibrium equations in terms of displacements
compatibility equations in terms of stresses - Boundary Value problems. St.Venant principle.
Two Dimensional Problems In Cartesian Coordinates:
Plane stress and Plane strain problems - Airy's stress function - polynomials -Application to:
a. Bending of a cantilever loaded at end.
b. Bending of a Beam by uniform load.
c. Bending of a cantilever with a moment at the end.
Unit III:TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS IN POLAR COORDINATES:
General equations in polar coordinates - stress distribution symmetrical about an axis - pure
bending of curved bars - strain components in polar coordinates - Rotating Disc - Bending of a
curved bar by force at the end - Effect of circular hole on stress distribution - concentrated force
at a point of a straight boundary - Forces on wedges - A circular disc with diametric loading
KarunyaUniversity

Unit IV:TORSION OF PRISMATIC BARS

General solutions of the problem by displacement (St. Venant's warping function) and force
(Prandtl's stress function) approaches - Membrane analogy-Torsion of shafts of circular and
noncircular (elliptic, triangular and rectangular) cross sectional shapes. Torsion of thin
rectangular section and hollow thin walled single and multicelled sections.
Unit V : Introduction To Plasticity
Yield criteria, Rankine's theory - St.Venant's theory - Tresca's criterion - Beltramis theory Von-mises criterion; Stress-space representation of Von-Mises and Tresca yield criteria through
Westergard stress space, Elasto-plastic problems - beams in bending - thick hollow cylinders
subjected to internal pressure - torsion of bar of circular cross section - Nadai's sand heap
analogy.
Text Books:
1. Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.
2. Sadhu Singh, "Theory of Plasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.
Reference Books:
1. Chow,P.C. and Pagano,N.J.,"Elasticity, Tensor, Dyadic and Engg. approaches",
1951.
4. Mendelson, A., "Plasticity, Theory and Applications", MacMillan Co., New York,
1968.
09CE303 ADVANCED DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Credit:3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
To learn to design the advanced reinforced concrete structures.

To learn to design the miscellanies rcc structures like corbels etc..
UNIT I :
Introduction to design Philosophy- Working stress design, limit state design, ultimate load design
KarunyaUniversity


(No derivation for problems) comparison of various codal provisions - Composite column and
Tubular column behavioural study. Principles of design of RCC chimney , cooling tower and
nuclear structures.
UNIT III : Limit Analysis and Design of Slabs
Behaviour of R.C. slabs under gradually increasing loads - Assumptions made in yield line
under different edge conditions and equilibrium method - Application to practical design
problems - Effect of corner levers - Hillerborg's simple strip method of analysis.Design of flat
slabs according to Equivalent frame method
Fundamental principles - Moment redistribution - limit analysis and design of continuous beams
and simple portal frames - Check on rotation capacity.
Simply supported and continuous deep beams - Grid floors Orthotropic plate theory-Waffle
slab corbels
Text Books:
1.Bhavikatti S.S Advanced RCC Design New age internatonal Pvt Ltd.2006.
3.Varghese, P.C., "Advanced Reinforced concrete structures ", Prentice Hall of
India Ltd, New Delhi 2003.
Reference Books
1. Krishnaraju,N., "Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design "CBS publications, New Delhi
2005.
2. Punmia B.C Advanced RCC Design Laxmi Publications Pvt Ltd,2006.
09CE304 ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
x
x
x
To design beams subjected to biaxial bending and beam columns as per current code
To have an experience in the complete design of an Industrial building
To learn the concept of design of transmission towers
To learn the analysis and design of multistoeyed buildings
To learn the concepts of plastic analysis and design of steel structures
Unit I:Limit state design of Beams and Beam columns

Design of Beams subjected to biaxial bending moment - Design of sections subjected to
unsymmetrical bending - Elastic lateral torsional buckling - Short Beam-Columns - Long BeamKarunyaUniversity

Columns - Beam-Columns at Ultimate Load - Effects of Slenderness Ratio and Axial force on
Modes of Failure - Beam-Column under Biaxial bending - Differential Equations and Moment
Magnification Factors
Unit II:Industrial Building (Design by Limit State method)
Review of loads on structures-Dead, Live, wind and Seismic loads as per National standardAnalysis and Design of Industrial buildings and bents-Sway and non-sway frames- Design of
Purlins, louver rails, gable column and Gable wind girder-Analysis and design of Gable frames.
UNIT III:Towers & Stacks
Types of towers - Structural Configurations - Transmission Towers - Loads on Towers - Wind
Load - Analysis of a tower
Earth Quake Design of Steel Structures
Design Philosophy and Methodology Seismic analysis and design verification Seismic
behaviour of beam columns capacity design special devices and systems
UNIT IV: Multistoreyed Buildings
Structure of Multistoreyed buildings - Bracing of Multistoreyed frames - Vertical load analysis
Substitute frame method - Lateral Load analysis of frames - Portal Method - Cantilever Method Factor method - Design of members Design of connections
UNIT V:Plastic Theory
Introduction - Shape factor Moment redistribution upper bound, lower bound and Uniqueness
theorems - Combined mechanism - Analysis of single bay and two bay portal frames - Methods
of plastic moment distribution - Design of continuous beams and portal frames
Text Book:
1. Design of Steel Structures - N. Subramanian, Oxford University Press, USA, 2008
Reference Books:
1.Dayaratnam, P., Design of Steel Structures, A.H.Wheeler & Co. Ltd., Allahabad, 2008
2.Arya and Ajmani, Design of Steel Structures, NemChand Brothers, Roorkee, 2007
3.Punmia B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun kumar Jain, `Design of Steel Structures', Arihant
Publications, Bombay, 2008
4.Gray, C. S. Kent L.E Mitchell, W.A., and Godfey, W.B., "Steel Designer's manual", English
Language Book Society and Granade Publishing, London, 2003
5.Teaching Resource Materials on Steel SERC, INSDAG, Anna University and IIT Madras
09CE305 - DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS
Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x To study various types of shallow and deep 1. foundations, sheet pile
cofferdams and marine structures..
KarunyaUniversity
structures,

To study the design philosophy of various types of machine foundations and special
foundations on expansive soils.
Unit I:Net Load Intensity for Foundation Design Shallow and Deep Foundations
Bearing capacity as a function of width Settlement - Gross vs. Net load Allowable soil
pressure satisfying bearing capacity and settlement Footings and Rafts in clay and sand
Backfilled and Compensated rafts Introduction to Soil-Structure Interaction.
Displacement and replacement piles Battered and Tapered piles Individual capacity Group
capacity Group efficiency Negative skin friction Piers Load tests -Dynamic formulae
Pile construction
Unit II:Bulkheads, Cofferdams and Cut supports
Cantilever sheet pile walls Anchored bulkheads driven to free and fixed earth supports
Equivalent beam method Anchorages Sheet pile .
Cellular cofferdams Circular and Diaphragm types Stability analysis.
Terzaghis wedge theory for earth pressure on cut supports Design pressure diagram for cut
supports Single wall braced cofferdams
Attaining familiarity with Design Softwares
Unit III:Machine Foundations and Marine Foundations
Simple harmonic motion Degree of freedom Natural frequency Free and Forced vibrations
Resonance Damping Soil Dynamics Determination of soil parameters Cyclic plate
bearing test Block vibration test Types of machine foundations Criteria for selection and
design of machine foundations Construction vibrations Vibration isolation Passive and
Active isolation Earthquake geotechnics Liquefaction.
Marine substructures Design loads Wave action and wave pressure Molitore-Gaillard
equation wave pressure diagram.
Unit IV:Foundations in Expansive Soils, Fills and Rocks:
Expansive clays Spread of black cotton soils in India Differential free swell test Swelling
pressure test Underreamed piles in clays and sands Load carrying capacities of underreamed
piles Construction of underreamed piles by manual tools.
Placement and compaction of fills Compaction control Foundations on fills:
Roack quality designation Foundations on unweathered, jointed and weathered rocks.
Unit V:Reinforced Earth and Ground Anchors
Mechanics of Reinforced Earth Design Materials for components Construction. Diaphragm
walls Bored pile walls Prestressed Ground Anchors Cut-and-cover metro construction
Stabilization with drilling mud Direct and Reverse mud circulation Vibro-compaction by
Vibroflot Stone Columns.
Text books:
1.Kurian, N.P.,, Design of Foundation Systems Principles and Practices (3rd rev. and enl.
edn.) Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.2005
KarunyaUniversity

2.Kurian, N.P., Modern Foundations Introduction to Advanced Techniques, Tata McGrawHill, New Delhi., 1983
Reference books:
1.Venkataramaiah, C. , Geotechnical Engineering, (3rd edn.) New Age International (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi.2005
2.Saran, S. , Analysis and Design of Substructures, Oxford and IBH, New Delhi.1986
3.Varghese, P.C. , Foundation Engineering, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.,2005
4.Peck, R.B., Hanson, W.E. and Thornburn, T.H. , Foundation Engineering ( 2nd edn.) Wiley
Eastern Ltd., New Delhi. 1974
09CE306 STABILITY OF STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
To understand the basic principles of stability and buckling and to apply equilibrium and
energy approaches for the buckling of compression members and beam columns made of
solid as well as thin walled open sections.
To understand the buckling behaviour of plates and shells and nonlinear theory of
buckling
Unit I : Concepts Of Stability

Introduction - Stability Criteria - Equilibrium, Energy and Dynamic approaches- South well Plot
- Stability of Link models.
Compression Members
imperfect column - initially bent column - eccentrically loaded column-Energy methodRayleigh Ritz , Galerkin methods - Effect of shear on buckling Large deflection of columns.
Introduction - Double modulus theory (reduced modulus) - tangent modulus theory - Shanley's
theory - determination of double modulus for various sections.
Beam Columns
Introduction - Beam-columns with concentrated lateral loads - distributed loads - effect of axial
loads on bending stiffness - stability of frames - stability functions.
Unit III : Lateral Stability Of Beams
buckling of cantilever and simply supported I beams
Buckling of Thin-Walled Open Sections
approaches.
KarunyaUniversity


Governing Differential equation-Equilibrium, energy concepts - Buckling of rectangular plates
of various end conditions - Finite difference method - post-buckling strength
Donnels Equation Symmetrical Buckling of Cylinder under uniform axial Compression
Cylinder under uniform external lateral pressure Cylinder subjected to torsion.
Imperfection sensitivity
Perfect systems Imperfect systems Imperfection sensitive and insensitive systems
Symmetric and Asymmetric bifurcation Bifurcation and limit points - Path tracing Point
matching Path switching
Text Books:
2. Iyengar, N.G.R., "Elastic Stability of Structural Elements", Macmillan India Ltd., New
delhi,2007.
Reference Books:
1975..
2. Timoshenko, S.P., and Gere,J.M., "Theory of Elastic Stability", 2nd Ed. McGraw-Hill,
1961.
3. El Naschie M S., "Stress, Stability and Chaos in Structural Engineering: An Energy
Approach", McGraw Hill International al Editions, 1992.
5. Murali L. Gambir, Stability Analysis and Design of Strucures, Springer-Verlog, Berlin,
2004
09CE307 ADVANCED COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY
Credit 0:0:2
A. Program Using Fortran And C Languages:
1. Solution of Linear System of Equations by Cramers Rule.
2. Solution of Linear System of Equations by Gaussian Elimination method
3. Solution of Linear System of Equations by Gauss Siedel Iteration.
4. Solution of Linear System of Equations using Band Solver technique.
5. Programs for Semi automatic Technique for Flexibility and Stiffness approach.
6. Program for Direct Stiffness Method
B. Finite Element Method:
1. Analysis of 2D Truss by FEM using 2D Truss Program
C. Finite Element Analysis Of Structures (Feast):
1. Analysis of Cantilever beam using FEAST Software package.
2. Analysis of Plates using FEAST Software package
3. Analysis of Shells using FEAST Software package
KarunyaUniversity

D. Analysis And Design Of Structures Using STAAD-III Package

1. Analysis of plane rigid jointed frame by STAAD-III package.
2. Analysis of continuous Beams using STAAD-III package
3. Analysis of Trusses using STAAD III-package.
E. Analysis Of Structures Using NISA
1. Analysis of Curved Beams using NISA package.
2. Analysis of plates using NISA package.
F. Modelling Using Auto Cad
1. Solid Modelling using Auto CAD.
2. Design of R.C. Beams, counterfort Retaining Walls using Excel.
G. Analysis Using Ansys Pacakage
1. Stress Analysis of Deep Beams.
2. Analysis of Folded Plates & Shells
3. Analysis of Grids
H. Drafting Using Auto Cad
I. Buckling And Dynamic Analysis Of Structures
Text Book
1. Balaguruswamy. E Object Oriented Programming C, Tata Mc Graw Hill.
Reference Books:
1.
STAAD PACKAGE MANUAL
2.
FEAST PACKAGE Hand Book for Prewin
3.
FEAST C Users Manual
4.
ANSYS Package Manual.
09CE308 STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x To study the basic principles of free and forced vibration ( both undamped and damped)
of single degree of freedom and multiple degree of freedom systems as well as distributed
parameter systems
x To study the basic principles of structural dynamics and the solution techniques for free
and forced vibration analysis of building frames subjected to dynamic loads..
UNIT I : Introduction and Principles of Dynamics
Vibration studies and their importance to structural engineering problems elements of vibratory
systems and simple harmonic motion - Vibration with and without damping - constraints generalized mass D'Alembert's principle - Hamilton's principle - Lagrange equations coupling.
KarunyaUniversity

Single Degree of Freedom:

Degree of freedom - Equation of motion for S.D.O.F. - damped and undamped free vibrations Undamped forced vibration - Critical damping - Logarithmic decrement Response to support
motion - Response of one degree freedom system to harmonic excitation, damped or undamped
- Evaluation of damping resonance - band width method to evaluate damping - force transmitted
to foundation - vibration isolation.
UNIT II : Response to General Dynamic Loading
earthquake) - Duhamel's integral - Numerical evaluation
UNIT III : Distributed Parameter System
Expression for generalized system properties Vibrational analysis with Rayleigh's variational
method - Rayleigh - Ritz method.
Differential equation of motion - analysis of undamped free vibration of simply supported and
cantilever beams - effect of axial loads - numerical evaluation of modes frequencies and
response spectrum
UNIT IV:Multidegree Freedom System
Mathematical model of MDOF system, free vibration of undamped MDOF systems-Natural
frequencies and mode shapes orthogonality conditions,
Solution of the eigen value problem
vector interaction methods - Stodala and Subspace iteration techniques, Transformation methods
- Jacobi and Given's method, Frequency search methods Hozer and Transfer matrix methods
Dunkerlay's equation and Rayleigh - Ritz methods.
UNIT V:Analysis of multi storeyed buildings subjected to Dynamic Loads:
Idealisation of multi-storeyed building frames for dynamic analysis -Shear buildings stiffness,
flexibility and mass matrices - free and forced vibration with and without damping.
Solution of Equilibrium Equations in Dynamics
Introduction - Direct integration methods - The central Difference method - The Houbolt method
- Wilson-q-method and the Newmark method
Text Books:
1986.
Reference Books:
1. Craig,R.R., "Structural Dynamics - An Introduction to computer Methods", John Wiley
& Sons, 1989.
5. Manickaselvam, V.K., "Elementary Structural Dynamics", Dhanpat Rai & Sons, 1987.
KarunyaUniversity

09CE309 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS IN ENGINEERING

Credit: 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x To understand the basic concept of finite element and derive the shape functions for one,
two, and three dimensional finite elements including plate and shell elements.
x To study the various finite element procedures and solution techniques for linear and
nonlinear finite element static and stability analysis of structures
Concept of an element - various element shapes - one, two and three dimensional elements Finite Element procedure, variational principles and method of weighted residual Principle of
virtual work - Rayleigh Ritz method - Galerkin's method of weighted residual. Displacement,
stress and hybrid models - Convergence and compatibility requirements - Assumed displacement
field - Pascal Triangle - Melosh criteria stiffness of an axial element -Two dimensional Truss
problem. - Storage schemes - skyline, band forms; Solution of equilibrium problems- Gauss
elimination techniques
Unit II : Two Dimensional Elements
Triangular Elements - constant strain Triangle - Element stiffness matrix - various methods of
evaluating element stiffness Higher order triangular elements - comparison of different
elements. Rectangular Elements - Serendipity family - Lagrangian family - Hermitian family.
Sub-Iso-Super Parametric elements - Shape function - Mapping - Linear isoparametric
quadrilateral.
Unit III : Three Dimensional Elements
Numerical Integration using Gaussion Quadrature - Weights and Gauss points - Selective and
reduced integration. Axisymmetric stress analysis - Tetrahedran element family parallelopiped element - Hexahedran Element family - ZIB 8 and ZIB 20 elements.
Unit IV : Plate/Shell Elements And Finite Strip Method
Triangular and Rectangular elements - BFS Element - Faceted element for shells - Semi loof elements - Degenerated shell elements - Axisymmetric shell elements. Finite strip method
- Development of stiffness matrix and consistent load vector - Application to folded plates
and bridge decks - Applications to Reinforced Concrete.
Unit V : Non-Linear Analysis And Computer Applications
Types of non-linearities - Stability analysis - Load deformation response - Solution techniques Newton Raphson method - Modified Newton Raphson method, Alpha constant method, Riks
Wempner method - classical Eigen Value analysis - programming organisation of Finite
Element Schemes - Input / output plotting - Mesh generation aspects - software packages.
Text Book:
1. Rajasekaran, S., "Finite Element Methods in Engineering Design", S.Chand & Co
Ltd., New Delhi, 2003
KarunyaUniversity

Reference Books:
1. Chandrakant, S.Desai and John F.Abel, "Introduction to the Finite Element
method, A numerical Method for Engg. Analysis", Affiliated East West press
Pvt.Ltd., Madras, 1972.
2. Tirupathi R.Chandrupatla and Ashok D., Belegundu, "Introduction to Finite
Elements in Engineering", Prentice Hall of India Pvt.Ltd., New Delhi 2004.
3. Krishnamoorthy C.S., "Finite Element Method - Theory and Programming", Tata
Mc Graw Hill Publishing Company", New Delhi 1994.
4. Bathe, K.J., "Finite Element Procedure", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi 1997.
5. Zienkiewinz O.C., "The Finite Element method Vol. 1 & 2", Mc Graw Hill Book
Company,New York 1991.
6. Mukhopadhyay.M., "Matrix, Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis",
Oxford & IBH publishing Co., Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1993.
7. Rajasekaran, S., "Numerical Methods in science and Engineering - A practical approach",
A.H. Wheeler & Co., 2nd Edn., 1999.
09CE310 ADVANCED BRIDGE ENGINEERING
Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
x
x
x
x
To get exposed to the design aspects of various types of bridges

To learn IRC specifications and Railway loading for the design of bridges
To learn the design of slab, T beam concrete and prestressed bridges
To learn the design of steel bridges
To learn the concept of design of substructure for the bridges
To learn the construction and maintenance of bridges
Unit I :Design of Concrete Bridges

Introduction and Analysis & Design of Concrete Bridges - Loading standards: IRC and Railway
loadings - Reinforced concrete bridge decks: slab, T-beam and- slab, arch, bow string girder
types - Critical studies of failure of major bridges
Unit II:Prestressed Concrete Bridges
Prestressed concrete bridges: simple spans, continuous decks; cantilever construction; anchorage
of tendons; grouting of tendons - Critical studies of failure of major bridges
Unit III: Steel Bridges
Steel Bridges - Steel superstructure: Plate girder, box girder truss and arch types - Cable stayed
bridges and suspension bridges; principles of design, aerodynamic stability and vibrations;
simplified designs - Critical studies of failure of major bridges
Unit IV: Substructure and Foundations
Substructure design: piers and abutments of different types - Foundations: Shallow foundations,
deep foundations, piles, wells and pneumatic caissons - River training works.
Unit V:Construction and Maintenance
KarunyaUniversity

Bearing: metallic and elastomeric types; fixed and movable bearings - Joints: expansion joints;
Contraction joints; joint seals - Innovative construction methods: incremental push launching;
cantilever construction; erection of precast elements - Bridge maintenance management:
inventory, inspection and rehabilitation.
Text Book:
1. Johnson Victor, D., "Essentials of Bridge Engineering", Oxford & IBH Publishing Co.,
Reference Books:
1. Ponnuswamy, S., "Bridge Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007
2. Krishna Raju, N., "Design of Bridges", Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi, Third
Edition, 2007.
3. T.R. Jagadeesh, M.A. Jayaram, Design of Bridge Structures, Prentice Hall of India
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2007.
09CE311 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
To understand the basic concept of prestress of concrete structures.

To study the prestress design methods for various structures.
Prestressing system Analysis of Prestress and Bending stresses pressure line- concept of load
balancing- Losses of prestress
Deflection
Short term deflections of uncracked members - Long term deflections - Deflection due to
creep in members - Code requirements for the limit state of deflection .- Factors influencing
deflection
UNIT II : Design For Flexure
Design For Shear And Torsion
Shear and principal stresses - Limit state shearing resistance of cracked and uncracked
sections - Design of Shear reinforcement by the limit state approach. Interaction diagrams
under combined bending, torsion and transverse shear.
UNIT III : Transfer of Prestress
Pretensioned members: Transmission of prestressing force by bond - Transmission length Factors affecting transmission length - Check for transmission length
KarunyaUniversity

Post tensioned members- Anchorage zone stresses - Calculation of bearing stress and bursting
tensile forces and reinforcement in anchorage zone based on I.S. 1343 code and Guyon's method.
Composite Construction of Prestressed & Insitu Concrete
Types of composite construction - Analysis for stresses - Effect of Differential shrinkage -Design
for flexure and shear.
UNIT IV : Statically Indeterminate Prestressed Concrete Structures
beam
UNIT V
Other Structures
Methods of achieving partial prestressing - Advantages and disadvantages. Design of prestressed
concrete columns and tension members- Design considerations of sleepers, poles, piles and
pavements - Use of nonprestressed reinforcement- Methods of prestressing concrete shell
structures.
Text Books:
1. Krishna Raju, N., "Prestressed Concrete" Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1995. (Fourth edition), 2007.
Reference Books:
1. Lecture notes compiled by Mrs.M.Jemimah Carmichael, Karunya University,
Coimbatore.
09CE312 SEISMIC DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES :
x To understand the basic concept of seismic design of concrete structures.
x To study the design methods for various structures.
Unit I: Engineering seismology
Introduction- Elastic Rebound theory- Plate tectonics- Seismic waves-Seismic zones- Effects of
earthquakes-measurement of earthquakes- Design Philosophy and methodology-Conceptual
design Considerations
Unit II: Introduction to earthquake resistant design
Basic elements of earthquake resistant design- Configurations Design Earthquake loads- Load
combinations- permissible stresses Seismic methods of Analysis Factors in Seismic analysis Local site effects Torsion Overturning moments Earthquake resistant design methods.
KarunyaUniversity

Unit III: Reinforced Concrete Buildings

Behaviour of R.C.Structures Damage to RCC buildings Principles of Earthquake resistant
Design - Modelling of RC building- Determination and design for lateral force (Code based) Step by step procedure for seismic analysis problems - Ductility consideration of earthquake
design of RC buildings- Ductility Impact, Requirements, Assessment,-Factors affects DuctilityDuctile detailing and earthquake resistant design as per IS 13920-1993 and IS 456-2000 Capacity based design step by step procedure.
Shear wall- Behaviour of shear wall Tall shear wall Squat shear wall- earthquake resistant
design of shear wall
Unit IV: Masonry Structures:

Categories of masonry buildings ( IS 4326:1993)- Behaviour of unreinforced, reinforced and
infill walls- Improving the seismic behaviour- seismic design considerstions- Seismic Design of
masonry buildings
Steel Structures (IS 800 2007)
Seismic Behaviour of Steel Structures- Design of Steel Structures: General Load and load
Combinations- Connections, joints and fasteners- Columns- Storey drift- Concentrically Braced
frames- Braced Frames- Moment Frames- column Bases
Unit V:Response control Concepts- Earthquake protective system- Base isolation- Energy
Dissipation System
Seismic Test Methods- Seismic Evaluation- Methodology: Capacity Demand method, Push
Over Analysis, Inelastic Time history analysis
(For Internal Evaluation only and not for End-Semester Examinations)
Global and Local- Methods of Retrofitting- Computer aided seismic evaluation of building
systems for earthquake loads- -Hands on session .
Text Book:
1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrinkhande., Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures ,
prentice hall of India pvt ltd ., New Delhi, 2007.
2. Duggal S.K., Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures , Oxward University Press.
New Delhi, 2007.
Reference books:
1. Chopra, A.K., Dynamics of Structures Theory and applications to earthquake
Engineering , prentice hall of India pvt ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
2. Taranath,B.S., Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings, McGraw-hill book
company New York,1999.
3. Naeim,f., The Seismic Design Hand Book, Second edition, kluwer academic
publishers, london,2001.
KarunyaUniversity

4. Steven L.Kramer.,Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, prentice hall of India pvt ltd.,

New Delhi, 2004.
09CE313 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY
Credit: 0:0:2
1. CONCRETE MIX DESIGN FOR M20 AND M50 GRADE
1.2 ACI method
2. TESTS ON HARDENED CONCRETE
2.1 Determination of Modulus of Elasticity of Concrete
3. Tests on High Performance Concrete
4. Tests on the Behaviour and ultimate strength of Reinforced Concrete Beams.
5. Impact test on FRC specimens.
6. Demonstration of prestressing operations
7. Studies on Electrical Resistance Strain gauges using a Demonstration kit.
TEXT BOOKS
2. Neville, A.M.., "Properties of Concrete", Longman Scientific & Technical, England,
1981.
3. Gambier, Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS
4. Krishnaraju, N. "Design of concrete mixes", Sehgal Educational Consultants &
09CE314 MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
Unit I: General
Distress monitoring, Causes for distress, Defects due to climate, chemicals, wear, Quality
assurance, Quality audit, Quality Management system and Quality control, Structural Appraisal,
Concrete floors and pavements
Non Destructive Testing:
Ultrasonic and sonic test- Rebound hammer Test- Strength evaluation of existing structures.
Causes Diagnosis Thermal and Shrinkage cracks Vegetation and trees Foundation
movements Techniques for Repair Epoxy injection.
KarunyaUniversity

Moisture Penetration
Sources of Dampness Moisture movement from ground Reasons for ineffective damping
Leakage in concrete slabs Pitched roofs Dampness in solid walls Condensation Remedial
treatments Chemical coatings
Unit III : Steel Structures
Types and causes of deterioration Preventive measures Repair Procedure Brittle Failure
Defects in welded joints Test for defects; Mechanism of Corrosion Design and fabrication
errors Distress during erection.
Masonry Structures
Discolouration and weakening of stones Preservation Chemical preservatives Brick
masonry structures Distress and remedial measures
Unit IV : Special Materials for Repair
Special concretes and mortar, concrete chemicals, special elements for accelerated strength gain,
Expansive cement, polymer concrete, Sulphur infiltrated concrete, Ferrocement overlay, Fibre
reinforced concrete.
Techniques for repair:Polymer coating for rebars, Mortar and dry pack, Vacuum concrete,
Gunite and Shotcrete, Shoring and underpinning, plating.
General principle relieving loads Strengthening super structures Conversion to composite
construction Post stressing Jacketing Bonded overlays reinforcement addition
strengthening the substructures Increasing the load capacity of footing.
Text books
1. Johnson. S.M. ,Deterioration, maintenance and repair of structures, McGraw-Hill book
company, New York, 1965.
2. R. T. Allen and S. C. Edwards, Repair of concrete structures, Blakie and Sons, UK,
1987.
Reference books
1. M. S. Shetty, Concrete Technology- Theory and Practice, S. Chand and Company, New
Delhi, 1992.
2. Gambhir, Concrete Technology.
09CE315 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PLATE AND SHELL STRUCTURES
Credit 3:1:0
Unit I : Classical Theory of Plates
KarunyaUniversity

Differential equation of laterally loaded and thin rectangular plates - Levy and Naviers solution
of plates - small deflection theory of plates - analysis of laterally loaded (concentrically loaded)
circular, thin plates with simply supported or clamped edges.
Unit II : Design of Folded Plate Roof
Assumptions in the analysis of folded plates - Analysis of folded plate roof as per the ASCE task
committee recommendations - Design steps - Minimum thickness and reinforcements as per IS
specifications for RC folded plates.

Structural behavior of thin shells - Classification of shells - Translational and rotational shells Ruled surfaces - Methods of generating the surface of different shells like hyperbolic paraboloid,
elliptic paraboloids conoids etc Membrane theory of doubly curved shells -Edge disturbance
Design of Shells with Double Curvature
Design of the following type of shells a) Spherical shell, b) Conical shell, c) Paraboloid and
ellipsoid.
Unit IV : Design of Cylindrical Shells
Design of R.C. Cylindrical shell with edge beams using theory for long shells - Design of shell
with ASCE manual coefficients, Prestressed Cylindrical Shells
consideration -Design examples - Detailing of reinforcement
Design of R.C Northlight Shells
Analysis of stresses in northlight shells - Design examples
Text Books
1990.
Reference Books
1971.
KarunyaUniversity

4.
Design of Cylindrical concrete shell roofs", Manual of Engineering Practice No.31

5. Billington, D.F., "Thin Shell Concrete Structures Mc Graw Hill Book Company, 1965.
09CE316 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
Credit : 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES :
x To know the advanced types of concrete used for varies type of structures
x To know the durability and other properties of concrete.
Unit I : Concrete Making Materials

Composition and properties of portland cement - tests on physical properties - consistency setting time - soundness - strength - cements of different types - composition properties and
uses with special emphasis for different constructional and weather conditions IS code
specifications .AGGREGATES: Classification - Mechanical Properties - deleterious substances
in aggregates - Bulking of sand - Alkali Aggregate reaction - Grading requirements - IS Code
specifications WATER: Requirements of water for concrete making - IS Code specifications.
ADMIXTURES: - Accelerators - Retarders - water reducing agents - Plasticisers Air entraining
agents.
Unit II: Fresh Concrete and Hardening of Concrete
Workability - Factors affecting workability - Tests for workability - Segregation - Bleeding Mixing of concrete - Compaction of concrete - Preplaced concrete - Shotcrete. Factors affecting
strength of concrete - Curing of concrete Maturity of concrete - Micro cracking and autogeneous
healing - Evolution of heat and expansion - Shrinkage of concrete - Factors affecting shrinkage
of concrete.
Unit III: Durability of Concrete and Testing of Hardened Concrete
Permeability - Chemical attack - Sulphate attack - Quality of water - Marine atmosphere Methods to improve durability - Thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance -Resistance to
Abrasion and Cavitation - Acoustic properties - Compression test Split Tension test - Flexure
Test - Test for Bond strength - IS Code provisions - Factors affecting strength test results Accelerated strength tests - stress strain characteristics Determination of modulus of elasticity Electrodynamics determination method - In site strength determination - variation in test results Distribution of strength - standard deviation -creep of concrete and factors which influence it.
Unit IV : Mix Design
Basic considerations - Factors in the choice of mix proportions - ACI method, Mix design with
fly-ash - IS method Rapid Method- Steps of design Mix proportions for weigh batching and
volume batching - correction for moisture content and bulking - yield of concrete - Design of
high strength concrete mixes Inspection and Testing of structures: core test, Load test for
flexural members
KarunyaUniversity

Unit V: Mix Design

BIS method , UK and Australia code method of design mix- mix design softwares-high strength
concrete - high performance concrete - self compacting concrete - ready mix concrete- Pumped
Concrete
Text Books
1. Neville, A.M., "Concrete Technology", Longman Scientific & Technical, 2003
2.Santhakumar A.R Concrete Technology, Oxford University Press N Delhi,2006
Reference Books
1. Neville, A.M., "Properties of Concrete", Longman Scientific & Technical, 2001
2.Viswanath,H.S, Concrete Technology, Sapna Book House (p) Ltd,2007.
09CE317 ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES

AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Credit: 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
To know the construction technique of varies structures

To plan and complete the project within the stipulated time
UNIT I: SUB-STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION

Box jacking Pipe jacking Under water construction of diaphragm walls and basement
Tunneling techniques driving well and caisson sinking cofferdam cable anchoring and
grouting driving diaphragm walls, sheet piles laying operations for built up offshore system
shoring for deep cutting large reservoir construction with membrance and earth system
wellpoints dewatering and stand by plant equipment for underground open excavation.
UNIT II: SUPER STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION
Vacuum dewatering of concrete flooring concrete paving technology techniques of
construction for continuous concreting operation in tall buildings of various shapes and varying
sections launching techniques suspended form work erection techniques of tall structures,
large span structures launching techniques for heavy decks insitu prestressing in high rise
structures, aerial transporting, handling and erecting lightweight components on tall structures
erection of lattice towers and rigging of transmission line structures construction sequence in
cooling towers, silos, chimney, sky scrappers, bow string bridges, cable stayed bridges
launching and pushing of box decks Advanced construction techniques in offshore construction
practice construction sequence and methods in RCC domes and prestress domes support
structure for heavy equipment and conveyor and machinery in heavy industries erection of
articulated structures, braced domes and space decks.
UNIT III: REPAIR CONSTRUCTION
KarunyaUniversity

Mud jacking grout through slab foundation micropiling for strengthening floor and shallow
profile pipeline laying protecting sheet piles, screw anchors sub grade water proofing
under pinning advanced techniques Sequence in demolition and dismantling.
UNIT IV: ORGANIZING PROJECT MANAGEMENT
What is project Management? Trends in Modern Management Strategic Planning and Project
Programming organization of project participants Traditional Designer Constructor sequence
Professional Construction Management owner Builder Operation Turnkey operation
Leadership and Motivation for the project team Interpersonal Behaviour in Project
Organizations Perception of Owners and Contractors. Innovation and Technological Feasibility
Innovation and Economic Feasibility Geotechnical Engineering: Investigation Construction
Planning Computer aided planning
UNIT V:LABOUR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT

Factors affecting job-site productivity of labour Labour relations in construction Problems in
collective bargaining Materials procurement and Delivery Inventory control Tradeoffs of
costs in Materials Management Construction equipment Choice of equipment and standard
production rates Equipments for industrial construction and pre-fabrication. Type of
construction cost estimates Unit cost method of estimation Application of cost indices to
estimating Estimate based on Engineers list of quantities allocation of construction costs over
time Estimation of operating costs Computer Aided Cost Estimation.
Text Books:
1. Jerry Irvine, Advanced Construction Techniques, CA Rocktr, 2001
2. Chitkara.K.K., Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi,
2003
Reference Books:
1. Seetharaman .S, Construction Engineering and Management, Umesh Publications,
Nai Sarak, Delhi 2002
09CE 318 THEORY OF PLATES
Credit : 4:0:0
Thin and thick plates Plate behavior Material behavior Isotropic and orthotropic Materials.
Small Deflection Theory and Classical Methods
Differential equation of plates in Cartesian Coordinates system boundary conditions
Rigorous solution Naveirs method Levys method.
UNIT II : Symmetrical Bending of Circular Plates
KarunyaUniversity

Differential equation for symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates Simply
supported edges clamped edges circular plate with a circular hole at the center circular
plate concentrically loaded.
UNIT III :Approximate Methods
Energy method Galerkins Method Ritz Method Simultaneous bending and stretching.
Numerical Methods
Finite difference method Introduction to Finite Element Method.
UNIT IV : Plate of Other Shapes
Triangular plates Elliptic plates Sector plates Skew plates Plates on elastic foundation
Continuous plates.
UNIT V : Advanced Topics
Large Deflection theory Shear Deformation Theories Mindlins theory of plates Flat plates
Engineering approach to design of Rectangular floor slabs.
Text Books:
2. Timoshenko and Krieger., Theory of Plates and Shells, Mc-Graw Hill Inc, New York,
1959.
Reference Books:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Donnel, L.H., Beams, Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Inc, 1976.
Mansfield., The Bending and Stretching of Plates
Pucker.A., Influence Surfaces of Elastic Plates
Bairagi. N.K., A Text Book of Plate Analysis, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
09CE319 MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Credit : 4:0:0
Classification mechanical behavior basic terminology manufacture advantages.
Unit II : Micro Mechanical Behavior of a Lamina
Determination of constants elasticity approach to stiffness comparison of approaches
mechanics of material approach.
Unit III : Macro Mechanical Behavior of a Lamina
Stress Strain relation for anisotropic material engineering constants constitutive relation in
plane stress lamina in arbitrary bi-axial strength theory.
Unit IV : Macro Mechanical Behavior of a Laminate
Equivalent single layer theory classical laminate theory continuum based theory laminate
stiffness comparison strength of laminates - stress design of laminates.
KarunyaUniversity

Failure Strength Of Laminates

Delamination Theory Ply drops and Failure Theory Tsai Wu Theory.
Unit V : Bending, Buckling and Vibration of Laminate Plates
Governing equations bending, buckling and vibration design of simply supported plate under
distributed lateral load buckling under in-plane load vibration of simply supported laminate
plates.
Text Books:
Reference Books:
1. Bose.P., and Reddy. J.N., Analysis of Composite plates using various plate theories part I
and II formulation and analytical solution Structural Engineering and Mechanics, Vol 6,
No 6, & 7, Sept, Oct, 1998.
2. Reddy, J.N., Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates, CRC Press.
09CE320 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES FOR DYNAMIC LOADS
Credit : 4:0:0
Factors affecting design against dynamic loads Behavior of concrete, steel, masonry and soil
under impact and cyclic loads Recap of Structural dynamics with reference to SDOF, MDOF
and continuum systems Ductility and its importance.
Unit II : Design Against Earth-Quakes
Earth-quake characterisation Response spectrum seismic coefficient and response spectra
methods of estimating loads Response of framed, braced frames and shear wall buildings
Design as per BIS codes practice Ductility based design.
Unit III : Design Against Blast and Impact
Characteristics of internal and external blast - Impact and impulse loads Pressure distribution
on buildings above ground due to external blast underground explosion - Design of buildings
for blast and impact as per BIS code of practice.
Unit IV : Design Against Wind
Characteristics of wind Basic and design wind speeds Effect of permeability of structure
pressure coefficient Aeroelastic and Aerodynamic effect - Design as per BIS code of practice
including Gust factor approach tall buildings, stacks and chimneys.
Unit V : Special Considerations
Energy absorption capacity Ductility of material and the structure Detailing for ductility
Passive and active control of vibrations New and favorable materials.
KarunyaUniversity

Text Book:
1. Bela Goschy, Design of Buildings to withstand abnormal loading, Butterworhts, 1990.
Reference Books:
1. Paulay.T and Priestly. M.N.J, A seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and Masonry
Buildings, John Wiley and Sons, 1991.
2. Dowling. C.H, Blast Vibration Monitoring and Control, Prentice Hall Inc,
4. Concrete Structures Under Impact and Impulsive loading, Synthesis Report, CEB.
Lousanne, Germany, 1988.
09CE321
DISCRETE STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION
Credit : 4:0:0
Basic Concepts of minimum weight minimum cost design Objective function, constraints
Brief review of classical methods.
Unit II : Integer Programming
Introduction Graphical representation Gomorys cutting plane method Balas Algorithm for
zero-one programming Integer polynomial programming Branch-and-Bound method
Sequential Linear Discrete Programming Generalized penalty function method.
Unit III : Genetic Algorithm
Genetic Algorithms Operators Reproduction Mutation Cross Over Evolution Strategies
Methods for optimal design of structures, continuous beams and single storeyed frames
minimum weight design for truss members.
Unit IV : Ant Colony Algorithm
Natural motivation Ant algorithm Network The ant Initial population Ant movement
Ant tours Pheromone Evaporation Introduction to TABU search sample problem.
Unit V : Application of Artificial Neural Networks to Structural Optimization
Basic concepts Biological systems Artificial neural network application characteristics
overview of learning methods Review of probability concepts Fuzzy set theory and logic
Application to Structural Optimization.
KarunyaUniversity

Text Books:
1. Rao. S.S. Engineering Optimization, Theory and Practice, New age International (p)
Ltd., New Delhi. Reprint 2002.
Reference Books:
1. Spunt, L, Optimum Structural Design, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1971.
2. Gary Parker, R and Ronald L, Discrete Optimization, Academic press 1988.
3. David Corns, Marco Dorigo and Fred Gloves, New Ideas in Optimization, The
McGraw Hill Company, London, 1999.
4. Rajasekaran,S and Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
09CE322 DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES
Credit 4:0:0
UNIT I : General
Classification of Industries and industrial structures - Specific requirements for industries like
Engineering, Textiles, Chemicals, etc - Site layout and external facilities required.
UNIT II : Functional Requirememnts
wiring fixtures - cable and pipe bridge - electrical installations - substations - Effluent disposal
and (iii) Heating and ventilation - air conditioning - fire expanse and chutes - fire alarm,
extinguishers and hydrants - Guidelines from factories act.
UNIT III : Industrial R.C. Structures
Design and detailing of R.C. gable frames, corbels, bunkers, silos and chimneys - North light
UNIT IV : Industrial Steel Structures
Design of gantry girders, steel bunkers, silos and chimneys - High pressure boilers and piping
design.
UNIT V : Miscellaneous
i.Design of Nuclear containment structures.
ii.Design of Power Transmission Structures: cables, Transmission line towers - substation
structures - Tower foundations.
iii.Design of machine foundations.
Text Book
1.Proceedings of Advanced Course on Industrial Structures, Structural Engineering Research
Centre, Madras, 1982.
KarunyaUniversity

Reference Books
1.Manohar, S.N., "Tall chimneys - Design and Construction", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1985.
2. Santhakumar, A.R. and Murthy, S.S., "Transmission Line Structures", Tata Mc Graw Hill
1992.
Graw Hill 1976.
brothers, 1958.
Ventilation), BIS.
Allahabad,1996.
09CE323 DESIGN OF TALL BUILDINGS
Credit 4:0:0
History - advantages and disadvantages - economics - essential amenities - lifts (elevator) - fire
safety - water supply - drainage and garbage disposal - miscellaneous services - systems structural and foundation systems.
Loads:
Loads on High Rise buildings - code recommendations - wind and earthquake forces - gust
factors - Karman vortices - fire-quality assurance.
UNIT II : Structural System In Steel And Concrete
Steel: Beam column frames - vertical shear truss - framed tubes - column diagonal truss tube bundled tube systems. Concrete: Shear walls - coupled shear walls-framed tubes - tube in tube
systems - effects of torsional loads on shear walls.
UNIT III : Static Analysis
Static analysis - High Rise structural systems in steel- analysis of braced and unbraced frames approximate analysis of framed and bundled tube systems - High Rise structures in concrete Rosman's analysis of shear wall frame interaction- simplified method of analysis of frame wall
systems.
Stability Analysis
Stability consideration of unbraced tall buildings- laterally loaded asymmetric shear buildings approximate methods of stability analysis P ' method.
UNIT IV : Dynamic Analysis
Dynamic response of braced tall buildings - buildings with shear walls - Rosman's analysis Analysis to earthquakes - lateral drift limitations in tall buildings - Design of Chimneys, TV
towers and tall towers.
UNIT V: Foundation Systems
Deep foundations - Caissons and High Capacity piles - Soil Structure Interaction.
KarunyaUniversity

Text Book
1. Taranath,B.S., " Analysis & Design of Tall Building ",McGraw-Hill Book Co, 1988.
Reference Books
1. Ramaswamy, S.D. and Yam,C.T., " Proceedings of the International Conference on Tall
buildings", Singapore, 1984.
2. Fintel,M., "Hand Book of Concrete Engineering". Van Nostrand Reinhold co., 1974.
3. Mehta B., "High Rise Buildings" M/S Skyline, 1978
09CE324 PREFABRICATED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Credit 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES :
x
x
To know the prefabrication technique of varies residential structures

To know the prefabrication technique of varies industrial structures
General principles of prefabrication - Types of prefabrication - specific requirements for
planning and layout of prefabrication plant - I.S. Code specifications - Modular coordination Transportation - Erection - Stages of loading and codal provisions - Material properties Deflection control - Lateral load resistance.
UNIT II : Floors, Stairs And Roofs
Types of floor slabs - analysis and design of cored and panel types and two-way systems staircase slab system and design - Types of roof slabs and insulation requirements -Description
of joints, their behaviour and reinforcement requirement - short term and long term deflection
control.
UNIT III :Walls
Types of wall panels - Blocks and large panels - curtain, partition and load bearing walls -load
transfer from floor to wall panels - Vertical loads - Eccentricity and stability of wall panels Design curves, types of wall joints, their behaviour and design - Leak prevention,joint sealant
and sandwich wall panels.
UNIT IV : Design of Industrial Buildings
Components of single storey industrial sheds with crane gantry systems - Design of R.C. roof
trusses and roof panels - Design of R.C. crane - gantry girders, corbels, columns and wind
bracing design - joints between columns and foundations.
UNIT V : Prefabricated Shell Roof for Industrial Sheds
Hand book based design of cylindrical and bypar prefabricated shells - folded plates -Erection
and jointing - Joint design.Hoisting Technology-Equipments for hoisting and erection Techniques for erection of different types of members such as beams, slabs, wall panels and
columns - Design for handling and erection stresses -Methods of minimizing erection stresses.
KarunyaUniversity

Text Book:
1. Lasslo Mokk, "Prefabricated concrete for Industrial and Public sectors," Akademiai
Reference Books:
1.Kim Elliott Prifabricated concrete structures. Butterworth-heinemann,2002
2. Precast Concrete: Materials, Manufacture, Properties And Usage, Taylor & Francis Group,
2007.
09CE325 DESIGN OF OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
Credits: 4:0:0
UNIT I : Theories of Periodic Wave Motion
Small amplitude wave theory - Basic equations of hydrodynamics - Integration of equations of
motion - Mathematical formulation of wave problem - characteristics of small amplitude waves Deep and shallow water waves - wave energy - Group velocity of wave trains - Transformation
of small amplitude waves - Reflection - reflection and deflection of waves breaking of wave and
its importance.
UNIT II : Forces Due to Ocean Waves on Structures
Finite amplitude wave theories - Wave forces on a circular cylinder - coefficient of drag and
inertia - Wave forces on breakwaters and sea walls due to non- breaking and broken waves wave forces on piles.
UNIT III : Shore Protection Works
Sea walls and bulkheads - Groins - Offshore breakwaters - Artificial nourishment - Functional
aspects of break waters - Design of breakwaters.
UNIT IV : Piers, Wharves and Quaywalls
General - Functional aspects - Design of wharves, piers and quay walls
UNIT V : Other Structures
Functional aspects and design of Graving dry docks - Floating dry docks - Dolphines - Fenders Offshore mooring buoys - Offshore marine platform.
Text Book
1. Keddy, D.V. and Arockiasamy, M., "Offshore Structures, Vol.I" Krieger Publishing
Reference Books
1. Chakrabarti, S.K., "Hydrodynamics of Offshore Structures", Computational Mechanics
Publications, 1987.
KarunyaUniversity

2. Thomas H.Dawson, "Offshore Structural Engineering", Prentice Hall Inc. Englewood

Cliffs, N.J.1983.
3. API Recommended Practice for Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore
Platforms, American Petroleum Institute Publication, RPZA, Dalls, Tex.
N.J.1964.
5. Brebia, C.A., Walker, S., "Dynamic Analysis of Offshore structures, New-nes
Butterworths, U.K.1979.
09CE326 SPACE STRUCTURES
Credits: 4:0:0
Space Structures - Single and Multi-layer grids - barrel vaults- domes towers- tension
structures -pneumatic structures - patterns - notable structures in India and abroad - Material steel - aluminum - plastics - protection coats for the members.
Practical Construction Methods
Cladding - cambering - drainage- Transportation problem- lifting technique corrosion protection
- maintenance and fire protection
UNIT II : Behaviour
Different forms of space structures - tensegrity frame work - tensile structures- pneumatic
structures
Prefabricated Space Structural Systems
Mero, Space Deck, Nodus, Unistrut, Triodetic, Unibat, and NS truss
UNIT III : Node Connectors
Mero - Octatube - Nodus System Triodetic- Modular System-Tomo Unit Truss.
UNIT IV : Analysis
Finite Element Method Linear Nonlinear-Collapse-Dynamic and Stability Analysis.
Design of Members
Joints - support systems- foundations
Computer Aided Design
Expert system
UNIT V : Configuration Processing
Formian Algebra - Case Studies - Failures
Reference Books
1. Nooshin,H., "Formex Configuration Processing in Structural Engineering", Elsevier
Applied Science Publishers, London, 1984.
2. All Bulletins of the International Association of Shell and Spatial Structures
KarunyaUniversity

3.
4.
5.
6.
Proceedings of the First, Second , Third and Fourth International Conferences on Space
Structures, University of Surrey, Guidford, England, 1975, 1985, 1993
Davies,R.M. (eds), "Space Structures", Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1967.
Makowski,Z.5. " Steel Space Structures", Michael loseph Ltd., London, 1965.
Subramanian,N., "Principles of Space Structures", A.H.Wheeler co., 1983.
09CE327 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Credits : 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students in the area of water, air and soil chemistry and train them in the
laboratory in the determination of pollutants present in air, water, wastewater and soil.
UNIT I. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
Basic concepts from general chemistry: chemical equations, types of chemical reactions,
calculations from chemical equations, solutions, activity and activity coefficients, chemical
equilibria, chemical thermodynamics, factors affecting chemical equilibrium. Gas laws. Acid Base Equilibria: fundamentals, equilibrium diagrams, alkalinity and acidity, the carbonic acid
system, buffering in water systems. Solubility equlilibria for slightly soluble salts, effect of other
solutes on salt solubility Oxidation-reduction Equlilibria: UV visible spectroscopy basic
principles application Atomic absorption spectroscopy Principles applications Gas and
liquid chromatograph Principles and applications.
UNIT 2. DEGRADATION:
Transport and transformation of chemicals DO, BOD and COD Photo catalysis - Degradation
of food stuffs, detergents, pesticides and hydrocarbons.
UNIT 3. AQUATIC CHEMISTRY
Metals, complex formation, oxidation and reduction and sorption Eh pH diagrams - chemical
speciation QSAR Risk evaluation of chemicals.
UNIT 4. ATMOSPHERIC CHEMISTRY
Regions of atmosphere - Chemical and photochemical reactions photochemical smog, ozone
layer depletion green house gases and global warming Acid rain.
UNIT 5. SOIL CHEMISTRY
Soil properties, clay minerals - acid-base and ion-exchange reactions in soil - salt affected soil
and its remediation.
TEXT BOOK
1.
C.N. Sawyer, P.L. MacCarty and G.F. Parkin, Chemistry for Environmental Engineering
and Science, Tata McGraw-Hill, Fifth edition, New Delhi, 2003.
REFERENCES:
KarunyaUniversity

1.
2.
3.
4.
G.W. Vanloon and S.J. Duffy Environmental chemistry a global perspective, Oxford
University press, New York., 2000.
D.W.Connell, Basic concepts of Environmental Chemistry, Lewis publishers, New York,
1997.
Colin Baird, Environmental Chemistry, Freeman and Company, New York, 1997.
S.E. Manahan, Environmental Chemistry, Sixth Edition, Lewis Publishers, New York,
1994.
09CE328 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY
Credits ; 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students in microbiology and its applications in environmental engineering, and
to train them in experiments related to microbiological examination of water
UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION
Classification of microorganismsprokaryotic, eukaryotic, structure, characteristics, nucleic
acids-DNA, RNA, replication. Culturing of microorganisms, Recombinant DNA technology.
UNIT 2. MICROBIOLOGY OF ENVIRONMENT

Distribution of microorganismsWater, Air and Soil, Indicator organisms, coliformsfecal
coliforms, E. coli, Streptococcus, Clostridium, Significance in water. Algae in water supplies
problems and control. Concentration and detection of virus, Transmissible diseases.
UNIT 3. METABOLISM OF MICROORGANISMS
Nutrition and metabolism in microorganisms, growth phases, carbohydrate, protein, lipid
metabolism-aerobic and anaerobic-respiration, fermentation, glycolysis, Krebs cycle, hexose
monophosphate pathway, electron transport system, oxidative phosphorylation, environmental
factors, enzymes, Bioenergetics.
UNIT 4. ROLE OF MICROORGANISMS IN WASTEWATER TREATMENT
Microbiology of biological treatment processesaerobic and anaerobic, Biodegradation of toxic
pollutantsmechanism-- D-oxidation, E-oxidation, nitrification and denitrification,
eutrophication.
UNIT 5. TOXICOLOGY
Ecotoxicologytoxicants and toxicity, factors influencing toxicity, effectsacute, chronic,
concentration response relationships, test organisms, toxicity testing, bioconcentration,
bioaccumulation, biomagnification, bioassay, biomonitoring.
TEXT BOOK
1. Maier, R.M., I.L. Pepper and C.P. Gerba, Environmental Microbiology, Academic
Press, New York, 1999.
KarunyaUniversity

REFERENCES
1. Tortora. G.J, B.R. Furke, and C.L. Case, Microbiology-An Introduction (4th Ed.),
Benjamin/Cummings Publ. Co., Inc., California, 1992.
2. Frank C. Lu and Sam Kacew, LUs Basic Toxicology, Taylor & Francis, London (4th
Ed), 2002
3. Baker. K.H. and D.S.Herson, Bioremediation, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1994.
09CE329 PHYSIO-CHEMICAL TREATMENT OF WATER AND WASTEWATER
Credits 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the working principles and design of various physical and chemical
treatment systems for water and wastewater.
UNIT 1. PHYSIO-CHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Pollutants in water and wastewater - characteristics, Standards for performance Significance
and need for physico-chemical treatment.
UNIT 2. PHYSICAL TREATMENT PRINCIPLES
Principles of Screening Mixing, Equalisation Sedimendation - Filtration back washing Incineration gas transfer - mass transfer coefficients. Adsorption Isotherms Principles,
equilibria and kinetics, reactors, regeneration, membrane separation, Reverse Osmosis, nano
filtration ultra filtration and hyper filtration electrodialysis, distillation stripping and
crystallization Recent Advances.
UNIT 3. CHEMICAL TREATMENT PRINCIPLES
Principles of Chemical treatment Coagulation flocculation - Precipitation flotation,
solidification and stabilization Disinfection. Ion exchange, Electrolytic methods, Solvent
extraction advance oxidation /reduction Recent Advances.
UNIT 4. DESIGN OF CONVENTIONAL TREATMENT PLANTS
Selection of unit operations and processes - Design of conventional water treatment plant units
Aerators chemical feeding Flocculation clarifier filters Rapid sand filter, slow sand
filter, pressure filter chlorinators. Displacement and gaseous type. Layouts flow charts
Hydraulic Profile - O & M aspects case studies
UNIT 5. DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL WATER TREATMENT AND RECLAMATION
Selection of process - Design of softeners Demineralisers Wastewater reclamation - Reverse
osmosis plants Residue management O and M aspects Recent Advances - case studies.
TEXT BOOK
1. Metcalf
and
Eddy,
Wastewater
Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
REFERENCES
KarunyaUniversity
engineering,
Treatment
and
Reuse,

1. Manual on water supply and Treatment CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development, GOI,
New Delhi, 1999.
2. Lee, CC and Shun dar Lin, Handbook of Environmental Engineering Calculations,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 1999.
3. Qasim, S.R., Motley, E.M., Zhu, G. Water works Engineering Planning, Design and
operation, Prentice Hall, New Delhi 2002.
4. Casey, T.J. Unit treatment processes in water and wastewater Engineering, John Wiley
and Sons, London 1993
09CE330 BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT OF WASTEWATER
Credits 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on principles and design of various biological treatment units used for
wastewater treatment
Objectives of biological treatment significance aerobic and anaerobic treatment - kinetics of
biological growth Factors affecting growth -attached and suspended growth Determination of
Kinetics coefficients for organics removal Biodegradability assessment - selection of process.
UNIT 2. AEROBIC TREATMENT OF WASTEWATER
Design of sewage treatment plant units screen chamber, Grit chamber with proportional flow
weir, sedimentation tank - Trickling filters, Rotating Biological contactor, activated sludge
process & variations, aerated lagoons, waste stabilization ponds nutrient removal systems
natural treatment systems Disinfected disposal options reclamation and reuse - Flow charts,
layout, hydraulic profile - Recent advances.
UNIT 3. ANAEROBIC TREATMENT OF WASTEWATER
Attached and suspended growth, Design of units UASB, up flow filters, Fluidised beds septic
tank and disposal Nutrient removal systems Layout and Hydraulic profile Recent advances.
UNIT 4. SLUDGE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL
Design of Sludge management facilities, sludge thickening, sludge digestion, Biogas generation,
sludge dewatering (mechanical and gravity) upgrading existing plants ultimate residue
disposal Recent Advances.
UNIT 5. OPERATIONS, MAINTENANCE, MANAGEMENT AND CASE STUDIES
Operational problems Trouble shooting, Planning, Organising and Controlling of plant
operations capacity building, Case studies on sewage treatment plants sludge management
facilities
TEXT BOOK
KarunyaUniversity

1. Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse. Third
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi, 2003
REFERENCES:
1. Arceivala, S.J., Wastewater treatment for pollution control, TMH, New Delhi,
1998.
2. Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban
Development, GoI, New Delhi, 1999.
3. Qasim, S.R, Wastewater Treatment Plant, Planning, Design & Operation
Technomic Publications, New York, 1994.
09CE331 AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL
Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on various methods of control of particulate and gaseous air pollutants
UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION:
Air resource management system - Air quality management - Scales of air pollution problem Sources and classification of pollutants and their effect on human health vegetation and property
- Global implications of air pollution - Meteorology Fundamentals - Atmospheric stability
Micrometeorology - Atmospheric turbulence - mechanical and thermal turbulence - Wind
profiles - Atmospheric Diffusion - Atmospheric diffusion theories - Steady-state atmospheric
diffusion equation Plume rise - Diffusion models Software applications - Ambient air quality
and emission standards Air pollution indices Indoor Air Pollutants Models Air Quality
Sampling and Monitoring.
UNIT 2. CONTROL OF PARTICULATE CONTAMINANTS:
Settling chambers - Filters, gravitational, Centrifugal multiple type cyclones, prediction of
collection efficiency, pressure drop, wet collectors, Electrostatic Precipitation theory ESP
design Operational Considerations Process Control and Monitoring Case Studies.
UNIT 3. CONTROL OF GASEOUS CONTAMINANTS:
Absorption principles - description of equipment-packed and plate columns - design and
performance equations Adsorption - principal adsorbents - Equipment descriptions Design
and performance equations Condensation - design and performance equation Incineration Equipment description - design and performance equations - Biological Air Pollution Control
Technologies Bio-Scrubbers, Biofilters Operational Considerations Process Control and
Monitoring Case Studies.
UNIT 4. EMERGING TRENDS:
Process Modification Automobile Air Pollution and its control Fuel Modification Mechanical Particulate Collectors Entrainment Separation Internal Combustion Engines
Membrane Process Ultraviolet Photolysis High Efficiency Particulate Air Filters Technical
KarunyaUniversity

& Economic Feasibility of selected emerging technologies for Air pollution control Control of
Indoor Air Quality Radio active pollution and its control.
UNIT 5. NOISE CONTROL:
Noise Standards - Measurement Modeling - Control and preventive measures.
TEXT BOOK
1.
C S Rao, Environmental Pollution Control Engineering, New Age International (p)
Limited, 2006
REFERENCES:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Lawrence K.Wang, Norman C Perelra, Yung-Tse Hung, Air Pollution Control

Engineering, Tokyo, 2004.
Noel de Nevers, Air Pollution Control Engg., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1995.
David H.F Liu, Bela G.Liptak Air Pollution, Lewis Publishers, 2000.
Anjaneyulu.Y, Air Pollution & Control Technologies, Allied Publishers (P) Ltd,
India, 2002.
09CE332 WATER AND WASTE WATER ANALYSIS LABORATORY
Credits ; 0:0:2
1.
PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WATER

pH, Conductivity, Turbidity, Solids, Chlorides, Sulphates, Alkalinity, Fluorides, Nitrate
and heavy metals.
2.
PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL ANALYSIS OF WASTEWATER

Phosphate, COD, BOD, Organic and ammonical nitrogen, Oil & grease.
09CE333 INDUSTRIAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL
Credits : 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on complete management principles related to individual wastewater
starting from wastewater source identification up to reuse concepts.
Industrial scenario in India Industrial activity and Environment - Uses of Water by industry
Sources and types of industrial wastewater Industrial wastewater and environmental impacts
Regulatory requirements for treatment of industrial wastewater Industrial waste survey
Industrial wastewater generation rates, characterization and variables Population equivalent
Toxicity of industrial effluents and Bioassay tests
KarunyaUniversity

UNIT 2. INDUSTRIAL POLLUTION PREVENTION

Prevention Vs Control of Industrial Pollution Benefits and Barriers Source reduction
techniques Waste Audit Evaluation of Pollution prevention options Environmental
statement as a tool for pollution prevention Waste minimization Circles
UNIT 3. INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT
Equalisation - Neutralisation Oil separation Flotation Precipitation Heavy metal Removal
Refractory organics separation by adsorption Aerobic and anaerobic biological treatment
Sequencing batch reactors High Rate reactors - Chemical oxidation Ozonation
Photocatalysis Wet Air Oxidation Evaporation Ion Exchange Membrane Technologies
Nutrient removal.
UNIT 4. WASTEWATER REUSE AND RESIDUAL MANAGEMENT
Individual and Common Effluent Treatment Plants Joint treatment of industrial wastewater Zero effluent discharge systems - Quality requirements for Wastewater reuse Industrial reuse
Disposal on water and land Residuals of industrial wastewater treatment Quantification and
characteristics of Sludge Thickening, digestion, conditioning, dewatering and disposal of
sludge Management of RO rejects.
UNIT 5. CASE STUDIES
Industrial manufacturing process description, wastewater characteristics, source reduction
options and waste treatment flow sheet for Textiles Tanneries Pulp and paper metal
finishing Petroleum Refining Pharmaceuticals Sugar and Distilleries Food Processing
fertilizers Thermal Power Plants and Industrial Estates.
TEXT BOOK:
1.
Eckenfelder, W.W., Industrial Water Pollution Control, McGraw-Hill, 1999
REFERENCES:
1.
Arceivala, S.J., Wastewater Treatment for Pollution Control, Tata McGraw-Hill, 1998.
2.
Frank Woodard Industrial waste treatment Handbook, Butterworth Heinemann, New
Delhi, 2001.
3.
World Bank Group Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook Towards Cleaner
Production, World Bank and UNEP, Washington D.C.1998.
4.
Paul L. Bishop Pollution Prevention: - Fundamentals and Practice, McGraw-Hill
International, 2000.
09CE334 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

Credits : 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the scope, steps involved and various methods related to assessment
of environmental impact due to development projects.
KarunyaUniversity

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Environmental Impact Statement EIA in Project
Cycle Legal and Regulatory aspects in India according to Ministry of Environment and Forests
Types and limitations of EIA Cross sectoral issues and terms of reference in EIA
Participation of Public and Non-Governmental Organizations in environmental decision making.
UNIT 2. COMPONENTS AND METHODS
Components of EIA - Processes screening scoping - setting analysis mitigation. Matrices
Networks Checklists Connections and combinations of processes - Cost benefit analysis
Analysis of alternatives Software packages for EIA Expert systems in EIA.
UNIT 3. PREDICTION, ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS AND REPORTING
Prediction tools for EIA Mathematical modeling for impact prediction Assessment of
impacts air water soil noise biological socio-cultural environments Cumulative
Impact Assessment Documentation of EIA findings planning organization of information
and visual display materials Report preparation.
UNIT 4. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
Environmental Management Plan - preparation, implementation and review Mitigation and
Rehabilitation Plans Policy and guidelines for planning and monitoring programmes Post
project audit Ethical and Quality aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment.
Case studies related to the following sectors - Infrastructure - Mining Industrial - Thermal
Power - River valley and Hydroelectric - Nuclear Power.
TEXT BOOK:
1. Lawrence, D.P., Environmental Impact Assessment Practical solutions to recurrent
problems, Wiley-Interscience, New Jersey. 2003
REFERENCES:
1. Petts, J., Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment, Vol., I and II, Blackwell
Science London. 1999.
2. Canter, L.W., Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill, New York. 1996
3. Biswas, A.K. and Agarwala, S.B.C. Environmental Impact Assessment for Developing
Countries, Butterworth Heinemann, London. 1994
4. The World Bank Group, Environmental Assessment Source Book Vol. I, II and III. The
World Bank, Washington. 199.1
09CE335 SOLID WASTE ENGINEERING
Credits : 4:0:0
KarunyaUniversity

OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the principles involved in the management of municipal solid waste
and hazardous wastes from source identification up to disposal.
Types and Sources of solid and hazardous wastes - Need for solid and hazardous waste
management Elements of integrated waste management and roles of stakeholders - Salient
features of Indian legislations on management and handling of municipal solid wastes, hazardous
wastes, biomedical wastes, lead acid batteries, plastics and fly ash.
UNIT 2. WASTE CHARACTERISATION AND SOURCE REDUCTION
Waste generation rates and variation - Composition, physical, chemical and biological properties
of solid wastes Hazardous Characteristics TCLP tests waste sampling and characterization
plan - Source reduction of wastes Recycling and reuse Waste exchange.
UNIT 3. STORAGE, COLLECTION AND TRANSPORT OF WASTES
Handling and segregation of wastes at source storage and collection of municipal solid wastes
Analysis of Collection systems - Need for transfer and transport Transfer stations Optimizing
waste allocation compatibility, storage, labeling and handling of hazardous wastes hazardous
waste manifests and transport
UNIT 4. WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES
Objectives of waste processing material separation and processing technologies biological
and chemical conversion technologies methods and controls of Composting - thermal
conversion technologies and energy recovery incineration solidification and stabilization of
hazardous wastes - treatment of biomedical wastes
UNIT 5. WASTE DISPOSAL
Waste disposal options Disposal in landfills - Landfill Classification, types and methods site
selection - design and operation of sanitary landfills, secure landfills and landfill bioreactors
leachate and landfill gas management landfill closure and environmental monitoring closure
of landfills landfill remediation
TEXT BOOK
1 George Tchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and Samuel A, Vigil Integrated Solid Waste
Management, McGraw- Hill International edition, New York, 1993
REFERENCES
1. CPHEEO Manual on Municipal Solid waste management, Central Public Health and
Environmental Engineering Organisation, Government of India, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Micheael D. LaGrega, Philip L Buckingham, Jeffrey C. E vans and Environmental
Resources Management, Hazardous waste Management, McGraw-Hill International
edition, New York, 2001
3. Vesilind P.A., Worrell W and Reinhart, Solid waste Engineering, Thomson Learning
Inc., Singapore, 2002
KarunyaUniversity

09CE336 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBIOLOGY LABORATORY

Credits 0:0:2
1.
Preparation of media, serial dilution and plating, Growth curve
2.
Sampling of Microorganisms from air, water and soil, staining simple and gram
staining.
3.
Effect of pH, temperatures and nutrients on growth of bacteria
4.
Bacteriological analysis of water - Coliforms and streptococcus fecalis by

MPN and membrane filter techniques
5.
Study of aquatic organisms Algae, protozoa and fungi
09CE337 WATER AND WASTE WATER CONVEYANCE

Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students in detailed design concepts related to water transmission mains, water
distribution system, sewer networks and storm water drain, with emphasis on computer
application.
UNIT 1. PRINCIPLES OF HYDRAULICS
Fluid properties; fluid flow continuity principle, energy principle and momentum principle;
frictional head loss in free and pressure flow, major and minor heads loss, formula for estimation
of head loss pumping of fluids selection of pumps Flow measurement.
UNIT 2. WATER TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
Planning factors Water transmission main design pipe material economics water hammer
analysis; water distribution pipe networks methods for analysis and optimisation Laying and
maintenance, insitu lining appurtenances corrosion prevention minimization of water losses
leak detection.
UNIT 3. WASTEWATER COLLECTION AND CONVEYANCE
Planning factors Design of sanitary sewer; partial flow in sewers, economics of sewer design;
sewer appurtenances; material, construction, inspection and maintenance of sewers; Design of
sewer outfalls-mixing conditions; conveyance of corrosive wastewaters.
UNIT 4. STORM WATER DRAINAGE
KarunyaUniversity

Planning run-off estimation, rainfall data analysis, storm water drain design rain water
harvesting
UNIT 5. CASE STUDIES AND COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
Computer applications for water transmission, water distribution and sewer design.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
G.S.Bajwa, Practical Handbook on Public Health Engineering, Deep Publishers, Shimla,

2003
Manual on water supply and Treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development,
GoI, New Delhi, 1999.
Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban
Development, GoI, New Delhi, 1993.
B.A. Hauser, Practical Hydraulics Handbook, Lewis Publishers, New York, 1991.
09CE338 REMOTE SENSING AND GIS APPLICATION IN ENVIRONMENTAL

ENGINEERING
Credits : 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the principles and application of remote sensing and GIS in
environmental engineering.
UNIT 1. PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRO MAGNETIC RADIATION
Concepts of Remote Sensing Energy sources and radiation principles, Energy interactions in
the atmosphere - Spectral reflectance of earth surface features
UNIT 2. REMOTE SENSING PLATFORMS

Aerial Photographs, Photographic Systems Visible, Infra Red and Microwave sensing - Active
and passive sensors - Satellites and their sensors, Indian Space Programme - Satellite data
products
UNIT 3. DATA PROCESSING
Photogrammetry Satellite data analysis Visual Interpretation, Interpretation equipments Digital Image Processing Image rectification, enhancement, classification, data merging and
biophysical modeling Image Processing software
UNIT 4. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM
Introduction to GIS concepts - Data base structure Data analysis - GIS software
UNIT 5. REMOTE SENSING AND GIS APPLICATIONS
KarunyaUniversity

Management and monitoring of environment, conservation of resources, coastal zone

management Limitations
TEXT BOOK
1.
Lintz, J. and Simonet, Remote Sensing of Environment, Addison Wesley Publishing
Company, New Jersey, 1998.
REFERENCES
1.
Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer, R.W., Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, John Wiley
and Sons, New York, 2004.
2.
Burrough, P.A. and McDonnell, R.A., Principles of Geographic Information Systems,
Oxford University Press, New York, 2001.
09CE 339 AIR AND WATER QUALITY MODELLING

Credits : 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the basic principles, development and application of air and water
quality models with computer applications.
Basics of mathematical Modeling- Modeling as a tool. Procedures of model development.
Importance of model building. Characteristics of deterministic models. Classical approach to
constrained and unconstrained optimization. State of the art in environmental engineering
systems models climate and system modeling Erosion and sediment transport
UNIT 2. COMPUTER BASED SOLUTIONS
Formulation of linear optimization models. Linear programming. Sensitivity testing and duality.
Solution techniques and computer programming; Formulation of linear optimization models.
Application of models - simulation, parameter estimation and experimental design.
UNIT 3. WATER QUALITY MODELLING
Rivers and streams water quality modeling-river hydrology and flow-low flow analysisdispersion and mixing-flow, depth;water quality modeling process-model sensitivity-assessing
model performance; Models for dissolved oxygen, pathogens; Groundwater modeling.
UNIT 4. AIR QUALITY MODELLING
Air Pollution modeling and prediction, modeling technique, modeling for non reactive pollutants,
single source short term impact; multiple sources and area sources, model performance, accuracy
and utilization.

KarunyaUniversity

Software package applications: Air quality modeling and water quality modeling
TEXT BOOK
1.
John Wainwright and Mark Mulligan, Environmental Modelling Finding Simplicity in
Complexity, John Wiley and sons Ltd, USA, 2004
REFERENCES
1.
Dynamic Modeling of Environmental Systems by Deaton and Wine brake, Wiley &sons,
2002
2.
Steven C. Chapra, Surface water quality modeling, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York, 1997
3.
Boubel R.W., Fox, D.L., Turner D. B. & Stern, A C. Fundamentals of Air Pollution,
Academic Press, New York, 1994.
09CE340 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY

Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the principles and application of biotechnology in environmental
engineering with special reference to waste treatment.
Principles and concepts of environmental biotechnologyusefullness to mankind, current status.
UNIT 2. DETOXIFICATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTANTS
Degradation of high concentrated toxic pollutantshalogenated, non-halogenated,
petroleum hydrocarbons, metals. Mechanisms of detoxificationoxidation, dehalogenation,
biotransformation of metals, biodegradation of solid wastes.
UNIT 3. MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY FOR WASTE TREATMENT
Biotechnological remedies for environmental pollutiondecontamination of groundwater
systems, subsurface environmentreclamation conceptsbioremediation. Production of
proteins biofertilizers. Physical, chemical and microbiological factors of composting health
risk pathogens odour management Microbial cell/enzyme technology adapted
microorganisms biological removal of nutrients algal biotechnology and applications in
agriculture role of extracellular polymers. Biogas technology case studies.
UNIT 4. RECOMBINANT DNA TECHNOLOGY AND GENETIC APPLICATION
Concept of rDNA technology expression vectors cloning of DNA mutation construction
of microbial strains, radioactive probes, protoplast fusion technology applications.
UNIT 5. ETHICAL AND REGULATORY ISSUES

KarunyaUniversity

Environmental effects and ethics of microbial technology safety of genetically engineered

organisms microbial containment Risk assessment, IPR patents.
TEXT BOOK
1.
Chaudhury, G.R. Biological degradation and Bioremediation of toxic chemicals,
Dioscorides Press, Oregon, 1994.
REFERENCES
1.
Martin.A.M, Biological degradation of wastes, Elsevier Applied Science, London,
1991.
2.
Blaine Metting.F (Jr.,) Soil Microbiology Ecology, Marcel Dekker Inc., 1993.
3.
Wainwright, M, An Introduction to Environmental Biotechnology, 1999.
4.
Old, R.W., and Primrose, S.B., Principles of Gene Manipulation 3rd Ed. Blackwell Sci.
Publ., Cambridge, 1985.
09CE341 INDOOR AIR POLLUTION
Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on air pollution and control in the indoor environment
Indoor activities of inhabitants -residence time. Levels of many pollutants in indoor and outdoor
air. Design and operation of buildings for improvements of public health. IAQ policy issues:
sustainability; indoor air quality as a basic human right.
UNIT 2. INDOOR AIR POLLUTANTS
Air pollutants in indoor environments, private residences, offices, schools, sand public buildings,
factors that govern pollutant indoors concentrations, including ventilation. Charateristics,
Consequences.
UNIT 3. CONTROL OF POLLUTANTS
Control of several pollutant classes, such as radon, toxic organic gases, combustion byproducts,
and microorganisms such as molds and infectious bacteria. Case study by an exploration of
public policy related to indoor air.
UNIT 4. CONCEPTS AND TOOLS
Concepts and tools: exposure, material-balance models, statistical models Ventilation
UNIT 5. INDOOR AIR POLLUTION FROM OUTDOOR SOURCES
Indoor air pollution from outdoor sources: particulate matter and ozone; Combustion byproducts;
Radon and its decay products. Volatile organic compounds: odors and sick-building syndrome,
Humidity Bio-aerosols: infectious disease transmission. Special indoor environments: A/C units
in indoor; museums-labs; Measurement methods, Control technologies, Control strategies.
KarunyaUniversity

TEXT BOOK
1.
Thaddes Godish, Indoor air and Environmental Quality, CRC press, 2000
REFERENCES
1.
Nazaroff W.W and L Alvarez-Cohen, Environmental Engineering Science Wiley sons,
New York, 2001.
2.
Moroni Marco, Seifet Bernd and Lindrall Thomas, Indoor Air Quality: A Comprehensive
Reference Book, Elsvier Science, Vol. 3, 1995
09CE342 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS IN ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the various instruments used for analysis of air water and soil.
UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION:
Instrumental Methods, Selection of method, Precision and Accuracy, Errors in measuring
signals, Noise/signal ratio, base line drift, Indicator tubes.
UNIT 2. SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS:
Electromagnetic radiation, matter radiation interactions; Colorimetry and spectrophotometry,
fluorimetry, nephelometry and turbidimetry, flame photometry Atomic Absorption Spectrometry
(AAS), Atomic Emission Spectrometry (AES) Inductively coupled plasma (ICP) and Direct
Current Plasma (DCP) spectrometry. ICP MS (Mass spectrometry).
UNIT 3. CHROMATOGRAPHIC METHODS:
Classical methods, Column, Paper and thin layer chromatography (TLC), Gas Chromatrography
(GC), GC-MS, High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) and Ion chromatrography (IC).
UNIT 4. ELECTRO AND RADIO ANALYTICAL METHODS:
Conductometry, potentiometry, coulometry, amperometry polarography, Neutron Activation
Analysis (NAA), X-ray Fluorescence (XRF) and X-ray Diffraction (XRD) methods.
UNIT 5. CONTINUOUS MONITORING INSTRUMENTS:
Non dispersive infra-red (NDIR) analyzer for CO, chemiluminescent analyzer for NOx,
Fluorescent analyzer for SO2, Auto analyzer for water quality using flow injection analysis;
permeation devices.
TEXT BOOK
1.
Willard. H., Merritt, L., Dean, D.A. and Settle. F.A. Instrumental methods of analysis,
7th Edn. Words Worth, New York, 2004
REFERENCES.
1.
Ewing Instrumental Methods of Chemical Analysis, 5th Edn., McGraw-Hill, New York,
1995.
KarunyaUniversity

2.
" Standard Methods for the examination of water and wastewater ", 20th Edition, APHA,
Washington, 1998.
09CE343 CONTAMINANT TRANSPORT MODELING FOR GROUND WATER

Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the hydraulics related ground water contamination and modelling
ground water quality.
Ground water and the hydrologic cycles Ground water as a resource - Ground water
contamination Water quality standards Sources of contamination Land disposal of solid
wastes Sewage disposal on Land. Ground water and geologic processes. Physical properties
and principles Darcys Law Hydraulic Head and Fluid Potential Piezometers and Nests.
Hydraulic conductivity and permeability Homogeneity and Anisotropy Porosity and voids
Ratio Unsaturated flow and the water table Steady state flow and Transient flow
Compressibility and effective stress Transmissivity and storativity Equations of Ground
water Flow Limitations of Darcian Approach Hydro dynamic dispersion.
UNIT 2. HYDROLOGIC CYCLE AND FLOW NETS
Flow nets Graphical construction Flow nets by numerical simulation. Steady state Regional
Ground Water flow steady state hydrologic budgets Fluctuations in ground water levels.
UNIT 3. RESOURCE EVALUATION
Development of Ground Water resources Exploration for Aquifers the response of Ideal
aquifers to pumping Measurement of parameters Laboratory tests Piezometer test
Pumping tests Estimation of saturated hydraulic conductivity Numerical simulation for
aquifer yield prediction Artificial recharge and induced infiltration Land subsidence Sea
water intrusion.
UNIT 4. CHEMICAL PROPERTIES AND PRINCIPLES
Constituents Chemical equilibrium Association and Dissociation of dissolved species
effects of concentration gradients Mineral dissolution and solubility Oxidation and reduction
Process Ion exchange and Adsorption Environmental isotopes Field Measurement of Index
parameters. Chemical Evolution: Hydro Chemical sequences and facies graphical methods
Hydro chemical Facies Ground water in carbonate terrain Ground Water in crystalline rocks
Ground Water in complex sedimentary systems Geochemical interpretation of 14C Dates
Process rates and molecular diffusion.
UNIT 5. SOLUTE TRANSPORT

Transport process non-reactive constituents in homogeneous media and Heterogeneous media
Transport in Fracture media Hydro chemical behavior of contaminants Trace metals Trace
KarunyaUniversity

nonmetals Nitrogen, organic substances Measurement of parameters Velocity

Dispersivity chemical partitioning.
USGS MOC MODEL - Modelling Principles MOC Modelling.
TEXT BOOK
1. Randall J. Charbeneau, Ground water Hydraulics and Pollutant transport
Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, 1999.
REFERENCES
1. Todd David Keith, Ground water Hydrology, Second edition, John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 1980
2. Allen Freeze, R. and John A. Cherry, Ground Water, Prentice Hall, Inc., 1979.
09CE344 STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF ENVIRONMENTAL STRUCTURES
Credits 3:1:0
UNIT 1. DESIGN OF PIPES
Structural design of a) Concrete b) Prestressed Concrete c) Steel and d) Castiron piping mains,
sewerage tanks design - anchorage for pipes - massive outfalls - structural design and laying hydrodynamic considerations. Advances in the manufacture of pipes.
UNIT 2. ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF WATER TANKS
Design of concrete roofing systems a) Cylindrical b) Spherical and c) Conical shapes using
membrane theory and design of various types of folded plates for roofing with concrete. IS
Codes for the design of water retaining structures.
Design of circular, rectangular, spherical and Intze type of tanks using concrete. Design of
prestressed concrete cylindrical tanks - Economic analysis - introduction to computer aided
design and packages.
UNIT 3. DESIGN OF SPECIAL PURPOSE STRUCTURES
Underground reservoirs and swimming pools, Intake towers, Structural design including
foundation of water retaining structures such as settling tanks, clarifloculators, aeration tanks etc.
- effect of earth pressure and uplift considerations - selection of materials of construction.
UNIT 4. REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
Diagonising the cause and damage, identification of different types of structural and nonstructural cracks repair and rehabilitation methods for Masonry, Concrete and Steel Structures.
UNIT 5. EXPOSURE ON STEEL, LATTICE STRUCTURES USED IN WATER AND

SEWERAGE WORKS
Field visits are to be made and reports are to be prepared for the study regarding the steel
and lattice structures containing water and sewage.
KarunyaUniversity

TEXT BOOKS
1. Prestressed Concrete by Krishna Raju, Tata McGraw-ill Publishing Co. 2nd Edition
1988.
2. Reinforced Concrete by N.C.Sinha & S.K.Roy - S.Chand and Co. 1985.
REFERENCES
1. Hulse R., and Mosley, W.H., Reinforced Concrete Design by Computer,
Macmillan Education Ltd., 1986.
2. Ramaswamy, G.S., Design and Construction of Concrete shell roofs, CBS
Publishers, India, 1986.
3. Green, J.K. and Perkins, P.H., Concrete liquid retaining structures, Applied
Science Publishers, 1981.
09CE345 ECOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the principles of ecology as applied to environmental engineering
UNIT 1. INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGY AND ECOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
Aim, scope and applications of ecology Development and evolution of ecosystems Principles
and concepts pertaining to communities in ecosystem Energy flow and material cycling in
ecosystems productivity in ecosystems Rationale of ecological engineering and
ecotechnology Classification of ecotechnology Principles of ecological engineering.
UNIT 2. SYSTEMS APPROACH IN ECOLOGICAL ENGINEERING
Principles, components and characteristics of Systems Classification of systems Structural
and functional interactions of environmental systems Environmental systems as energy
systems Mechanisms of steady-state maintenance in open and closed systems Modelling and
ecotechnology Elements of modelling Modelling procedure Classification of ecological
models Applications of models in ecotechnology Ecological economics.
UNIT 3. ECOLOGICAL ENGINEERING PROCESSES
Self-organizing design and processes Multi seeded microcosms Interface coupling in
ecological systems Concept of energy Determination of sustainable loading of ecosystems.
UNIT 4. ECOTECHNOLOGY FOR WASTE TREATMENT
Ecosanitation Principles and operation of soil infiltration systems Wetlands and ponds
Source separation systems Aquacultural systems Agro ecosystems Detritus based treatment
for solid wastes Applications of ecological engineering for marine systems.
Case studies of Integrated Ecological Engineering Systems and their commercial prospects.
TEXT BOOK
1.
Kangas, P.C. and Kangas, P., Ecological Engineering: Principles and Practice. Lewis
Publishers, New York. 2003.
KarunyaUniversity

REFERENCES:
1.
Etnier, C. and Guterstam, B., Ecological Engineering for Wastewater Treatment, Lewis
Publishers, New York. 1997.
2.
White, I.D., Mottershed, D.N. and Harrison, S.J., Environmental Systems An
Introductory Text, Chapman Hall, London. 1994.
3.
Mitsch, J.W. and Jorgensen, S.E., Ecological Engineering An Introduction to
Ecotechnology, John Wiley & Sons, New York. 1989.
09CE346 GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY
Credits 3:1:0
Occurrence of ground water: origin - rock properties affecting ground water vertical
distribution - geologic formations as aquifers -types of aquifers - aquifer parameters-ground
water basins - springs - ground water in permeable regions
UNIT 2. WATER BALANCE
Ground water balance ground water flow - Darcys law - laplace equation - potential flow
lines - flow net - steady radial flow into a well - well in uniform flow - steady flow in leaky
aquifer - aquifer with percolation - seepage under a dam -unsteady flow - general equation confined and unconfined aquifers
UNIT 3. WELL HYDRAULICS
Ground water and well hydraulics: steady unidirectional flow - steady radial flow in to a well well in uniform flow - steady flow with uniform discharge - unsteady radial flow in to a well confined, unconfined and leaky aquifers - well near aquifer boundaries - multiple well system partially penetrating wells - characteristics well losses - pumping tests non equilibrium
equation for pumping tests - Thies method - Jacob method - Chows method
UNIT 4. TUBE WELLS
Tube wells: design - screened wells - gravel packed wells - well loss-selection of screen size yield of a well - test holes - well logs - methods of construction - dug wells -shallow tube wells deep wells - gravity wells - drilling in rocks - screen installation - well completion - well
development - testing wells for yield - collector - or radial wells - infiltration galleries - well
point system - failure of tube wells
UNIT 4. QUALITY CONTROL OF GROUND WATER
Quality of ground water: ground water samples - measurement of water quality- chemical,
physical and bacterial analysis - quality for domestic use - quality for agricultural use - pumps shallow well pumps - ground water investigation - geographical investigation - electrical
resistivity method - seismic refraction method - gravity and magnetic method test drilling resistivity logging - potential logging - artificial recharge - recharge by water spreading - sewage
recharge - recharge through pits, shafts and wells
KarunyaUniversity

TEXT BOOK
1. Todd D.K., Ground Water Hydrology, John Wiley,2 008
REFERENCES
1. Garg S.P., Ground Water & Tube wells, Oxford & IBH, 1993
2. Raghunath H.M., Ground Water Hydrology, Wiely, 2000
3. Raghunath H.M., Hydrology, Wiely Eastern, 2006
09CE347 ENVIRONMENTAL RULES AND LEGISLATION
Credits 4:0:0
Basics of jurisprudence Environmental law relation with other disciplines - Criminal law
Common Law Relevant sections of the Code of Civil Procedure, Criminal Procedure Code
Indian Penal Code.
UNIT 2. INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND ENVIRONMENT
Introduction Fundamental Rights Directive Principles of State Policy Article 48 (A) and
51-A(g) Judicial enforceability Constitution and Resources management and pollution control
Indian Forest Policy (1990) Indian Environmental Policy (1992).
UNIT 3. ADMINISTRATIVE REGIME & LEGAL REGIME
Administrative regulations constitution of Pollution Control Boards Powers, functions,
Accounts, Audit etc. Formal Justice Delivery mechanism Higher and Lower of judiciary
Constitutional remedies writ jurisdiction Article 32, 226 136 special reference to Mandamus and
Certiorari for pollution abatement Equitable remedies for pollution control.
UNIT 4. POLLUTION CONTROL LAWS
Administrative regulation under recent legislations in wear pollution control. Water (prevention
& control of pollution) Act 1974 as amended by Amendment Act 1988. Water (prevention and
control of pollution) Rules 1975 Water (prevention & control or Pollution) Cess Act. 1977 as
amended by Amendment Act 1987 and relevant notifications.
UNIT 5. ENVIRONMENTAL (PROTECTION) ACT 1986
Relevant notifications in connection with Hazardous Wastes (management and handling)
Biomedical wastes (management and handling), Noise pollution, Eco-labelling, and E.I.A.
TEXT BOOK
1.
Constitution of India Eastern Book Company Lucknow 12th Edn. 1997.
REFERENCES
1.
Constitutional Law of India J.N. Pandey 1997 (31st Edn.) Central Law Agency
Allahabad.
2.
Administrative Law U.P.D. Kesari 1998. Universal Book Trade Delhi.
KarunyaUniversity

3.
4.
5.
Environmental Law H.N. Tiwari, Allahabad Law. Agency 1997.

Environmental, A., Divan and Noble M. Environmental Law and Policy in India (cases,
Materials and Statutes) 1991 Tripathi Bombay.
Environmental Policy. Forest Policy. Bare Acts Government Gazette Notifiaciton.
09CE348 MASS TRANSFER IN AIR-WATER-SOIL INTERACTION
Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on the mechanism of material transfer between environmental
components air, water and soil.
UNIT 1. EQUILIBRIUM AT ENVIRONMENTAL INTERFACE
Ideal solutions air water equilibrium occurrences pure gases in contact with water-pure
liquid in contact with air partition coefficient for the air water system. Earthern solid waste
equilibrium occurrences pure solid and liquid chemicals in contact with water and earthern
solids. Earthern solid air equilibrium occurrences water liquid chemical equilibrium
occurrences thermal equilibrium at environmental interfaces.
UNIT 2. TRANSPORT MECHANISMS
Diffusion and mass transfer molecular diffusion eddy diffusion mass transfer theories
mass transfer coefficients binary mass transfer coefficients in two phases and two resistance
theory of interphase mass transfer turbulence in the environment fundamentals of heat transfer
analogy theories of momentum, heat and mass transfer.
UNIT 3. EXCHANGE RATES BETWEEN AIR AND WATER
Desorption of gases and liquids from aerated basins and rivers completely mixed basin plug
flow basin gas exchange rates between the atmosphere and the surface of rivers exchange of
chemical across the air water interface of lakes and oceans.
UNIT 4. EXCHANGE RATES BETWEEN WATER AND THE EARTHERN MATERIAL
Dissolution of chemicals on the bottom of flowing streams geometric forms stream bottom
mass transfer coefficients natural convection dissolution the upsurge of chemicals from the
sediment water interface of lakes a Fikian analysis annual upsurge rate at sediment water
interface mass transfer coefficients at the sediment water interface. Flux of chemicals
between sediment and the overlying seawater movement of chemicals through the benthic
boundary layer.
UNIT 5. EXCHANGE RATES BETWEEN AIR AND SOIL
Turbulence above the air soil interface the Richardson number chemical flux rates through
the lower layer of the atmosphere Thronthwaite Holzman equation evaporation of liquid
chemicals spilled on land chemical flux rates through the upper layer of earthern material.
TEXT BOOK
KarunyaUniversity

1.
1.
Thibodeaux, L.J, Environmental Chemo dynamics: Movement Of Chemicals In

Air, Water and Soil, edition 2., Wiley - Interscience, New York, 1996.
REFERENCES
Cusssler, E.L, Diffusion: Mass Transfer In Fluid Systems, Cambridge University press,
1994.
09CE349 COASTAL POLLUTION MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT
Credits 4:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
To educate the students on aspects of marine pollution and methods of water quality assessment
and marine pollution control
UNIT 1. OCEANOGRAPHY
General features of ocean Conservation laws Wave characteristics and theories - Sediment
transport Tides - Ocean Currents Thermocline circulation General circulation of ocean
waters, Tsunamis, Storm surge Principles of Marine geology
UNIT 2. COASTAL ENVIRONMENT
Living resources coral reefs, mangroves, seagrass, seaweeds, fishery potential nonliving
resources manganese nodules, heavy minerals Beaches, Estuaries, Lagoons Shoreline
changes
UNIT 3. MARINE SURVEYING
Sea surveying planning and preparation Oceanographic instrumentation - Hydrographic
Surveying Underwater surveying - Measurement of physical properties of ocean water - sea
bed sampling
UNIT 4. MARINE POLLUTION AND MONITORING
Physiochemical properties of sea water - Sources of marine pollution and impacts on coastal
ecosystems, Oil pollution oil spill detection, dispersion, impacts on adjacent area Oil spill
modeling, mitigation measures Oil exploration and their effects Marine outfalls - Impacts of
Ports and Harbour on marine water quality dredging Human intervention in estuarine
ecosystem - sea water classification - Physical modeling in Coastal Engineering Ocean
monitoring satellites -Applications of Remote sensing and GIS in marine studies,
UNIT 5. MARINE POLLUTION CONTROL
National and International treaties, protocols in marine pollution - Exclusive Economic Zone Sustainable development
TEXT BOOK
KarunyaUniversity

1. Kennish, M.J., Pollution impacts on Marine Biotic Communities, CRC press New York,
1998
REFERENCES
1. Newman, M.C., Roberts Jr. M.H., Male R.C. (Editors), Coastal and Estuarine Risk
Assessment, Lewis Publishers, Washington, D.C., 2002
2. U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, Shore Protection Manual, Washington D.C., 2002
09CE350 UNIT OPERATIONS AND UNIT PROCESSES LABORATORY
Credits 0:0:2
(Prerequisite: Physical and Chemical treatment of water and wastewater, and biological
treatment of wastewater)
OBJECTIVES:
To conduct laboratory studies on water and wastewater treatment units.
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
14)
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Coagulation and Flocculation.
Batch studies for sedimentation.
Characteristics of Filter media.
Studies on Filtration.
Water softening.
Adsorption studies / Kinetics.
Silt Density Index.
Reverse Osmosis.
Kinetics of suspended growth process (activated sludge process).
Kinetics of attached growth process (Rotating Biological Contactors).
Sludge volume Index.
Anaerobic Reactor systems / Kinetics.
Advanced Oxidation Processes.
Chlorine Demand Estimation.
TEXT BOOK
1. Lee, CC & Shun dar Lin, Hand book of Environmental Engineering Calculations, Mc
Graw Hill, New York, 1999.
REFERENCES
1. Metcalf & Eddy, Inc. Wastewater Engineering, Treatment, Disposal and Reuse, Third
Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi 2003.
2. Casey T.J. Unit treatment processes in water and wastewater engineering, John Wileys
Sons, London, 1993.
KarunyaUniversity

09CE 351 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
To know about the construction equipment and management

To study about the equipment used for earthwork excavation
To learn about the various construction equipment and their applications
Unit I: Construction Equipment Management

Identification Planning - Equipment Management in Projects - Maintenance Management
Replacement Unit Operating Cost - Cost Control of Equipment - Depreciation Analysis
Safety Management
Unit II: Equipment for Earthwork
Fundamentals of Earth Work Operations - Earth Moving Operations - Types of Earth Work
Equipment - Tractors, Motor Graders, Scrapers, Front end Waders, Earth Movers
Unit III: Other Construction Equipment
Equipment for Dredging, Trenching, Tunneling, Drilling, Blasting - Equipment for Compaction Erection Equipment - Types of pumps used in Construction - Equipment for Dewatering and
Grouting Foundation and Pile Driving Equipment
Unit IV: Materials Handling Equipment
Unit V: Equipment for Production of Aggregate and Concreting
Crushers Feeders - Screening Equipment - Handling Equipment - Batching and Mixing
Equipment - Hauling, Pouring and Pumping Equipment Transporters
References:
1.Peurifoy, R.L., Ledbetter, W.B. and Schexnayder, C., Construction Planning, Equipment and
Methods, 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 2001
2.Sharma S.C. Construction Equipment and Management, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2007.
3.Deodhar, S.V. Construction Equipment and Job Planning, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,
2007.
4.Dr. Mahesh Varma, Construction Equipment and its planning and Application, Metropolitan
Book Company, New Delhi. 1983.
KarunyaUniversity

09CE 352 ENERGY CONSERVATION TECHNIQUES IN BUILDING

CONSTRUCTION
Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
x
x
To learn the fundamentals of energy production systems and consumptions

To study the energy conservations pertaining to environment
To understand the concepts of energy efficient design and smart buildings
To have an exposure in the management of services
To learn about the conservation in mechanical devices
Unit I Introduction
Fundamentals of Energy Energy production systems Heating, Ventilating and Air
conditioning Solar Energy and conservation Energy economics Analysis Energy
conservation and audits Domestic energy consumption savings challenges Primary
energy use in buildings Residential commercial Institutional and public buildings
Unit II Environmental
Energy and resource conservation Design of green buildings Evaluation tools for building
energy Embodied and operating energy Peak demand comfort and indoor air quality
Visual and acoustical quality Land, water and materials airborne emissions and Waste
Management
Unit III Design
Natural building design consideration Energy efficient design strategies Contextual factors
Longevity and process assessment Renewable energy sources and design Advanced building
technologies Smart buildings Economics and cost analysis.
Unit IV Services
Energy in building design Energy efficient and environmental friendly building thermal
phenomena Thermal comfort Indoor air quality Climate, Sun and solar radiation
Psychometrics Passive heating and cooling systems Active HVAC systems Preliminary
investigations Goals and policies Energy audit Types of Energy Audit Analysis of results
Energy flow diagram Energy consumption/Unit production Identification of wastage
Priority of conservative measures Maintenance of energy management programme
Unit V Energy Management
Energy management of electrical equipment Improvement of power factor Management of
maximum demand Energy savings in pumps Fans Compressed air systems energy
savings in lighting systems Air conditioning systems Applications Facility operation and
maintenance Facility modifications Energy recovery dehumidifier Waster heat recovery
Steam plants and distribution systems Improvement of boiler efficiency Frequency of blow
down steam leakage Steam flash and condense return
References:
1. Moore F., "Environmental control systems ", McGraw Hill, Inc., 1994.
2. Brown, G.Z, Sun, " Wind and Light: Architectural design Strategies ", John Wiley &
Sons., 1985.
KarunyaUniversity

3. Cook, J, " Award - Winning Passive Solar Design ", McGraw Hill, 1984
09CE 353 BUILDING BYE LAWS

Credits:3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
x
To understand the provisions of the act of building byelaws

To know the procedure of getting building permit
To learn the building performance byelaws
To know how to plan byelaws and to know about different types of forms
Unit I: Definitions
Preamble Provision of the act Jurisdiction Repeal and Saving - Definitions Act
Commissioner corporation Dwelling Unit Existing Buildings Floor Area Ratio Form
Ground coverage Height of a building Land use Master plan Period of construction
Plinth Sanctioned Design and Specification Sanctioned use Schedule Setbacks or
Margins
Unit II Procedure Byelaws
Building permit and Building use permit Responsibilities of owner and persons on record
Procedure for obtaining, revising and revalidating a building permit Procedure during
construction Procedure for obtaining a building use permit Procedure for obtaining a variance
Unit III Building performance byelaws
Buildings and Infrastructure Environmental Management Pollution control Structural
Safety Fire prevention and safety Maintenance and upgradation
Unit IV Planning Byelaws
Heritage conservation byelaws General planning byelaws
Unit V :
Schedules and forms
References:
1.Building bye laws of Delhi, 2005
09CE 354 CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
To learn the fundamentals of human behaviour under various situations
KarunyaUniversity

x
x
x
To relate the behaviour pattern to manpower planning in organizational setups

To understand the means of management of construction personnel
To know the methods to adopt training as a tool for improvement
Unit I: Manpower Planning

Manpower planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling personal principles
Unit II: Organization
Organization span of control Organization charts Staffing plan Development and
Operation of human resources managerial Staffing Recruitment Selection Placement
Unit III: Human Behaviour
Introduction to the field of people management basic individual psychology motivation job
design and performance management Managing groups at work self managing work teams
Intergroup behavior and conflict in organizations Leadership Behavioral aspects of decision
making; and communication for people management
Unit IV: Management and Development Methods
Compensation Wages and Salary, employee benefits, employee appraisal and assessment
Employee services Safety and Health Discipline and discharge Special Human resource
problems, Performance appraisal Employee handbook and personal manual Job descriptions
and organization structure and human relation Productivity of Human resources
Unit V: Training and Development
Identification of training needs training calendar outsourcing for training in-house training
training to overcome deficiencies evaluation of training
Reference Books:
1. Carleton counter II and Jill Justice coutier, The complete Standard Handbook of
Construction Personnel Management Prentice Hall, Inc., New Jersey, 1989
2. Memoria, C,B Personal management, Himalaya Publishing Co., 1992
3. Josy J. Familaro, Handbook of Human Resources Administration, McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 1987
4. Pringle Charles, Management Longenecker Emerricle Publishing company, 1981
5. Dwived R.S. Human Relations and Organizational Behaviour BH -1987
09CE 355 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND CONTROL

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
To know about construction plans and activities

To get knowledge about scheduling procedures
KarunyaUniversity

x
x
x
To get awareness about cost control and monitoring

To know about the quality control
To get exposed to data based management system

Construction Method - Defining Work Tasks - Defining Precedence Relationships Among
Activities - Estimating Activity Durations - Estimating Resource Requirements for Work
Activities - Coding Systems
Relevance of Construction Schedules - The Critical Path Method - Calculations for Critical Path
Scheduling - Activity Float and Schedules - Presenting Project Schedules - Critical Path
Scheduling for Activity-on-Node and with Leads, Lags, and Windows - Calculations for
Scheduling with Leads, Lags and Windows - Resource Oriented Scheduling - Scheduling with
Resource Constraints and Precedences - Use of Advanced Scheduling Techniques - Scheduling
with Uncertain Durations - Calculations for Monte Carlo Schedule Simulation - Crashing and
Time/Cost Tradeoffs - Scheduling in Poorly Structured Problems - Improving the Scheduling
Process.
The Cost Control Problem - The Project Budget - Forecasting for Activity Cost Control Financial Accounting Systems and Cost Accounts - Control of Project Cash Flows - Schedule
Control - Schedule and Budget Updates - Relating Cost and Schedule Information.
Unit IV: Quality Control and Safety during Construction
Types of Project Information - Accuracy and Use of Information - Computerized Organization
and Use of Information - Organizing Information in Databases - Relational Model of Databases Other Conceptual Models of Databases - Centralized Database Management Systems Databases and Applications Programs - Information Transfer and Flow.
References:
2. Calin M. Popescu, Chotchai Charoenngam, Project Planning, Scheduling and Control in
Construction: An Encyclopedia of terms and Applications, Wiley, New York, 1995.
KarunyaUniversity

3. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construction Fundamental
Concepts for Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice Hall, Pittsburgh,
2000
09CE 356 ESTIMATING AND QUANTITY SURVEYING

Credit: 0:0:2
Objectives
x The purpose of this course is to impart the techniques of estimation of buildings, roads,
and irrigation structures.
x To introduce the concepts of rate analysis and tendering
x To inculcate the concepts of valuation and their application to building
Unit I: Procedure of Estimating Quantities
Introduction Main items of work calculation of quantities of earth work, stone masonry, brick
masonry, plastering, cement concrete, R.C.C., Doors, Windows, Flooring, White Washing,
colour washing, Distempering and their Units.
Unit II: Rate Analysis
Factors affecting rates importance Materials for different items of work Rates of materials
and labour analysis of Rates for cement concrete, R.C.C., brick masonry, Stone masonry,
Hollow block masonry, Plastering, Painting, Flooring, Road works, Sanitary Works, Water
supply works and Electrical works
Unit III: Cost Estimate of Buildings
Approximate methods Plinth area estimate Cubical Contents estimate. Detailed estimate
Estimation of the cost of single storeyed buildings by individual wall method and centre line
method - Estimation: R.C.C. slab roof, Beam, Column, Foundation
Unit IV: Cost Estimate of Other Structures
Estimation of roads Earth work, Pitching of Slopes - Estimation of water supply and sanitary
works like septic tank, Soak pit, Manhole, sewer line, etc.
Unit V: Specifications and Valuation
fixation Mortgage Lease.
Text Books
1. Dutta B.N Estimating and Costing, UBS Publications, 2005
2. Rangawala S.C., Estimating and Costing, Charotar Anand, 2002
KarunyaUniversity

Reference Books
1. Kohli, D.D and Kohli R.C., A Text book on Estimating, Costing and Accounts, S.
Chand and Co., New Delhi, 2003
09CE 357 BUILDING DRAWING
Credit: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
Preparation of plan, elevation and sections of various types of building

To develop imagination and creative skills in planning and detailing of buildings
Symbols and sign conventions related to Architecture - Traffic - Electrical Circuits -Plumbing &
welding - Metric Brick - Bonds in Brick masonry, cross walls and corner walls.
Joinery in wood work - timber doors, windows and ventilators - paneled and glazed types.
Planning and detailing of Stairs and Staircases. Plan, Elevation, Section and Perspective
Views of single-storeyed residential buildings
Text Book:
Balgopal, T.S., Prabhu, T.S., Building drawing and detailing, Spades Publishing KDFA building
Calicut, 1987.
09CE 358 PROJECT FORMULATION AND APPRAISAL
Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
To understand elements of project formulation and appraisal

To learn the costing, appraisal and financial aspects of projects
To study the implications of private sector participation in construction projects

Clearance, Project Estimates and Techno-Economic Feasibility Report, Detailed Project Report
Different Project Clearances required
KarunyaUniversity


Project Cash Flows Time Value of Money Cost of Capital
Indian Practice of Investment Appraisal International Practice of Appraisal Analysis of Risk
Different Methods Selection of a Project and Risk Analysis in Practice
References
Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
2. Joy P.K., Total Project Management - The Indian Context (Chapters 3 - 7), New Delhi,
Macmillan India Ltd., 2006
4. Barcus, S.W. and Wilkinson J.W., Hand Book of Management Consulting Services,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1986
09CE 359 CONTRACT LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
x
To know about the different construction contracts

To get knowledge about tenders and contracts
To know about importance of arbitration laws
To know about the legal aspects
To study about labour regulations
KarunyaUniversity

Unit I: Construction Contracts

Indian Contracts Act Elements of Contracts Types of Contracts Features Suitability
Design of Contract Documents International Contract Document Standard Contract
Document Law of Torts
Unit II: Tenders
Prequalification Bidding Accepting Evaluation of Tender from Technical, Contractual and
Commercial Points of View Contract Formation and Interpretation Potential Contractual
Problems World Bank Procedures and Guidelines Tamil Nadu Transparency in Tenders Act.
Unit III: Arbitration
Comparison of Actions and Laws Agreements Subject Matter Violations Arbitration Act
- Appointment of Arbitrators Conditions of Arbitration Powers and Duties of Arbitrator
Rules of Evidence Enforcement of Award Costs
Unit IV: Legal Requirements
Insurance and Bonding Laws Governing Sale, Purchase and Use of Urban and Rural Land
Land Revenue Codes Tax Laws Income Tax, Sales Tax, Excise and Custom Duties and their
Influence on Construction Costs Legal Requirements for Planning Property Law Agency
Law Local Government Laws for Approval Statutory Regulations
Unit V: Labour Regulations
Social Security Welfare Legislation Laws relating to Wages, Bonus and Industrial Disputes,
Labour Administration Insurance and Safety Regulations Workmens Compensation Act
Indian Factory Act Tamil Nadu Factory Act Child Labour Act - Other Labour Laws
References
1. Gajaria G.T., Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India, M.M.
Tripathi Private Ltd., Bombay, 2000
2. Tamil Nadu PWD Code, 1986
3. Jimmie Hinze, Construction Contracts, 2nd Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2001
4. Joseph T. Bockrath, Contracts and the Legal Environment for Engineers and Architects,
6th Edition, McGraw-Hill, 2000
KarunyaUniversity

09CE 360 BUILDING MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
x
x
To know about the different types of building materials

To get knowledge about brick and stone masonry
To learn about floors and roofs
To know about the plastering and painting
To understand about stairs, scaffolding and formwork
Unit I: Building Materials

Types and properties of cement cement mixes rolled steel sections types of reinforcement
rods terracotta and glazed products
Unit II: Brick and Stone Masonry
Types of Bricks Bonds (English & Flemish), Tools for Brick Laying Brick laying
Comparison of brick and stone masonry defects in Brick masonry Definition of terms used in
stone masonry materials - classification of stone masonry supervision of stone masonry
safe loads on stone masonry.
Unit III: Types of Floors and Roof
Selection of Floor materials Mud Brick cement Concretes Terrazzo Mosaic tiled
Asphalt flooring R.C.C. Floors Types of pitched roofs
Unit IV: Plastering and Painting
Types of mortars for plastering Tools for plastering method of plastering types of plaster
finishes defects in plastering paints and painting constituents of a paint types of paint
painting on different surfaces defects in painting.
Unit V: Stairs, Form-work and Scaffolding
Technical terms requirement of stair dimensions of stair classification of stair Requirements of formwork loads on form work shuttering for columns beams and floors
scaffolding
Text Book:
1. Punmia. S.C, Building Construction Lakshmi Publication (P) Ltd., 2006
References:
1. Rangwala, S.C., Engineering Materials", Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 2007.
2. Surendra Singh, Building Materials", Vikas Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2002.
3. Arora S.P. and Bindra S.P., "Building Construction Planning Techniques and method of
Construction", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi, 1997.
KarunyaUniversity

09CE 361 FUNDAMENTALS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING

Credit: 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
x
x
To know about the history, scope, functions and components of buildings

To get knowledge about surveying
To know about importance of water supply and sanitation
To know about the transportation systems
To get exposed to airport, harbour and dock
Unit I: Introduction, Components and Functions of Buildings

Introduction: Engineering Civil Engineering History and development of Civil Engineering
Scope of Civil Engineering Functions of Civil Engineers General concepts relating to
buildings Selection of site - Basic functions of buildings Major components of buildings
Foundations Purpose of a foundation Bearing capacity of soils types of foundations
Unit II: Surveying
Surveying: Definition and purpose classification Basic principles Measurement of length
by chains and tapes Calculation of area of a plot Measurement of bearings and angles using a
prismatic compass Leveling longitudinal and Cross-sectioning calculation of areas and
volumes contours and their applications use of transit theodolite
Unit III: Water Supply and Sanitary Engineering
Water supply Engineering: Sources of water supply quantity of water requirements
Sanitary Engineering: Definition of terms collection and disposal of solid wastes sewage
systems Septic tanks oxidation ponds
Unit IV: Highways and Railways
Transportation Engineering: Importance of roads Classification of Highways Cross sections
of water bound macadam, bituminous and cement concrete roads Traffic signs and signals
Railways: Importance of railways Gauges components of a permanent way
Bridges: components of culverts Causeways, slab Bridge, T-beam and Slab Bridge, suspension
bridge.
Unit V: Airport, Harbours, Dams and Irrigation
Functions and general layout of an airport Functions and general layout of a harbor Dams:
Purpose of Dams types of dams Earth, masonry and concrete, arch and buttress dams
Selection of site for the dam Irrigation Engineering: Definition of irrigation types of
irrigation canal irrigation system
Text Book:
Limited, Madras, 2002
KarunyaUniversity

Reference Books
2. Ramesh Babu V., Basic Civil Engineering, Anuradha Agencies, Kumbakonam, 2001
09CE 362 QUALITY CONTROL LAB
Credit: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x To give hands on training on testing of cement and aggregates
x To give hands on training on testing of concrete
x To impart knowledge on mix design of procedures
x To impart knowledge on testing of highways materials
Tests on Cement: Specific gravity, Fineness, specific surface, soundness, consistency, initial
and final setting time, compressive strength of cement mortar.
Tests on Fine Aggregate: Tests to find alkalinity, organic content, etc. - particle size distribution
and fineness modulus - specific gravity and voids ratio - Bulking of sand.
Tests on Coarse Aggregate : Particle size distribution and fineness modulus - specific
Concrete Mix Design: ACI and IS Methods
Test on Fresh Concrete: Slump test, Vee-Bee test, compaction factor test.
Tests on Hardened Concrete: Compression test on cubes - Modulus of rupture test splitting tension test - Determination of modulus of elasticity.
Text Books
1.Shetty, M. S., `Concrete Technology, S. Chand & Co., New Delhi, 1998.
2.Khanna, S.K., and Justo C.E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Bros. 2005.
Reference Book
1.Davis, H.F., Troxell, G.E and Hauck, G.R.H., The testing of Engineering Materials, Mc.Graw
Hill International Book Co.,1995
09CE 363 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING AND
PLANNING LAB
Credit 0:0:2
Objectives
x
x
To introduce the concepts of planning and scheduling

To introduce the concepts of project management using Primavera
Exercises
1. Planning
KarunyaUniversity

2. Scheduling
3. Controlling Resources
4. Resources leveling
5. Updating progress
6. Estimation of cost
7. Earned Value analysis
8. Tabular and graphical reports
9. Handling multiple projects
10. Project utilities
11. Autocost rules
Text Book:
Project planning and Management Primavera Reference Guide published by CADD CENTRE
09CE 364 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Credit 3:0:0
Unit I : The Owners' Perspective
Introduction - Project Life Cycle - Types of Construction - Selection of Professional Services Construction Contractors - Financing of Constructed Facilities - Legal and Regulatory
Requirements - Changing Environment of the Construction Industry - Role of Project Managers
Unit II : Organizing for Project Management
Project Management - Trends in Modern Management - Strategic Planning and Project
Programming - Effects of Project Risks on Organization - Organization of Project Participants Traditional Designer-Constructor Sequence - Professional Construction Management - OwnerBuilder Operation - Turnkey Operation - Leadership and Motivation for the Project Team Interpersonal Behavior in Project Organizations - Perceptions of Owners and Contractors
Unit III: Design and Construction Process
Design and Construction as an Integrated System - Innovation and Technological Feasibility Innovation and Economic Feasibility - Design Methodology - Functional Design - Physical
Structures-Geo-technical Engineering Investigation - Construction Site Environment - Value
Engineering - Construction Planning - Industrialized Construction and Pre-fabrication Computer-Aided Engineering
Unit IV: Labor, Material and Equipment Utilization
Historical Perspective - Labor Productivity - Factors Affecting Job-Site Productivity - Labor
Relations in Construction - Problems in Collective Bargaining - Materials Management Material Procurement and Delivery - Inventory Control - Tradeoffs of Costs in Materials
Management. - Construction Equipment - Choice of Equipment and Standard Production Rates Construction Processes Queues and Resource Bottlenecks
KarunyaUniversity

Unit V: Cost Estimation

Costs Associated with Constructed Facilities - Approaches to Cost Estimation - Type of
Construction Cost Estimates - Effects of Scale on Construction Cost - Unit Cost Method of
Estimation - Methods for Allocation of Joint Costs - Historical Cost Data - Cost Indices Applications of Cost Indices to Estimating - Estimate Based on Engineer's List of Quantities Allocation of Construction Costs Over Time - Computer Aided Cost Estimation - Estimation of
Operating Costs.
References
1. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au, Project Management for Construction Fundamental
Concepts for Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice Hall, Pittsburgh,
2000.
3. Frederick E. Gould, Construction Project Management, Wentworth Institute of
Technology, Vary E. Joyce, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 2000.
4. Choudhury, S, Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New
Delhi, 1988.
5. Ernest E. Ludwig, Applied Project Engineering and Management, Gulf Publishing
6. Harold Kerzner, Project Management A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling
and Controlling, CBS Publishers & Distributors, Delhi, 1988.
7. Joy, P.K., Total Project Management The Indian Context, Macmillan India Ltd., New
Delhi, 1992.
09CE 365 PROJECT SAFETY MANAGEMENT
Objectives
x
x
x
x
To know about the accidents in construction and legal implications

To become aware of safety programmes
To be exposed to the contractual obligations
To learn about the design of safety
Credit 3:0:0
Unit I: Construction Accidents
Accidents and their Causes Human Factors in Construction Safety - Costs of Construction
Injuries Occupational and Safety Hazard Assessment Legal Implications
Unit II: Safety Programmes
Problem Areas in Construction Safety Elements of an Effective Safety Programme Job-Site
Safety Assessment Safety Meetings Safety Incentives
KarunyaUniversity

Unit III: Contractual Obligations

Safety in Construction Contracts Substance Abuse Safety Record Keeping
Unit IV: Designing for Safety
Safety Culture Safe Workers Safety and First Line Supervisors Safety and Middle
Managers Top Management Practices, Company Activities and Safety Safety Personnel
Subcontractual Obligation Project Coordination and Safety Procedures Workers
Compensation
Unit V: Owners and Designers Outlook
References:
1. Jimmy W. Hinze, Construction Safety, Prentice Hall Inc., 1997
2. Richard J. Coble, Jimmie Hinze and Theo C. Haupt, Construction Safety and Health
Management, Prentice Hall Inc., 2001
3. Tamil Nadu Factory Act
09CE 366 Advanced Building Drawing (Using Auto CADD & Archi CAD)
Credit: 0:0:2
Objectives
x To introduce the basic commands of drafting software
x To impart knowledge on drafting software such as AutoCAD & Archi CAD
x To impart knowledge on generation of different views using software
Plan, Elevation, Section and Perspective Views of single-storeyed residential and public
buildings such as hospitals, restaurants and auditoriums - Using AUTOCAD and Archi CAD
Text Book
Reference Book
1. AUTO CAD Manual- Autodesk work book on AUTO CAD Level
2. Archi CAD Manuel
09CE 367 BUILDING SERVICES
Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
x
To learn about water supply and sanitation arrangements in a building

To understand the essentials of electrical installations in a building
To get an exposure to air conditioning and fire safety arrangement
To pioneer the concepts of intelligent building
KarunyaUniversity

Unit I: Building Sanitation

Water quality, Purification and treatment - water supply systems-distribution systems in small
towns - types of pipes used - laying jointing, testing-testing for water tightness plumbing system
for building-internal supply in buildings - municipal bye laws and regulations - Rain Water
Harvesting - Sanitation in buildings-arrangement of sewerage systems in housing - pipe systems
- storm water drainage from buildings - septic and sewage treatment plant - collection,
conveyance and disposal of town refuse systems.
Unit II: Electrical Installations in Buildings
Types of wires, wiring systems and their choice - planning electrical wiring for building - main
and distribution boards - transformers and switch gears - modern theory of light and colour synthesis of light - luminous flux - candela - lens of illumination-lighting design-design for
modern lighting.
Unit III: Air Conditioning System and Applications

Ventilation and its importance-natural and artificial systems-Window type and packaged airconditioners-chilled water plant - fan coil systems-water piping - cooling load - air conditioning
systems for different types of buildings - protection against fire to be caused by A.C. Systems.
Unit IV: Fire Safety -General Provisions
Causes of fire in buildings-safety regulations-NBC-planning considerations in buildings like
Non-combustible materials, construction, staircases and A.C. systems, special features required
for physically handicapped and elderly in building types-heat and smoke detectors-dry and wet
risers-Automatic sprinklers - Capacity determination of OHT and UGT for fire-fighting needs.
Unit V: Advanced Topics
Intelligent buildings-Building automation-Smart buildings - Building services in high rise
buildings.
Reference Books:
1. G.M. Fair, J.C. Geyer and D. Okun, Water and Waste Engineering", Vol. II, John Wiley
&sons,Inc.,New York. 1968
2. R.G.Hopkinson and J.D.Kay, "The Lighting of Buildings, Faber and Faber", London,
1969
3. "Hand book for Building Engineers in Metric Systems", NBC, New Delhi, 1968
4. "Philips Lighting in Architecture Designs", McGraw Hill, New York, 1964
5. "Time Saver Standards for Architecture Design Data", Callendar JH, McGraw Hill, 1974
6. William H. Severns and Julian R. Fellows, "Air conditioning and Refrigeration", John
Wily and sons, London,1988
KarunyaUniversity

09CE 368 MODERN CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x
x
x
To learn about types of concrete and their advantages

To study about metals used in construction
To get an exposure in composite construction and intelligent buildings
Unit I :Concretes
High strength and High performance concrete-Fiber Reinforced concrete Admixtures
Unit II: Metals
New Alloy steels-Aluminium and its products-Other alloys
Unit III: Composites
Plastics-Reinforced polymers-FRP-Celular cores
Unit IV: Other Materials

Water proofing compounds-Non -weathering Materials - Flooring and Facade Materials
Unit V: Smart and Intelligent Materials
Brief outlines and uses
References:
1. Shan Somayaji, Civil Engineering Materials", 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall Inc., 2001.
2. Mamlouk, M.S. and Zaniewski, J.P., "Materials for Civil and Construction
Engineers", Prentice Hall Inc., 2006.
3. Derucher, K.Korfiatis. G. and Ezeldin, S., "Materials for Civil and Highway
Engineers", 4th Edition, Prentice Hall Inc., 1999.
4. Aitkens, High Performance Concrete", McGraw Hill, 1999.
09CE369 BEHAVIOUR, ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF RCC ELEMENTS
Credits : 3:1:0
OBJECTIVES
x
x
x
To understand the concepts of flexural behavior and design of slabs, beams and columns
To learn about the behavior of beams under shear, torsion and combined bending and
torsion
To learn about the analysis and design of multistoreyed building frames
Unit I: Behaviour of Beams under Flexure

KarunyaUniversity

Limit state design concepts - Statistical and probabilistic concepts of safety- Behaviour of
reinforced concrete beam under gradually increasing flexural loads up to collapse Requirement
of Flexural Reinforcement Selection of member sizes - Limit state design of singly and doubly
reinforced rectangular and flanged beams for flexure - Check for deflection and crack width as
per I.S.456 code, Deep Beams
Unit II: Behaviour of beams under Shear, Bond and torsion

Shear strength of beams Interface shear and shear friction shear connectors in flexural
members shear design examples Equilibrium torsion and compatibility torsion Torsional
stiffness Design strength in torsion - combined bending and torsion Interaction diagrams Skew bending theory space truss analogy - Design of members subjected to combined bending,
shear and torsion - bond, anchorage and splicing of reinforcement.
Unit III: Limit State Design of Columns:
Behaviour, strength and design of axially loaded and eccentrically loaded short and long columns
code requirements on slenderness limits, minimum eccentricities and reinforcement use of
interaction diagrams - Design of columns carrying axial load and biaxial moments.
Unit IV : Limit Analysis and Design of Slabs

under different edge conditions by virtual work method and equilibrium method - Application to
practical design problems - Effect of corner levers - Hillerborg's simple strip method of analysis.
Unit V: Behaviour Analysis & Multistorey Frames

Analysis for vertical loads adopting substitute frames - Analysis for wind forces using portal
method - Design of plane frames - Detailing of joints - Joints of space frames - Shear Walls Use of shear walls in high rise buildings - Types of shear walls - behaviour of cantilever walls interaction of shear walls and rigid jointed frames - Design for Earthquake forces.
Text Books:
1 Varghese, P.C., "Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete", Prentice Hall of India
Ltd, New Delhi , 2008.
2. S. Unnikrishna pillai and Devadas Menon, Reinforced concrete design Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing company limited, New Delhi, 2003
References
1. Regan, P. D and Yu, C.W., "Limit state design of structural concrete", Chatto & Windus,
London, 1973.
KarunyaUniversity

09CE370 GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM

Credit 3:0:0
OBJECTIVES:
x
x
To understand the basics of Geodesy and Global Positioning System

To have knowledge about GPS data processing and GPS applications
Definition basics of geodesy classification and basic concepts of satellite geodesy historical
development and applications of satellite geodesy.
Historical techniques
Photographic determination of directions electronic distance measurements (SECOR) other
early observation techniques
Unit II: Doppler techniques and Basics of Global Positioning System
Doppler Effect and basic positioning concept development and status of the navy navigation
satellite systems (TRANSIT). Fundamentals introduction space, control segments
observation principles signal structure, broad cast ephimerides, orbit representation, structure
of GPS data, GPS receivers concepts & Receiver components. Navigation receivers
Unit III: GPS Data processing and errors
GPS observables and data processing parameter estimation solution ambiguities data
handling cycle slips RINEX data software concepts - Static, kinematic surveys - Error
budget correction satellite geometry and accuracy measures multipath effect
Unit IV: GPS Applications
Software modules and data processing possible applications geodetic control survey
cadastral surveying and GIS, engineering and monitoring, geodynamics, marine geodesy and
hydrography Photogrammetry and remote sensing GLONASS comparison with
NAVSTARGPS
Unit V: Laser Ranging & Field work
Overview of laser ranging basic concepts of satellite altimetry planned missions and spatial
methods - Study on GPS instruments, static and kinematic surveying using DGPS
Text books:
1. Seeber, G., Satellite Geodesy, Walter De Gruyter, Berlin, 1993.
2. Alfred leick, GPS Satellite Surveying, John Wiley and Sons, 1995.
3. Hofmann Wellenhof, B. Lichtenegger, H. and Collins, j., Global Positioning System,
Springer Verlag, New York, 1994
09CE371 PRINCIPLES OF REMOTE SENSING
Credit 3:0:0
KarunyaUniversity

OBJECTIVES:
x To understand the basics of Remote sensing
x To know the data acquisition process and data analysis
Unit I: Physics of Remote Sensing
Introduction of remote sensing, Electromagnetic spectrum, physics of remote sensing, effects of
atmosphere, atmospheric windows, spectral reflectance of earths surface features in different
wave length regions of EM spectrum, Atmospheric influences on spectral response patterns,
multi concept of remote sensing.
Unit II: Data Acquisition
Platforms, various types of platforms, importance of remote sensing data for natural resources
management, different types of aircraft, manned and unmanned space craft used for data
acquisition, characteristics of different types of platforms, LANDSAT, SPOT, IRS, ERS,INSAT,
JERS IKONOS and other platforms.
Unit III: Data acquisition sensors (Visible and Infrared)
Photographic products, B&W, Colour and Colour Infrared films and their characteristics,
resolving power of lenses and films, optomechanical, Electro optical sensor, spatial, spectral and
radiometric resolution, thermal sensors, geometric characteristics of thermal imagery, calibration
of thermal scanner, signal to noise ratio.
Unit IV: Data Acquisition sensors (Microwave)
Concepts of microwave remote sensing, SLAR, SAR, Scaterometers, Altimeter, Satellite and
Airborne Sensors, characteristics of microwave imageries
Unit V: Data Analysis
Different types of data products and their characteristics, basic principles of digital analysis.
References
1. Paul Curran P.J., Principles of remote Sensing, 1983.
2. Sabins F.F. Jr., Remote sensing principles and Image Interpretation, W.H. Freeman and
Company, 1978.
3. Lillesand, T.M. and Kiefer R.W. Remote sensing and Image Interpretation, II edition of
john Wiley and sons 1993
KarunyaUniversity

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING
0
Karunya University
ADDITIONAL SUBJECT
Sub. Code
10CE201
10CE202
10CE203
10CE204
10CE205
10CE206
10CE207
Name of the Subject

Civil Engineering Materials and Geology
Intelligent Buildings
Introduction to Architecture and Town Planning
Watershed Management
Introduction to Interior Design
Environmental Impact Assessment
Surveying Practical
Credits
4:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
0:0:2
10CE201 CIVIL ENGINEERING MATERIALS AND GEOLOGY

Credit: 4:0:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
To understand the formation of rocks and properties of minerals

To understand the properties of engineering materials
To understand the tests to be done on materials
Outcomes:
x Students will be able to carry out engineering investigations
x Students will be able to identify important minerals
x Students will be able to select different building materials according to requirement
Unit I: General Geology and Mineralogy
elementary knowledge on continental drift and plate tectonics. Earth processes weathering work of rivers, wind and sea and their Engineering importance Elementary knowledge on
symmetry elements of important crystallographic systems physical properties of minerals
study of the following rock forming minerals Quartz family, felspar family, hornblende,
calcite, garnet - Properties, behaviour and engineering significance of clay minerals.
Unit II : Petrology and Structural Geology
Classification of rocks Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks - Description,
Occurrence, Engineering properties and Distribution of following rocks - Igneous rocks
granite, pegmatite and basalt - Sedimentary rocks sandstone, limestone, shale and
conglomerate - Metamorphic rocks - quartzite, marble, slate, gneiss and schist - Attitude of beds
outcrops geological maps study of structures folds, faults and joints their bearing on
Engineering investigations. Geological conditions necessary for construction of dams and
tunnels.
1
Karunya University
Unit III: Stones, Bricks and Timber

(i) Stones, Requirement of good building stone, characteristics of stones and their testing.
Common building stones. Preservation of stones.
(ii) Bricks : Manufacture of clay bricks, and their classification. Properties of clay bricks and
their testing. Problems of efflorescence & lime bursting in bricks & tiles.
iii) Timber : Classification and identification of timber, Fundamental Engineering properties.
Defects in timber, seasoning and preservation of timber.
Unit IV : Civil Engineering Materials
Cement and Concrete raw material manufacture type and properties of cement steel
heat treatment process alloy steels plain and deformed bars relative merits strength
specifications - Desirable characteristics of reinforcing steel - Principles of cold working Detailed Discussion on reinforcing steel mechanical and physical properties chemical
composition - Uses of ceramics refractories terracotta and glazed products Paints
varnishes distemper - Plastic emulsions - Rubber, Aluminium, Glass, Plastics.
Unit V: Gypsum, Lime and Puzzolona
(i) Gypsum : Forms of gypsum and gypsum plaster, properties of gypsum plaster, building
products of gypsum and their uses.
(ii) Lime : Manufacture of lime, classifications of limes, properties of lime.
(iii) Puzzolona : Natural and Artificial fly ash, Surkhi (burnt clay puzzolona), rice husk and ash
puzzolona, properties and specifications for use in construction.
Text Books:
Company 1970.
3. Rangwala, S.C., " Engineering Materials ", Charotar Publishing House, Anand, 1997.
4. Surendra Singh, " Building Materials ", Vikas Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1996.
Reference Books:
Company. 1988.
10CE202 INTELLIGENT BUILDINGS
Credits: 3:0:0
Objectives:
x
x
x
To provide knowledge on the underlying concepts of intelligent buildings

To provide the working principles of building automation systems, office automation
systems, and communication systems
To provide basic knowledge of the construction and installation of the structured cabling
system enabling integrated system connections
Unit 1: Introduction
2
Karunya University
Introduction to Intelligent buildings - Basic concepts of intelligent buildings - Intelligent

building automation - Building automation system- Cost analysis of intelligent buildings
Introduction to smart materials
Unit 2: Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning
Introduction - Human Comfort - Comfort Air-conditioning Classification - Air conditioning
Systems - Electrical installations and illumination - Introduction, Terminologies in electrical
power engineering - Electrical power transmission to buildings-Electrical power quality in
buildings - Lighting systems in buildings
Unit 3: Fire Protection Systems
Introduction - Type of fire service installations - Automatic fire alarm detection Sprinklers Hose reels hydrants- Foam systems - Microprocessor based alarm
Unit 4: Security And Safety Systems
Introduction- Designing a security system- Intrusion sensors and space sensors - Closed circuit
television system - Central alarm systems Health monitoring systems
Unit 5: Building Electronics
Introduction - Microprocessor based control - Programmable logic controller - Communication
principles - Telephone systems - Communal aerial broadcasting - Satellite communication Fibre optic system
Text Books:
1. Shengwei Wang, Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation, Spon Press,
London, 2009.
2. Derek Clements Croome, Intelligent Building Design, Management and
Operations, Thomas Telford Publishing, London, 2004.
References:
1. Albert Ting pat So wai Lok Chan, Intelligent Building Systems, Kluwer
Academic Publisher, U.S.A, 1999.
2. Ehrlich, C., Intelligent Building Dictionary: Terminology for Smart, Integrated,
Green Building Design, Construction, and Management San Francisco, Calif:
Hands-on-Guide, 2007.
3. Michael Wigginton, Jude Harris, Intelligent Skins, Architectural Press,
Burfington, 2003.
4. www.ieindia.org
www.koetterfire.com
www.informit.com
10CE203 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
Credits: 3:0:0
Objectives:
x To impart a basic knowledge on architecture and town planning
x To enable the students to appreciate and practice the basic principles in architecture and
town planning in their areas of engineering
3
Karunya University
Unit I: Introduction to Architecture

Definition of the term Architecture Brief history of architecture - Key factors influencing
architecture of any region: Culture, climate, topography, building materials, economy and
technology - Human scale in architecture Space requirements for human activity
Architectural Space, Mass and Time
Space and Mass - Visual and emotional effects of geometric forms and their derivatives - The
sphere, cube, pyramid, cylinder and cone Concept of time in architecture
Unit II: Interior Design
Principles of interior landscaping - Texture, height grouping and layout - Plant species
Specifications - Open office system - Industrial interiors and specialized interior space design Styles of Interiors - Italian, English, French, Japanese styles - Exposure to eminent interior
designers works
Unit III: Landscaping:
Concept of landscaping Necessity Study of trees, plants and shrubs for landscaping
Concepts of Green Building
Unit IV: Basics of Town Planning
Town planning Definition - Objectives, necessity and principles adopted - Types of urban
growth: their advantages and disadvantages - Town planning surveys: necessity, objectives and
classification - Urban road patterns: types, specific advantages and disadvantages
Unit V: Land use Planning
Scope and content of Master plan Regional plan - Structure plan Urban renewal Planning standards for neighbourhood Basic principles in planning various land uses: residential, commercial, industrial, and
recreational Introduction to town planning legislation
Text Books:
2. Gurcharan Singh & Jagdish Singh, Building planning, Designing and
Scheduling,Standard Publishers Distributors, Nai Sarak , Delhi 1999.
References:
2. Abir Bandyopadhyay, Textbook of Town planning, Books and Allied publishers,
Calcutta, 2000.
3. Francis D.K.Ching, Architecture Form, Space and Order, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company, NewYork,1979.
4. James Fergusson , History of Indian and Eastern Architecture (Volume 1)
5. General Books Publisher, London,2009
6. 5.National Building Code 2005, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
7. www.spiritus-temporis.com
8. 7.www. archone.tamu.edu
9. 8.www.wisegeek.com
10CE204 WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
4
Karunya University
Credit 3:0:0
Objectives:
x To make the student understand the processes leading to degradation of soil and
aquatic ecosystems and implementation of conservation measures
x To achieve integrated and sustainable development of watersheds
Unit 1: Introduction to Watershed
Watershed delineation-Watershed development: definition and concepts, objectives and needIntegrated and multidisciplinary approach for watershed management
Unit 2: Characteristics of Watershed
Size, shape, physiography, slope, climate, drainage, land use, vegetation, geology and soils,
hydrology and hydrogeology- Socio-economic features
Unit 3: Watershed Management
Definition of watershed management Factors affecting watershed management- Preparation of
land drainage schemes-Types and design of surface drainage Ground water recharge and
development - Artificial recharge - Farm ponds - Percolation tanks
Unit 4: Soil Conservation
Controlling soil erosion and soil salinity- Estimation of soil loss due to erosion: Universal Soil
Loss Equation Structural measures of soil conservation Agronomic measures of soil
conservation.
Unit 5: Water Conservation and Harvesting
Types of water conservation and water harvesting structures for different types of catchments Rainwater harvesting - Catchment and roof top harvesting-Harvesting structures- Soil moisture
conservation - Check dams Text Books
1. J V S Murthy, Watershed Management - New Age International Publishers, New Delhi,
1998
2. Ghanshyam Das, Hydrology and Soil Conservation Engineering. Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 2000.
3. Tideman E. M., Watershed Management. Omega Scientific Publishers, New Delhi.
1996.
References
1. N C Thanh, A K Biswas, Environmentally sound water management UNEP,
International Training Centre for Water Resources Management (ITCWRM),
International Water Resources Association (IWRA) , Oxford University Press, Delhi
1990
2. Suresh R., Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. Standard Publishing Distributors,
New Delhi. 2000.
3. M Newson, Land, Water and Development: River Basin Systems and Their Sustainable
Management, Routledge, London, 1992
4. G J Young, J C I Dooge and J C Rodda, Global Water Resources Issues, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1994.
5. http://www.kerala.gov.in/keralcalljuly04/p17-19.pdf
5
Karunya University
6. http://megphed.gov.in/knowledge/RainwaterHarvest/Chap8.pdf
7. http://wgbis.ces.iisc.ernet.in/energy/paper/gis/gis.pdf
8. Indian Standard for Drinking Water as per BIS specifications -IS 10500-1991, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
10CE205 INTRODUCTION TO INTERIOR DESIGN
Credits: 3:0:0
Objectives:
x To introduce the students to the concepts of interior design
x To enable students to choose the right interior design
x To enable them to supervise the interior design works
Elements of interior design. Transformation of design elements - Optical illusion - Study of
geometric patterns - Enveloping space, contained space and residual spaces - Spaces within
space Concepts of Green Building
Unit-II: Wall Composition and Colour Planning
Principles of lines- Wall composition guidelines - Colour for interiors : hue, chroma and tonal
values - Effect of light on colour - Various colour schemes like analogues, complementary,
triadic etc - Colour symbolism - Industrial colour codes - International standards - Colour
planning process
Unit-III Interior Lighting
Interior lighting- Direct and indirect lighting - Location and light grid systems - Luminaire
types, quality of lighting - Ambient, task and accent lighting - Various systems of air
conditioning
Unit-IV: Interior Landscaping
Principles of interior landscaping - Texture, height grouping and layout - Plant species
Specifications - Open office system - Industrial interiors and specialized interior space design Styles of interiors - Italian, English, French, Japanese styles - Exposure to eminent interior
designers works
Unit-V: Interior Design Schemes
Furniture design - Modular approach in system furnishings - Selection and design of accessories
- Presentation of interior design schemes with detailed specification for the materials and
technology used - Performance evaluation criteria for the design provisions
Text Books:
1. Allen Tate and C Ray Smith, Interior Design in the 20th Century, Harper and
Row Publishers, New York, 2005.
2. Christine M. Piotrowski, Professional Practice for Interior Designers, 3rd
Edition John Wiley & Sons, United States,2001.
References:
6
Karunya University
1. Geoffrey,H., Baaker, Design Strategies in Architecture An Approach to

Analysis to Form, Van Nostrand Publications, London, 1989.
2. John F. Pile, Color in Interior Design, McGraw-Hill Professional Publishing,
New York, 1997.
3. Joseph De Chiara, Julius Panero, Time-Saver Standards for Interior Design and
Space Planning, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2001.
4. IS 3646 (1965). Code of Practice for Illumination, Bureau of Indian
Standards, New Delhi.
5. Handbook on National Building Code 2005, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi.
6. www.architecture-student.com
7. www.gardenvisit.com
8. www.sereneinteriors.com
9. www.freshome.com
Credits: 3:0:0
Objectives:
x
x
To build capacity among students on EIA and to enable them to carry out environmental
appraisal of project works
To enable them to suggest alternate measures to avoid large scale adverse impacts on
environment
Unit 1: Introduction
Definition and concept of environmental impact assessment - Environmental protection Environmental policy and legislations - Acts on air and water pollution Legislation for
preservation of historical sites and archaelogical monuments - Factors for consideration in
assessing environmental impact - Short term vs long term effects Environmental impact due to
natural hazards and climate change
Unit 2: Social and Economic Factors
Social and economic impact analysis - Physical, cultural, archaeological and aesthetic
considerations Resettlement and Rehabilitation - Examples of types of social impact analysis
Unit 3: Assessment Methods
Assessment methods Rapid Impact Assessment - Checklist method Matrix method
Environmental Impact Statement
Unit 4: Air Quality Assessment and Noise Quality Assessment
Air quality impact analysis - Air pollutants Sources - Atmospheric interactions-Environmental
impact - Assessment methodology - Case studies - Noise impact analysis - Effects of noise on
people - Estimating transportation noise impact - Examples
Unit 5: Water Quality Assessment
7
Karunya University
Water quality impact analysis - Water quality criteria and standards - Water quality impact
caused by projects related to highways, power plants, agriculture and irrigation - Forest
management - Vegetation and wild life
Text Books:
1. 1.Anjaneyuku.Y and Valli Manickam, Environmental Impact Assessment
Methodologies, BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2007.
2. Sacrates. J and Karthigarani.R., Environmental Impact Assessment, ABH Publishing
Co., NewDelhi, 2008.
References:
1. John G Rau, David C Wooten, Environmental impact Analysis Handbook, Mc Graw
Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 1980.
2. John Glasson,Riki Therivel, Andrew Chadwi,Introduction to Environmental Impact
Assessment, 3rd Edition, Routledge, U.S.A., 2005.
3. Richard K.Morgan, Environmental Impact Assessment Methodological Prospective,
Klumur Academic Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2002.
4. M.L. Parry, O.F. Canziani, J.P. Palutikof, P.J. van der Linden and C.E. Hanson (eds)
Contribution of Working Group II to the Fourth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA, 2007
5. B. Metz, O.R. Davidson, P.R. Bosch, R. Dave, L.A. Meyer (eds) Contribution of
Working Group III to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New
York, NY, USA, 2007
6. www.eicinformation.org
7. www.gdrc.org/uem/eia.html
8. www.unep.ch/etu/publications/textONUBr.pdf
10CE207 SURVEYING PRACTICAL
Credits: 0:0:2
Objectives:
x
x
x
x
To give hands - on practical training on the usage of conventional and modern

tools for surveying
To know the usage of theodolite and tacheometer
To introduce the concept of curves and contouring
Introduction to the usage of total station
Experiments
1. Study of instruments in surveying lab
8
Karunya University
2. Setting out works Foundation marking

3. Fly levelling
4. Longitudinal Section and Cross Section
5. Differential levelling
6. Measurement of horizontal angles by repetition method and reiteration method
7. Solutions to problems on heights and distances by observations using theodolite
8. Stadia and tangential tacheometry
9. Tacheometric contouring (radial)
10. Setting out simple curve by ordinates from long chord
11. Setting out combined curves
12. Total station surveying to ascertain the distance and included angle between two points
13. Measurement of areas using Planimeter and Global Positioning System
14. Setting out position of Columns using Theodolite.
(12 Experiments will be given to students from the list given above)
Text Books:
1. Kanetkar, T.P and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Vol.II, Pune Vidyarthi
2. Punmia, B.C., Advanced Surveying , Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 2005.
3. Punmia, B.C., Vols. I & II , Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 2008
9
Karunya University
SCHOOLOFCIVIL
ENGINEERING

REVISED & NEW SUBJECTS

Sub.Code
10CE 301
10CE 302
10CE 303
10CE 304
10CE 305
10CE 306
10CE 307
Name of the Subject

Construction Planning, Scheduling and Control
Construction Personnel and Management
High Performance Concrete
Advanced Soil Mechanics
Participatory Water Management
Irrigation Water Management
Credit
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
10CE 301 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING, SCHEDULING AND CONTROL

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x To know about construction plans and activities
x To get knowledge about scheduling procedures
x To get awareness about cost control and monitoring
x To know about the quality control
x To get exposed to data based management system
Construction Method - Project life cycle - Defining Work Tasks - Defining Precedence
Relationships Among Activities - Estimating Activity Durations - Estimating Resource
Requirements for Work Activities - Coding Systems
Resource Oriented Scheduling - Scheduling with Resource Constraints and Precedence - Use
of Advanced Scheduling Techniques - Scheduling with Uncertain Durations - Calculations
for Monte Carlo Schedule Simulation -- Scheduling in Poorly Structured Problems Improving the Scheduling Process.
The Cost Control Problem - The Project Budget - Forecasting for Activity Cost Control
Budget control - Schedule Control - Schedule and Budget Updates - Relating Cost and
Schedule Information.
Unit IV: Quality Control and Safety during Construction
SchoolofCivilEngineering
1
Types of Project Information - Accuracy and Use of Information - Computerized

Organization and Use of Information - Organizing Information in Databases - Relational
Model of Databases - Centralized Database Management Systems - Databases and
Applications Programs - Information Transfer and Flow.
Text Books:
1. Chitkara, K.K. Construction Project Management: Planning, Scheduling and
Control, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1998.
Fundamental Concepts for Owners, Engineers, Architects and Builders, Prentice
Hall, Pittsburgh, 2000
References:
1. Calin M. Popescu, Chotchai Charoenngam, Project Planning, Scheduling and
Control in Construction: An Encyclopedia of terms and Applications, Wiley, New
York, 1995.
10CE 302 PROJECT FORMULATION AND APPRAISAL
Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x To understand elements of project formulation and appraisal
x To learn the costing, appraisal and financial aspects of projects
x To study the implications of private sector participation in construction projects
Clearance, Detailed Project Report Different Project Clearances required
Sources of cash flows - Time Value of Money- Present value of money Future value of
money Cost of Capital
Indian Practice of Investment Appraisal International Practice of Appraisal Concepts of
Risk Analysis Selection of a Project and Risk Analysis in Practice
2
Text Books:
Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2006
2. Joy P.K., Total Project Management - The Indian Context (Chapters 3 - 7), New
Delhi, Macmillan India Ltd., 2006
References:
2. Barcus, S.W. and Wilkinson J.W., Hand Book of Management Consulting Services,
McGraw Hill, New York, 1986
10CE303 CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
Credit 3:0:0
Objectives
x To learn the fundamentals of human behaviour under various situations
x To relate the behaviour pattern to manpower planning in organizational setups
x To understand the means of management of construction personnel
x To know the methods to adopt training as a tool for improvement
Unit I: Manpower Planning
Manpower planning Needs Steps- Importance personal principles
Unit II: Organization
Organization span of control Organization charts Staffing plan Development and
Operation of human resources managerial Staffing Recruitment Selection Placement
Unit III: Human Behavior
Introduction to the field of people management basic individual psychology job design
and performance management Managing groups at work self managing work teams
Intergroup behavior and conflict in organizations Behavioral aspects of decision making
Unit IV: Management and Development Methods
Compensation Wages and Salary, employee benefits Employee services Safety and
Health Discipline and discharge Special Human resource problems, Performance
appraisal Employee handbook and personal manual Job descriptions and organization
structure and human relation Productivity of Human resources
Unit V: Training and Development
Identification of training needs training calendar outsourcing for training in-house
training training to overcome deficiencies evaluation of training
Text Books:
1. Carleton counter II and Jill Justice coutier, The complete Standard Handbook of
Construction Personnel Management Prentice Hall, Inc., New Jersey, 1989
3
2. Memoria, C,B Personal management, Himalaya Publishing Co., 1992

3. Josy J. Familaro, Handbook of Human Resources Administration, McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 1987
Reference Books:
1. Pringle Charles, Management Longenecker Emerricle Publishing company, 1981
2. Dwived R.S. Human Relations and Organizational Behaviour BH -1987
10CE 304 HIGH PERFORMANCE CONCRETE

Credit 4:0:0
Objectives:
x To understand the characteristics of high performance concrete
x To design high performance concrete mixes
x To understand the fire resistance of self compacting concrete
Unit I : Introduction to Self Compacting Concrete:
Self compacting concrete history - definition applications of SCC advantages of SCC
workability tests on fresh SCC. European guidelines on constituent materials, Properties of
SCC and mix design approach.
Unit II : Cracks in Concrete:
Codal Provision on fire, Resistance of Concrete to fire IS Code provisions. Cracks in
concrete - types - Intrinsic cracking, structural cracking - causes and remedies - plastic cracks
- causes and remedies - thermal contraction cracks
Unit III : Tests on High Performance Concrete:
Permeability - chemical attack - sulphate attack - durability - Thermal properties of concrete fire resistance - compression test - split tension test -flexure Test - stress strain characteristics
of concrete - Determination of modulus of elasticity- Ultrasonic pulse velocity method,
rebound hammer test.
Unit IV : Mix Design:
Basic considerations - Factors in the choice of mix proportions - Mix design methods ACI
method, IS method -mix proportions for weigh batching and volume batching - correction for
moisture content and bulking - Design of high strength concrete mixes.
Unit V : Case Studies on Fire Resistance:
Case studies on fire resistance of self compacting concrete, Fire damaged concrete, Effect of
fire on flexural and shear behavior of beams.
Text Books
1. M. S. Shetty, Concrete Technology- Theory and Practice, S. Chand and Company,
New Delhi, 2009.
Reference Books
4
2.
3.
4.
5.
Gambhir, Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.

A.R.Santha Kumar, Concrete Technology, Oxford University Press N Delhi, 2006.
IS: 10262, "Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design", 1982.
European Guidelines on Self Compacting Concrete.
10CE305 ADVANCED SOIL MECHANICS

Credit 3:1:0
Objectives:
x To understand the various laws related to permeability, shear strength and stress
distribution
x To understand failure mechanisms of slope
x To develop knowledge in soil exploration and soil sampling
Nature of soil - Soil description and classification for engineering purposes - IS
Classification system Objectives of Soil Exploration - Disturbed and undisturbed sampling
- Depth of soil exploration - Number and disposition of bore holes - Geophysical methods
Penetration tests.
Unit II : Permeability and Seepage
One dimensional flow through soil permeability Darcys Law Field and laboratory
permeability tests Flow through stratified soil Seepage pressure and quick sand
phenomenon Two dimensional flow Laplace equation Electrical analogy flow net
applications for sheet pile cut off and earth dam phreatic line Piping.
Unit III : Stress Distribution and Settlement
Concept of effective and neutral stresses Soil Water statics Capillary phenomenon
Vertical Stress distribution in soil Boussinesq equation line load Uniformly distributed
loads Influence chart approximate methods Westergaards equation Pressure bulb
causes of settlement - components of settlement Immediate and consolidation Settlement
Methods of minimising settlement Codal Provisions.
Unit I V: Shear Strength
Shear strength of cohesive and cohesionless soils - Mohr - Coulomb failure theory - saturated
soil mass -Measurement of shear strength, direct shear - Triaxial compression, UCC and
Vane shear tests - Pore pressure parameters.
Unit V : Slope Stability
Slope failure mechanisms - Types - Infinte slopes - Finite slopes - Total stress analysis for
saturated clay - Method of slices - friction circle method - Use of stablity number - Slope
protection measures.
Text Books:
1. Punmia B.C., " Soil Mechanics and Foundations ", Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2005.
5
2. Arora K.R., Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering ", Standard Publishers and
References:
1. Holtz R.D. and Kovacs W.D., Introduction to Geotechnical Engineering ",PrenticeHall, 1995.
2. Gopal Ranjan and Rao A.S.R., " Basic and applied soil mechanics ", Wiley Eastern
Ltd., New Delhi (India), 1997.
3. Khan I.H., " A text book of Geotechnical Engineering ", Prentice Hall of India, New
Delhi, 2004.
4. McCarthy D.F., Essentials of Soil Mechanics and Foundations ", Prentice-Hall,
2006.
5. Sutten B.H.C., Solving Problems in Soil Mechanics", Longman Group Scientific and
Technical, U.K. England, 1994.
10CE306 PARTICIPATORY WATER MANAGEMENT

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives:
x To introduce the student to the concept of farmer involvement in water management.
x To highlight the value of participatory approach for better performance of the
irrigation systems, and for providing other facilities to the water users through
organized associations.
Unit I : Fundamentals of Sociology
Sociology as a science: basic concept Perspectives of sociology Social system Early
sociological thought.
Unit II : Concept of Participation
Introduction Irrigation as a socio-technical process System management by agencies and
users Farmers organization and participation: need, and contribution to irrigation
management.
Unit III : Water User Association
Kinds of participation Activities in irrigation management Water users Association
Types and levels of operation and organization in irrigation systems User roles in irrigation
management Role of community organizers Organizational structure for watershed
management-Role of SHGs and NGOs-Participatory planning and implementation of
watershed projects.
Unit IV : Supporting Farmers Organization and Participation
Policy consideration Support Experimentation, phasing and flexibility Bottom-up
approach Existing organizations Ownership Non-political associations Bureaucratic
reorientation Compatibility of objectives Choices in organizational design Scope of
activity Size and structure Membership and decision making Leadership and
responsibilities Legal basis Channels for implementation.
6
Unit V : Improving Agency Relation with Farmers

Agency incentives Technical cooperation Special roles and style of agency Irrigation
management transfer.
Text Books:
1. Uphoff N. Improving International Irrigation Management with Farmer Participation
Getting the Process Right Studies in Water Policy and Management. New
Westview Press, 1986.
2. Geijar J.C. M.A., Irrigation Management Transfer in Asia. FAO/RAP, Thailand.
1995.
References:
1. Abraham Mark, Social Research Methods. Prentice. Hall Inc. Eaglewood Cliffs, N.J.
1993.
2. Chambers R., Managing Canal Irrigation. Oxford IBM Publishing Co., New Delhi.
1988.
3. Desai A.R., Rural Sociology in India. Popular Prakashan, Bombay. 1969..
4. Johnson S.H., Vermillon D.L. and Sagardoy J.A., Irrigation Management Transfer
Selected Papers from the International Conference Management Transfer. Wuhan,
China, IIMI, FAO, Rome. 1994.
5. Korten F.F, and Robert Y.Siy, Jr., Transforming a Bureaucracy the Experience of
the Phillipine National Irrigation Administration. Ateneo De Manila University Press,
Quezon City, P.O. Box 154, Manila. 1989.
6. Michal C.M. Putting People First. Sociological Variables in Rural Development,
Oxford University Press, London. 1985
10CE307 IRRIGATION WATER MANAGEMENT

Credit 3:0:0
Objectives:
1. To introduce soil-water-plant relationships in the context of irrigation.
2. To introduce the concepts of scheduling, water distribution, design and methods of
irrigation.
Unit I : Development of Irrigation
Importance of irrigation Impact of irrigation on development of humanity Need for
irrigation Development of irrigation in India National Water Policy
Unit II : Crop Water Requirement
Infiltration and movement of water in soil Soil-water-plant relationships-Role of climate
Water requirement of crops Evapotranspiration (ET) and consumptive use - Effective
rainfall-Soil and water quality-Leaching requirements Irrigation requirements-FAO
procedure - Duty of water.
Unit III : Water Distribution
7
Canal network and canal regulation Methods of distribution: supply based and demand
based Delivery of water to farms Measurement of water Scheduling of irrigation
Frequency and interval of irrigation-Turn system.
Unit IV : Surface Irrigation Methods
Classification of irrigation methods Border irrigation: design parameters, evaluation and
ideal wetting pattern Furrow irrigation: design parameters, types of furrows, evaluation,
ideal wetting pattern and planting techniques Basin irrigation: types of basins, suitable
crops, soils and slopes, ideal wetting pattern, shapes and size.
Unit V : Drip and Sprinkler Irrigation Methods
Drip irrigation: components, suitable crops and land types Sprinkler irrigation: types,
components, and suitable crops.
Text Books:
1. Majumdar D. P., Irrigation Water management Principles and Practices, Prentice Hall
of India, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Dewasish Choudhary, Irrigation Theory and Practice, Anmol Pub., 2008
References:
1. Michal A.M., Irrigation Theory and Practice, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi,
1999.
2. Van den Bosch B.E., Hoevenaars J. and Broumer C., Irrigation Water Management
Training Manual No.1 to 7, FAO, Rome, 1999.
3. Asawa G.L., Irrigation Engineering, New Age International Private Limited, New
Delhi, 1996
8
SCHOOLOFCIVIL
ENGINEERING

ADDITIONAL SUBJECT
Subject Code
10CE308
Subject Name
Structural Design of Foundations
Credit
3:1:0
10CE308 STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS

Credits: 3:1:0
Objectives:
x The aim of this course is to expose the student to the principles of structural design of
foundations, which has several
features specific to foundations unlike the
superstructural elements
x Together with the existing subject on Geotechnical Design of Foundations (09CE305)
this subject gives a complete understanding of the entire gamut of foundation design
Unit I: Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete A Review
Grades of concrete Mix design Characteristic loads and material strengths Limit states of
collapse and serviceability Reinforcement detailing General aspects
Unit II: Shallow Foundations
Soil pressure for structural design Continuous footings Independent footings: square,
rectangular, circular Critical sections Design under vertical loads and moments - Combined
footings: rectangular, trapezoidal and cantilever types Rafts: flat slab and beam and slab types
Introduction to soil-structure interaction and its implications in design
Unit III: Deep Foundations
Piles: vertical and horizontal loads Pile group analysis Piers: analysis and design Caissons:
stability analysis and structural analysis
Unit IV: Retaining Structures
Reinforced concrete cantilever retaining wall Cantilever sheet pile wall Anchored bulkheads
(free and fixed earth support): structural analysis and design.
Unit V: Substructures
Earth pressure in relation to cuts Different supporting systems for cuts Arching in soil:
principle and applications Prestressing in foundations Introduction to shell foundations.
Text Books:
14.1
1. Kurian, N.P., Design of Foundation Systems: Principles and Practices, (3rd rev. and
enl. edn.) Narosa Publishing house, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Peck, R.B., Hanson, W.E. and Thornburn, T.H., Foundation Engineering, (2nd edn.)
Wiley Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1980.
Reference Books:
1. Bowles, J.E., Foundation Analysis and Design, (5th edn.), McGraw-Hill, New York,
1995.
2. Teng, W.C., Foundation Design, Prentice-Hall of India (Pvt.) Ltd., New Delhi, 1965.
3. Varghese, P.C., Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2009.
4. Kurian, N.P., Shell Foundations: Geometry, Analysis, Design and Construction,
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2006.
14.2
SCHOOL OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
LIST OF SUBJECTS
Sub. Code
12CE101
12CE201
12CE202
12CE203
12CE204
12CE205
12CE206
Name of the Subject

Survey
Mechanics of Solids
Engineering Geology
Mechanics of Fluids
Survey Lab
Credits
2:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
12CE207
12CE208
12CE209
12CE210
12CE211
12CE212
12CE213
12CE214
12CE215
12CE216
12CE217
12CE218
12CE219
12CE220
12CE221
12CE222
12CE223
Building Drawing
Hydraulics Lab - I
Applied Hydraulics and Hydraulic Machinery
Advanced Strength of Materials
Soil Mechanics
Strength of Materials Lab
Hydraulics Lab - II
Structural Analysis
Highway Engineering
Computational Methods
Reinforced Concrete Structures
Water Supply Engineering
Concrete Laboratory
Geotechnical Engineering Laboratory
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:0:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:0:0
12CE224
12CE225
12CE226
12CE227
12CE228
12CE229
12CE230
12CE231
Advanced Structural Analysis

Prestressed Concrete and Masonry Structures
Water Resources Engineering
Railways, Airports and Harbours
Design and Drawing (R.C.C and Steel)
Estimation and Costing lab
Computer Application Lab
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
0:0:2
0:0:2
0:0:2
12CE232
Safety Engineering and Quality Control
3:0:0
3:0:0
12CE233
12CE234
12CE235
12CE236
12CE237
12CE238
Design of Bridge Structures

Design of Marine Structures
Fundamentals of Remote Sensing and GIS
Design of Tall Structures
Hydrologic Processes
Construction Practices
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
12CE239
12CE240
12CE241
12CE242
12CE243
12CE244

Finite Element Techniques
Global Climate Change and its Impacts
Design and Drawing of Water Management Structures
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
0:0:2
12CE245
12CE246
12CE247
12CE248
12CE249
12CE250
12CE251
12CE252
12CE253
12CE254
0:0:2
0:0:2
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
12CE255
Highway Laboratory
Survey Camp
Groundwater Development and Management
Architecture and Town Planning
Smart Materials and Smart Structures
Solid Waste management
Building Services
Natural Disaster Management
Transportation Planning
GIS applications
12CE256
12CE257
12CE258
Ground Improvement Techniques

Intelligent Buildings
Geographical Information System
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
12CE259
12CE260
12CE261
12CE262
12CE263
12CE264
12CE265
12CE266
12CE301
12CE302

Introduction to Architecture and Town planning
Watershed Management
Mechanics of Solids
Strength of Materials laboratory
Computer Aided Methods of Structural Analysis
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:1
0:0:1
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:0:0
12CE303
12CE304
12CE305
12CE306
12CE307
12CE308
12CE309
12CE310
12CE311
12CE312
12CE313
12CE314
12CE315
12CE316

Structural Dynamics
Design of Foundations
Seismic Design of Structures
Structural Engineering Laboratory
Advanced Design of Bridges
Analysis and Design of Plate and Shell
S
Computer Aided Structural Engineering
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
0:0:2
12CE317
12CE318
12CE319
12CE320
12CE321
12CE322
12CE323
12CE324
Laboratory
Experimental Techniques and Instrumentation
Theory of Plates
Design of Tall Buildings
Design of Composite Structures
Optimization of Structures
3:1:0
3:1:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
3:1:0
12CE325
Prefabricated Concrete Structures
4:0:0
12CE326
12CE327
Design of Coastal and Offshore Structures

Space Structures
Construction Management and Project
Management
High Performance Concrete
Advanced Construction Techniques
Nonlinear Analysis of Structures
Research Methodology
4:0:0
4:0:0
12CE328
12CE329
12CE330
12CE331
12CE332
4:0:0
4:0:0
4:0:0
3:1:0
4:0:0

Credits: 2:0:0
Course Objective
To know the history, scope and functions of civil engineering discipline
To study basic engineering mechanics and materials and their properties
To expose to different areas of civil engineering field
Course Outcome
Student understood the importance of civil engineering and role of civil engineers in
infrastructure development
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO CIVIL ENGINEERING: Scope of civil engineering - Significant
contribution of civil engineers Examples of great civil engineers and notable civil
engineering projects Role of civil engineering in infrastructure and natural resources
development and conservation Dependence of other sectors on civil engineering Socioeconomic considerations in civil engineering works Introduction to environmental impact
assessment.
Unit II
SURVEYING AND BASIC MECHANICS:
Surveying: Introduction - Purpose and Objectives of surveying - Classification - Basic
principles - Calculation of the area of a plot.
Basic Mechanics: Types of forces - Determination of forces and moments - Simple stress and
strain Moment of inertia - F irst moment of area.
Unit III
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: Characteristics and engineering properties of stones,
bricks, timber, steel, glass, aluminum, tiles, plastics, bitumen, cement and concrete Paints
and emulsions - Introduction to plumbing.
Unit IV
INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT: Public Buildings - Highways and railways:
purpose, types and typical cross-sections - Airports and harbors: purpose, types and typical
layouts.
Unit V
NATURAL RESOURCES DEVELOPMENT AND CONSERVATION: Introduction to
irrigation structures and methods - Water supply Hydropower projects - Introduction to
Sanitary engineering - Waste treatment: types, purposes and components.
Text Books
1. Ramesh Babu, V., Basic Civil Engineering, Anuradha Agencies, Kumbakonam, 2001.
2. Palanichamy, M. S.,Basic Civil Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.
Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
3. Kottiswaran, Engineering Mechanics, Balaji Publications, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Johnson Victor, D and Esther Malini, Basic Civil Engineering, Allied Publishers
Limited, Chennai, 2002.
2. Arunachalam, N, Basic Civil Engineering, Pratheeba Publishers, Coimbatore, 2000.
12CE201 SURVEY
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the principles of land and hydrographic surveying
To know the application of surveying in civil engineering projects
Course Outcome
Students enabled to conduct survey for civil engineering projects
Unit I
LEVELLING: Definition Instruments Temporary and permanent adjustments Booking
Reduction Curvature and Refraction correction Reciprocal levelling - Contour:
characteristics and uses Areas and volumes: Trapezoidal and Simpsons rule.
Unit II
THEODOLITE SURVEYING: Study of theodolite Temporary and permanent adjustments
Measurement of horizontal angles: repetition and reiteration methods Traversing - Closing
error and distribution: Bowditchs and Transit rule Omitted measurements Heights and
distances.
.
Unit III
TACHOMETRIC SURVEYING: Principle of stadia method Distance and elevation
formulae for staff held vertical Instrumental constants Anallactic lens Tangential method
Substense bar.
Unit IV
CURVE AND HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEYING:
Curve Surveying: Types of curves - Elements of simple curves Setting out simple curves by
linear and angular methods Introduction to transition curve: requirements and functions.
Hydrographic Surveying: Shore line survey Soundings: instruments used, methods of
location using GPS.
Unit V
TRIANGULATION: Classification of triangulation systems - Intervisibility and height of
stations - Signals and towers Base line corrections: temperature, pull, sag and slope - Satellite
stations: reduction to centre Introduction to modern instruments: Total station.
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P. and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Parts 1 and 2, Pune
Vidyarthi, Griha Prakashan, 1995.
2. Basak, N., Surveying and Levelling, McGrawHill & Co., 2011.

Reference Books
1. Bannister, A. and Raymond S., Surveying, ELBS, Sixth Edition, 1992.
2. Duggal, S.K., Surveying, Volume I and 2, McGraw Hill & Co., Third Edition, 2009

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To explore the state of stress (two dimensional) and evaluate the principal stresses and
principal planes by analytical and graphical methods
To study the behaviour of determinate beams
To learn the theory of torsion and stresses developed in solid, hollow shafts and helical
springs
Course Outcome
Student enabled to analyse the behaviour of determinate beams under various types of
loads
Student learnt to analyse springs and shafts of different types
Student gained a clear understanding of stress, strain and torsion
Unit I
STRESS, STRAIN AND DEFORMATION IN SOLIDS: Tension, compression and shear
stresses Hookes law Stressstrain diagram for mild steel Ultimate stress and working
stress Elastic constants and relationship between them Material types - Material properties :
homogeneous, isotropic, brittle, elastic, strong and tough Composite bars Thermal stresses
Strain energy due to axial load Stress due to suddenly applied and impact load.
Unit II
COMBINED STRESSES: Two dimensional state of stress at a point Normal and shear
stresses on any plane - Analytical Method: principal planes and principal stresses - Graphical
method - Mohrs circle - Two dimensional state of strains at a point - Principal strains and their
directions - Stresses and deformations in thin cylinders and spherical shells due to internal
pressure.
Unit III
BENDING MOMENT AND SHEAR FORCE: Types of supports - Types of beams Definition of shear force and bending moment at any cross section of a beam - Sketching of
shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply supported and over hanging
beams for any type of loading Relationships among loading, shear force and bending moment.
Unit IV
STRESSES IN BEAMS: Theory of simple bending Analysis of bending stresses Load
carrying capacity of beams Proportioning sections Flitched beams - Leaf springs Strain
energy due to bending moment Shear stress distribution Strain energy due to transverse shear
force.
Unit V
TORSIONAL STRESSES: Elastic theory of torsion Stresses and deformation in circular
solid and hollow shafts Stepped shafts Composite shafts Power transmitted by shafts Strength of shafts - Torsion of thin walled open, closed sections and non-circular sections (only
application of formulae) - Stress due to combined bending and torsion Strain energy due to
torsion - Deformations and stresses in helical springs.
Text Books
1. Egor, P.Popov, Engineering Mechanics of Solids ,Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2001.
2. Rajput, R.K., Strength of Materials, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
3. Bansal, R.K .,Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications, New Delhi, 2010.
Reference Books
1. Beer, Johnson and Dewolf ,Mechanics of Materials, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2004.
2. Prakash, D.S. Rao, Strength of Materials: A Practical Approach, Volume 1, Universities
Press, 2004.
3. Subramaniam, R., Strength of Materials,Oxford University Press, 2005.
4. Timeshenko, S.P. and Young, D.H., Elements of Strength of Materials, V Edition,
Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
12CE203 ENGINEERING MECHANICS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To make the student understand the principles of equilibrium of forces
To enable the student to learn the basic principles of statics and dynamics
Course Outcome
Student enabled to resolve the forces and apply the concept in static and dynamic
structures
Unit I
INTRODUCTION AND FORCE RESULTANT: Forces and force systems - Parallelogram
law of force Resultant of a system of coplanar forces acting on a particle - Equilibrium of a
particle under coplanar forces - Resultant of a system of space force acting on a particle Equilibrium of a particle under space force Free body diagram.
Unit II
STATICS OF RIGID BODY AND FRICTION:
Rigid Body: Rigid body Moment of force couple - Properties Resolution of force into force
and couple Equilibrium of a rigid body under coplanar forces Types of support Reaction
at supports of beams and frames Problems involving equilibrium of rigid bodies Stable,
unstable and neutral equilibrium.
Friction: Angle of friction Co-efficient of friction - Laws of dry friction Friction in wedges
and ladder.
Unit III
CABLES AND TRUSSES: Analysis: cables, roof trusses method of joints method of
sections
Centroid and Moment of Inertia: Properties of plane sections: centroid, first moment of area,
moment of inertia, polar moment of inertia, radius of gyration - Parallel axis theorem - Mass
centre and mass moment of inertia: thin circular and rectangular plates, rectangular prism,
cylinders and cones.
Unit IV
KINEMATICS OF PARTICLES: Rectilinear motion Projectiles - Curvilinear motion Rectangular components - Motion of projectiles - Equation of curvilinear motion in X and Y
components - Normal and tangential components - Kinetic energy and potential energy
Principle of work and energy Conservation of energy.
Unit V
KINETICS OF PARTICLES: Rectilinear and curvilinear motion - Impulse momentum
principle - Principle of work and energy Impact: direct, central and oblique central.
Text Books
1. Beer, F.P. and Johnson, E.R., Vector Mechanics for Engineers, Statics and Dynamics,
McGraw Hill International Book Co., 1995.
2. Timoshenko and Yung, "Engineering Mechanics", McGraw Hill Book Co., 1995.
Reference Books
1. Merriam. J. L., "Engineering Mechanics, Vol.1 and 2, Wiley International, 1988.
2. Irving, H. Shames, "Engineering Mechanics - Statics and Dynamics ", Third Edition,
Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1993.
3. Rajasekaran, S., and Sankarasubramanian, G.,Engineering Mechanics, Vikas
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 1999.
4. Kottiswaran, Engineering Mechanics, Balaji Publications, 2003.
12CE204 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the formation of rocks and properties of minerals
To impart knowledge on geology to civil engineers
Course Outcome
Students enabled to incorporate geological concepts in civil engineering structures
Students built capacity to apply their knowledge in foundation engineering, tunneling and
mining
Unit I
GENERAL GEOLOGY: Geology for civil engineers Branches of geology Earth structure
and composition Introduction to continental drift and plate tectonics - Earth processes
Geological formations Action of water and wind on rocks.
Unit II
MINERALOGY: Introduction to symmetry of important crystallographic systems Physical
properties of minerals Study of rock forming minerals: quartz, feldspar, hornblende, calcite,
garnet - Properties, behaviour and engineering significance of clay minerals.
Unit III
PETROLOGY: Classification of rocks Igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks:
description, occurrence, engineering properties and distribution - Igneous rocks: granite,
pegmatite and basalt - Sedimentary rocks: sandstone, limestone, shale and conglomerate Metamorphic rocks: quartzite, marble, slate, gneiss and schist.
Unit IV
STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY: Attitude of beds Outcrops Geological maps Study of
structures Folds, faults and joints: influence on engineering investigations.
Unit V
GEOPHYSICAL METHODS AND INVESTIGATIONS: Seismic and electrical methods for
subsurface investigations Prospecting for groundwater - Remote sensing for civil engineering
applications - Geological conditions necessary for design and construction: dams and reservoirs,
tunnels, buildings and road cuttings - Investigation of landslides and subsidence: causes and
mitigation.
Text Books
1. Chenna Kesavulu, N., Text Book of Engineering Geology, Macmillan India Ltd., 2007.
2. Venkat Reddy, Engineering Geology for Civil Engineers, Oxford & IBH, 1993.
3. Parbin Singh, A., Text Book of Engineering and General Geology, Katson Publishing
House, Ludhiana, 1993.
Reference Books
1. Blyth, F.G.H. and De Freitas, M.H., Geology for Engineers, Edward Arnold, London,
1984.
2. Bell, F.G., Fundamentals of Engineering Geology, B.S Publications, Hyderabad, 2005.
12CE205 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To introduce the fundamental concepts of fluid statics, kinematics and dynamics
To introduce the concepts of flow measurements, flow through pipes
To introduce the concepts of dimensional analysis and model analysis
Course Outcome
Student enabled to understand the various types of flow and flow profiles
Student learnt to carryout flow measurements
Student exposed to design pipe networks

Student built capacity to carry out dimensional analysis and model studies
Unit I
FLUID PROPERTIES AND FLUID STATICS: Scope of fluid mechanics - Definition of a
fluid - Dimensions and units - Viscosity, density, perfect gas, vapour pressure and surface
tension - Basic equation of fluid statics Pressure Pascals law - Pressure measurements:
manometers - Forces on plane and curved surfaces - Buoyancy and floatation - Relative
equilibrium.
Unit II
BASIC CONCEPTS OF FLUID FLOW:
Kinematics : Methods of describing fluid motion - Classification of flows - Streamline,
streak-line and path-lines - Stream function and velocity potentials - Flow nets.
Dynamics: Concepts of system and control volume - Application of control volume to
continuity, energy and momentum - Eulers equation of motion along a stream line - Bernoullis
equation - Free and forced vortex flow.
Unit III
FLOW THROUGH PIPES:
Laminar flow: Definition Reynolds experiment Reynolds number Hagen Poiseuille
equation for a circular pipe.
Turbulent flow: Definition Darcy-Weisbachs equation Moodys diagram friction factor
for laminar and turbulent flow: smooth and rough pipes.
Energy loss in pipes Hydraulic gradient, energy gradient Major energy loss Minor energy
loss Pipes in series and parallel Equivalent pipe Power transmission through pipes
Syphon Water hammer (definition).
Unit IV
FLOW MEASUREMENTS: Venturimeter - Orifice meter - Pitot tube - Mouthpiece and orifice
Introduction to open channel flow - Weirs and notches: rectangular, triangular, broad crested,
narrow crested - Flumes.
Unit V
DIMENSIONAL ANALYSIS AND SIMILITUDE: Fundamental and secondary dimensions
Dimensional homogeneity Rayleigh and Buckingham-pi theorem methods Similitude
Significance of dimensionless numbers Classification of hydraulic models Scale effect.
Text Books
1. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines,
2. Rajput, R.K., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S.Chand and
Delhi, 2005.
Reference Books
1. Garde, R.J., Fluid Mechanics through problems, New Age International, 2006.
McGraw Hill, 1998.
12CE206 SURVEY LAB
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To train the students to acquire skill in operation of various survey instruments
To give hands on training on the use of conventional and modern tools of surveying
Course Outcome
Student trained to carry out various type of surveys.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Use of Dumpy level - fly levelling
2. Use of Dumpy level reciprocal levelling
3. Measurement of horizontal angles by the method of repetition
4. Measurement of horizontal angle by the method of reiteration
5. Setting out works foundation marking
6. Single plane method
7. Double plane method
8. Stadia tacheometry and determination of constants of a theodolite
11. Setting out a circular curve by Rankines method of tangential angles
12. Measurement of area using Total station
13. Measuring the water level in an open well
14. Estimating the c/s of a river
Text Books
1. Kanetkar, T.P. and Kulkarni, S.V., Surveying and Levelling, Part 1 and 2, Pune
Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan, 1995.
1. Basak, N., Surveying and Levelling, McGrawHill & Co., 2011.
12CE207 BUILDING DRAWING
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To impart basic knowledge on symbols, traffic signs, electrical circuits, joinery,
plumbing items and staircases
To impart knowledge on drawing of plan, section and elevation of buildings
To impart knowledge on drafting AutoCAD software
Course Outcome
Students trained in basic civil engineering drawing
Students enabled to plan and draw buildings
1. Symbols and sign conventions related to architecture, traffic, electrical circuits,
plumbing, welding and joinery in wood work
2. Metric brick bonds in brick masonry corner walls
3. Timber doors panelled, panelled and glazed type
4. Timber windows panelled and glazed type
5. Planning and detailing of stairs and staircases
6. Plan, elevation and section of single-storeyed residential building
7. Plan, elevation and section of two-storeyed residential building
8. Plan, elevation and section of schools building
9. Plan, elevation and section of auditorium building
10. Plan, elevation and section of hostel building
11. Plan, elevation and section of hospital building
12. Plan, elevation and section of commercial building
13. Plan, elevation and section of industrial buildings
Text Books
1. Balagopal Prabhu, T. S., Building Drawing and Detailing, Spades Publishing, KDFA
Building, Calicut, 1987.
2. Sikka.V.B., A Course in Civil Engineering Drawing, 4th Edition, S.K.Kataria and
Sons, New Delhi, 1998.
Reference Books
1. AUTO CAD Tutorials and Manual- Autodesk Work Book on AUTO CAD Level I and II
CAD/CAM centre, Coimbatore
2. Gurucharan Singh & Jagdish Singh, Building Planning, Designing and scheduling,
Standard Publishers, New Delhi, 2001
3. IS: 962 1967, Code of Practice for Architectural and Building Drawing, Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi
4. IS: 4021 1983, Specification for Timber Door, Window and Ventilator Frames, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi
5. IS: 1003 1977, Part I, II Specification for Timber Panelled and Glazed Shutters, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi
12CE208 HYDRAULICS LAB - I
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To give hands on training on Flow measurement, Losses due to friction and pipe fittings
To give hands on training on working of different types of Pumps.
Course Outcome
Student enabled to carry out flow measurements
Student enabled to study the performance of pumps
FLUID MECHANICS:
1. Determination of Darcys friction factor.
2. Calibration of flow meters.
3. Flow over notches.
4. Flow through orifice.
5. Determination of minor losses in pipes
FLUID MACHINERY:
1. Performance of Centrifugal pump.
2. Performance of Submersible pump.
Text Books
1. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Machines, Standard Book House,
New Delhi, 2007.
2. Rajput, R.K., A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S.Chand and
Reference Books
1. Som, S.R., & Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tata
McGraw Hill Co., 1998.
12CE209 APPLIED HYDRAULICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To learn the fundamentals of uniform and non-uniform flow in open channels
To introduce the concepts of boundary layer theory and flow around submerged objects
Course Outcome
Student enabled to design channels with uniform flow conditions
Student trained to calculate the forces on submerged bodies and the force due to impact
on moving and stationary objects
Student built capacity to operate and select turbines and pumps
Unit I
OPEN CHANNEL FLOW: Types of flow - Uniform flow - Chezys and Mannings equations Hydraulically best sections - Uniform flow computations - Specific energy - Critical flow.
Varied Flow: Hydraulic jump Energy equations and solutions Gradually varied flow
Surges - Study of flow profiles - Back water and drawdown curves.
Unit II
BOUNDARY LAYER AND FLOW AROUND SUBMERGED BODIES: Definition
Displacement, momentum and energy thickness - Boundary layer equations Boundary layer
separation Laminar and turbulent boundary layers Forces on submerged bodies Expression
for drag and lift Types of drag Stream lined and bluff bodies.
Unit III
MOMENTUM PRINCIPLE: Impulse momentum equation Application of linear momentum
principle - Impact of jet - Force exerted by a jet on normal, inclined and curved surfaces for
stationary and moving cases only.
Unit IV
TURBINES: Typical layout and components of a hydro-electric project - Classification of water
turbines Working principles and design of Pelton wheel, Francis and Kaplan turbines Inlet
and outlet velocity triangles - Head and efficiencies of turbines Draft tube and its types
Similarity laws Specific speed Operating characteristics Governing of turbines Selection
of turbines.
Unit V
PUMPS:
Centrifugal Pump: Classification Components and working Inlet and outlet velocity
triangles Head losses and efficiencies - Minimum starting speed Specific speed
Performance curves Selection of pumps - Cavitation.
Positive Displacement Pump: Reciprocating pump Types Components and working of
reciprocating pump Slip Indicator diagram Air vessel.
Miscellaneous pumps: multistage pumps, submersible pumps, jet pumps, rotary pumps
(working principles only).
Text Books
2. Rajput, R.K., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines , S. Chand and
Delhi, 2005.
Reference Books
1. Som, S.R, & Biswas, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines, Tata
McGraw Hill, 1998.
3. Hubert Chanson, Hydraulics of Open Channel flow, Butterworth-Heineman Ltd., 2nd
Edition, 2004.
12CE210 ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To understand the concepts of deflection, stability criteria, theories of failure,

unsymmetrical bending, behaviour of curved bars and shear centre
Course Outcome
Student enabled to understand the concept of deflection, stability criteria, failure theories,
symmetrical and unsymmetrical bending and shear centre
Student learnt to analyse curved beams
Unit I
DEFLECTION OF DETERMINATE BEAMS: Governing differential equation - Double
integration method - Macaulays method - Moment area method - Conjugate beam method.
Unit II
COLUMNS AND STRUTS: Columns: behaviour of axially loaded short, medium and long
members - Critical loads with different end conditions Eccentrically loaded long columns Eulers method - Eccentrically loaded short columns - Empirical formulae: RankineGordon ,
straight line formula.
Unit III
THICK CYLINDERS AND FAILURE THEORIES: Thick cylinders - Lames equation Hoop stress and radial stress distribution Compound cylinders - Shrink fit.
Theories of Elastic Failure: Maximum principal stress theory - Maximum shear stress theory Maximum principal strain theory - Strain energy theory - Mohrs theory - Simple problems.
Unit IV
SHEAR CENTRE AND CURVED BEAMS: Shear center - Introduction to non-circular
sections - Shear center for thin walled beam of mono-symmetric open sections - Shear flow in
thin walled beams of open sections - Curved Beams: stresses due to bending by Winkler Bach
formula; rectangular, trapezoidal and circular solid section; Crane hook problem.
Unit V
UNSYMMETRICAL BENDING OF STRAIGHT BEAMS: Symmetrical and unsymmetrical
bending - Bending stresses in beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending - Change in direction
of neutral axis - Increase in stress compared to symmetrical bending.
Text Books
1. Egor, P.Popov , Engineering Mechanics of Solids, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi,
2000.
2. Rajput, R.K., Strength of Materials, S. Chand & Co. Ltd., New Delhi, 2006.
3. Bansal, R.K., Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications Ltd., New Delhi, 2010.
4. Bedi, D.S., Strength of Materials, Khanna Book Publishing Co. (P) Ltd., Delhi, 2000.
5. Ramamurtham, S., Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., New Delhi,
2008.
Reference Books
1. Jindal, U.C, Strength of Materials, Asian Books Pvt. Ltd., 2004.
2. Timeshenko, S.P. & Young, D.H., Elements of Strength of Materials, 5th Edition,
Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1998.
4. Andrew Pytel Ferdinand L.Singer, Strength of Materials, International Student Edition

(ISE Reprint), Harper Collins College Division, 1999.
12CE211 SOIL MECHANICS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To develop analytical skills in dealing with soil as a medium in civil engineering
discipline.
To provide the description and classification of soil and analysis of stresses in soils under
different loading conditions
To develop an understanding of the principles of effective stress in saturated soils, and its
application to one dimensional compression and consolidation
To familiarize the students with an understanding of permeability and seepage of soils
Course Outcome
Student enabled to find out the index and engineering properties of the soil and apply it
to the foundation design of buildings
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Geotechnical engineering: scope Historical landmarks Soil formation
Clay mineralogy Surface activity Volume-weight relationships Tests for specific gravity
and water content - Tests for field density: core-cutter and sand replacement methods.
Unit II
INDEX PROPERTIES AND SOIL CLASSIFICATION: Grain size distribution Sieve
analysis and hydrometer analysis Consistency limits and their determination Soil
classification systems: triangular and plasticity charts.
Unit III
PERMEABILITY, EFFECTIVE STRESS AND SEEPAGE: Darcys law Hydraulic
gradient - Coefficient of permeability Constant and variable head permeability tests Intergranular and pore-water pressures Critical hydraulic gradient Quick sand - Seepage
Flownets Equi-potential and flow lines Uplift pressures Seepage forces Piping
Protective filters Pumping tests.
Unit IV
CONSOLIDATION AND COMPACTION: Definition of consolidation - Spring analogy for
consolidation Terzaghis theory of one-dimensional consolidation Degree of consolidation
and time factor Consolidation test Coefficient of consolidation Compression index
Consolidation settlement - Compaction Difference between consolidation and compaction Standard and modified proctor tests - Concept of optimum moisture content and maximum dry
density - Zero air voids line - Factors influencing compaction - Field compaction methods Proctor needle for field control.
Unit V
SHEAR STRENGTH: Cohesion and internal friction Mohrs circle Mohr-Coulomb theory
Shear strength and effective stress Shear strength and drainage Shear strength tests Direct
shear test Tri-axial compression test Unconfined compression test Vane shear test Shear
strength of sand Critical void ratio Shear strength of clays.
Text Books
1. Arora, K. R., Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard Publishers, 2005.
2. Venkataramaiah, C.,Geotechnical Engineering (3rd Edn.), New Age International (P)
3. Gulhati, S.K. and Datta, M., Geotechnical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,
2005.
Reference Books
1. Terzaghi, K. and Peck, R.B., Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice, John Wiley &
Sons, USA, 1967.
2. Gopal Ranjan and Rao, A. S. R., Basic & Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age
International Publishers, 2000.
3. IS 1498-1970, IS code of Practice for classification and identification of soils for general
engineering purposes, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
4. IS 2720, IS code of Practice for methods of test for soils. (Latest Edition). Bureau of
Indian Standards, New Delhi.
12CE212 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To apply the theory of mechanics of solids on real specimens
To give hands on training on testing of real specimens
Course Outcome
Students enabled to demonstrate the application of theories
Built capacity to determine experimental parameters
1. Tension Test on Mild Steel
2. Double Shear Test on Mild Steel
3. Brinell Hardness Test
4. Rockwell Hardness Test
5. Charpy and Izod Impact Test
6. Test on Open Coil Helical Springs
7. Test on Closed Coil Helical Springs
8. Test on Carriage Springs
9. Tension, Compression (Parallel and perpendicular to grains)
10. Deflection Test on Timber and Steel Beams
11. Compressive Test on Bricks
12. Torsion Test on Steel Wire
13. Cold Bend Test (Demonstration only)
14. Studies on Fatigue Test (Demonstration only)

Text Books
1. Bansal, R. K, Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications (P). Ltd., 2007.
2. Rajput, R. K, Strength of Materials, S Chand & Co., 2007.
Reference Books
Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 1998.
12CE213 Hydraulics Lab - II
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To give hands on training on the principle and working of different types of turbines
To impart knowledge on open channel flow profiles
Course Outcome
Student enabled to understand working and selection of turbines
Student learnt to visualize various forms of open channel flows
FLUID MECHANICS:
2. Reynolds experiment.
3. Venturi flume
4. Hydraulic jump
5. Tilting flume
FLUID MACHINERY:
1. Performance of Vertical turbine pump.
2. Load test on Pelton wheel.
3. Load test on Francis turbine
4. Load test on Kaplan turbine
5. Performance test on Turgo turbine
METEORLOGICAL EXPERIMENTS:
1. Rainfall Recording gauges
2. Anemometers
3. Double ring infiltrometer test
Text Books
1. Modi, P.N and Seth, S.M., Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Machines, Standard Book House,
New Delhi, 2007.
2. Rajput, R.K., A Text book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S.Chand and
Reference Books
12CE214 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To introduce the fundamentals of energy and force methods for the analysis of structures
To introduce the concepts of rolling loads and influence lines
To introduce the fundamentals of analysis of arches, suspension bridges and space frames
Course Outcome
Student gained knowledge on fundamentals of energy and force methods for the analysis
of structures such as arches, suspension bridges and space frames
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS: Basic methods of structural analysis Definition and determination of static and kinematic indeterminacy - Degrees of freedom Conditions of equilibrium - Principles of superposition.
Workenergy Principles: Principle of virtual work Displacements - Castiglianos first
theorem - Castiglianos second theorem - Betti Maxwells law - Theorem of least work Deflections of pin-jointed plane frames and rigid plane frames - Williott diagram.
Unit II
ROLLING LOADS AND INFLUENCE LINES: Influence lines for reaction, shear force and
bending moment in beam sections Criteria for maximum and absolute maximum moments and
shears Application of Muller Breslaus principle to indeterminate beams - Application to
beams with one degree of indeterminacy.
Unit III
ARCHES: Three hinged - Two hinged parabolic and semi circular arches - Determination of
reaction, normal thrust, and bending moment Influence line for stress resultants in two hinged
and three hinged arches.
Unit IV
SUSPENSION BRIDGES AND SPACE TRUSSES: Cables and suspension bridges with three
hinged stiffening girders - Analysis of rigid jointed space frames using method of tension
coefficients.
Unit V
FORCE METHOD: Method of consistent deformation - Application to truss subjected to loads

Application of Clapeyrons theorem of Three moments to fixed and continuous beams
Temperature, lack of fit, settlement of support Effects in structures.
Text Books
1. Bhavikatti, S., Structural Analysis, Vol.1 & 2, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi, 2003.
2. Devadas Menon, Advanced Structural Analysis, Alpha Science International, 2009.
Reference Books
1. Norris and Wilber, Elementary Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,
2005.
2. Reddy, C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 2005.
3. Vaidyanathan, R. and Perumal,P., Structural Analysis Vol.1 & 2, Laxmi Publications,
New Delhi, 2004.
4. Pandit, G.S. and Gupta, S.P., Structural Analysis A Matrix Approach, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2006.
12CE215 HIGHWAY ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To educate the student on the importance of transportation system in national
development
To impart a thorough understanding in planning, design, construction and maintenance of
highways
Course Outcome
Student enabled to fully appreciate the role of transportation system in national
development and acquires an in-depth knowledge of highway engineering
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING: Role of transportation in
society - Transportation systems and characteristics - Transportation planning: land use Transportation interaction - Introduction to urban transportation planning - Transportation
systems management (TSM) techniques - Initial recommendations for highway planning in India
- Saturation system - Third 20 year road development plan - Institutions for transportation
development at national level.
Unit II
TRAFFIC AND HIGHWAY ENGINEERING:
Traffic Engineering: Vehicular and road user characteristics - Traffic studies - Junctions and
signals - Traffic control devices.
Highway Engineering: Classification of roads, highway planning and geometric design Highway cross sectional elements - Sight distance and application (derivations and problems in
SSD and OSD) - Super elevation - Horizontal and vertical alignments - Geometric design of ghat
Roads (IRC standards only).
Unit III
DESIGN OF RIGID AND FLEXIBLE PAVEMENTS: Rigid and flexible pavements Components and their functions - Design principles of flexible and rigid pavements - Factors
affecting the design of pavements: climate, sub-grade soil and traffic - Design practice for
flexible pavements CBR method and IRC recommendations - Design practice for rigid
pavements (IRC recommendations).
Unit IV
HIGHWAY MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE: Desirable properties and
testing of highway materials Soil: California bearing ratio, field density tests Aggregate:
crushing, abrasion and impact tests Bitumen: penetration, ductility, viscosity, binder content
and softening point tests.
Construction practice: Water bound macadam road, bituminous road and cement concrete road
(as per IRC and MORTH specifications) - Highway drainage (IRC recommendations).
Unit V
HIGHWAY MAINTENANCE: Types of defects in flexible pavements Surface defects,
cracks, deformation, disintegration Symptoms, causes and treatments - Types of pavement
failures in rigid pavements Scaling, shrinkage, warping, structural cracks, spalling of joints and
mud pumping Special repairs - Pavement evaluation Pavement surface conditions and
structural evaluation - Overlay design by Benkleman Beam Method (procedure only).
Text Books
1. Khanna, S.K. and Justo, C.E.G., Highway Engineering, 8th Edn., Nem Chand and
Bros., Roorkee, 2001.
2. Kadiyali, L. R, Principles and Practice of Highway Engineering, Khanna Technical
Publications, Delhi, 2000.
3. Banks, J. H., Introduction to Transportation Engineering, McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
2002.
Reference Books
1. IRC 37-1984, Guidelines for the Design of Flexible Pavements.
2. IRC 58-1984, Guidelines for the design of Rigid Pavements for Highways.
3. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH) Guidelines for Highways.
\
12CE216 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To make the students understand the concepts of linear and nonlinear solutions in civil
engineering
To expose the students on application of numerical methods in real time problems
Course Outcome
Students enabled to solve linear and nonlinear problems in civil engineering
Unit I
SIMULTANEOUS LINEAR ALGEBRIC EQUATIONS: Gaussian elimination - Gauss

Jordan method - Jacobi and Gauss Seidel iterative methods - Solution of ill-conditioned
equations - Errors and approximations - Computer applications to truss analysis problems
Eigen Values and Eigen Vectors: Power method - Sweeping techniques - Jacobi iterations Computer applications to stability and dynamic problems.
Unit II
SOLUTIONS OF TRANSCENDENTAL AND POLYNOMIAL EQUATIONS: Graffes
root square method Bairstows method - Newton Raphsons methods - Iterative methods Computer application to backwater curves in open channel flow
Numerical differentiation and integration: Numerical differentiation - Numerical integration Open and close quadrature - Gaussian quadrature - Trapezoidal and Simpsons rule Computer
application to deflection of non-prismatic beams - Computation of earth volume.
Unit III
INTERPOLATION: Newtons forward and backward interpolation - Lagrange interpolation Curve fitting - Methods of least squares - Computer application to fit stress and strain curve of
concrete
Newmarks method: Deflected shape of statically determinate beams: prismatic and nonprismatic beams - Concentrated loads Uniformly distributed varying loads using Newmarks
method.
Unit IV
ORDINARY FIRST ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS: Taylors series - Eulers
method - Modified Eulers method Runge Kuttas method Milnes predictor corrector
method - Adams predictor corrector method - Computer application to dynamic loading - Water
tank to blast loading.
Unit V
DIFFERENCE APPROACH: Finite difference operator - Application to: deflection of beams
and buckling of columns - Partial difference equation - Elliptic equation - Explicit method Computer application to temperature distribution and seepage problems - Crank Nicholsons
method for parabolic equations - Application to consolidation problems - Explicit methods to
hyperbolic equation - Application to vibration of springs and water hammer problems.
Text Books
1. Rajasekaran, S.,Numerical Methods in Science and Engineering - A Practical
Approach, 2nd Edn., Wheeler Publishing Co.,1999.
2. Kandasamy, P., Thilagavathy, K, and Gunavathy, K., Numerical Methods, S.Chand
and Co. Ltd, 1999.
Reference Books
1. Venkataram, M.K.,Numerical Methods in Science and Engineering, The National
Publishing Co., Madras, 1995
2. Bathe, K.J., Finite Element Procedures in Engineering Analysis, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey, 1982.
3. Richard. W. Hamming., Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, Courier
Dover Publications, 1987.
12CE217 REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To impart comprehensive knowledge on the design of reinforced concrete structural
elements such as beams, columns, slabs and footings
To understand the behaviour of reinforced concrete structure and the design philosophies
Course Outcome
Student enabled to understand the behaviour of concrete structures, design the building
concrete elements and structures
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES: Basic material
properties: constituents of concrete mix IS 456 code provisions on concrete - Basic design
concepts: working stress, ultimate load and limit states design - Design of rectangular beam
section by elastic method.
Unit II
LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF SLABS AND STAIRCASES: Slab types Limit state design
(LSD) - One way slab - Two way slab Circular slab - Types of stair cases - Design of doglegged stair case.
Unit III
LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF BEAMS: Rectangular beam Doubly reinforced - flanged beams
- Lintel and sunshade - Flexure, shear, torsion & anchorage.
Unit IV
LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF COLUMNS AND FOOTINGS: Short, long axially and
eccentrically loaded columns (Interaction curve) Design of Isolated and combined rectangular
footings for two columns.
Unit V
DESIGN OF WATER TANK AND RETAINING WALLS: Design of circular and
rectangular tanks resting on ground Underground water tank - Soil earth pressure - Retaining
wall types - Design of cantilever retaining wall.
Text Books
1. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdas Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 2002.
2. Varghese, P.C., Limit State Design of Reinforced Concrete, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., 2002.
3. Ashok, K. Jain, Reinforced Concrete Limit State Design, Nemchand & Bros., 2007.
Reference Books
1. Purushothaman, P, Reinforced Concrete Structural Elements, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 1992.
2. Krishna Raju, N, Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures, CBS Publishers and

Distributors, Delhi 1995.
3. IS 456-2000, Indian Standard Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced concrete
Structures, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
4. SP 16-1980, Design Aids for Reinforced Concrete, Bureau of Indian Standards, New
Delhi.
12CE218 WATER SUPPLY ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To know the basics, importance and fundamental methods in water supply engineering
To make the students conversant with principles of treatment and distribution
Course Outcome
Student gained knowledge in selection of water sources, treatment and distribution
methods.
Student acquired skills to undertake major water supply projects
Unit I
PLANNING FOR WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM: Sources of water - Source selection - Water
quality standards BIS WHO EURO - Course objective of public water supply systems Design period - Population forecasting - Water demand - Standards on per-capita demand and
variation in demand pattern.
Unit II
WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS : Water analysis Physical : turbidity , color , odour and
taste - Chemical : BOD, COD, total solids, hardness, acidity, alkalinity, pH, chlorides and
sulphates, residual chlorine, heavy metals Biological: bacteria in water, coliform index and
most probable number.
Unit III
WATER TREATMENT PROCESSES: General layout of common water treatment plant Water treatment processes Principles and functions: flash mixers, flocculators, sedimentation
tanks and sand filters Aeration - Disinfection Iron and manganese removal - Defluoridation
and demineralization Dearsenification Water softening Design: screen, flocculators,
sedimentation tank, slow sand filter and rapid sand filter.
Unit IV
CONVEYANCE SYSTEM: Intake structures Gravity and pressure systems - Pipe materials
Laying, jointing and testing of pipes Appurtenant components Pumps Types and their
selections Pumping station.
Unit V
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM: Requirements of water distribution Layout of
distribution system Types - Service reservoirs Analysis of distribution network: Hardy cross
method - Operation and maintenance Leak detection House service connection.

Text Books
1. Garg, S.K., Environmental Engineering, Vol. I, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Peavy, H. S., Rowe, D. R. and George Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering,
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New Delhi, 1995.
Reference Books
1. Shah, C. S., Water Supply and Sanitation, Galgotia Publishing Co., New Delhi, 1994.
2. Manual on Water Supply and Treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development,
Government of India, New Delhi, 1999.
3. Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development,
Government of India, New Delhi, 1993
4. Duggal, K. N., Elements of Environmental Engineering, S.Chand & Co. Ltd, New
Delhi, 2007.
12CE219 FOUNDATION ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To develop an understanding of the behaviour of foundations of engineering structures
and to gain knowledge of the design methods that can be applied to practical problems
To provide the students with a basic understanding of the essential steps involved in a
geotechnical site investigation
To introduce to the students, the principle, types of foundations and the factors governing
the choice of the most suitable type of foundation for a given solution
To familiarize the students with the procedures used for: a) bearing capacity estimation,
b) end bearing capacity, c) skin friction, and d) stability of slopes and stabilization
Course Outcome
Students familiarized with the site investigation and stress distribution in the soil
Students enabled to calculate bearing capacity and earth pressure
Unit I
STRESS DISTRIBUTION IN SOILS AND BEARING CAPACITY: Soil elasticity
Homogeneity and isotropy Semi-infinite mass Stress distribution by dispersion
Boussinesqs theory Newmarks influence chart Westergaards theory Bulb of pressure
Elastic settlement - Plate bearing test Code values for presumptive safe bearing pressures
Prandtls theory Terzaghis theory Terzaghis bearing capacity factors Brinch Hansens
shape, depth and inclination factors Meyerhofs theory Effect of water table on bearing
capacity Settlement and differential settlement.
Unit II
SUBSOIL EXPLORATION, SAMPLING AND FIELD TESTS: Trenches Auger boring
Helical and posthole augers Wash boring Percussion drilling Rotary drilling Sampling
methods Sample disturbances Geophysical methods Static and dynamic cone penetration
tests Standard penetration test.
Unit III :
FOUNDATION CLASSIFICATION, SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS AND DEEP
FOUNDATIONS: Types of foundations and their classifications Choice of foundation Net
load Geotechnical design Footings: combined footings and rafts Compensated rafts
Classification of piles based on different criteria Mechanics of load transfer through piles
Negative skin friction Under-reamed piles Pile load tests Construction of piles Piers
Caissons Types and construction.
Unit IV
EARTH PRESSURES AND RETAINING STRUCTURES: Active, passive and at-rest
pressures Rankines theory of earth pressure Coulombs theory of earth pressure Graphical
methods by Rebhan/Poncelet and Culmann Influence of surcharges Earth pressure under
submergence Layered backfills - Gravity retaining structures Masonry and reinforced
concrete cantilever retaining walls Stability analysis Drainage provisions Sheet pile walls.
Unit V
STABILITY OF SLOPES AND SOIL STABILIZATION: Infinite and finite slopes
Stability analysis Total and effective stress analysis Method of slices Bishops method
Friction circle method Taylors method - Definition of stabilization - Types of stabilization:
mechanical, lime, cement and geotextiles Functions of geotextiles.
Text Books
1. Arora, K. R., Soil Mechanics & Foundation Engineering, Standard Publications, 2005.
2. Punmia, B. C., Soil Mechanics & Foundations, Laxmi Publications, 2007.
3. Joseph, E. and Bowles., Foundation Analysis & Design, McGraw Hill, 2005.
Reference books
1. Gopal Ranjan and Rao, A.S.R., Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, New Age
International Publishers, 2000.
2. Venkataramiah, Geotechnical Engineering, New Age International Publishers, 2005.
3. Shashi, K. Gulhati and Manoj Dutta, Geotechnical Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Limited, New Delhi, 2008.
4. Leonards, G.A., Foundation Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Limited,
2004.
5. Teng, W.C., Foundation Design , PHI, 2002.
6. Tomlinson, M.J., Foundation Design & Construction, Pitman, 2006.
7. Murthy, V.N.S., Soil Mechanics & Foundations, CBS Publishers, 2003.
12CE220 CONCRETE LABORATORY

Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To give hands on training in testing of cement and aggregates
To give hands on training in testing of concrete
To impart knowledge on mix design procedures
Course Outcome
Student enabled to understand the field problems through experimentation

Student learnt to check the quality of concrete material in the construction
Student acquired knowledge on concrete mix design
TESTS ON CEMENT:
1. Specific gravity
2. Fineness
3. Consistency
4. Initial and final setting time
5. Soundness Test
6. Compressive strength of cement mortar
TESTS ON FINE AND COARSE AGGREGATE:
1. Tests on particle size distribution and fineness modulus
2. Specific gravity
3. Bulking of sand
CONCRETE MIX DESIGN:
1. IS method for different mixes
TEST ON FRESH CONCRETE:
1. Slump test
2. Compaction factor test
TESTS ON HARDENED CONCRETE:
1. Compression test on cubes and cylinder
2. Modulus of rupture test
3. Split tensile strength test
4. Determination of modulus of elasticity
Text Books
1. Shetty, M. S., Concrete Technology, S. Chand and Co., New Delhi, 1998.
Reference Books
1. Gambhir, M.L., Concrete Technology Theory and Practice, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Ltd, New Delhi , 2011.
2. IS 2386 1963 Part I, III, Methods of test for aggregate for concrete, Bureau of Indian
3. IS 516 1959, Method of test for strength of concrete, Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi.
4. IS 10262-2009, IS standard for recommended guidelines for concrete mix design,
Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
12CE221 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY

Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To give hands on training in determination of soil properties

To give hands on training in field tests
Course Outcome
Students enabled to find out the index and engineering properties of the soil
1. Moisture content determination (oven drying)
2. Specific gravity of coarse and fine grained soil (pycnometer)
3. Relative density test for sand
4. Grain size analysis of soil (sieve analysis and hydrometer analysis)
5. Consistency limits and indices (liquid limit, plastic limit, shrinkage limit apparatus)
6. Standard Proctors compaction test (IS light compaction test )
7. Field density test (sand replacement test apparatus and core cutter)
8. Permeability tests Constant head and variable head (permeameter)
9. Unconfined compression test
10. Laboratory vane shear test
11. Direct shear test
12. Triaxial compression test
13. Consolidation test
Text Books
1. Lambe, T.W., Soil Testing for Engineers, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1990.
2. IS 2720-1983, I.S. Code of Practice: Methods of tests for Soil, , Bureau of Indian
12CE222 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To make the students conversant with the experimental procedures for quantitative
estimation of water quality parameters.
To give hands on training on the testing of waste water quality.
Course Outcome
Student enabled to test the water quality and will have thorough knowledge on the quality
standards.
ANALYSIS OF WATER QUALITY PARAMETERS:
1. Determination of pH, conductivity and total dissolved solids
2. Determination of acidity and alkalinity
3. Determination of chlorides
4. Determination of dissolved oxygen
5. Determination of fluorides, iron and manganese
6. Estimation of phosphates and sulphates
7. Determination of sodium and potassium
8. Determination of turbidity and optimum coagulant dose by Jar test apparatus

9. Determination of available chlorine in bleaching powder, break point chlorination and
chlorine demand
10. Determination of MPN index for coliforms
ANALYSIS OF WASTE WATER CHARACTERISTICS:
1. Determination of total solids, settlable solids, suspended solids, volatile solids
3. Determination of ammonia nitrogen and nitrates
Text Books
1. Sawyer, N.C., and McCarty, P.L., Chemistry for Environmental Engineering, 5th
Edn.,McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York., 1985.
Reference Books
1. Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water, APHA-AWWAWPCF, 25th Edn.,Washington (D.C), 1995.
12CE223 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To learn the design of steel components and structures subjected to external loading as
per IS 800-2007(Limit State Method).
Course Outcome
The student is enabled to perform the design of various steel components and structures
subjected to external loading as per IS 800-2007 code provisions.
Unit I
STEEL SECTIONS AND CONNECTIONS: Introduction to steel and steel structures Working stress design and limit state design - Design loads and load combinations - Design of
structural fasteners: bolts and welds - Design of eccentric connections: bolted and welded.
Unit II
TENSION AND COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Design of tension members Net sectional
area of plates and angles Permissible stresses Tension splices Lug angle - Design of
compression members Design of laced and battened compression members.
Unit III
BEAMS AND BEAM COLUMNS: Design of flexure members: beams rolled sections, built-up
sections: laterally restrained and unrestrained beams Design of beam columns.
Unit IV
GIRDERS AND COLUMN BASES: Design: Welded plate girders, gantry girder Design of
column bases.
Unit V
ROOF TRUSSES: Types of roof trusses Dead load, live load, wind load Design of purlins
Analysis and design of trusses.
Text Books
1. Subramanian, N., Design of Steel Structures, Oxford University Press, USA, 2008.
Reference Books
1. Bhavikatti, S .S., Design of Steel Structures by Limit State Method as per IS:800-2007,
I K International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2009.
2. Duggal, S.K., Limit State Design of Steel Structures, Tata McGrawHill & Co., New
Delhi, 2010.
Madras, 2000.
5. IS 800-2007, General Construction in Steel - Code of Practice, Bureau of Indian
12CE224 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To introduce the concepts of slope deflection method, moment distribution
methods, flexibility and stiffness methods of analysis
To introduce the fundamentals of analysis of multistorey frames and plastic
analysis
Course Outcome
Student enabled to analyze structures by slope deflection method, moment
distribution method, and matrix methods of analysis
Unit I
SLOPE DEFLECTION METHOD: Slope deflection equations - Analysis of continuous beams
and rigid frames (with and without sway) - Symmetry and asymmetry - Simplification for hinged
end - Support settlements.
Unit II
MOMENT DISTRIBUTION METHOD: Analysis of continuous beams Plane rigid frames
with and without sway Bending moments, shear force and thrust diagrams - Symmetric
structure subjected to symmetric and anti-symmetric loading.
Unit III
MATRIX FLEXIBILITY METHOD: Characteristics of flexibility and stiffness method Structure and element coordinates - Transformation of force and displacement - Structural
flexibility in terms of element flexibility - Flexibility method - Forces not acting at co-ordinates Formulation of structure flexibility matrix - Application to determinate and indeterminate
trusses, beams and frames - Determination of displacements and bending moments.
Unit IV
MATRIX STIFFNESS METHOD: Forces not acting at co-ordinates - Formulation of structure
stiffness matrix - Determination of displacements - Application to determinate and indeterminate
trusses, beams and frames Simple problems - Static condensation technique.
Unit V
INTRODUCTION TO MULTI-STOREYED FRAMES AND PLASTIC ANALYSIS :
Methods of analysis of building frames: problems in portal frame and cantilever methods Step-by-step procedure for analysis by substitute frame method.
Introduction to Plastic Analysis: Indeterminate structures Plastic moment of resistance
Plastic modulus Shape factor Load factor Plastic hinge and mechanism.
Text Books
1. Bhavikatti, S. S., Structural Analysis, Vol.1 and 2, Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.
2. Negi, L.S. and Jangid, R.S., Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,
2003
3. Devadas Menon, Advanced Structural Analysis, Alpha Science International, 2009.
Reference Books
1. Norris and Wilber, Elementary Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co.,
2005.
2. Punmia, B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain and Arun Kumar Jain, Theory of structures, Laxmi
Publications, New Delhi, 1999.
3. Reddy, C.S., Basic Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., 2005.
4. Vaidyanathan, R. and Perumal, P., Structural Analysis, Vol.1 & 2, Laxmi Publications,
New Delhi,2004.
5. Pandit, G.S. and Gupta, S.P., Structural Analysis A Matrix Approach, Tata McGraw
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2006.
6. Wang, C.K., Intermediate Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co.,
2010.
12CE225 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE AND MASONRY STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To impart knowledge on design of bridges for IRC loadings
To understand the performance of prestressed concrete structures
To study the behaviour of masonry and timber structures
Course Outcome
Student enabled to design bridges, prestressed concrete members and masonry
structures
Unit I
DESIGN OF RCC BRIDGES: Design: Slab bridge and T-beam - Slab bridge for IRC loadings
Class AA & Class A - Load distribution in interconnected girders by Courbon's method.
Unit II
PRINCIPLES OF PRESTRESSING: Basic concepts Advantages Materials required
Principles of prestressing - Systems and methods of prestressing Analysis of sections: stress
concept, strength concept and load balancing concept Layout of cables.
Unit III
BEHAVIOUR OF PSC MEMBERS: Losses of prestress Factors affecting the losses of
prestress - Deflections of prestressed concrete members - Factors influencing deflections Short
term deflection - Effect of tendon profile on deflections.
Unit IV
DESIGN OF PSC FLEXURAL MEMBERS: Behaviour of flexural members - Determination
of ultimate flexural strength Code provisions - Design of flexural members - Design for shear Design of anchorage zone reinforcement.
Unit V
DESIGN OF MASONRY AND TIMBER STRUCTURES: Brick works Classification of
masonry walls Design of pillar - Axial and eccentricity loads Load bearing walls - Design of
solid walls: axially loaded, eccentrically loaded - Walls with openings - Solid and built up timber
columns.
Text Books
1. Krishnaraju, N., Prestressed Concrete, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi, 1998.
2. Dayaratnam, P., Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures, Oxford & IBH Publishing
House, 1997.
3. Krishnaraju, N., Design of R.C.Structures, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi
2003.
Reference Books
1. Rajagopal, N., Prestressed Concrete, 2nd Edn., Narosa Publications, New Delhi, 2007.
2. Lin,T. Y., Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures, Asia Publishing House, Bombay,
1995.
3. Anand, S.Arya., Masonry and Timber Structures including Earthquake Resistant
Design, Nemchand & Bros, Roorkee (U.P), 2006.
4. IS 1343-1983, Code of Practice for Prestressed Concrete, Bureau of Indian Standards,
New Delhi.
5. IS 1905 1997, Code of Practice for Structural use of unreinforced masonry.Bureau of
6. IS 883-1984, Design of Structural Timber in Building - Code of Practice, Bureau of
12CE226 SANITARY ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To introduce the theory and concepts of sewerage systems

To introduce the theory and concepts of sewage treatment
Course Outcome
Students acquired knowledge in selection of treatment and disposal methods
Students developed skills to undertake major projects on treatment and disposal
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Objective of public sewerage systems Important terms and definitions Sources of wastewater Quantity of sanitary sewage Estimation of storm runoff
Characteristics and composition of sewage and their significance Sewage standards.
Unit II
COLLECTION AND CONVEYANCE OF SEWAGE: Sewage conveyance system
Conservancy and water carriage system Sewers: types, materials, joints Laying and
construction of sewer lines Testing of sewer lines Cleaning and maintenance of sewers
Sewer appurtenant components.
Unit III
SEWAGE TREATMENT: General layout of municipal sewage treatment plant Primary
process: grit chamber, skimming tank, sedimentation tank - Secondary treatment: activated
sludge process, trickling filter, oxidation pond Design of grid chamber, trickling filter,
oxidation pond.
Unit IV
SEWAGE DISPOSAL AND SLUDGE MANAGEMENT: Sewage disposal Method:
dilution and land treatment Sewage farming Sewage sickness and its preventive measures
Comparison of disposal methods Sludge digestion process : stages, factors affecting sludge
digestion and control Design of sludge digestion tank - Sludge thickening - Sludge
conditioning and dewatering Final disposal of digested sludge Natural systems Bioremediation: constructed wetlands, stabilization pond Self purification and oxygen sag curve
analysis.
Unit V
HOUSE DRAINAGE: General principles of water drainage in buildings Sanitary fixtures and
fittings Systems of sanitary plumbing: one pipe, two pipe, single stack Function and types of
traps - House drainage House sewer connection: septic tank, soak pit and dispersion trenches.
Text Books
1. Garg, S.K., Environmental Engineering, Vol II, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2010.
2. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse, Tata McGraw-Hill,
New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Punmia, B.C., Arun Kumar Jain and Ashok Kumar Jain, Wastewater Engineering, Vol.
II, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, New Delhi, 2009.
2. Manual on Sewerage and Sewage Treatment, CPHEEO, Ministry of Urban Development,
Government of India, New Delhi, 1993.
3. Duggal, K. N., Elements of Environmental Engineering, S.Chand & Co. Ltd, New
Delhi, 2007.
12CE227 WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To introduce the concepts of surface and ground water hydrology
To enable the student to develop skills to plan and implement water resources systems
Course Outcome
Student enabled to apply the concept to manage water resources and also apply it for
hydrological modeling
Student learnt to plan and design basic water resources projects
Unit I
SURFACE WATER HYDROLOGY: Introduction Hydrologic cycle and hydrological data
Precipitation: different forms of precipitation, rainfall measurements - Hydrologic abstractions:
interception and depression storage, evaporation, transpiration, infiltration, infiltration indices
Runoff: factors affecting runoff, estimation of runoff, basic concepts of rainfall-runoff model,
empirical formulae Unit hydrograph method Flood estimation by empirical formulae.
Unit II
GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY: Types of aquifers Permeability and transmissibility
Steady flow towards a well in confined and unconfined aquifer Pumping tests Drawdown
Types of wells - Measurement of yield of an open well - Interference of open wells Artificial
recharge Conjunctive use of surface and groundwater.
Unit III
WATER FOR FOOD: Necessity of irrigation - Crop seasons - Humid, arid and semiarid
regions Command area Crop period Consumptive use and ET (Evapotranspiration)
Determination of consumptive use - Irrigation water requirement - Duty and delta Irrigation
efficiencies Irrigation methods - Sprinkler and drip irrigation Canal design Regulatory
works: aqueducts, tank surplus weir, tank sluice - Subsurface drainage Participatory irrigation
management.
Unit IV
WATER FOR DRINKING: Different types of sources Abstraction methods Treatment
plants Basics of distribution system Percapita demand Estimation of water requirement for
a region Water pricing.
Unit V
WATER FOR ENERGY AND OTHER USES: Basic components of hydro-electric projects:
reservoir, dams, spillways, water conveyance system, tunnels, surge tanks, penstocks, anchor
blocks Turbines Water for recreation Aqua-tourism Water for environment Water
related environment problems: floods, droughts, erosion and sedimentation, pollution and their
mitigation measures.
Text Books
1. Linsley, R.K. and Franzini, J.B., Water Resources Engineering, McGraw Hill Inc,
2000.
Reference Books
Publishers, 1994.
2. Michael, A.M., Irrigation Theory and Practices, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi,
1990.
3. Subramanya, K., Engineering Hydrology, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
12CE228 RAILWAYS, AIRPORTS AND HARBOURS

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To impart a sound knowledge in planning, design, construction and operation of railways
To understand basics in planning, design and operation of airport and harbors
To introduce the application of artificial intelligence in the field of transportation
engineering
Course Outcome
Student gained basic understanding on railway engineering
Student enabled to appreciate the complexity involved in the design and operation of
airports and harbors.
Unit I
RAILWAY PLANNING AND DESIGN: Role of Indian Railways in national development Location surveys and alignment - Rail gauges - Coning Adzing - Permenant way components
Functions - Requirements Creep - Tractive resistance - Geometric design of railway tracks:
gradient, super-elevation, widening of gauges in curves, transition curves, vertical curves and
grade compensation (derivations of formulae and problems).
Unit II
RAILWAY TRACK CONSTRUCTION, MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION:
Track construction: points and crossings, signaling, interlocking and track circuiting,
construction and maintenance Conventional and modern methods (Remote Sensing, GIS &
GPS) for railway alignment - Track construction, maintenance and materials - Track drainage Layouts of railway stations and yards
Tunnels: Introduction to tunneling, tunneling through soils, soft and hard rocks, tunnel
ventilation Metro rail.
Unit III
AIRPORT PLANNING AND DESIGN: Airport planning - Components of airports - Airport

site selection - Taxiways, runways and aprons - Wind Rose diagram - Runway orientation Runway pavement design - Terminal area - Airport layout - Airport buildings - Passenger
facilities - Parking area and airport zoning.
Unit IV
HARBOUR ENGINEERING: Definition of terms: harbours, ports, docks, tides and waves
Harbours: types, requirements, classification Site investigation for location - Planning and
layout concept of satellite ports - Terminal facilities Port buildings: warehouse, transit sheds,
inter-modal transfer facilities - Mooring accessories - Navigational aids - Coastal structures:
piers, breakwaters, wharves, jetties, quays, spring fenders - Coastal shipping, inland water
transport and container transportation.
Unit V
EXPERT SYSTEMS: Fundamentals of artificial neural networks - Genetic algorithms - Fuzzy
logic and expert systems - Simple applications in the field of transportation engineering.
Text Books
1. Saxena Subhash, C., and Satyapal Arora, A., Course in Railway Engineering, Dhanpat
Rai and Sons, Delhi, 1998.
2. Khanna, S. K., Arora, M. G., and Jain, S. S., Airport Planning and Design, Nemchand
and Brothers, Roorkee, 1994.
3. Haykin, S., Neural Networks- A Comprehensive Foundation, Macmillan Press, NY,
1994.
4. George, J. Klir, and Folger, T. A., Fuzzy Sets, Uncertainty, and Information, Prentice
Hall, 1988.
5. Timothy, J. Ross, Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw-Hill, Inc.,
1995.
Reference Books
1. Horonjeff, R. and McKelvy, F. X., Planning and Design of Airports, McGrawHill International Editions, 1993.
2. Agerschou, H., Lungren, H., and Sorensen, T., Planning and Design of Ports
and Marine Terminals, John Wiley & Sons, 1984.
3. Rangwala, S. C., Railway Engineering, Charotar Publishing House, 1995.
4. Harmon, P., and King, D., Artificial Intelligence in Business-Expert Systems, A Willey
Press Book, J. Willey & Sons, 1985.
12CE229 DESIGN AND DRAWING (R.C.C AND STEEL)
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To impart the knowledge about the design of RCC and steel structures
To give hands on experience in detailing of structures
Course Outcome
Student enabled to design and draw the reinforcement of RCC and steel structures
PART-A:
Detailed design and drawing of the following reinforced concrete structures:
1. Building floors consisting of slabs and beams
2. Column and footing
3. Cantilever retaining walls
4. Counterfort retaining walls
5. Circular and rectangular water tanks resting on the ground
6. R ectangular overhead water tanks
7. Slab bridge
8. Dog-legged staircase
PART-B:
Detailed design and drawing of the following steel structures:
1. Steel column, base plate and foundations
2. Welded plate girder
3. Gantry girder
4. Simple roof truss and details of joints
Text Book
1. Krishna Raju, N., Structural Design & Drawing (RCC &Steel), Universities Press, 2nd
Edn., 2004.
Reference Books
1. Krishnamurthy, D., Structural Design and Drawing Vol.II, CBS Publishers &
Distributors, Delhi, 1992.
2. SP-34-1987, Handbook on Reinforcement and Detailing.
3. SP 6: Part 1: 1964, Handbook for Structural Engineers - Structural steel sections.
4. IS 456-2000, Indian Standard Code of practice for Plain and Reinforced concrete
Structures, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
5. IS 800-2007, General Construction in Steel - Code of Practice, Bureau of Indian
12CE230 ESTIMATION AND COSTING LAB

Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To impart techniques of estimation of buildings, roads, and irrigation structures
To introduce the concepts of rate analysis
Course Outcome
Student enabled to do rate analysis of various works in construction, estimation of
structures
1. Calculation of quantities of earth work, stone masonry, brick masonry, plastering, cement
concrete, R.C.C., doors, windows, flooring, white washing, colour washing, distempering
with their units
2. Calculation of rates for cement concrete, brick masonry, stone masonry, hollow block
masonry, plastering, painting, flooring,
3. Calculation of rates for road works, sanitary works, water supply works and electrical
works.
4. Estimation of cost of single-storeyed buildings by individual wall method and centre line
method
5. Estimation of roofs: R.C.C. slab roof, GI sheet roof, tiled roof, roof truss
6. Estimation of R.C.C.works : beam, T-beam and slab, column, foundation, stair case,
retaining wall etc.
7. Estimation of roads: earth work, pitching of slopes, hill roads
8. Estimation of R.C.C. slab culvert, pier, pipe culvert, R.C.C. T-beam bridge
9. Estimation of irrigation works like canals, aqueducts, syphon
10. Estimation of water supply and sanitary works like septic tank, soak pit, manhole, sewer
line
11. Valuation, depreciation and rent fixation of buildings
12. Inviting tenders for given question
13. Techno-economic indices
Text Books
1. Dutta, B.N., "Estimating & Costing in Civil Engineering Theory and Practice", UBS
Publishers & Distributors Limited, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Rangawala, S.C., Estimating and Costing, Charotar Publishing house, 2002.
Reference Book
1. Chakraborti, M., "Estimating, Costing, Specification and Valuation on Civil
Engineering", Calcutta, 2002.
12CE231 COMPUTER APPLICATION LABORATORY

Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To give hands on training on Programming language
To introduce the concepts of excel programming
To make the students to analyse and design structural elements using STAAD Pro
To introduce the concepts of project management using Primavera
Course Outcome
The student learnt to solve civil engineering problems by C- programmes, Excel spread
sheet, STAAD Pro and Primavera
DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF

FOLLOWING IN C LANGUAGE:
1. Deflection of cantilever and simply supported beams
2. Limit state design of RCC Rectangular beam
3. Design of tension and compression steel members
DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION
FOLLOWING USING EXCEL SPREAD SHEET:
1. Design of Staircase and Retaining Wall
2. Design of One-way and Two-way slab
3. Design of septic tank
OF
PROGRAMS
FOR
THE
PROGRAMMES
FOR
THE
STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS AND DESIGN USING STAAD PRO:

1. Analysis of 2D and 3D Rigid jointed frames
2. Analysis of 2D and 3D Pin jointed frames
3. Analysis and design of 2D Truss
4. Structural Design of the following, using STAAD Pro and detailing of the same using
AUTOCAD: RCC Slab, RCC Beam, RCC Column and Footing, Retaining wall and
Water tank
5. Concrete mix design calculations using MATHCAD
COMPUTER APPLICATION IN CONSTRUCTION
PRIMAVERA (DEMONSTRATION ONLY):
1. Planning Scheduling and Resource Analysis
MANAGEMENT
USING
COMPUTER AIDED ESTIMATION AND COSTING USING SCADDS/EXCEL SPREAD

SHEET:
1. Quantity surveying and Cost Estimation
Text Books
1. Balaguruswamy, E., Object Oriented Programming in C, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
2. Shah, V.L., Computer aided design in reinforced concrete, Structures publication,
Pune, 2009.
Reference Books
1. Project planning and Management Primavera Reference Guide.
2. STAAD Pro 2007 V8i Analysis Reference Manual.
12CE232 SAFETY ENGINEERING AND QUALITY CONTROL
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the TQM tools and techniques
To be familiar with ISO certification, rules and regulation
To know the safety measures to be considered in construction
Course Outcome
Student enabled to apply TQM tools and techniques in field
Student learnt the safety measures to be taken during construction
UNIT I
INTRODUCTION: Introduction - Need for quality - Definition of quality and Total Quality
Management (TQM) - Basic concepts of TQM TQM Principles TQM tools and techniques Quality management system
QUALITY SYSTEMS: Need for ISO - Quality System Elements, documentation, quality
auditing - ISO 9000, ISO 14000 and ISO 18000: concepts, requirements and benefits.
UNIT II
TQM TOOLS & TECHNIQUES I : The seven traditional tools of quality New management
tools Six-sigma: Concepts, methodology, applications to manufacturing, service sector
including IT Bench marking Reason to bench mark, bench marking process FMEA
Stages, Types
UNIT III
CONSTRUCTION SAFETY MANAGEMENT: Safety Causes of accidents Techniques of
construction Safety Safety Policy Assessing risks - Construction hazards and solution Maintenance and utility safety: electrical circuits, Ladders/ elevated platforms, Light fixtures,
Trenching, shoring and excavation Safety in receiving and storing operations safety in
tunnels
UNIT IV
BUILDING FIRE SAFETY: Fire load, fire resistant material and fire testing
Structural fire protection Structural integrity Exists and egress Fire certificates
Fire safety requirements for high rise buildings Snookers Code provisions on fire
testing and safety.
UNIT V
ENVIRONMENTAL AND HEALTH SAFETY: Chemical and hazardous material safety
Waste disposal Compressed gas cylinders Use of mercury and Uranium Radiation safety
Dusts Electricity - Safety of large hydraulic structures: submergence, earthquake, flood.
Text Books
1. Dale H.Besterfiled, et at., Total Quality Management, Pearson Education Asia, Third
Edition, Indian Reprint (2006).
2. Derek, James, Fire Prevention Hand Book, Butter Worths and Company,London, 1986.
Reference Books
1. Oakland, J.S. TQM Text with Cases, Butterworth Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, 3rd
Edition, 2003.
2. Suganthi,L and Anand Samuel, Total Quality Management, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt.
Ltd.,2006.
3. Janakiraman,B and Gopal, R.K, Total Quality Management Text and Cases, Prentice
Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
12CE233 DESIGN OF BRIDGE STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To enrich the students with knowledge on various aspects of structural design of common
types of concrete, steel, prestressed bridges and culverts
Course Outcome
Student enabled to design concrete, steel, prestressed bridges and culverts.
Unit I
HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF BRIDGES: Investigation for Bridges Need for
investigation Selection of site Subsoil exploration Hydraulic requirements.
Unit II
STEEL BRIDGES: Introduction to steel bridges Types Advantages - Standards for railway
bridges - Design of plate girder railway bridges for railway loading.
Unit III
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BRIDGES:
Introduction to prestressing concepts
Advantages - Design of prestressed concrete bridge (simply supported case only).
Unit IV
AQUEDUCTS AND BOX CULVERTS: Introduction to aqueducts and
Design of box culverts.
box culverts
Unit V
CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF BRIDGES:
Construction methods,
inspection and maintenance of bridges Case studies of recent major bridges Case studies on
failure of major bridges.
Text Books
1. Johnson Victor, D., Essentials of Bridge Engineering, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.,
New Delhi, 2007.
2. Ponnuswamy, S., Bridge Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New Delhi, 2008.
Reference Books
1. Krishna Raju, N., Design of Bridges , 4th Edition, Oxford and IBH Publishing Co.,
New Delhi, 2009.
2. Jagadeesh, T.R. and Jayaram, M.A., Design of Bridge Structures, PHI Learning
Private Ltd New Delhi, 2009.
3. IRC 5, Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges- Section I,
Indian Road Congress, New Delhi.
4. IRC 6, Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges- Section II,
5. IRC 21, Standard Specifications and Code of Practice for Road Bridges- Section III,
12CE234 DESIGN OF MARINE STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To impart the fundamental knowledge of Wave hydrodynamics, Forces acting on Marine
structures to the students
To introduce the students to the design principles involved in the design of marine
structures
Course Outcome
The student gained fundamental knowledge in Wave Hydrodynamics
Able to understand the differences in the design principles involved in the design of
Marine structure compared to that of a regular structure.
Unit I
OCEAN WAVE HYDRODYNAMICS:
Waves : Review of Basic Fluid Mechanics - Classification of water waves - Two-dimensional
wave equation and wave characteristics - Wave theories - Small amplitude waves - Finite
amplitude waves - Water particle kinematics - Wave energy, power - Wave deformation Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, Breaking of waves - Wave Forecasting Methods - Spectral
description of Ocean Waves - Design wave and Significant Wave height.
Unit II
OCEAN CURRENTS AND FORCES ON MARINE STRUCTURES:
Currents: Classification - Behaviour - Design Criteria, Scour and other effects of currents.
Forces: Wave forces - Morison equation - Wave loads on vertical, inclined and horizontal
cylinders. Diffraction theory - Wave slamming and slapping - Wave impact pressures and forces
on Coastal Structures - Breakwaters, Seawalls.
Unit III
BREAKWATERS: Design principles of breakwaters - Functional design - Safety factors,
General code provisions - Factors determining their selection - Rubble mound breakwaters Design factors - Hydraulics of cover layer design - Design of structure cross section - Stability of
foundations - Vertical wall breakwaters - Types - Design factors - Pile breakwaters, Tandem
breakwater and Floating breakwaters and structures.
Unit IV
WHARVES, PIERS, BULKHEADS, DOLPHINS AND MOORINGS: Types and factors

controlling selection of type - Design considerations - Design of Wharves, Piers, Bulkheads,
Groynes and dolphins - Mooring forces - Coastal protection measures against tsunami.
Unit V
DRY DOCKS, LOCKS, SLIPWAY AND OTHER STRUCTURES: Dry docks - Types of
dock walls and floors - Design factors - Locks, slipways, light houses.
Text Books
1. Wood, A.M.M., and Fleming, C.A.,Coastal Hydraulics, Macmillan Press Limited,
1981.
2. Dean, R.G. and Dalrymple, R.A.,Water Wave Mechanics for Scientists and Engineers,
Prentice-Hall., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1994.
3. Quinn, A. D.,Design and Construction of Port and Marine Structures, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., 1972.
4. Graff, W. J.,Introduction to Offshore Structures Design, Fabrication, Installation,
Houston: Gulf Publishing Co., 1981.
Reference Books
1. Chakrabarti, S.K., Handbook of Offshore Engineering, Elseviers, 2005.
2. Horikawa, K., Coastal Engineering, University of Tokyo Press, 1978.
3. Thoresen, C.A., Port Design Guidelines and recommendations, Tapir Publications,
1988.
4. US Army Corps of Engineers, Shore Protection Manual, C.E.M., 2001.
12CE235 FUNDAMENTALS OF REMOTE SENSING AND GIS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To introduce the students to the basic concepts and principles of various components of
remote sensing.
To provide an exposure to GIS and its practical applications in civil engineering.
Course Outcome
Student learnt the principles of remote sensing and analysing digital images
Student built capacity to select sensors and data products for civil engineering
applications
UNIT I
EMR AND ITS INTERACTION WITH ATMOSPHERE AND EARTH MATERIAL:
Definition of remote sensing and its components Electromagnetic spectrum Wavelength
regions important to remote sensing Wave theory, Particle theory, Stefan-Boltzman and Weins
Displacement Law Atmospheric scattering, absorption Atmospheric windows Spectral
signature concepts Typical spectral reflective characteristics of water, vegetation and soil.
UNIT II
PLATFORMS AND SENSORS: Types of platforms Orbit types, Sun-synchronous and

Geosynchronous Passive and Active sensors Resolution concept Pay load description of
important Earth Resources and Meteorological satellites Airborne and spaceborne TIR and
microwave sensors.
UNIT III
IMAGE INTERPRETATION AND ANALYSIS: Types of Data Products Types of image
interpretation Basic elements of image interpretation - Visual interpretation keys Digital
image processing Pre-processing Image enhancement techniques Multispectral image
classification Supervised and unsupervised.
UNIT IV
GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEM: Introduction Maps Definitions Map
projections types of map projections map analysis GIS definition basic components of
GIS standard GIS software Data type Spatial and non-spatial (attribute) data
measurement scales Data Base Management Systems (DBMS).
UNIT V
DATA ENTRY, STORAGE AND ANALYSIS: Data models Vector and raster data Data
compression Data input by digitization and scanning Attribute data analysis Integrated data
analysis Modeling in GIS Highway alignment studies Land Information System.
Text Books
1. Lillesand, T.M., Kiefer, R.W. and Chipman, J.W., Remote Sensing and Image
Interpretation, 5th Edn., John Willey and Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. Anji Reddy, M., Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System,
2nd Edn., B.S Publications, 2002.
Reference Books
1. Lo, C.P.and Yeung, A.K.W., Concepts and Techniques of Geographic Information
Systems, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2002.
2. Peter, A. Burrough, Rachael A. McDonnell, Principles of GIS, Oxford University
Press, 2000.
3. Ian Heywood, An Introduction to GIS, Pearson Education Asia, 2000.
12CE236 DESIGN OF TALL STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To enlighten the students on the behavior, analysis and design of tall buildings.
Course Outcome
The student gained knowledge to perform analysis and design of tall buildings.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Design Philosophy - Modern concepts: High performance concrete, Fiber
reinforced concrete, Light weight concrete, Self compacting concrete.
Unit II
LOADING: Loading types: Gravity, Impact, Construction and Wind Static and Dynamic
approach, Analytical method, Wind Tunnel Experimental methods - Earthquake Loading
Equivalent lateral Load analysis - Combinations of loading.
Unit III
BEHAVIOUR OF STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: Factors affecting growth - Height and
structural form, Behaviour: Braced frames, Rigid Frames, Infilled frames, Shear walls, Coupled
Shear walls, Wall Frames, Tubulars, Cores, Outrigger braced, Hybrid systems.
Unit IV
ANALYSIS OF TALL BUILDINGS: Introduction to analysis of tall buildings - Modeling for
approximate analysis, accurate analysis and reduction techniques - Analysis of structures as an
integral unit - Analysis for member forces, drift and twist.
Unit V
DESIGN OF TALL BUILDINGS: Basic design of tall buildings Design: differential
movement, creep and shrinkage effects, temperature effects and fire resistance.
Text Books
1. Bryan Stafford Smith and Alex Coull, Tall Building Structures - Analysis and Design,
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991.
Reference Books
1. Taranath, B.S, Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings, McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Coull, A. and Smith Staford, B. "Tall Buildings ", Pergamon Press, London, 1997.
3. Lynn, S.Beedle, Advances in Tall Buildings, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi,
1996.
12CE237 HYDROLOGIC PROCESSES

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To provide a basic knowledge of different hydrologic components
To impart knowledge on hydrological data acquisition, analysis and interpretation
Course Outcome
Students enabled to understand the various hydrologic processes
Students understood the procedure of estimation of water at various levels and further use
it for planning
Unit I
HYDRAULICS AND HYDROLOGY: Definition and introduction to hydraulics and

hydrological science - Structure and properties of water - Conservation of mass - Conservation of
energy - Hydrologic cycle and components: Precipitation, evaporation, evapotranspiration,
infiltration and other abstractions.
Unit II
PRECIPITATION: Precipitation - Types of precipitation - Precipitation measurement:
precipitation gauges, satellite estimates of precipitation, radar measurement of precipitation Interpretation of precipitation data: estimating missing precipitation data - Average
precipitation over area: isohyets and Thiessen polygon.
Unit III
RUNOFF AND STREAM FLOW: Phenomena of runoff: surface retention, infiltration Runoff cycle - Estimating the volume of storm runoff: storm analysis - Basin characteristics Streamflow measurements and rating curves - Storm hydrograph analysis - Unit hydrograph Flood estimation.
Unit IV
EVAPORATION AND TRANSPIRATION: Factors affecting evaporation process Estimation of evaporation from pan evaporation, Thornthwaite and Penman-Monteith methods Water-budget, Lysimeter determination of evapotranspiration Soil moisture - Infiltration loss
estimation.
Unit V
SUBSURFACE HYDROLOGY: Groundwater concepts Properties and types of aquifer
Saturated flow Steady state one dimensional flow Steady state well hydraulics Unsteady
groundwater flow Theis method and Jacobs method Ground Water Estimation by GEC
norms - Geophysical exploration - Sea water intrusion.
Text books
1. Subramanya ,K., Engineering Hydrology, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2003.
2. Ward and Robinson, Principles of Hydrology, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
Reference Books
1. Ojha, Berndtsson, Bhunya, Engineering Hydrology, Oxford Press, 2008.
2. Linsley, R., Kohler, M. and Paulhus, J., Hydrology for Engineers, McGraw Hill, 1975.
12CE238 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the construction materials
To know the construction sequences
Course Outcome
Students enabled to select the required construction materials
Students acquired knowledge to plan and execute the project effectively
Unit I
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS: Civil engineering materials - Properties of materials Natural materials: soil, stone, wood, sand, aggregates, and water - Masonry materials: bricks,
blocks and mortar - Concrete and concrete products - Steel and other metals Bitumen Composite materials: particulate, fibre-reinforced, structural composites Glass Aluminium
Geosynthetics Water proofing materials.
Unit II
BUILDING PLANNING: Precautions in selection of sites Situations and surroundings of site
for various types of building Elements of building planning: requirements, orientation,
ventilation and lighting - Concepts of green buildings
Foundation: Setting out foundation plan on ground Concepts of foundation Bearing capacity
of a good foundation Types of foundation and their construction Suitability Foundation in
black cotton soil Methods of timbering of trenches Foundation failures and remedial
measures.
Unit III
CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION: Types of cement - Composition - Properties and uses with
special emphasis for different constructional and weather conditions - IS code specifications Process of manufacture of concrete Batching Mixing Transporting Placing Compaction
of concrete Curing Finishing - Testing of fresh and hardened concrete.
Unit IV
CONSTRUCTION METHODS: Construction sequence and procedure for Reinforced
Concrete framed structures with masonry panel walls - Methods of Construction of R.C.C. slabs,
Beams and Columns Construction methods: Pre-cast and cast-in-situ concrete, steel, masonry,
temporary structures (formwork, shoring, underpinning and scaffolding).
Unit V
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT: Selection of equipment for earthwork, concreting, material
hardening and erection of structures (cranes) Dewatering and pumping equipment.
Text Books
1. Varghese, P. C., Building Constructions, Prentice Hall, 2007.
2. Neville, A. M., Properties of Concrete, fourth edition, Pearson Education Ltd. 2004.
Reference Books
1. Arora, S. P. and Bindra S. P., Building Construction, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
Delhi, 1997.
2. Punmia, B. C., Building Construction, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd., New Delhi , 1993.
3. Peurifoy, R. L., Form work for Concrete Structures, McGraw Hill Book Co., 1999.
4. Gambhir, M. L., Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co., New Delhi,
1995.
5. Shetty, M. S., Concrete Technology S.Chand & Co. Ltd., 2003.
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To know the effects, importance and fundamental methods in Industrial waste treatment
To impart knowledge about disposal of effluents and the standards for disposal
Course Outcome
Students gained knowledge on waste management
Students acquired develop skills to undertake major project related to industrial treatment
Unit I
DISPOSAL EFFECTS ON ENVIRONMENT AND REDUCTION: Effects of industrial
wastes on streams, land and air - Water quality criteria - Effluent standards - Process
modification - Bioassay studies, Waste minimisation - Housekeeping - Volume and strength
reduction.
Unit II
EFFLUENT TREATMENT: Physico-chemical processes - Equalisation and neutralisation Separation of solids - Sedimentation and filtration - Coagulation and flocculation, absorption,
Biological Treatment processes - Aerobic and anaerobic decomposition of organic matter Activated sludge process, trickling filters, Advanced waste water treatment: chemical
precipitation, ion exchange, reverse osmosis, electro dialysis and electrocoagulation.
Unit III
EFFLUENT REUSE AND RESIDUAL MANAGEMENT: Common Effluent Treatment
Plants, Zero Discharge Concept, Radioactive and Biomedical waste, Treatment of Hazardous
wastes - Solidification, incineration, landfills, leachate treatment.
Unit IV
INDUSTRIAL PROCESS AND WASTE TREATMENT: Manufacturing process, waste
water characteristics, effects and appropriate treatment - Flow sheets for Petro-chemical
industries, Textiles, Tanneries, Mining industries, Dairy, Sugar, Paper and Pulp, Thermal Power
Plants.
Unit V
EFFLUENT STANDARDS AND LEGISLATIONS: Environmental Impact Assessment
(EIA) - Environmental Auditing, ISO-14000 - Polluter Pays Principle - Environmental Protection
Act - Air Act - Water Act - Wetland Regulatory Notification and Coastal Zone Regulation.
Text Books
1. Rao, M.N. and Dutta, Waste Water Treatment, Oxford and IBH Publishing Ltd.,
Calcutta, 1979.
Delhi, 1989.
Reference Books
1. Nemerow, N.L., Theory and Principles of Industrial Waste Treatment, Addison
Wesley, Reading Mass, 1963.
2. Gurnham, C.F., Principles of Industrial Waste Treatment, Wiley & Sons, New York,
1965.
12CE240 REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To get exposed to the repair and rehabilitation structures and structural elements
To know the materials used for repair.
To have a knowledge about the repair techniques
Course Outcome
Students enabled to study the distress in structures, diagnosis the causes and rehabilitate
them with suitable repair techniques.
Unit I
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR STRATEGIES: Definitions: Maintenance, repair and
rehabilitation - Facets of Maintenance - Importance of Maintenance Quality Assurance and
Quality control, Structural Appraisal : concrete , steel and masonry structures Inspection,
Strength evaluation of existing structures - Assessment procedure for evaluating a damaged
structure - Nondestructive testing methods.
Unit II
DISTRESS AND ITS CAUSES: Distress monitoring - Causes for deterioration: Structural
causes and Non Structural causes - Symptom, prevention and remedy - Classification of cracks
Visual examination of cracks Evaluation of cracks - Distress in sub structure Distress in
super structure.
Unit III
INFLUENCE ON SERVICEABILITY AND DURABILITY: Effect on strength,
permeability, thermal properties - Effects due to climate, temperature, chemicals and dampness Effects of cover thickness Error in design, construction and fabrication - Defects in joints in
steel structures Mechanism of Corrosion Distress due to corrosion: Prevention and remedial
measures.
Unit IV
TECHNIQUES FOR REPAIR:
Epoxy Injection Stitching Routing and sealing External stressing Blanketing Overlays
Judicial Neglect Autogeneous healing Jacketing Polymer coating for rebars - Mortar
and dry pack - Gunite and Shotcrete - Shoring and underpinning plating - Cathodic protection
- Miscellaneous methods.
Unit V
REHABILITATION OF CONCRETE AND MASONRY DAMS: Foundation - Loss of
strength under repeated action Erosion and solution - Ageing grout curtains and drains
sedimentation, leakage detection and their prevention and remedial measures - Super structure Chemical reaction resulting in swelling Shrinkage and creep effect - Degradation and loss of
strength due to repeated action failures and repairing of joints - Dam during flood and
earthquakes - Instrumentation and monitoring of dams and reservoirs.
Text books
1. Johnson, S.M.,Deterioration, Maintenance and Repair of Structures, McGraw-Hill
book Co., New York, 1965.
2. Allen, R.T. and Edwards, S.C., Repair of concrete structures, Blakie and Sons, UK,
1987.
4. Deofferey P .Sims, The Rehabilitation of Dams and Reservoirs, Brown & Root
Services .UK, 1999.
Reference Books
1. Alien, R.T., and Sc Edwards, Repair of concrete structures, Blake and sons, U.K. 1987.
2. Neville, A.M., Properties of Concrete, The English Language book society and pitman
publishing, 2002.
3. Shetty, M.S., Concrete Technology Theory and Practice, S. Chand & co., New Delhi,
1982
12CE241 FINITE ELEMENT TECHNIQUES
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the fundamentals of finite element method
To use finite element method as a tool for solving problems
Course Outcome
Students enabled to apply finite element technique to solve engineering problems
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Concept of Finite Element Method Discretization - Energy principles Classical techniques in FEM - Rayleigh-Ritz weighted method of approximation.
Unit II
ONE DIMENSIONAL PROBLEM: Modeling Shape functions - Potential energy approach
Galarkin approach Formulation of stiffness matrix and load vector Finite element equations
Boundary condition Quadratic shape functions Applications to plane trusses, beams.
Unit III
TWO DIMENSIONAL CONTINUUM: Introduction Elements for plane strain and plane
stress problems - Displacement model Natural coordinates Area and volume coordinates Triangular elements and 4 noded - Quadrilateral elements Element stiffness matrix Force
vector - Galarkin approach - Stress calculation Temperature effects.
Unit IV
AXISYMMETRIC CONTINUUM: Axisymmetric formulation Element stiffness matrix and
force vector Galarkin approach Body forces and temperature effects Stress calculations
Boundary conditions Applications to cylinders under internal or external pressures Rotating
discs.
Unit V
ISOPARAMETRIC FORMULATION (TWO DIMENSIONAL CONTINUUM ): Sub-isosuperparametric elements - 4 noded quadrilateral elements Shape functions - Element stiffness
matrix and force vector - Gaussian quadrature - Stress calculations Numerical Integration.
Text Books
1. Chandrupatla, T.R., and Belegundu A.D., Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering, Pearson Education, 3rd Edition, 2002.
2. David, V. Hutton, Fundamentals of Finite Element Analysis, McGraw-Hill Int. Edn.,
2004.
Reference Books
1. Rao, S.S., The Finite Element Method in Engineering, Pergammon Press, 1989
2. Logan, D.L., A First course in the Finite Element Method, Third Edition, Thomson
Learning, 2002.
3. Robert, D.Cook., David.S, Malkucs Michael E. Plesha , Concepts and Applications of
Finite Element Analysis, 4th Edn., Wiley and Sons, 2003.
4. Ed. Wiley, Reddy, J.N., An Introduction to Finite Element Method, McGraw-Hill
International Student Edition, 1985.
5. Zienkiewicz, O.C and Taylor, R.L., The Finite Element Method, Basic formulation and
linear problems, Vol.1, McGraw-Hill, 5th Edn., 1989.
12CE242 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To introduce the concepts of management, resources and construction planning
To introduce the labour laws, principle of accounting
To introduce fundamentals concepts of computer applications in construction
Management
Course Outcome
Students understood the duties of individual in construction filed and about the labour
safety and welfare
Students gained knowledge about tenders, contracts and some basic knowledge about
computer applications in construction
Unit I
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Definition - Management Course Objective and

functions - Organizational chart of a construction company - Managers duties and
responsibilities - Public relations - Leadership and team Work, ethics, morale, delegation and
accountability.
Unit II
CIVIL ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT:
Construction Planning: Collection of field data - Preliminary estimates - Approval and sanction
of estimates Budget provision - Construction stages - Scheduling methods - Progress reports
and charts.
Resource Planning: Planning for materials, machines, factors affecting purchase, rent, and lease
of equipment, and cost-benefit estimation - Resource allocation
Labour and Labour Welfare: Relationship between management and labour - Manpower
planning, training, recruitment, motivation, welfare measures and safety laws - Industrial
psychology.
Unit III
MANAGEMENT METHODS: Concepts of network - Network planning method CPM/PERT/GERT - Management by network analysis and control - Principles of cost control Control by graphical representation, bill of quantities and network analysis.
Unit IV
DEPARTMENTAL PROCEDURES:
Contract: Contract system - Types of contracts - Specifications, documents, procedures,
conditions, taxes, construction laws, legal implications and penalities.
Tender and Tender Documents: Definition - Calling of tenders - Tender documents Submission of tenders - Processing of tenders - Negotiations and settlement of contracts Etendering Global tendering.
Unit V
ACCOUNTS AND STORES: Measurements of work - Recording - Checking - Types of bills Mode of payment Budget estimate - Revised estimates - Completion reports and certificates Claims and transfer classifications of transactions - Ledger accounts - Imprest Account - Cash
book-Suspense classification - Stores - maintenance and inspection - Inventories Accounting of
surplus and shortage of stores - Procedures adopted in P.W.D. and C.P.W.D.
Introduction to Computer Application in Construction Management: Planning Scheduling
and Resource Analysis - Recording and Operations Project Accounting, Costing and Finance.
Text Books
1. Seetharaman, S., Construction Engineering and Management, Umesh Publications,
2007.
2. Sengupta, B., and Guha, H., Construction Management and Planning, Tata McGrawHill Book Co., 2000.
Reference Books
1. Rana,V.K., Construction Management Practice, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing
Co.,2000.
2. Chitkara, K.K., Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill publishing

Co.,2000.
3. Sharma, J.L., Construction Management and Accounts, Sathya Prakashan, New Delhi,
1994.
12CE243 GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE AND ITS IMPACTS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To expose the students to the complexities, impacts on socio economic and
environmental spheres and initiatives to mitigate Global Climate Change
Course Outcome
Students gained knowledge about the processes related to climate change and learnt the
methods and to combat climate change
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Ancient Earth - Climate and Chemical Histories, Paleo-indicators of
climate, Global energy balance, Concern about Climate Change, Climate Change and
Sustainable development.
Unit II
CLIMATE AND WEATHER: Factors affecting global, regional and local climates - Tropical,
Monsoon, Polar, Desert, Mid-latitude climates and their role in global climate change Antarctica, Greenland and the North Pole case studies.
Unit III
ELEMENTS AND PROCESSES RELATED TO CLIMATE CHANGE: Structure and
driving forces of the earth. Earths carbon reservoirs- marine and terrestrial carbon cycles - The
Atmosphere - Radiation budget, Circulation, Stability, Chemistry of Atmosphere - Global wind
systems, weather maps - Importance of water, Global Ocean Circulation - Industrialization and
urbanization - Greenhouse gases, lifestyle changes.
Unit IV
IMPACTS OF GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE: The Greenhouse effect Ecosystems and
species interactions, global warming, sea level rise, ozone problem, El Nino and southern
oscillation, storms, thunderstorms, tornadoes, changes in agricultural production, droughts,
spread of epidemics, wildfires and other extreme weather events - Nuclear winter.
Unit V
CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION / ADAPTATION: Climate change and the political
realm - Mission of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change - International agreements
and protocols - Future use of energy and fossil fuels - Role of Governments, industries, and
individuals - Concept of CDM and carbon finance.
Text Books
1. Lee, R. Kump, Kasting, F. James and Robert, C. Crane, The Earth System, 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hall, 2004.
2. Houghton, J.T., Climate Change 2001: The Scientific Basis, Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge, U.K., 2001.
Reference Books
1. Ruddiman, W.F., Earth's Climate: Past and Future, W.H. Freeman and Company, 2001.
12CE244 DESIGN AND DRAWING OF WATER MANAGEMENT STRUCTURES
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
The purpose of this course is to impart the knowledge about the design of irrigation and
environmental engineering structures
To get hand-on experience in drawing of irrigation and environmental engineering
Structures
Course Objective
Students gained expertise to design and draw irrigation and environmental engineering
structures
PART A:
drawn:
1. Tank sluice with tower head
4. Canal drop.
5. Syphon aqueduct
6. Direct Sluice
PART B:
1. Flash mixer, flocculation and sedimentation tanks.
2. Rapid sand filter
3. Septic tank with dispersion trenches
4. Imhoff tank.
5. Activated Sludge Process Unit
6. Trickling filter
Additional drawings to be made without design ( only for internal evaluation)
3. Details of Manholes and pumping station.
4. Layout of waste water treatment plant.
Text Books

eastern Limited, 1994.
2. Ellis, W.M., College of Engineering Manual: Irrigation, The Textile Institute
Publishers, 1955.
3. Gharpure, V.N., A Text Book of water supply Engineering, Allied Publishers limited,
1993.
12CE245 HIGHWAY LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To give hands on training in testing of aggregates
To impart knowledge on testing of highway materials
Course Outcome
Student enabled to understand the field problems through experimentation
Student learnt to check the quality of material used in the highway
TESTS ON AGGREGATE AND BITUMINOUS MATERIALS:
1. Flakiness index
2. Elongation index
3. Specific gravity and water absorption capacity
4. Crushing test
5. Impact strength test
6. California bearing ratio (CBR) test
7. Abrasion resistance test using Devals abrasion and Los Angeles Abrasion test.
8. Attrition test
9. Marshall stability test on asphalt
10. Ductility test for bitumen/tar
11. Penetration of bitumen
12. Determination of softening point
13. Flash and fire point of bitumen
Text Books
1. Martin Rogers, Highway Engineering, Wiley-Blackwell, 2003.
2. Khanna, S. K., and Justo, C.E.G., Highway Engineering, Nem Chand and Bros., 2005.
Reference Books
1. IS 2386 1963 Part I, III, Methods of test for aggregate for concrete, Bureau of Indian
12CE246 SURVEY CAMP
Credits: 0:0:2
A Survey Camp for ten days will be conducted to train the students to establish control on
surveying according to the practical studied.
12CE247 GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To provide the student an introduction to the occurrence, distribution and movement of
ground water.
To equip the student with the skills and techniques to interpret and analyse the
groundwater data for effective management of groundwater resources.
Course Outcome
Students enabled to resolve groundwater related problems including response of aquifers
to pumping wells.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Ground Water Occurrence: Ground water hydrologic cycle - Origin of
ground water - Rock properties effecting ground water Vertical distribution of ground water Zone of aeration and zone of saturation - Types of aquifers.
Unit II
PHYSICAL PROPERTIES: Ground Water Movement: Permeability, Darcys law, storage
coefficient, transmissivity, porosity, Specific yield and Specific retention-Differential equation
governing ground water flow.
Unit III
WELL HYDRUALICS: Analysis of Pumping Test Data: Steady flow groundwater flow
towards a well in confined and unconfined aquifers Dupits and Theims equations:
assumptions, formation constants - Yield of an open well interface and well tests.
Unit IV
GROUNDWATER DEVELOPMENT: Artificial Recharge of Ground Water: Concept of
artificial recharge Recharge methods - Applications of GIS and remote sensing in artificial
recharge of ground water along with case studies.
Unit V
GROUNDWATER MANAGEMENT: Surface and Subsurface Investigation: Surface methods
of exploration Electrical resistivity and Seismic refraction methods - Subsurface methods:
geophysical logging and resistivity logging - Aerial Photogrammetry applications along with
Case Studies in Subsurface Investigation - Saline Water Intrusion in aquifer: occurrence of saline
water intrusions - Ghyben- Herzberg relation - Shape of interface - Control of seawater intrusion
- Groundwater Basin Management: concepts of conjunction use, Case studies.
Text Books
1. Fetter, C. W., Applied Hydrogeology, Merril Publishing Co., 4th Edn., 2001.
2. Karanth, K.R, Groundwater Assessment Development and Management, Tata
McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd, 1987
References
1. Bear, J., Hydraulics of Groundwater, McGraw Hill, New York, 1979.
2. Thangarajan, M., Groundwater: Resource Evaluation, Augmentation, Contamination,

Restoration, Modeling and Management, Capital Publications, 2006.
3. Freeze, A.R. and Cherry, J.A., Groundwater, John Willey Publishers, 1979.
4. Hiscock, Kevin, Hydrogeology, Principles and Practice, Blackwell Publishing, Oxford,
UK, 2005.
5. Todd, D.K., Groundwater Hydrology, John Wiley & Sons, 2007.
12CE248 ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To impart the knowledge on the basics of town planning, use of land, planning
legislations, Architecture and landscaping
Course Outcome
Students learnt the concepts of architecture and landscaping and town planning
Students enable to prepare architectural design
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE: Definition - Architecture Vitruvian principles Brief history of Greek, Roman, Egyptian and Indian architecture - Key factors influencing the
architecture of any region: Culture, Climate, Topography, Building materials, Economic &
Technology - Prominent World Architecture styles during various periods in history Anthropometrics Human Scale in Architecture - Space requirements for Human activity.
Unit II
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGN AND LANDSCAPING: Architectural Design An analysis
integration of function and aesthetics Introduction to basic elements and principles of design
Landscape Architecture: Concept, Necessity, Study of trees, plants & Shrubs for landscaping.
Unit III
CLIMATE AND ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIVE DESIGN: Man and environment
interaction - Factors that determine climate Characteristics of climate types Design for
various climate types Passive and active energy controls Green building concepts.
Unit IV
TOWN PLANNING AND LANDUSE PLANNING: Planning Definition, concepts and
processes - Urban planning standards and zoning regulations - Urban renewal Conservation
Principles of Landscape design - Scope and Content of Master plan, Regional plan, Detailed
development plan - Basic principles in planning of various land uses: Residential, Commercial,
Industrial, Agricultural and Recreational.
Unit V
PLANNING LEGISLATIONS:Evolution of Indian planning legislation - Organisation and
administration of planning agencies at National, State, Regional level and Metropolitan Level Tamil Nadu Town and Country Planning Act - Building bye laws - Function of local Authority Provision of Building Regulations.
Text Books
1. Rangwala, S.C., Town Planning,Charotar Publishing House, Gujarat, 2007.
2. Gurcharan Singh and Jagdish Singh,Building planning, Designing and Scheduling,
Standard Publishers Distributors, Delhi, 1999.
3. Givoni, B., Man Climate and Architecture, Applied Science, Barking ESSEX, 1982.
4. Gallian B. Arthur and Simon Eisner, The Urban Pattern City Planning and Design,
Affiliated Press Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1995.
Reference Books
1. Hiraskar, G.K., Fundamentals of Town Planning, Dhanpat Rai and Sons, Delhi, 2005.
2. Abir Bandyopadhyay, Textbook of Town planning, Books and Allied publishers,2000.
3. Francis D.K.Ching, Architecture - Form, Space and Order, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Co., NewYork, 1979.
12CE249 SMART MATERIALS AND SMART STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To give an in-depth knowledge on properties of smart materials and their use in
structures.
Course Outcome
Student understood the concept of smart materials and their structural applications.
Unit I
PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS AND ER AND MR FLUIDS: Piezoelectric Materials and
properties - Actuation of structural components - Shape Memory Alloys - Constitutive modeling
of the shape memory effect, vibration control - Embedded actuators - Electrorheological and
magnetorheological fluids - Mechanisms and Properties - Fiber Optics - Fiber characteristics Fiber optic strain sensors.
Unit II
VIBRATION ABSORBERS: Parallel damped vibration absorber - Gyroscopic vibration
absorber - Active vibration, absorber - Applications - Vibration Characteristics of mistuned
systems - Analytical approach.
Unit III
MEASURING TECHNIQUES: Strain Measuring Techniques using Electrical strain gauges Types Resistance Capacitance Inductance Wheatstone bridges Pressure transducers
Load cells Temperature Compensation Strain Rosettes.
Unit IV
CONTROL OF STRUCTURES: Control modeling of structures - Control strategies and

limitations - Classification of control systems: Classical control, Modern control, Optimal
control and Digital control - Active structures in practice.
Unit V
APPLICATIONS IN CIVIL ENGINEERING: Application of Shape Memory - Alloys in
Bridges Concept of Smart Bridges Application of ER Fluids - Application of MR Dampers in
Different Structures Application of MR Dampers in Bridges and High Rise Structures
Structural Health Monitoring - Application of Optical Fibres - Concept of Smart Concrete.
Text Books
1. Srinivasan, A.V., and Michael McFarland. D., Smart Structures Analysis and Design,
Cambridge University Press, 2001.
Reference Books
1. Brian Culshaw, Smart Structures and Materials, Artech House, Boston, 1996.
2. Gandhi, M.V and Thompson, B.S., Smart Materials and Structures, Chapman and Hall,
1992.
12CE250 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To educate the students on the principles involved in the management of municipal solid
waste and hazardous wastes from source identification up to disposal.
Course Outcome
Student gained knowledge on selection of municipal solid waste collection and treatment
methods.
Student developed skills to undertake major projects related to municipal solid waste
management
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Types and Sources of solid and hazardous wastes - Need for solid and
hazardous waste management Elements of integrated waste management and roles of
stakeholders - Salient features of Indian legislations on management and handling of municipal
solid wastes, hazardous wastes, biomedical wastes, lead acid batteries, plastics and fly ash.
Unit II
WASTE CHARACTERISATION AND SOURCE REDUCTION: Waste generation rates
and variation - Composition, physical, chemical and biological properties of solid wastes
Hazardous characteristics TCLP tests Waste sampling and characterization plan - Source
reduction of wastes Recycling and reuse Waste exchange.
Unit III
STORAGE, COLLECTION AND TRANSPORT OF WASTES: Handling and segregation
of wastes at source Storage and collection of municipal solid wastes - Analysis of Collection
systems - Need for transfer and transport Transfer stations Optimizing waste allocation
Compatibility, storage, labeling and handling of hazardous wastes Hazardous waste manifests
and transport.
Unit IV
WASTE PROCESSING TECHNOLOGIES: Objective of waste processing Material
separation and processing technologies Biological and chemical conversion technologies
Methods and controls of Composting Thermal conversion technologies and energy recovery
Incineration Solidification and stabilization of hazardous wastes - Treatment of biomedical
wastes.
Unit V
WASTE DISPOSAL: Waste disposal options Disposal in landfills - Landfill Classification,
types and methods Site selection - Design and operation of sanitary landfills, secure landfills
and landfill bioreactors - Leachate and landfill gas management Landfill closure and
environmental monitoring Closure of landfills Landfill remediation.
Text books
1. George Tchobanoglous, Hilary Theisen and Samuel, A. Vigil, Integrated Solid Waste
Management, McGraw- Hill International edition, New York, 1993.
Reference Books
1. CPHEEO Manual on Municipal Solid waste management, Central Public Health and
Environmental Engineering Organisation, Government of India, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Micheael, D. LaGrega, Philip, L. Buckingham, Jeffrey, C. E., Environmental Resources
Management, Hazardous waste Management, McGraw-Hill International edition, New
York, 2001.
3. Vesilind, P.A., Worrell, W and Reinhart, Solid waste Engineering, Thomson Learning
Inc., Singapore, 2002.
Credits: 3: 0: 0
Course Objective
To educate the students on the scope, steps involved and various methods related to
assessment of environmental impact due to development projects.
Course Outcome
Student developed skills to undertake EIA projects
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Environmental Impact
Statement EIA in Project Cycle Legal and Regulatory aspects in India according to Ministry
of Environment and Forests Types and limitations of EIA Cross sectoral issues and terms of
reference in EIA Participation of Public and Non-Governmental Organizations in
environmental decision making.
Unit II
COMPONENTS AND METHODS: Components of EIA - Processes Screening Scoping Setting Analysis Mitigation - Matrices Networks Checklists Connections and
combinations of processes - Cost benefit analysis Analysis of alternatives Software packages
for EIA Expert systems in EIA.
Unit III
PREDICTION, ASSESSMENT OF IMPACTS AND REPORTING : Prediction tools for
EIA Mathematical modeling for impact prediction Assessment of impacts Air Water
Soil Noise Biological-socio-cultural environments Cumulative Impact Assessment
Documentation of EIA findings Planning Organization of information and visual display
materials Report preparation.
Unit IV
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN: Environmental Management Plan
Preparation, implementation and review Mitigation and Rehabilitation Plans Policy and
guidelines for planning and monitoring programmes Post project audit Ethical and Quality
aspects of Environmental Impact Assessment.
Unit V
CASE STUDIES: Case studies related to the following sectors - Infrastructure - Mining
Industrial Thermal Power - River valley and Hydroelectric - Nuclear Power.
Text Books
1. Canter, L.W., Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw-Hill, New York. 1996.
2. Lawrence, D.P., Environmental Impact Assessment Practical solutions to recurrent
problems, Wiley-Interscience, New Jersey, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Petts, J., Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment, Vol., I and II, Blackwell
Science London. 1999.
2. Biswas, A.K. and Agarwala, S.B.C., Environmental Impact Assessment for Developing
Countries, Butterworth Heinemann, London. 1994.
3. The World Bank Group, Environmental Assessment Source Book, Vol. I, II and III,
The World Bank, Washington. 1991.
12CE252 BUILDING SERVICES

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To learn about water supply and sanitation arrangements in a building
To understand the essentials of electrical installations in a building
To get an exposure to air conditioning and fire safety arrangement
To pioneer the concepts of intelligent building
Course Outcome
Students gained knowledge about the essential services to be carried out in a building
Unit I
BUILDING SANITATION: Water quality, purification and treatment - Water supply
systems - Distribution systems in small towns - Types of pipes Laying, jointing - testing
for water tightness plumbing system for building - Internal supply in buildings M unicipal bye laws and regulations - Rain w ater harvesting - Sanitation in buildings Arrangement of sewerage systems in housing - pipe systems - Storm water drainage
from buildings - Septic and sewage treatment plant - Collection, conveyance and
disposal of town refuse systems.
Unit II
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS IN BUILDINGS: Types of wires, wiring systems and
their choice - Planning electrical wiring for building - Main and distribution boards Transformers and switch gears - Modern theory of light and colour - synthesis of light Luminous flux - Candela - Lens of illumination - Lighting design - Design for modern
lighting.
Unit III
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM AND APPLICATIONS: Ventilation and its
importance - Natural and artificial systems - Window type and packaged airconditioners
- Chilled water plant - Fan coil systems - Water piping - Cooling load - Air conditioning
systems for different types of buildings - Protection against fire to be caused by A.C.
Systems.
Unit IV
FIRE SAFETY-GENERAL PROVISIONS: Causes of fire in buildings - Safety
regulations - NBC-planning considerations in buildings like Non-combustible materials,
construction, staircases and A.C. systems, special features required for physically
handicapped and elderly in building types - Heat and smoke detectors -dry and wet risers Automatic sprinklers - Capacity determination of OHT and UGT for fire -fighting needs.
Unit V
ADVANCED TOPICS: Intelligent buildings - Building automation - Smart buildings
Green Buildings - Building services in high rise buildings.
Text Books
1. "Hand book for Building Engineers in Metric Systems", NBC, New Delhi, 1968.
2. "Philips Lighting in Architecture Designs", McGraw Hill, New York, 1964.
3. "Time Saver Standards for Architecture Design Data", Calendar JH, McGraw Hill, 1974.
Reference Books
1. Fair, G.M., Geyer, J.C. and Okun, D., Water and Waste Engineering", Vol. II, John
Wiley and sons, New York. 1968.
2. Hopkinson, H.G. and Kay, J.D., "The Lighting of Buildings, Faber and Faber",
London, 1969.
3. William H. Severns and Julian R. Fellows, "Air conditioning and Refrigeration", John
Wiley and sons, London, 1988.
12CE253 NATURAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To expose the students to the natural and manmade disasters
To train the students to study the effect of disasters and methods to mitigate
disasters.
Course Outcome
Students understood the effect of disaster and strategies to be adopted for
disaster management
Unit I
NATURAL DISASTERS: Meaning and nature of natural disasters: types and effects - Floods,
drought, cyclone, earthquakes, landslides, avalanches, Volcanic eruptions, Heat and cold waves Climatic change: global warming, Sea level rise, ozone depletion.
Unit II
MAN MADE DISASTERS: Nuclear disasters, chemical disasters, biological disasters,
building fire, coal fire, forest fire, oil fire, air pollution, water pollution, deforestation, industrial
waste water pollution, road accidents, rail accidents, air accidents, sea accidents.
Unit III
DISASTER MANAGEMENT: Effect to migrate natural disaster at national and global levels International strategy for disaster reduction - Concepts of disaster management: national disaster
management framework; financial arrangements; role of NGOs, communitybased organizations
and media - Central, state, district and local administration; Armed forces in disaster response;
Disaster response; Police and other organizations.
Unit IV
DISASTER PREPAREDNESS: Ways and means; skills and strategies; rescue, relief,
reconstruction and rehabilitation - Case studies - Seismic vulnerability of urban areas - Seismic
response of R.C. frame buildings with soft first storey - Using risks-time charts to plan for the
future. Lateral strength of masonry walls - Cyclone resistant house for coastal areas.
Unit V
LANDSLIDES: Landslide hazards zonation mapping and geo-environmental problems
associated with the occurrence of landslides - Landslide casual factors in urban areas - Roads and
landslide hazards in Himalaya - Use of electrical resistivity method in the study of landslide Studies in Rock-mass classification and landslide management in Garhwal-Himalaya, India.
Text Books
1. Iyengar, C.B.R.I.,Natural Hazards in the Urban Habitat , Tata McGraw Hill Co., 2001.
2. Jon Ingletone,Natural Disaster management, Tulor Rose, 1999.
3. Singh, R.B.,Disaster Management, Rawat Publications,2000.
Reference Books
1. Sachindra Narayan, Anthropology of Disaster management, Gyan Publishing House,

2000.
12CE254 TRANSPORTATION PLANNING
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To introduce the concepts of urban transportation planning and intelligent
transportation systems
To impart knowledge on the complexity involved in the planning and
management of various public transportation systems
Course Outcome
Student e n a b l e d w i t h a sound understanding of the basics of urban transportation
planning and the advancements in planning and management of various public
transportation Systems.
Unit I
TRANSPORTATION ECONOMICS: Economic significance of transport - Demand for
transport - Influencing factors, temporal and spatial variations, elasticity of demand Supply of transport services - Development of systems supply function; Transport costs Long-run and short-run costs, fixed and variable costs, and marginal costs - Transportation
innovations and environmental impact assessment.
Unit II
INTRODUCTION TO INTELLIGENT TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS: Introduction to
Intelligent Transportation systems (ITS) - Definition of ITS and Identification of Course
Objective of ITS - Historical Background, Benefits of ITS - Programs in the World Overview of ITS implementations in developed countries, ITS in developing countries - ITS
data collection techniques and ITS functional areas.
Unit III
URBAN TRANSPORTATION PLANNING: Urban transportation planning concepts S ystems approach to the planning process, Trip generation b a s i c s ; variables influence trip
generation - Trip d i s t r i b u t i o n modeling - Factors governing trip distribution, growthfactor methods and gravity models, calibration of gravity models N odal - Split modeling F actors influencing mode choice, discrete choice models.
Unit IV
PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION (ROAD, RAIL AND MASS TRANSIT SYSTEMS):
Development of public transportation; Modes of urban passenger transportation - Types
and characteristics; advanced public transportation systems - Technologies and applications.
Characteristics of bus transportation in urban areas Fare policy route planning
Planning of terminals Break-even point and its relevance - Characteristics of suburban,
IRT, RRT and Metro rail systems Planning of rail terminals Unified traffic and
transport authority - Future of public transportation.
Unit V
PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION (AIRPORTS AND HARBORS):

Air T ransportation: Classification and size of airports - Aircraft characteristics - Air
traffic control - Airport location and necessary surveys - Layout of runways, taxiways and
aprons - Terminal service facilities - Passenger, baggage and cargo handling systems.
Waterway Transportation: P ort development - Classification of ports - Traffic and
hinterland studies - Passenger, fishery, containers, bulk cargo handling facilities.
Text Books
1. Bruton, Michael, J., Introduction to Transport Planning, Hutchinson, London, 1970.
2. Kadiyali, L.R., Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning, Khanna
Publishers, Delhi, 1997.
3. Roger, R., Stough., Intelligent Transport Systems Cases and Policies, Edward
Elgar Publications, 2001
4. Horonjeff, R, and Mckelvey., The Planning and Design of Airports, McGraw Hill
Co., 1989.
5. Ernst, G., Frankel., Port Planning and Development, John Wiley & Sons, USA,
1987.
Reference Books
1. Hutchinson, B.G., Principles of Urban Transport Systems Planning, McGraw Hill,
London, 1974.
2. Vukan, R., and Vuchic, A., Urban Public Transport Systems and Technology, Prentice
Hall, 1981.
3. John, W.Dickey, Metropolitan Transportation Planning, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Co. Ltd, New Delhi, 1990.
12CE255 GIS APPLICATIONS
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To provide exposure to applications of GIS in various application domains
Course Outcome
Student gained knowledge to apply GIS modeling for various applications in civil
engineering domain
Unit I
NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS: Forestry: Resource inventory,
forest fire growth modeling Land: Land use planning, watershed management studies Water
Identification of ground water recharge Resource information system Wetlands
management, wildlife habitat analysis Environmental Impact Assessment.
Unit II
DISASTER MANAGEMENT & FACILITY MANAGEMENT APPLICATIONS:
Disaster management: Use of GIS in risk assessment, mitigation, preparedness, response and
recovery phases of Disaster management Utilities Water utility applications Electric utility
Application Telecommunication: Tower spotting, route optimization for meter reading for
utilities Other utilities.
Unit III
LOCATION-SPECIFIC SERVICES APPLICATION : Vehicle Tracking: Automatic vehicle

location (AVL), Components of AVL: Invehicle Equipment, various communication channels,
web server, client Vehicle tracking alarms used in Vehicle tracking, Fleet management
Vehicle navigation Emergency call: Address geocoding, Distress call application.
Unit IV
LAND INFORMATION SYSTEM & WEB GIS APPLICATIONS : Land information
system (LIS) Tax mapping Mobile mapping - Other LIS applications Web GIS:
Architecture of Web GIS, Map server, Web GIS applications.
Unit V
BUSINESS, HEALTH AND OTHER APPLICATIONS: Business applications: Siting a new
facility, customer loyalty studies, market penetration studies Health application: Disaster
surveillance, health information system Crime Mapping: Mapping crime data, hot Spot
Analysis 3D GIS.
Text Books
1. Paul Longley, Michael F. Goodchild, David J.Maguire and David W. Rhind,
Geographic Information Systems and Science, John Wiley and Sons, 2005.
2. Uzair M.Shamsi, GIS Tools for Water, Wastewater, and Stormwater Systems, ASCE
Press, 2002.
3. Van Dijk and M.G. Bos,, GIS and Remote Sensing Techniques in Land-And-WaterManagement, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2001.
Reference Books
1. Alan, L. and Melnick, M.D.,Introduction to Geographic Information Systems for Public
Health, Aspen Publishers, first edition, 2002.
2. Amin Hammad and Hassan Karimi, Telegeoinformatics: Location- based Computing
and Services, CRC Press, 2004.
3. Allan Brimicombe, GIS Environmental Modeling and Engineering, Taylor &
Francis, 2003.
12CE256 GROUND IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To identify basic deficiencies of various soil deposits and in a position to decide various
ways and means of improving the soil and implementing improvement techniques.
Course Outcome
Student enabled to get knowledge in different ground improvement techniques with and
without addition of materials in soil.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Definition - Necessity of soil improvement - Selection of improvement

method Methods of ground improvement Factors to be considered in the selection of best soil
improvement technique - Geotechnical problems in alluvial, lateritic and black cotton soil.
Unit II
COMPACTION: Introduction to soil improvements without the addition of any material Surface compaction - Compaction piles in sand - Dynamic compaction of sands - Vibratory
compaction in sand - Vibroflotation in sand Explosions in sand - Terra probe method Replacement process - Vibroflotation in clays - Preloading techniques
Unit III
DEWATERING AND GROUT TECHNIQUES: Dewatering Techniques - Well points
Vacuum and electro-osmotic methods Seepage analysis for twodimensional flow for fully and
partially penetrated soils in homogeneous deposits (simple cases only) Grouting: types,
desirable characteristics of grouts, grouting methods , grouting applications - Seepage control in
soil under dams and for cutoff walls - Seepage control in rock under dams - Stabilization
grouting for under-pinning.
Unit IV
EARTH REINFORCEMENT: Soil improvement using reinforcing elements - Introduction to
reinforced earth: mechanism, concepts, applications - Reinforced earth retaining walls Reinforced embankments - Improvement using natural materials (introduction only).
Unit V
GEOSYNTHETICS AND MISCELLANEOUS METHODS: Types , applications (only
general applications) - Types of geosynthetics - Geotextiles as separators, filters, and drainage
media - Crib walls, gabbions and matressess, anchors, rock bolts and soil nailing, stone column,
micropiles.
Text Books
1. Purushothama Raj, P., Ground Improvement Techniques, Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1999.
2. Koerner, R.M., Construction and Geotechnical Methods in Foundation Engineering,
McGraw Hill, 1994.
Reference Books
1. Moseley, Text Book on Ground Improvement, Blackie Academic Professional,
Chapman & Hall, 2002.
2. Das, B.M., Principles of Foundation Engineering (Fifth edition), Thomson Asia
Pvt.Ltd., Singapore, 2003.
3. Manfred Hausmann, Engineering principles of Ground Improvement ,Mc Graw Hill
Pub. Co., New York, 2002.
12CE266 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY
Credit: 0:0:1
Course Objective
To give hands on training on Flow measurement, Losses due to friction and pipe fittings
To give hands on training on working of different types of Pumps and turbine
Course Outcome
Student enabled to carry out flow measurements
Student enabled to study the performance of pumps
FLUID MECHANICS:
1. Determination of Darcys friction factor
2. Calibration of flow meters
3. Flow over notches
4. Determination of minor losses in pipes
FLUID MACHINERY:
1. Performance of Centrifugal pump
2. Performance of Submersible pump
4. Load test on Francis turbine
Text Books
1. Modi, P.N. and Seth, S.M., Fluid Mechanics & Fluid Machines, Standard Book House,
New Delhi, 2007.
2. Rajput, R.K., A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, S.Chand and
Reference Books
12CE257 INTELLIGENT BUILDINGS

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To provide knowledge on the underlying concepts of intelligent buildings
To provide the working principles of building automation systems, office automation
systems, and communication systems
To provide basic knowledge of the construction and installation of the structured cabling
system enabling integrated system connections
Course Outcome
Students enabled to understand and construct automated buildings
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Intelligent buildings - Basic concepts Intelligent building
automation - Building automation system - Cost analysis of intelligent buildings Introduction
to smart materials.
Unit II
HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING: Introduction - Human comfort Comfort air-conditioning - Classification - Air conditioning systems - Electrical installations and
illumination - Introduction, terminologies in electrical power engineering - Electrical power
transmission to buildings - Electrical power quality in buildings - Lighting systems in buildings.
Unit III
FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS: Introduction - Type of fire service installations - Automatic
fire alarm detection Sprinklers - Hose reels hydrants - Foam systems -Microprocessor based
alarm.
Unit IV
SECURITY AND SAFETY SYSTEMS: Introduction - Designing a security system - Intrusion
sensors and space sensors - Closed circuit television system - Central alarm systems Health
monitoring systems.
Unit V
BUILDING ELECTRONICS: Introduction - Microprocessor based control - Programmable
logic controller Communication principles - Telephone systems - Communal aerial
broadcasting - Satellite communication - Fibre optic system.
Text Books
1. Shengwei Wang, Intelligent Buildings and Building Automation, Spon Press, London,
2009.
2. Derek Clements Croome, Intelligent Building Design, Management and Operations,
Thomas Telford Publishing, London, 2004.
Reference Books
1. Albert Ting pat So wai Lok Chan, Intelligent Building Systems, Kluwer Academic
Publisher, U.S.A, 1999.
2. Ehrlich, C., Intelligent Building Dictionary: Terminology for Smart, Integrated, Green
Building Design, Construction, and Management San Francisco, Calif: Hands-on-Guide,
2007.
3. Michael Wigginton, Jude Harris, Intelligent Skins, Architectural Press, Burfington,
2003.
References
1. www.ieindia.org
2. www.koetterfire.com
3. www.informit.com
12CE258 GEOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION SYSTEM

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objectives
To introduce the concepts of GIS, Spatial Analysis DEM and DTM
To introduce the concepts of Remote Sensing
To impart knowledge on application of GIS for land information system, water resources
management, environmental analysis, Network analysis and urban sprawl analysis
Course Outcome
Students enabled to apply GIS concepts in various aspects of Civil Engineering
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Definition Map and map analysis, - Automated Cartography - History
and development of GIS - Hardware requirement - System concepts - Coordinate concepts Standard packages.
Unit II
DATA ENTRY, STORAGE AND MAINTENANCE: Type of data - Spatial and non spatial
data - Data structure - Points, lines, polygon - Vector and raster - Files, file organization
Database - Digitiser, scanner - Dbase files and data formats Data compression.
Unit III
DATA ANALYSIS AND MODELLING: Spatial Analysis - Data retrieval - Query, simple
analysis - Recode, overlay - Vector data analysis, raster data analysis - Modelling in GIS Digital Elevation Model DTM - Artificial intelligence - Expert system.
Unit IV
DATA OUTPUT AND ANALYSIS: Types of output data - Display on screen, printer and other
output devices - Sources of errors - Types of errors - Elimination, accuracies
Unit V
GIS APPLICATION: Application areas - Case studies will be down load from internet, Water
resources management - Environmental analysis - Network analysis - Remote sensing
applications - Monitoring of urban sprawl - Cadastral record and LIS
Text Books
1. Peter, A. Burrough, Principle of Geographical Information System ,Oxford University
Press,2000
2. Thomas M. Lillisand, Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation, Wiley India (p) Ltd.,
2007.
Reference Books
1. Ian Heywood, An introduction to Geographical Information systems, Pearson

Education Limited, 2003.
2. M.Anji Reddy, Textbook of Remote Sensing and Geographical Information Systems,
BS Publications, 2001.

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To impart the knowledge about disposal of effluents and the standards for disposal
To impart the knowledge about biological treatment methods and advanced treatment
methods
Course Outcome
Students understood the methods and standards of disposal of effluents
Students gained knowledge about the implementation of biological treatment methods
and advanced treatment methods
Unit I
DISPOSAL EFFECTS ON ENVIRONMENT: Effects of industrial wastes on streams, land,
air - Wastewater treatment plants - Water quality criteria. Effluent standards - Process
modification - Bioassay studies Environmental legislation
Pollutants Reduction: Waste minimisation - House keeping - Volume and strength reduction Material and process modifications - recycle, reuse and by-product recovery - Environmental
audit.
Unit II
EFFLUENT TREATMENT: Conventional methods of treatment and disposal of industrial
wastes - Equalisation and Neutralisation - Separation of solids - Sedimentation and filtration Coagulation and flocculation, absorption, chemical precipitation, chemical oxidation,
Physiochemical treatment methods - Removal of dissolved impurities - Residue management Combined treatment of industrial and municipal wastes.
Unit III
BIOLOGICAL TREATMENT METHODS: Principles and methods for removal of suspended
impurities and organics Aerobic and anaerobic decomposition of organic matter, Stabilization
ponds, activated sludge process, Oxidation ditch.
Advanced Waste Water Treatment: Nitrogen removal Phosphorous removal Removal of
refractory Organics Removal of dissolved inorganic substances Chemical precipitation ion
exchange Reverse Osmosis Electro dialysis.
Unit IV
INDUSTRIAL PROCESS AND WASTE TREATMENT-I: Manufacturing process, waste
water characteristics, composition, effects and appropriate treatment - Flow sheets for chemical
industries Petro-chemical industries, Refineries, Pharmaceutical, Textiles Apparel industries
Metallurgical industries - Steel plants, mines Power industries Fertilizer plants Cement
industry.
Unit V
INDUSTRIAL PROCESS AND WASTE TREATMENT-II: Manufacturing process, waste
water characteristics, composition effects and appropriate treatment flow sheets for Pulp and
paper industry Agro-industries, Sugar - Distilleries, Food processing industry Meat packing,
pickles, poultry dairy Leather tanning.
Text Books
1. Rao, M.N. and Dutta, Waste Water Treatment, Oxford and IBH Publishing Ltd.,
Calcutta, 2008.
Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Nemerow, N.L., Theory and Principles of Industrial Waste Treatment, AdisonWesley,
Reading Mass, 1993.
12CE260 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE AND TOWN PLANNING

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To impart a basic knowledge on architecture and town planning
To enable the students to appreciate and practice the basic principles in architecture and
town planning in their areas of engineering
Course Outcome
Student understood the principles of architecture and town planning
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE: Definition of the term Architecture Brief
history of architecture - Key factors influencing architecture of any region: Culture, climate,
topography, building materials, economy and technology - Human scale in architecture - Space
requirements for human activity.
Architectural Space, Mass and Time: Space and Mass - Visual and emotional effects of
geometric forms and their derivatives The sphere, cube, pyramid, cylinder and cone Concept
of time in architecture
Unit II
INTERIOR DESIGN: Principles of interior landscaping - Texture, height grouping and layout Plant species Specifications - Open office system - Industrial interiors and specialized interior
space design - Styles of Interiors - Italian, English, French, Japanese styles - Exposure to eminent
interior designers works.
Unit III
LANDSCAPING: Concept of landscaping Necessity Study of trees, plants and shrubs for
landscaping Concepts of Green Building.
Unit IV
BASICS OF TOWN PLANNING: Town planning Definition - Objective, necessity and
principles adopted - Types of urban growth: their advantages and disadvantages - Town planning
surveys: necessity, Objective and classification - Urban road patterns: types, specific advantages
and disadvantages.
Unit V
LAND USE PLANNING: Scope and content of Master plan - Regional plan - Structure plan Urban renewal - Planning standards for neighbourhood - Basic principles in planning various
land uses: residential, commercial, industrial, and recreational Introduction to town planning
legislation.
Text Books
2. Gurcharan Singh & Jagdish Singh, Building planning, Designing and
Scheduling,Standard Publishers Distributors, Nai Sarak , Delhi 1999.
Reference Books
2. Abir Bandyopadhyay, Textbook of Town planning, Books and Allied publishers,
Calcutta, 2000.
3. Francis D.K.Ching, Architecture Form, Space and Order, Van Nostrand Reinhold
Company, NewYork,1979.
4. James Fergusson , History of Indian and Eastern Architecture, Volume 1, General
Books Publisher, London,2009
5. National Building Code 2005, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi
References
1. www.spiritus-temporis.com
2. www.archone.tamu.edu
3. www.wisegeek.com
12CE261 WATERSHED MANAGEMENT

Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To make the student understand the processes leading to degradation of soil and aquatic
ecosystems and implementation of conservation measures
To achieve integrated and sustainable development of watersheds
Course Outcome
Student gained knowledge about integrated and sustainable development of watersheds
through soil erosion and conservation studies
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO WATERSHED: Watershed delineation -Watershed development:
definition and concepts, Objective and need - Integrated and multidisciplinary approach for
watershed management.
Unit II
CHARACTERISTICS OF WATERSHED: Size, shape, physiography, slope, climate,
drainage, land use, vegetation, geology and soils, hydrology and hydrogeology - Socio-economic
features.
Unit III
WATERSHED MANAGEMENT: Definition of watershed management Factors affecting
watershed management - Preparation of land drainage schemes - Types and design of surface
drainage Ground water recharge and development - Artificial recharge - Farm ponds Percolation tanks.
Unit IV
SOIL CONSERVATION: Controlling soil erosion and soil salinity - Estimation of soil loss due
to erosion: Universal Soil Loss Equation Structural measures of soil conservation Agronomic
measures of soil conservation.
Unit V
WATER CONSERVATION AND HARVESTING: Types of water conservation and water
harvesting structures for different types of catchments - Rainwater harvesting - Catchment and
roof top harvesting - Harvesting structures - Soil moisture conservation - Check dams.
Text Books
1. Murthy, J.V.S., Watershed Management, New Age International Publishers, New
Delhi, 1998
2. Ghanshyam Das, Hydrology and Soil Conservation Engineering, Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2000.
3. Tideman, E. M., Watershed Management, Omega Scientific Publishers, New Delhi,
1996.
Reference Books
1. Thanh, N.C., Biswas, A.K., Environmentally sound water management UNEP,
International Training Centre for Water Resources Management (ITCWRM),
International Water Resources Association (IWRA) , Oxford University Press, Delhi,
1990
2. Suresh, R., Soil and Water Conservation Engineering, Standard Publishing
3. Newson, M., Land, Water and Development: River Basin Systems and Their
Sustainable Management, Routledge, London, 1992.
4. Young, G.J., Dooge, J.C.I and Rodda, J.C., Global Water Resources Issues, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, UK, 1994.
References
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
http://www.kerala.gov.in/keralcalljuly04/p17-19.pdf
http://megphed.gov.in/knowledge/RainwaterHarvest/Chap8.pdf
http://wgbis.ces.iisc.ernet.in/energy/paper/gis/gis.pdf
Indian Standard for Drinking Water as per BIS specifications -IS 10500-1991, Bureau
of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
Credits: 3:0:0
Course Objective
To build capacity among students on EIA and to enable them to carry out environmental
appraisal of project works
To enable them to suggest alternate measures to avoid large scale adverse impacts on
environment
Course Outcome
Students built capacity to carry out environmental appraisal of project works
Students enabled to manage large scale adverse impacts on environment
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Definition and concept of environmental impact assessment Environmental protection - Environmental policy and legislations - Acts on air and water
pollution Legislation for preservation of historical sites and archaelogical monuments - Factors
for consideration in assessing environmental impact - Short term vs long term effects
Environmental impact due to natural hazards and climate change.
Unit II
SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC FACTORS: Social and economic impact analysis - Physical,
cultural, archaeological and aesthetic considerations Resettlement and Rehabilitation Examples of types of social impact analysis.
Unit III
ASSESSMENT METHODS: Assessment methods Rapid Impact Assessment - Checklist
method Matrix method Environmental Impact Statement.
Unit IV
AIR QUALITY ASSESSMENT AND NOISE QUALITY ASSESSMENT: Air quality
impact analysis - Air pollutants Sources - Atmospheric interactions-Environmental impact Assessment methodology - Case studies - Noise impact analysis - Effects of noise on people Estimating transportation noise impact Examples.
Unit V
WATER QUALITY ASSESSMENT: Water quality impact analysis - Water quality criteria
and standards - Water quality impact caused by projects related to highways, power plants,
agriculture and irrigation Forest management - Vegetation and wild life.
Text Books
1. Anjaneyuku,Y. and Valli Manickam, Environmental Impact Assessment
Methodologies, BS Publications, Hyderabad, 2007.
2. Sacrates, J. and Karthigarani, R., Environmental Impact Assessment, ABH Publishing
Co., NewDelhi, 2008.
References Books
1. John G. Rau, David C. Wooten, Environmental Impact Analysis Handbook, Mc Graw
Hill Book Company, New Delhi, 1980.
2. John Glasson, Riki Therivel and Andrew Chadwi, Introduction to Environmental Impact
Assessment, 3rd Edition, Routledge, U.S.A., 2005.
3. Richard K. Morgan, Environmental Impact Assessment Methodological Prospective,
Klumur Academic Publishers, 3rd Edition, 2002.
4. Parry, M.L., Canziani, O.F., Palutikof, J.P., Van der Linden, P.J. and Hanson, C.E.,
Contribution of Working Group II to the Fourth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
United Kingdom and New York, NY, USA, 2007.
5. Metz, B., Davidson, O.R., Bosch, P.R., Dave, R. and Meyer, L.A.Contribution of
Working Group III to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New
York, NY, USA, 2007
References
1. www.eicinformation.org
2. www.gdrc.org/uem/eia.html
12CE263 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
The purpose of this course is to learn the fluid properties and fundamentals of fluid statics
and fluid flow
To introduce the concepts of flow measurements and flow through pipes
Course Outcome
Students built capacityto carry out flow measurements and flow through pipes
Students learnt to operate and maintain the pumps and turbines
Unit I
FLUID PROPERTIES: Dimensions and Units Density Specific weight - Specific gravity
Viscosity surface tension Capillarity Compressibility Vapour pressure.
Fluid Statics: Pressure relation Pascals law Measurement of pressure Manometers and
gauges, Forces on plane and curved surfaces Total pressure and centre of pressure.
Unit II :
EQUATIONS OF FLUID FLOW: Types of flow Stream line Stream tube Control
volume Continuity equation One dimensional and three dimensional flow Velocity
potential and stream function Free and forced vortex flow Energy equation Eulers
equation in one dimensional form Bernoullis equation.
Unit III
FLOW MEASUREMENTS: Orifices - Venturi meter Orifice meter Pitot tube Weirs and
Notches.
Flow Through Pipes: Loss of energy in pipes Major energy loss - Minor energy losses pipes
in series and parallel power transmission through pipes Syphon Water hammer (Definition)
Unit IV
PUMPS: Impulse momentum equation- Impact of Jets-plane and curved- stationary and moving
plates - Positive displacement pumps - reciprocating pumps - operating principles -slip -indicator
diagram - separation- air vessels - Centrifugal pumps - operation - velocity triangles performance curves - Cavitation - Multi staging - Selection of pumps.
Unit V
TURBINES: Turbine classification - Working principles - Pelton wheel, Francis, Kaplan
turbines Velocity triangles - Similarity laws - Specific speed - Governing of turbines - Surge
tanks - Miscellaneous pumps - Jet pump, Gear oil pump, submersible pump Principle.
Text Books
Reference Books
Delhi, 2005.
McGraw Hill, 1998.

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To introduce the concepts of stress and strain
To introduce the concepts of Shear force and Bending moment
To introduce the concepts of deflection of beams
Course Outcome
Students understood the concepts of Shear force and Bending moment

Students built capacityto understand the deflection of beams
Unit I
SIMPLE STRESS AND STRAIN: Stresses and strain due to axial force - Hookes law, factor
of safety, stepped bars Uniformly varying sections - Stresses in composite bars due to axial
force and temperature - Strain energy due to axial force, stresses due to sudden loads and impact
- Lateral strain: Poissons ratio - Change in volume Shear stress - Shear strain - Relationship
between elastic constants - Hoop and longitudinal stress in thin cylindrical and spherical shells
subjected to internal pressure Changes in dimensions and volume.
Unit II
SHEAR FORCE AND BENDING MOMENT: Relationship between loading - Shear force
and bending moment - Shear force and bending moment diagrams for cantilever, simply
supported and overhanging beams subjected to concentrated loads and uniformly distributed
loads only - Maximum bending moment and point of contra flexure.
Unit III
BENDING STRESSES: Theory of simple bending and assumptions Simple bending equation
- Calculation of normal stresses due to flexure application. Leaf Springs Strain Energy Due to
Bending - Moment Torsion: Theory of torsion and assumptions Torsion equation - Stresses and
Deformation in Solid Circular and Hollow Shafts Stepped Shafts Composite Shaft Stress
due to combined bending and Torsion Strain energy due to Torsion - Deformations and
Stresses in Helical Springs.
Unit IV
PRINCIPAL STRESSES (TWO DIMENSIONAL): State of stress at a point, normal and
tangential stresses on inclined planes - Principal stresses and their planes - Plane of maximum
shear - Mohrs circle of stresses.
Theories Of Elastic Failure: Maximum principal stress theory Maximum shear stress theory
Maximum principal strain theory Strain energy theory - Mohrs theory Simple problems.
Unit V
DEFLECTION OF BEAMS: Differential equation of elastic line - Deflection in statically
determinate beams - Macaulays method for prismatic members Area moment method for
stepped beams with concentrated loads. Long columns: Buckling of long columns due to axial
load - Eulers and Rankines formulae for columns of different end conditions.
Text Book
1. Ramamurtham, S., Strength of Materials, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Co., New Delhi,
2008.
Reference Books
York, 1987.
Credits: 0:0:1
Course Objective
To apply the theory of mechanics of solids on real specimens
To give hands on training on testing of real specimens
Course Outcome
Students enabled to demonstrate the application of theories
Built capacity to determine experimental parameters
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

Torsion test on rod
Cold bend test
Tension, Compression (Parallel as well as perpendicular to the grains) and impact tests on
timber specimens.
12. Test on Bricks
Text Books
1. Bansal, R. K, Strength of Materials, Laxmi Publications (P). Ltd., 2007.
2. Rajput, R. K, Strength of Materials, S Chand & Co., 2007.
Reference Books
Affiliated East-West Press Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 1998.
12CE301 COMPUTER AIDED METHODS OF STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To familiarize the student with two and three-dimensional structures including the
programming aspects
To introduce the matrix force and matrix displacement methods
To develop the expert system for preliminary modeling and process
Course Outcome
Student enabled to analyze the structures using flexibility and stiffness method
Unit I
CONCEPTS OF FORCE AND DISPLACEMENT METHOD: Introduction - Generalized
and constraint coordinates - Transformation of forces and displacements - Analogy between
flexibility and stiffness.
Force Method (Flexibility): Choice of redundant - Formulation of flexibility matrix - Thermal
expansion Lack of fit - Application to pin jointed plane and space trusses - Continuous beams,
single storied rigid frames and grids.
Unit II
DISPLACEMENT METHOD (STIFFNESS): Kinematic indeterminacy - Formulation of
stiffness matrix - Thermal expansion - Lack of fit - Application to pin jointed plane and space
trusses Continuous beams - frames and grids.
Unit III
DISPLACEMENT METHOD (LARGE STRUCTURES): Static condensation technique Substructure technique - Transfer matrix method Symmetry and anti-symmetry of structures Reanalysis technique - Analysis of non-prismatic members.
Unit IV
INTRODUCTION TO FINITE ELEMENT: Discrete system - Direct stiffness approach Application to plane and space trusses - Plane frames Grids.
Unit V
CLASSICAL THEORY OF PLATES: Differential equation of laterally loaded and thin
rectangular plates - Levy and Naviers solution of plates - small deflection theory of plates Analysis of laterally loaded (concentrically loaded) circular, thin plates with simply supported or
clamped edges.
Text Books
1. Rajasekaran, S., and Sankara Subramanian, G., Computational Structural Mechanics,
2. Ramaswamy, G.S., Design and Construction of Concrete Shell Roofs, Revised edn.
3. R.E.Kriegger, Malabar, Florida, 1984.
Reference Books
1. Manickaselvam,V.K., Elements of Matrix Analysis of Structures and Stability, 5thedn.,
Khanna Publishers, Delhi, 2001.
2. Vaidhyanathan and Perumal, P., Comprehensive Structural Analysis Vol I & II,
Lakshmi Publications, Delhi, 2004.
3. Meghre, A.S and Deshmukh, S.K., Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis, Chortar
Publishers, 2003.
4. Pandit, G.S. and Gupta, S.P., Structural Analysis, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 2002.
5. Rubinstein, M. F., Matrix Computer Analysis, Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1966.
12CE302 APPLIED ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To study the classical theory of l i ne a r elasticity for t w o and three dimensional state
of stress and obtain solutions for selected problems in rectangular and polar
coordinates as well as torsion of prismatic bars
To understand the plastic stress-strain relations, criteria of yielding and elastoplastic problems
Course Outcome
y Students enabled to apply the concept of advanced structural mechanics
y Students capacitated to study the real time behaviour of structures in elastic and plastic
limit
Unit I
ANALYSIS OF STRESS AND STRAIN IN CARTESIAN COORDINATES: Analysis of
stress (two and three dimension) - Body force, surface forces - Uniform state of stress - Principal
stresses - Stress transformation laws - Differential equations of equilibrium - Analysis of strain
(two and three dimension) - Strain displacement relations Compatibility equations - State of
strain at a point - Strain transformations - Principal strain - Principle of superposition - Stressstrain relations - Generalized Hooke's law - Lame's constants.
Unit II
FORMULATION OF ELASTICITY PROBLEMS: Methods of formulation of elasticity
problems - Equilibrium equations in terms of displacements - Compatibility equations in terms of
stresses - Boundary value problems - St.Venant principle.
Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian Coordinates: Plane stress and plane strain problems
- Airy's stress function - Polynomials -Application to: bending of a cantilever loaded at end,
bending of a beam by uniform load, bending of a cantilever with a moment at the end.
Unit III
TWO DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS IN POLAR COORDINATES: General equations in
polar coordinates - Stress distribution symmetrical about an axis - Pure bending of curved
bars - Strain components in polar coordinates - Rotating disc - Bending of a curved bar by
force at the end - Effect of circular hole on stress distribution - Concentrated force at a point of a
straight boundary - Forces on wedges - Circular disc with diametric loading.
Unit IV
TORSION OF PRISMATIC BARS: General solutions of the problem by displacement (St.
Venant's warping function) and force (Prandtl's stress function) approaches - Membrane
analogy - Torsion of shafts of circular and noncircular (elliptic, triangular and rectangular) cross
sectional shapes - Torsion of thin rectangular section and hollow thin walled single and
multicelled sections.
Unit V
INTRODUCTION TO PLASTICITY: Yield criteria Rankine's theory - St.Venant's theory Tresca's criterion - Beltrami theory - Von-Mises criterion; Stress-space representation of Von-
Mises and Tresca yield criteria through Westergard stress space - Elasto-Plastic problems Beams in bending - Thick hollow cylinders subjected to internal pressure - Torsion of bar of
circular cross section - Nadai's sand heap analogy.
Text Books
1. Sadhu Singh., "Theory of Elasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.
2. Sadhu Singh., "Theory of Plasticity", Khanna Publishers, N.Delhi, 1995.
1970.
Reference Books
1. Chow, P.C and Pagano, N.J., "Elasticity, Tensor, Dyadic and Engineering approaches",
2. Timoshenko, S. and Goodier, J.N., "Theory of Elasticity", Mc Graw Hill Book Co.,
New Delhi, 1970.
4. Mendelson, A., "Plasticity - Theory a n d A p p l i c a t i o n s ", M a c M i l l a n Co., New
York, 1968.
12CE303 ADVANCED DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Credits:3:1:0
Course Objective
To study the behaviour, analysis and design of R.C. structures
To learn to design the miscellaneous RCC structures like corbels, deep beams, folded
plates, shells
Course Outcome
Students learnt working stress, limit state and ultimate method
Students capacitated to design of some important and special RC elements
Students understood detailing requirements of RC elements clearly
Unit I
LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF BEAMS: Introduction to design methodologies - Working stress
- Limit state - Ultimate load theory - Limit state of collapse Flexure Shear - Torsion - Bond,
anchorage and splicing of reinforcement - Limit state of serviceability for bending members
Deflection - Crack width.
Unit II
DESIGN OF FLAT SLABS: Introduction Advantages - Action of flat slab - Code provision Design of flat slab using equivalent frame method - Shear in flat slab: one way & two way Shear due to unbalanced moment - Shear reinforcement design - Design of spandrel beams.
Unit III
DESIGN OF FOLDED PLATE AND SHELL STRUCTURES: Folded plates Advantages Structural behaviour - Code provision - Design of folded plates using beam methods and
iteration method - Shell terminology Classification - General specification - Design of concrete

shell with circular directrix using membrane theory - Design of circular and cylindrical shell
using beam theory.
Unit IV
DESIGN OF MISCELLANEOUS / SPECIAL STRUCTURES: Design of square bunkers
and cylindrical silo - Design of deep beams & corbels - Code provision - Approximate analysis
and design of grid floors Introduction to Chimneys.
Unit V
INELASTIC BEHAVIOUR OF REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS: Introduction
Inelastic behaviour Stress-strain characteristics of concrete Moment curvature relation Concept of plastic hinges Moment redistribution Conditions Moment redistribution of
continuous beam.
Text Books
1. Varghese, P.C., "Advanced Reinforced Concrete Structures", Prentice Hall of India Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.
2. Krishnaraju, N., "Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design", CBS Publications, New Delhi,
2005.
3. Varghese, P.C., Limit state design of RCC structures, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2006.
4. Timoshenko, S. Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1990.
Reference Books
1. Mark Fintel, Hand book of Concrete Engineering, Reinhold, New York, 1995.
2. Bhavikatti, S.S., Advanced RCC Design, New Age International Pvt Ltd., New Delhi,
2006.
3. Purushothaman, P., Reinforced Concrete Structural Elements: Behaviour, Analysis and
Design, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1986.
12CE304 ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To design beams and beam columns subjected to biaxial bending
To have knowledge about complete design of an Industrial building
To learn about the design of connections in steel buildings
To learn the concepts of plastic analysis in design of steel structures
Course Outcome
Student enabled to design steel beams, columns, trusses providing the connection details
Unit I
DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS: Introduction to IS 800-2007 General design requirements Limit state design
Welded Connection: Introduction Classification - Stresses in fillet and butt weld Code
provisions - Design of connections - Welded stiffened seat connection - Welded unstiffened seat
connection
Bolted Connection: Design strength of bolts - High strength friction grip bolts - Code provisions
bolted seat connection.
Unit II
LIMIT STATE DESIGN OF BEAMS AND BEAM COLUMNS: Design of Beams subjected
to biaxial bending moment - Design of sections subjected to unsymmetrical bending - Elastic
lateral torsional buckling
Beam Columns: Short beam columns - long beam columns beam columns at ultimate Load Effects of slenderness ratio and axial force on modes of failure Beam column under biaxial
bending.
Unit III
INDUSTRIAL BUILDING: Review of loads on structures - Dead, Live, Wind and Seismic
loads as per National Standard - Analysis and Design of Industrial buildings and bents - Sway
and non-sway frames - Design of Purlin - Analysis and design of Gable frames.
Unit IV
TOWERS & LIGHT GAUGE STEEL SECTIONS: Types of towers - Structural
Configurations - Types of bracing patterns - Transmission Towers - Loads on Towers - Wind
Load Analysis of Microwave towers.
Light Gauge Steel Sections: Introduction Forms of light gauge sections concepts - Design
of stiffened and unstiffened beams - Design of stiffened and unstiffened columns.
Unit V
PLASTIC THEORY : Introduction - Shape factor Moment redistribution upper bound,
lower bound and Uniqueness theorems - Combined mechanism - Analysis of single bay and two
bay portal frames - Methods of plastic moment distribution - Design of continuous beams and
portal frames.
Text Books
1. Subramanian, N., Design of Steel Structures - Oxford University Press, USA, 2008.
2. Duggal, S.K., Limit state design of steel structures, Tata McGraw Hill Education
Reference Books
1. Punmia, B.C., Ashok kumar Jain and Arun kumar Jain, Design of Steel Structures,
2. Gray,C.S., Kent, L.E., Mitchell, W.A., and Godfey, W.B., "Steel Designer's manual",
Madras.
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objectives
To impart knowledge on the basic principles of free and forced vibration (both
undamped and damped) of single degree of freedom and multiple degree of freedom
systems as well as distributed parameter systems
To introduce the basic principles of structural dynamics and the solution techniques
for free and forced vibration analysis of building frames subjected to dynamic loads
Course Outcome
y Students enabled to carry out vibration studies and their importance to structural
engineering problems
y Students learnt to analyze multi storied buildings subjected to dynamic Loads
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF DYNAMICS: Vibration studies and their
importance to structural engineering problems - Elements of vibratory systems and simple
harmonic motion - Vibration with and without damping - Constraints - Generalized mass D'Alembert's principle - Hamilton's principle - Lagrange equations - Coupling.
Single Degree of Freedom: Degree of freedom - Equation of motion for S.D.O.F. - Damped
and undamped free vibrations - Undamped forced vibration - Critical damping Logarithmic decrement - Response to support motion - Response of one degree freedom
system to harmonic excitation, damped or undamped - Evaluation of damping resonance Band width method to evaluate damping - Force transmitted to foundation - Vibration
isolation.
Unit II
RESPONSE TO GENERAL DYNAMIC LOADING: Fourier series e x p r e s s i o n f o r
l o a d i n g - Response to general d ynamic loading (blast or earthquake) - Duhamel's integral Numerical evaluation.
Unit III
DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER SYSTEM: Expression for generalized system - Properties
Vibrational analysis with Rayleigh's variational method - Rayleigh-Ritz method - Differential
equation of motion - Analysis of undamped free vibration of simply supported and cantilever
beams - Effect of axial loads - Numerical evaluation of modes Frequencies and response
spectrum
Unit IV
MULTI DEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEM: Mathematical model of MDOF system - Free
vibration of undamped MDOF systems - Natural frequencies and mode shapes Orthogonality
conditions.
Solution of the Eigen Value Problem: Vector interaction methods - Stodala and subspace
iteration techniques - Transformation methods - Jacobi and Given's method - Frequency
search methods - Holzer method, Transfer matrix methods and Dunkerlay's equation Rayleigh-Ritz methods.
Unit V
ANALYSIS OF MULTI STORIED BUILDINGS SUBJECTED TO DYNAMIC LOADS:
Idealisation of multi-storeyed building frames for dynamic analysis - Shear buildings
Stiffness - flexibility and mass matrices - Free and forced vibration with and without damping.
Solution for Equilibrium Equations: Introduction - Direct integration methods - Central
difference method - Houbolt method - Wilson--method - Newmark method.
Text Books
1986.
2. Paz Mario," Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation", CBS publishers, US, 1999.
Reference Books
1. Craig, R.R., "Structural Dynamics - An Introduction to Computer Methods", John
Wiley
and Sons, UK, 1989.
2. Hurty, W.C and Rubinstein, M.F., "Dynamics of Structures", Prentice Hall, 1967.
3. Biggs, M., "Introduction to Structural Dynamics", McGraw-Hill, Co., New Delhi, 1964.
5. Manickaselvam, V.K., "Elementary Structural Dynamics", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New
Delhi, 1987.
12CE306 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To impart thorough knowledge on advanced types of concrete used for varies types of
structures.
To make them understand the durability and other properties of concrete.
To introduce the concept in rehabilitation of concrete structures.
Course Outcome
y Students enabled to design a concrete mix.
y Students understood the behavior and properties of concrete, durability aspects of
concrete and Special concretes
Unit I
MATERIALS FOR MAKING CONCRETE:
Cement: Composition and properties of P ortland cement - Tests on physical properties Consistency - setting time - Soundness - Strength - Cements of different types - Composition
Properties and uses with special emphasis for different constructional and weather
conditions IS code specifications.
Aggregates: Classification - Mechanical properties - Deleterious substances in aggregates Bulking of sand - Alkali aggregate reaction - Grading requirements - IS c ode
specifications.
Water: Requirements of water for concrete making IS c ode specifications.
Admixtures: Accelerators - Retarders - Water reducing agents - Plasticizers Air entraining
agents.
Unit II
FRESH AND HARDENED CONCRETE: Workability Segregation - Bleeding - Process of
concrete manufacturing Mixing - Placing Compaction Curing - Finishing - Maturity of
concrete - Evolution of heat and expansion - Factors affecting strength of concrete Compression test - Split tension test - Flexure Test - IS c ode provisions - Accelerated
strength tests - Stress strain characteristics - Determination of modulus of elasticity - Tests on
durability - Permeability - Chemical attack - Sulphate attack - Quality of water - Marine
atmosphere - Thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance - Resistance to Abrasion and
Cavitation - Acoustic properties Fatigue - Creep - Methods to improve durability.
Unit III
MIX DESIGN: Basic considerations - Factors in the choice of mix proportions - ACI method,
BIS method , UK and Australia code method of design mix - IS method Rapid Method Steps of design Mix proportions for weigh batching and volume batching - correction for
moisture content and bulking - yield of concrete - Design of high strength concrete mixes
Mix design with flyash.
Unit IV
SPECIAL CONCRETES: High strength concrete - High performance concrete - Addition of
pozzolanic and mineral admixtures - High volume fly ash concrete (HVFA) Lightweight concrete - Aerated concrete - No-fines concrete - High density concrete - Sulphur
infiltrated concrete - Fiber reinforced concrete - Cold weathering concrete - Hot weathering
concrete - Self-compacting concrete - Ready mix concrete - Pumped Concrete - Prepacked
concrete - Vaccum concrete - Ferro cement - Bacterial concrete.
Unit V
DISTRESS AND ITS REMEDIAL MEASURES: Distress - Structural causes Remedial
measures Repair techniques.
Text Books
1. Neville, A.M., "Concrete Technology", Longman Scientific & Technical, UK, 2003.
2. Shetty, M.S., Concrete Technology Theory and Practice, S.Chand & Company, New
Delhi, 2005.
3. Santhakumar, A.R., Concrete Technology, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2006.
Reference Books
1. Gambhir, M.L., "Properties of Concrete", Longman Scientific & Technical, UK, 2001.
2. Viswanath, H.S., Concrete Technology, Sapna Book House (p) Ltd, 2007.
12CE307 STABILITY OF STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To understand the basic principles of stability and buckling
To impart knowledge on equilibrium and energy approaches for the buckling of

compression members and beam columns made of solid as well as thin walled open
sections
To understand the buckling behaviour of plates and shells and nonlinear theory of
buckling
Course Outcome
1. Student enabled to apply the principles of stability for civil engineering structures
Unit I
INTRODUCTION AND ELASTIC BUCKLING: Concept - Stability criteria - Static and
dynamic approach - Higher order differential equations - Various boundary conditions Imperfections in approach - Initially bent column - Eccentrically loaded column - Large
deflection of columns - Energy method - Rayleigh-Ritz method - Galerkin method - Effect of
shear on buckling.
Unit II
INELASTIC BUCKLING: Double modulus theory (reduced modulus) - Tangent modulus
theory - Shanley's theory - Determination of double modulus for various sections.
Beam Columns: Introduction - Beam-columns with concentrated lateral loads - Distributed
loads - Effect of axial loads on bending stiffness - Stability of frames - Stability functions.
Unit III
LATERAL STABILITY OF BEAMS: Differential equations for lateral buckling - Lateral
buckling of beams in pure bending - Lateral buckling of cantilever and simply supported I
beams.
Buckling of Thin-Walled Open Sections: Introduction - Torsional buckling - Torsional flexural
buckling - Equilibrium and energy approaches.
Unit IV
STABILITY OF PLATES: Governing differential equation - Equilibrium, energy concepts Critical load of a plate uniformly compressed in one direction - Uniaxially compressed plate
fixed along all edges - Critical load of plate in shear - Galerkins method - Finite difference
method - Post-buckling strength.
Unit V
BUCKLING OF SHELLS: Donnels equation - Symmetrical buckling of cylinder under
uniform axial compression - Cylinder under uniform external lateral pressure - Cylinder
subjected to torsion.
Imperfection sensitivity: Perfect systems - Imperfect systems - Sensitive and insensitive
systems - Symmetric and asymmetric bifurcation - Bifurcation and limit points - Path tracing Point matching - Path switching.
Text Books
1
Chajes, A., "Principles of Structural Stability Theory", Prentice Hall, New Delhi, 1974.
2
Iyengar, N.G.R., "Elastic Stability of Structural Elements", Macmillan India Ltd., New
Delhi, 2007.
Reference Books
1975.
2. Timoshenko, S.P., and Gere, J.M., "Theory of Elastic Stability", 2nd Ed. McGraw-Hill,
1961.
3. El Naschie, M.S., "Stress, Stability and Chaos in Structural Engineering: An Energy
Approach", McGraw Hill International Editions, 1992.
4. Ashwini Kukar, "Stability of Structures ", Allied Publishers Limited, New Delhi, 1998.
5. Murali, L. Gambir, Stability Analysis and Design of Structures, Springer-Verlog,
Berlin, 2004.

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To understand the basic concept of finite element and derive the shape functions for one,
two, and three dimensional finite elements including plate and shell elements.
To study the various finite element procedures and solution techniques for linear and
nonlinear structures.
Course Outcome
Student enabled to analyze the problems using finite element method.
Unit I
CONCEPTS OF FINITE ELEMENT: Boundary value problem - Element types - Variational
principles - Method of weighted residual - Principle of virtual work - Rayleigh-Ritz method Galerkins method of weighted residual - Energy principles - Displacement, stress and hybrid
model - Convergence and compatibility requirements -Pascals triangle - Stiffness of an axial
element - Two dimensional truss problem - Melosh criteria -Storage schemes.
Unit II
STRESS AND STRAIN ANALYSIS (TWO DIMENSIONAL): Triangular Elements Constant strain triangle - Element stiffness matrix - Various Methods of evaluating element
stiffness higher order triangular elements - comparison of different elements. Rectangular
Elements - Serendipity family - Lagrangian family - Hermitian family - Sub-Iso-Super
parametric elements - Shape function - Mapping - Linear iso-parametric quadrilateral.
Unit III
STRESS ANALYSIS (THREE DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS): Numerical Integration using
Gaussian Quadrature - Weights and gauss points - Selective and reduced integration Axisymmetric stress analysis - Tetrahedron element family - Parallelepiped element Hexahedron Element family - ZIB 8 and ZIB 20 elements.
Unit IV
PLATE/SHELL ELEMENTS AND FINITE STRIP METHOD: Triangular and rectangular
elements - BFS Element - Faceted element for shells - Semi-loof elements - Degenerated shell
elements - Axisymmetric shell elements - Finite strip method - Development of stiffness matrix
and consistent load vector - Application to folded plates and bridge decks - Applications to
reinforced concrete.
Unit V
MESHING AND SOLUTION PROBLEMS : Higher order elements - P and H methods of
mesh refinement - Ill conditioned elements - Discretization errors Auto and adaptive mesh
generation techniques - Error evaluation.
Applications: Modeling and analysis using recent softwares.
Text Book
1. Rajasekaran, S., "Finite Element Methods in Engineering Design", S.Chand & Co Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Chandrakant, S.Desai and John, F.Abel., "Introduction to the Finite Element method, A
numerical Method for Engineering. Analysis", East West press Private Limited, Madras,
1972.
2. Tirupathi, R.Chandrupatla and Ashok, D. Belegundu., "Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering", Prentice Hall of India Private Limited., New Delhi, 2004.
3. Krishnamoorthy, C.S., "Finite Element Method - Theory and Programming", Tata Mc
Graw Hill Publishing Company", New Delhi, 1994.
4. Bathe, K.J., "Finite Element Procedure", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1997.
5. Zienkiewinz, O.C., "The Finite Element Method Vol. 1 & 2", Mc Graw Hill Book
6. Mukhopadhyay, M., "Matrix, Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis", Oxford
& IBH publishing Co., Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 1993.
7. Rajasekaran, S., "Numerical Methods in Science and Engineering - A practical
approach", 2nd Edn., A.H. Wheeler & Co., 1999.
12CE309 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To understand the basic concepts of prestressing concrete structures
To study the prestress design methods for various structures

Course Outcome
Student enabled to design a prestress structure
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Prestressing system - Analysis of prestress and bending stresses - Pressure
line - Concept of load balancing - Losses of prestress.
Deflection: Short term deflections of uncracked members - Long term deflections - Deflection
due to creep in members - Code requirements for the limit state of deflection - Factors
influencing deflection.
Unit II
DESIGN FOR FLEXURE: Definition of Type I, Type II and Type III structures - Basic
assumptions - Permissible stresses in steel and concrete as per IS:1343 Code - Four basic
requirements - Design and choice of sections of post-tensioned beams - Layout of cables - Check
for limit state of collapse - Location of positions of wires in pre-tensioned beams.
Design for Shear and Torsion: Shear and principal stresses - Limit state shearing resistance of
cracked and uncracked sections - Design of shear reinforcement by the limit state approach Interaction diagrams under combined bending, torsion and transverse shear.
Unit III
TRANSFER OF PRESTRESS: Pretensioned members: Transmission of prestressing force
by bond - Transmission length - Factors affecting transmission length - Check for transmission
length.
Post tensioned members: Anchorage zone stresses - Calculation of bearing stress and bursting
tensile forces and reinforcement in anchorage zone based on I.S. 1343 code and Guyon's method.
Composite Construction of Prestressed & Insitu Concrete: Types of composite construction Analysis for stresses - Effect of Differential shrinkage - Design for flexure and shear.
Unit IV
STATICALLY INDETERMINATE PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES:
Methods of achieving continuity - Assumptions in elastic analysis - Pressure line Linear
beam.
Unit V
CIRCULAR PRESTRESSING: Liquid retaining tanks - Analysis for stresses - Design of tank
wall incorporating the recommendations of IS:3370 Part III Code - Types of Prestressed
concrete pipes - Design of pipes.
Other Structures: Methods of achieving partial prestressing - Advantages and disadvantages Design of prestressed concrete columns and tension members - Design considerations of
sleepers, poles, piles and pavements - Use of non-prestressed reinforcement - Methods of
prestressing concrete shell structures.
Text Book
1. Krishna Raju, N., "Prestressed Concrete", 4th Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Reference Books
1. Sinha, N.C. and Roy, S.K.,Fundamentals of Prestressed Concrete, S.Chand and Co.,
1998.
2. Lin.T.Y.,Design of Prestressed Concrete Structures, John Wiley and Sons Inc,1981.
3. Evans, R.H. and Bennett, E.W., Prestressed Concrete, Chapman and Hall, London,
1958.
4. Rajagopalan.N, Prestressed Concrete, Narosa Publications, New Delhi, 2008.
12CE310 DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To study various types of shallow and deep foundations, sheet pile structures, cofferdams
and marine structures.
To study the design philosophy of various types of machine foundations and special
foundations on expansive soils.
Course Outcome
Students enabled to adopt the right choice of foundation
Students gained knowledge to design foundation for different structures for different soil
condition.
Unit I
NET LOAD INTENSITY FOR FOUNDATION DESIGN - SHALLOW AND DEEP
FOUNDATIONS: Bearing capacity as a function of width - Settlement - Gross vs. Net load Allowable soil pressure satisfying bearing capacity and settlement - Footings and rafts in clay
and sand - Backfilled and compensated rafts - Introduction to soil-structure interaction Displacement and replacement piles - Battered and tapered piles - Individual capacity - Group
capacity - Group efficiency - Negative skin friction Piers - Load tests - Dynamic formulae Pile construction.
Unit II
BULKHEADS, COFFERDAMS AND CUT SUPPORTS: Cantilever sheet pile walls Anchored bulkheads driven to free and fixed earth supports - Equivalent beam method
Anchorages - Sheet pile.
Cellular Cofferdams: Circular and diaphragm types - Stability analysis - Terzaghis wedge
theory for earth pressure on cut supports - Design pressure diagram for cut supports - Single wall
braced cofferdams.
Design Softwares pertaining to foundation. (For internal Assessment only)
Unit III
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS AND MARINE FOUNDATIONS : Simple harmonic motion Degree of freedom - Natural frequency - Free and forced vibrations Resonance - Damping Soil Dynamics - Determination of soil parameters - Cyclic plate bearing test - Block vibration
test - Types of machine foundations - Criteria for selection and design of machine foundations Construction vibrations - Vibration isolation - Passive and active isolation - Earthquake
geotechnics - Liquefaction.
Marine Substructures: Design loads Wave action and wave pressure Molitore-Gaillard
equation Wave pressure diagram.
Unit IV
FOUNDATIONS IN EXPANSIVE SOILS, FILLS AND ROCKS: Expansive clays - Spread
of black cotton soils in India - Differential free swell test - Swelling pressure test - Under reamed
piles in clays and sands - Load carrying capacities of under reamed piles - Construction of under
reamed piles by manual tools - Placement and compaction of fills - Compaction control Foundations on fills: rock quality designation - Foundations on un-weathered, jointed and
weathered rocks.
Unit V
REINFORCED EARTH AND GROUND ANCHORS: Mechanics of reinforced Earth
Design - Materials for components - Construction - diaphragm walls - Bored pile walls Prestressed ground anchors - Cut-and-cover metro construction - Stabilization with drilling mud
- Direct and reverse mud circulation - Vibro-compaction by Vibrofloat - Stone Columns.
Text Books
1. Kurian, N.P.,, Design of Foundation Systems Principles and Practices (3rd rev. and enl.
edn.) Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Kurian, N.P., Modern Foundations Introduction to Advanced Techniques, Tata
McGraw-hill, 1982.
Reference Books
1. Venkataramaiah, C., Geotechnical Engineering, 3rd edn., New Age International (P)
Limited, New Delhi, 2005.
2. Saran, S., Analysis and Design of Substructures, Oxford and IBH, New Delhi, 1986.
3. Varghese, P.C., Foundation Engineering, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
2005.
nd
4. Peck, R.B., Hanson, W.E and Thornburn, T.H., Foundation Engineering 2 edn. Wiley
Eastern Ltd., New Delhi, 1974.
12CE311 SEISMIC DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To understand the basic concept of seismic design.
To study the design methods for various structures.
Course Outcome
y tudent enabled to apply the concept earthquake resistant design.
y Student capacitated to evaluate the damage in earthquake affected areas.
y Students learnt to apply the methods of retrofitting in structures.
Unit I
ENGINEERING SEISMOLOGY: Introduction - Elastic rebound theory - Plate tectonics Seismic waves - Seismic zones - Effects of earthquakes - Measurement of earthquakes:
magnitude and intensity - Earthquake history - Catastrophic failures - Lessons learnt from past
earthquakes - Design philosophy and methodology - Conceptual design considerations.
Unit II
INTRODUCTION TO EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN: Basic elements of
earthquake resistant design Configurations - Design earthquake loads - Load combinations permissible stresses - Seismic methods of analysis - Factors in seismic analysis - Local site
effects Torsion - Overturning moments - Earthquake resistant design methods - Behavior of
R.C.Structures - Principles of earthquake resistant design - Modeling of RC building Determination and design for lateral force (IS 1893-2002 part I) - Seismic analysis problems.
Unit III
REINFORCED CONCRETE BUILDINGS: Ductility consideration of earthquake design of

RC buildings - Impact of ductility Requirements - Assessment - Factors affects ductility Ductile detailing and earthquake resistant design as per IS 13920-1993 and IS 456-2000 Capacity based design - Step by step procedure - Behavior and design of shear wall in
earthquake.
Unit IV
MASONRY STRUCTURES: Categories of masonry buildings (IS 4326:1993) - Behaviour of
unreinforced, reinforced and infill walls - Improving the seismic behavior - Seismic design
considerations- Seismic design of masonry buildings
Steel Structures (IS 800 2007): Seismic behaviour of steel structures - Design of steel
structures - General considerations - Load and load combinations - Connections, joints and
fasteners - Columns - Storey drift - Concentrically braced frames - Braced frames - Moment
frames - Column bases.
Unit V
RESPONSE CONTROL CONCEPTS: Earthquake protective system - Base isolation - Energy
dissipation system - Seismic test methods - Seismic evaluation Methodology - Capacity
demand method - Push over Analysis - Inelastic time history analysis.
Methods of Retrofitting: Global and local - Techniques of retrofitting.
Text Books
1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrinkhande., Earthquake Resistant Design of
Structures, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2007.
2. Duggal, S.K., Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi, 2007.
Reference Books
1. Chopra, A.K., Dynamics of Structures - Theory and Applications to Earthquake
Engineering, Prentice Hall of India private limited, New Delhi, 2002.
2. Taranath,B.S., Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings, McGraw-Hill book
3. Naeim, F., The Seismic Design Hand Book, 2nd Edition, Kluwer academic publishers,
London, 2001.
4. Steven, L.Kramer., Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall of India Pvt
12CE312 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To impart basic knowledge on properties of building materials
To impart knowledge on concrete mix design for low strength and high strength concrete
To study the behaviour of fresh and hardened concrete, high performance concrete
To impart knowledge on non-destructive testing
Course Outcome
Student enabled to identify the suitable materials needed for concreting

Student understood the behavior of concrete for different types of loading
1. Concrete Mix Design for M20 and M50 Grade

1.2 ACI method
2. Study of properties of building materials
2.1 Tests on aggregates
2.1 Tests on cement
3. Study on testing methods of fresh concrete
3.1 Workability
3.2 Plasticizer dosage content
4. Study on testing methods of Hardened concrete
4.1 Determination of strength Parameter (Compressive, Tensile and Flexural strength)
4.2 Determination of modulus of elasticity of concrete
4.3 Determination of relationship between H/D ratios
5. Determination of impact strength of fiber reinforced concrete
6. Tests on high performance concrete
7. Effect of water used for curing on strength of concrete
Study Experiments
i) Tests on the behaviour and ultimate strength of Reinforced Concrete Beams, columns and
beam column joints.
ii) Demonstration of prestressing operations
iii) Studies on Electrical Resistance Strain gauges using a Demonstration kit.
Text Books
1. Neville, A.M., "Concrete Technology", Longman Scientific & Technical, England, 1990.
2. Neville, A.M., "Properties of Concrete", Longman Scientific & Technical, England,
1981.
3. Gambir, M.L., Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2004.
Reference Books
4. Krishnaraju, N., Design of concrete mixes", Sehgal Educational Consultants &
12CE313 ADVANCED DESIGN OF BRIDGES
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To get exposed to the design aspects of various types of bridges
To learn IRC specifications and Railway loading for the design of bridges
To learn the design of reinforced concrete, prestressed bridges and steel bridges
To learn the design concepts of substructure for the bridges
Course Outcome
Student enabled to design concrete, steel and prestress bridges with substructures.
Unit I
DESIGN OF CONCRETE BRIDGES: Introduction - Loading standards: IRC and railway
loadings - Analysis and design - Courbons theory - Reinforced concrete slab bridge - T-beam
Slab Bridge - Arch bridge - Critical studies of failure of major bridges.
Unit II
PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BRIDGES: Prestressed concrete bridges: simple spans,
continuous decks, anchorage of tendons and grouting of tendons - Critical studies of failure of
major bridges.
Unit III
STEEL BRIDGES: Steel Bridges - Simplified designs of super structure: plate girder, box girder,
truss and arch - Principles of design - Cable stayed bridges - Suspension bridges - Aerodynamic
stability and vibrations - Critical studies of failure of major bridges.
Unit IV
SUBSTRUCTURE AND FOUNDATIONS: Substructure design: piers and abutments of
different types - Foundations: Shallow foundations, deep foundations, piles, wells and pneumatic
caissons.
Unit V
CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE: Bearing: metallic and elastomeric types, fixed and
movable bearings - Joints: expansion joints, Contraction joints, joint seals - Innovative construction
methods: incremental push launching, cantilever construction and erection of precast elements Bridge maintenance management: inventory, inspection and rehabilitation.
Text Book
1. Johnson Victor, D., "Essentials of Bridge Engineering", Oxford &IBH Publishing Co.,
Reference Books
1. Raina, V.K., "Concrete Bridge Practice, Analysis, Design and Economics", Tata
McGraw- Hills Publishing Company Limited.
2. Ponnuswamy, S., "Bridge Engineering", Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2007
3. Krishna Raju, N., Design of Bridges, 3rd Edn., Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New
Delhi, 2007.
4. Jagadeesh, T.R and Jayaram, M.A., Design of Bridge Structures, Prentice Hall of India
12CE314
Credits: 4:0:0
MAINTENANCE AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
Course Objective
To get exposed to the repair and rehabilitation structures and structural elements
To know the materials used for repair.
To have a knowledge about the repair techniques
Course Outcome
Student enabled to study the distress in structures, diagnosis the causes and rehabilitate
them with suitable repair techniques.
Unit I
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR STRATEGIES: Definitions: Maintenance, repair and
rehabilitation - Facets of Maintenance - Importance of Maintenance - Quality Assurance and
control - Structural appraisal : concrete, steel and masonry structures Inspection - Strength
evaluation of existing structures - Assessment procedure for evaluating a damaged structure Nondestructive testing methods.
Unit II
DISTRESS AND ITS CAUSES: Distress monitoring - Causes for deterioration: Structural
causes and Non Structural causes - Symptom, prevention and remedy - Classification of cracks Visual examination of cracks - Evaluation of cracks - Distress in sub structure - Distress in
super structure.
Influence on Serviceability and Durability: Effect on strength, permeability, thermal
properties - Effects due to climate, temperature, chemicals and dampness - Effects of cover
thickness - Error in design, construction and fabrication - Defects in joints in steel structures Mechanism of Corrosion - Distress due to corrosion: Prevention and remedial measures.
Unit III
TECHNIQUES FOR REPAIR: Epoxy Injection Stitching - Routing and sealing - External
stressing Blanketing Overlays - Judicial neglect - Autogeneous healing Jacketing Polymer coating for rebars - Mortar and dry pack - Gunite and Shotcrete - Shoring and
underpinning - plating - Cathodic protection - Miscellaneous methods.
Unit IV
REHABILITATION OF CONCRETE AND MASONRY DAMS: Foundation: loss of
strength under repeated action, erosion and solution, ageing grout curtains and drains,
sedimentation, leakage detection - Prevention and remedial measures Super structure: chemical
reaction resulting in swelling, shrinkage and creep effect, degradation and loss of strength due to
repeated action, failures and repairing of joints - Dam during flood and earthquake Instrumentation and monitoring of dams and reservoirs.
Unit V
RETROFITTING: Methods of retrofitting: global and local - Techniques of retrofitting.
Demolition of structures: Engineered demolition techniques for structures.
Text Books
1. Johnson, S.M., Deterioration, M aintenance and R epair of S t r u c t u r e s ,

McGraw-Hill book company, New York, 1965.
2. Allen, R.T., and Edwards, S.C., Repair of concrete structures, Blake and Sons,
UK, 1987.
3. Denison Campbell, Allen and Harold Roper, Concrete structures - Materials,
Maintenance and Repair, Longman Scientific and technical, UK, 1991.
4. Deofferey, P .Sims, The Rehabilitation of Dams and Reservoirs, Brown &Root
Services, UK.
Reference Books
1. Shetty, M.S., Concrete Technology- Theory and Practice, S. Chand and Company,
New Delhi, 1992.
2. Gambhir, M.L., Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company,
New Delhi, 2004.
12CE315 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PLATE AND SHELL STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To enable the student to understand the structural behavior of plates and shells
To enable the student to analyze and design different types of shells and folded plates
Course Outcome
Student enabled to analyze and design shells and folded plate roofs
Unit I
CLASSICAL THEORY OF PLATES: Differential equation of laterally loaded and thin
rectangular plates - Levy and Naviers solution of plates - Small deflection theory of plates Analysis of laterally loaded (concentrically loaded) plates: circular thin plates with simply
supported or clamped edges.
Unit II
DESIGN OF FOLDED PLATE ROOF: Assumptions in the analysis of folded plates Analysis of folded plate roof as per the ASCE task committee recommendations - Design steps Minimum thickness and reinforcements as per IS specifications for RC folded plates.
Unit III
CLASSICAL THEORY OF SHELLS: Structural behavior of thin shells - Classification of
shells: translational and rotational shells - Ruled surfaces - Methods of generating the surface of
different shells: hyperbolic, paraboloid, elliptic paraboloids, conoids, etc. - Membrane theory of
doubly curved shells - Edge disturbance.
Design of Shells with Double Curvature: Design of the following type of shells: spherical
shell, conical shell, paraboloid and ellipsoid.
Unit IV
DESIGN OF CYLINDRICAL SHELLS: Design of R.C. cylindrical shell with edge beams
using theory for long shells - Design of shell with ASCE manual coefficients - Prestressed
cylindrical shells.
Unit V
DESIGN OF HYPERBOLIC PARABOLOID SHELLS: Surface definition - Determination
of forces - Forces in the edge members - Buckling consideration -Design examples - Detailing of
reinforcement.
Design of R.C North-light Shells: Analysis of stresses in north-light shells - Design examples
Text Books
1. Ramaswamy, G.S., Design and Construction of Concrete Shell Roofs, R.E.Kriegger,
Malabar, Florida, 1984.
1990.
Reference Books
1971.
3. Kelkar, V.S. and Sewell, R.T., "Fundamentals of Analysis and Design of Shell
Structures", Prentice Hall, Inc., New Jersey, 1987.
5. Billington, D.F., Thin Shell Concrete Structures, McGraw Hill Book Company, New
York, 1965.
12CE316 COMPUTER AIDED STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:2
Course Objective
To introduce the application of FEM in Software Packages
To make the students to analyze and design various structural elements using STAAD
Pro and ANSYS
Course Outcome
Student capacitated to analyse and design RCC and steel structures by using STAAD Pro
and ANSYS
A. Analysis and Design of Structures (STAAD Pro)
1. Analysis and design of 3D rigid jointed frames (static and dynamic loads)
2. Analysis and design of 3D pin jointed frames (static and dynamic loads)
3. Analysis and design of industrial building (static and dynamic loads)
4. Analysis and design of rcc bridges
5. Analysis and design of flat slab building systems
6. Analysis and design of shear wall building system
7. Analysis and design of raft footing

B. Finite Element Analysis of Structures (ANSYS)
1. Analysis of 2D and 3D beams
2. Analysis of 2D truss
3. Analysis of plates
4. Analysis of shells
C. Analysis and Design of Structures using SAP/ETABS Demonstration only
1. Analysis and design of 3D rigid jointed frames (static and dynamic loads)
2. Push over analysis of rigid jointed frames
Reference Books
1. STAAD Pro 2007 V8i Analysis Reference Manual.
2. ANSYS 11.0 Analysis Reference Manual.
3. SAP Analysis Reference Manual Computers and structures.
12CE 317 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES AND INSTRUMENTATION
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To have a knowledge on the advanced types of equipment used in lab and field
To understand the testing methods of concrete
To learn the principles of measurements of static and dynamic response of structures and
carryout the analysis of results.
Course Outcome
Students learnt the working principles of equipment and its application
UNIT I
FORCES AND STRAIN MEASUREMENT: Choice of experimental stress analysis methods Errors in measurements - Strain gauge, principle: types, performance and uses - Photo elasticity:
principle and applications Principles and operation of u n i v e r s a l t e st i n g ma c h i n e
( UTM) - Hydraulic jacks and pressure gauges - Electronic load cells - Proving rings Calibration of testing machines - Long-term monitoring - Vibrating wire sensors - Fibre optic
sensors - Demonstration of Moir and stress freezing techniques.
UNIT II
VIBRATION MEASUREMENTS: Characteristics of structural vibrations Transducers Types - Linear Variable Differential Transformer (LVDT): working principles - Transducers for
velocity and acceleration measurements - Vibration meter Seismographs - Vibration analyzer Display and recording of signals - Cathode Ray Oscilloscope - XY Plotter - Chart Plotters Digital data acquisition systems.
UNIT III
ACOUSTICS AND WIND FLOW MEASURES: Principles of Pressure and flow

measurements Pressure transducers Sound level meter Venturimeter and flow meters
Wind tunnel and its use in structural analysis Structural modeling Direct and indirect model
analysis Load tests on actual structures - Load Testing of bridges Tests to ensure dam safety.
UNIT IV
DISTRESS MEASUREMENTS AND CONTROL: Diagnosis of distress in structures
crack observation and measurements corrosion of reinforcement in concrete Half cell,
construction and use Controlled blasting for demolition Techniques for residual stress
measurements.
Tests on Beams and Structures: Modulus of rupture of plain beams Slope a n d deflection
of beams Shear studies in RC beams Creep test Model analysis for concrete structures
Determination of reactions of a two hinged parabolic arch with variable moment of inertia.
UNIT V
NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING METHODS : Load testing on structures, buildings, bridges
and towers Rebound Hammer Penetration t echniques - Pullout t ests - acoustic emission
ultrasonic testing principles and application Holography use of laser for structural testing
Brittle coating, Advanced NDT methods: Ultrasonic pulse echo, Impact echo, impulse radar
techniques, Ground penetrating radar (GPR) - Resonant frequency methods Radio-active
methods Nuclear methods Electrical methods. Accelerated curing test.
Text Books
1. Sadhu Singh, Experimental Stress Analysis, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 1996.
2. Dalley, J.W and Riley, W.F, Experimental Stress Analysis, Mc Graw Hill Book
3. Srinath, L.S., Raghavan, M.R., Lingaiah,K., Gargesha,G., Pant,B and Ramachandra.K,
Experimental Stress Analysis, Tata McGraw Hill Company, New Delhi, 1984.
4. Sirohi, R.S., Radhakrishna, H.C., Mechanical Measurements, New Age International
(P) Ltd, 1997.
5. Bray, D.E. and Stanley, R.K., Course Material on Non-destructive Evaluation,
McGraw Hill Publishing Company, New York,1989.
6. Ganesan,T.P., Model Analysis of Structures, University Press, India, 2000.
12CE318 THEORY OF PLATES
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To enable the student to understand the fundamental concepts of plates
To make the student analyze plate for different loading and different boundary conditions
Course Outcome
Student enabled to analyze different types of plate
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Thin and thick plates - Plate behavior - Material behavior - Isotropic and
orthotropic Materials.
Small Deflection Theory and Classical Methods: Differential equation of plates in cartesian
coordinates system - Boundary conditions - Rigorous solution - Naveirs method - Levys
method.
Unit II
SYMMETRICAL BENDING OF CIRCULAR PLATES: Differential equation for
symmetrical bending of laterally loaded circular plates Simply supported edges clamped
edges circular plate with a circular hole at the center circular plate concentrically loaded.
Unit III
APPROXIMATE METHODS: Energy method Galerkins Method Ritz Method
Simultaneous bending and stretching.
Numerical Methods: Finite difference method Introduction to Finite Element Method.
Unit IV
PLATE OF OTHER SHAPES: Triangular plates Elliptic plates Sector plates Skew plates
Plates on elastic foundation Continuous plates.
Unit V
ADVANCED TOPICS: Large deflection theory - Shear deformation theories - Mindlins theory
of plates - Flat plates - Engineering approach to design of rectangular floor slabs.
Text Books
2. Timoshenko and Krieger., Theory of Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Inc, New York,
2010.
Reference Books
1. Donnel, L.H., Beams, Plates and Shells, McGraw Hill Inc, New York, 1976.
2. Mansfield., The Bending and Stretching of Plates, Cambridge University Press, 2005.
3. Pucker,A., Influence Surfaces of Elastic Plates. Wien, New York, Springer-Verlag,
1964.
4. Bairagi, N.K., A Text Book of Plate Analysis, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi. 1986.
12CE319 MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To know the types of composite materials and its behaviour
To understand the bending, torsion and vibration behaviour of composite concrete
Course Outcome
Students enabled to understand the properties of composite materials, durability and
application.
Students capacitated to predict the actual behavior of composite structures.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Classification - Mechanical behaviour - Basic terminology Manufacture -
Advantages.
Unit II
MICRO MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF A LAMINA: Determination of constants Elasticity approach to stiffness - Comparison of approaches - Mechanics of material approach.
Unit III
MACRO MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF A LAMINA: Stress-Strain relation for
anisotropic material - Engineering constants - Constitutive relation in plane stress - Lamina in
arbitrary - Bi-axial strength theory.
Unit IV
MACRO MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF A LAMINATE: Equivalent single layer theory
Classical laminate theory Continuum based theory Laminate stiffness Comparison
Strength of laminates - Stress design of laminates.
Failure Strength of Laminates: Delamination theory - Ply drops and failure theory Tsai-Wu
theory.
Unit V
BENDING, BUCKLING AND VIBRATION OF LAMINATE PLATES: Governing
equations: bending, buckling and vibration Design of simply supported plate under distributed
lateral load Buckling under in-plane load Vibration of simply supported laminate plates.
Text Book
Reference Books
1. Bose, P., and Reddy, J.N., Analysis of Composite plates using various plate theories
part I and II formulation and analytical solution, Structural Engineering
and Mechanics, Vol. No. 6 & 7, 1998.
2. Reddy, J.N., Mechanics of Laminated Composite Plates, CRC Press, 1999.
12CE320 DESIGN OF STRUCTURES FOR DYNAMIC LOADS
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To study the basic principles of dynamic loads
To study the basic types of dynamic loads and its behavior on structures
Course Outcome
Students enabled to study the analysis of multi storied buildings subjected to Dynamic
Loads.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Dynamic loads - Factors affecting design Behavior under impact and
cyclic loads: concrete, steel, masonry and soil Single degree of freedom system (SDOF),
Multi degree of freedom system (MDOF) and continuum systems Ductility and its importance.
Unit II
DESIGN AGAINST EARTHQUAKES: Earthquake characterization - Site amplification Measurement of earthquakes and measurement parameters predictive relationship - Modification
of earthquake due to the nature of soil - P e a k g r o u n d a c c e l e r a t i o n - Response spectrum
Seismic coefficient and response spectra methods of estimating loads Response of
framed, braced frames and shear wall buildings.
Unit III
DESIGN AGAINST BLAST AND IMPACT: Characteristics of internal and external blast Impact and impulse loads Pressure distribution on buildings above ground due to external
blast Underground explosion - Design of buildings for blast and impact as per BIS code of
practice.
Unit IV
DESIGN AGAINST WIND: Characteristics of wind Basic and design wind speeds Effect
of permeability of structure Pressure coefficient Aero elastic and Aerodynamic effect Design as per BIS code of practice including gust factor approach Tall buildings, stacks and
chimneys.
Unit V
SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS: Energy absorption capacity Ductility of material and the
structure Detailing for ductility Passive and active control of vibrations New and
favorable materials.
Text Book
1. Bela Goschy, Design of Buildings to withstand abnormal loading, Butterworth, 1990.
Reference Books
1. Paulay,T and Priestly, M.N.J., A seismic Design of Reinforced Concrete and
Masonry Buildings, John Wiley and Sons, 1991.
2. Dowling, C.H., Blast Vibration Monitoring and Control, Prentice Hall Inc,
4. Concrete Structures Under Impact and Impulsive loading, Synthesis Report,
CEB. Lousanne, Germany, 1988.
12CE321 DESIGN OF TALL BUILDINGS

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To provide an insight to the modern techniques available for the analysis and design of
tall buildings.
Course Outcome
Student capacitated to performe analysis and design of tall buildings.
Unit I
DESIGN PRINCIPLES AND LOADING: Design philosophy Materials: high performance,
concrete, fibre reinforced Concrete, light weight concrete - Loading - Sequential loading
Gravity loading: dead and live load - Methods of live load reduction - Wind loading: Static and
dynamic approach, analytical and wind tunnel experimental method - Earthquake loading
Equivalent lateral force Combinations of loading.
Unit II
BEHAVIOUR OF VARIOUS STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: Factors affecting growth, height
and structural form - High rise behavior: rigid frames, braced frames, infilled frames, shear
walls, coupled shear walls, wall-frames, tubular, cores, outrigger braced and hybrid mega
systems.
Unit III
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN : Modeling for approximate analysis - Accurate analysis and
reduction techniques - Analysis of buildings as total structural system considering overall
integrity and major subsystem interaction - Analysis for member forces, drift and twist Computerized general three dimensional analysis.
Unit IV
STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS: Sectional shapes - Properties and resisting capacity - Design Deflection - Cracking Pre-stressing - Shear flow - Design for differential movement - Creep
and shrinkage effects -Temperature effects and fire resistance.
Unit V
STABILITY OF TALL BUILDINGS : Overall buckling analysis of frames - Wall-frames Approximate methods - Second order effects of gravity of loading - P-Delta analysis Simultaneous first-order and P-Delta analysis - Translational, torsional instability - Out of plumb
effects - Stiffness of member in stability - Effect of foundation rotation.
Text Book
1. Bryan Stafford Smith and Alex Coull, "Tall Building Structures - Analysis and Design,
John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 1991.
Reference Books
1. Taranath, B.S., Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings, McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Coull, A. and Smith Staford, B. "Tall Buildings ", Pergamon Press, London, 1997.
3. Lynn, S.Beedle., Advances in Tall Buildings, CBS Publishers and Distributors, Delhi,
1996.
12CE322 DESIGN OF COMPOSITE STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To understand the behavior of steel concrete composite structures
To design composite elements and structures
To study the connections of composite structures
Course Outcome
Student learnt to design steel concrete composite beams, columns, trusses with
connection details
Unit I
INTRODUCTION : Introduction to steel - Concrete composite construction - Benefits of
composite construction Introduction to IS, BS and Euro code provisions - Theory of composite
structures - Elastic behaviour of composite beams - Ultimate load behaviour.
Unit II
DESIGN OF COMPOSITE BEAMS: Design of simply supported and continuous steel
Concrete composite beams with solid deck slabs and profiled deck slabs.
Unit III
DESIGN OF COMPOSITE TRUSSES AND COLUMNS: Behaviour and design of steel
concrete composite trusses Design of steel concrete columns.
Unit IV
DESIGN OF CONNECTIONS: Types of connections - Shear connections - Typical shear
connectors and interaction with concrete Tests for strength of shear connections - Design of
connections in the composite structures.
Unit V
GENERAL: Seismic behaviour of composite structures Case studies on steel-concrete
composite construction in buildings and bridges.
Text Books
1. Johnson, R.P., Composite Structures of Steel and Concrete, Blackwell Scientific
Publications, UK, 2004.
2. Oehlers, D.J. and Bradford,M.A., Composite Steel and Concrete Structural Members,
Fundamental behaviour, Pergamon press, Oxford, 1995.
Reference Books
1. INSDAG., Handbook on Composite Construction Multi-Storey Buildings, Institute
for Steel Development and Growth Publishers, Calcutta, 1994.
2. INSDAG., Design of Composite Truss for Building, Institute for Steel Development
and Growth Publishers, Calcutta.
3. IS: 11384-1985., Code of Practice for Composite Construction in Structural Steel and
Concrete, Bureau of Indian Standards, New Delhi.
4. Appropriate IS, British and Euro Codes.
12CE323 DESIGN OF INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURES

Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To provide an insight to the modern techniques available for the analysis and design of
industrial buildings
Course Outcome
Student capacitated to perform the analysis and design of industrial buildings
Unit I
GENERAL: Classification of industries and industrial structures - Specific requirements for
industries like engineering, textiles, chemicals, etc - Site layout and external facilities required.
Unit II
FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: Natural and artificial lighting: protection from the sun
sky light Services: electrical and wiring fixtures, cable and pipe bridge, electrical
installations, substations, effluent disposal - Heating and ventilation: air conditioning, fire
expanse and chutes, fire alarm, extinguishers and hydrants - Guidelines from factories act.
Unit III
INDUSTRIAL R.C. STRUCTURES: Design and detailing of R.C. gable frames, corbels,
bunkers, silos and chimneys - North light shell roofs and folded plates - Cooling towers Application of prefabrication techniques.
Unit IV
INDUSTRIAL STEEL STRUCTURES: Design of gantry girders, steel bunkers, silos and
chimneys - High pressure boilers and piping design.
Unit V
MISCELLANEOUS: Design of nuclear containment structures - Design of power transmission
structures: cables, transmission line towers - Substation structures - Tower foundations - Design
of machine foundations.
Text Book
Reference Books
1. Manohar, S.N., "Tall chimneys - Design and Construction", Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1985.
Hill 1992.
3. Srinivasulu, P and Vaidyanathan, C., "Handbook of Machine Foundations", Tata
Mc Graw Hill 1976.

4. Jaikrishna and Jain, O.P., Plain and Reinforced Concrete, Vol-II, Nemchand
and brothers, 1958.
5. Handbook on Fundamental Requirements of Industrial Buildings (Lighting
and Ventilation), BIS.
6. Dayaratnam, P., "Design of Steel Structures", A.H. Wheeler & Co., Ltd., Allahabad,
1996.
12CE324 OPTIMIZATION OF STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To enable the student to understand the concept optimization
To make them apply to different civil engineering problems
Course Outcome
Student capacitated to apply optimization techniques and solve real time problems
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Basic Concepts of minimum weight - Minimum cost design Objective
function, constraints.
Linear and Non-Linear Programming: Formulation of problems simplex method - Two
phase method - Penalty method - Duality theory - Primal - Dual algorithm - Exhaustive and
unrestricted search - Dichotomous search - Fibonacci method - Golden section method Interpolation methods Unconstrained optimization techniques.
Unit II
GEOMETRIC PROGRAMMING: Unconstrained and constrained problems with zero
difficulty - Concept of solving problems with one degree of difficulty.
Dynamic Programming: Bellmans principle of optimality - Representation of a multistage
decision problem - Concept of sub-optimization problems using classical and tabular methods.
Unit III
GENETIC ALGORITHM: Genetic Algorithms Operators Reproduction Mutation
Cross Over Evolution Strategies Methods for optimal design of structures, continuous beams
and single storeyed frames Minimum weight design for truss members.
Ant Colony Algorithm: Ant algorithm Network The ant Initial population Ant
movement Ant tours Pheromone Evaporation Sample problem.
Unit IV
ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS TO STRUCTURAL OPTIMIZATION: Basic
concepts Biological systems - Artificial neural network - Application characteristics Overview of learning methods - Review of probability concepts.
Unit V
FUZZY LOGIC IN CIVIL ENGINEERING: Fuzzy set theory and logic Fuzzy sets
operation Fuzzy relations - Membership function defuzzyfication - Fuzzy based rule systems
Applications.
Text Books
1. Rao, S.S., Engineering Optimization, Theory and Practice, New Age International (p)
2. Ross,T.J., Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, Mc.Graw Hill, 1995.
Reference Books
1. Spunt, L., Optimum Structural Design, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1971.
2. Gary Parker, R. and Ronald, L., Discrete Optimization, Academic press 1988.
3. David Corns, Marco Dorigo and Fred Gloves, New Ideas in Optimization, McGraw
Hill Company, London, 1999.
4. Rajasekaran,S. and Vijayalakshmi Pai, Neural Networks, Fuzzy Logic and Genetic
12CE325 PREFABRICATED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To know the prefabrication technique of various residential and industrial structures
Course Outcome
Students learnt the prefabricated techniques of various components of residential building
and industrial building
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: General principles of prefabrication - Types of prefabrication Specific requirements for planning and layout of prefabrication plant - I.S.code specifications
- Modular coordination - Transportation - Erection - Stages of loading and code
provisions - Material properties - Deflection control - Lateral load resistance.
Unit II
FLOORS, STAIRS AND ROOFS: Types of floor slabs - Analysis and design of cored and
panel types and two-way systems - Staircase slab system and design - Types of roof slabs and
insulation requirements - Description of joints, their behaviour and reinforcement requirement
- Short term and long term deflection control.
Unit III
WALLS: Types of wall panels - Blocks and large panels - Curtain, partition and load bearing
walls - Load transfer from floor to wall panels - Vertical loads - Eccentricity and stability of
wall panels - Design curves, types of wall joints, their behaviour and design - Leak
prevention, joint sealant and sandwich wall panels.
Unit IV
MATERIALS AND ERECTION: Materials used in precast construction: types, properties,
selection of materials - Erection and jointing - Joint design - Hoisting technology - Equipment
for hoisting and erection - Techniques for erection of different types of members such as
beams, slabs, wall panels and columns - Design for handling and erection stresses - Methods of
minimizing erection stresses.
Unit V
PREFABRICATED ROOF FOR INDUSTRIAL SHEDS: Components of single storey
industrial sheds with crane gantry systems Behaviour of precast roof trusses, roof panels,
crane-Gantry girders, corbels, columns and wind bracing - Joints between columns and
foundations - Hand book based design of cylindrical and by par prefabricated shells - Folded
plates.
Text Book
1. Lasslo Mokk, "Prefabricated concrete for Industrial and Public sectors", Akademiai
Reference Books
1. Kim Elliott, Prefabricated concrete structures, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2002.
2. Maurice Levitt, Precast Concrete: Materials, Manufacture, Properties and Usage,
Taylor and Francis Group, 2007.
12CE326 DESIGN OF COASTAL AND OFFSHORE STRUCTURES
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To learn the theories on wave motion
To understand the behavior and design aspects of offshore structures
Course Outcome
The student enabled to design offshore structures
Unit I
THEORIES OF PERIODIC WAVE MOTION: Small amplitude wave theory - Basic
equations of hydrodynamics - Integration of equations of motion - Mathematical formulation of
wave problem - Characteristics of small amplitude waves - Deep and shallow water waves Wave energy - Group velocity of wave trains - Transformation of small amplitude waves Reflection and deflection of waves breaking of wave and its importance.
Unit II
FORCES DUE TO OCEAN WAVES ON STRUCTURES: Finite amplitude wave theories Wave forces on a circular cylinder - Coefficient of drag and inertia - Wave forces on
breakwaters and sea walls due to non-breaking and broken waves - Wave forces on piles.
Unit III
SHORE PROTECTION WORKS: Sea walls and bulkheads - Groins - Offshore breakwaters
- Artificial nourishment - Functional aspects of break waters - Design of breakwaters.
Unit IV
PIERS, WHARVES AND QUAYWALLS: General - Functional aspects - Design of wharves,
piers and quay walls.
Unit V
OTHER STRUCTURES: Functional aspects and design of graving dry docks - Floating dry
docks - Dolphins - Fenders - Offshore mooring buoys - Offshore marine platform.
Text Book
1. Keddy, D.V. and Arockiasamy, M., "Offshore Structures, Vol. I Krieger Publishing
Reference Books
1. Chakrabarti, S.K., "Hydrodynamics of Offshore Structures", Computational Mechanics
Publications, 1987.
2. Thomas, H. Dawson., "Offshore Structural Engineering", Prentice Hall Inc.,
Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,1983.
3. API Recommended Practice, Planning, Designing and Constructing Fixed Offshore
Platforms, American Petroleum Institute Publication, RPZA, Dallas, 1999.
N.J., 1964.
5. Brebia, C.A., and Walker, S., "Dynamic Analysis of Offshore structures, New-nest
Butterworth, U.K.,1979.
12CE327 SPACE STRUCTURES
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the concept of space structures
To understand the behaviour of space structures
Course Outcome
The student enabled to design space structures
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Space structures - Single and multi-layer grids - Barrel vaults Domes Towers - Tension structures - Pneumatic structures - Patterns - Notable structures in India and
abroad Material: steel, aluminum and plastics - Protection coats for the members.
Practical Construction Methods: Cladding - Cambering Drainage - Transportation problem Lifting technique corrosion protection - Maintenance and fire protection.
Unit II
BEHAVIOUR: Different forms of space structures - Tensegrity frame work - Tensile
structures- Pneumatic structures
Prefabricated Space Structural Systems: Mero, Space deck, Nodus, Unistrut, Triodetic,
Unibat and NS truss.
Unit III
NODE CONNECTORS: Mero - Octatube - Nodus system Triodetic - Modular system - Tomo
unit truss.
Unit IV
ANALYSIS: Finite element method - Linear Nonlinear - Collapse - Dynamic and Stability
analysis.
Design of Members: Joints - Support systems Foundations.
Computer Aided Design: Expert system.
Unit V
CONFIGURATION PROCESSING: Formian Algebra - Case Studies - Failures.
Text Books
1. Makowski,Z.S., "Steel Space Structures", Michael Joseph Ltd., London, 1965.
2. Subramanian,N., "Principles of Space Structures", A.H.Wheeler co., 1983.
Reference Books
1. Nooshin,H., "Formex Configuration Processing in Structural Engineering",
Elsevier Applied Science Publishers, London, 1984.
2. Proceedings of the First, Second, Third and Fourth International Conferences on Space
Structures, University of Surrey, Guidford, England, 1975, 1985, 1993.
3. Davies,R.M., "Space Structures", Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, 1967.
12CE328 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT AND PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the means of management of construction personnel
To know the methods to adopt training as a tool for improvement
To plan and complete the project within the stipulated time
Course Outcome
Student enabled to apply the knowledge of management in construction
Unit I
PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT: Definition - Importance - Functions of management Relevance to Govt., Quasi Govt. departments - Private contractors - Contracting firms
Organization - Basic economic concepts - Economic decisions, fixed, variable costs - Break
even analysis and chart pricing policies - Methods of evaluating capital expenditure Probabilistic estimates.
Unit II
CIVIL ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT:
Construction Planning: Collection of field data - Preliminary estimates - Approval and
sanction of estimates Budget provision - Construction stages - Scheduling methods - progress
reports and charts.
Resource Planning: Planning for materials, machines, men and organization - Resource
allocation.
Labour And Labour Welfare: Relationship between management and labour - Labour
problems - Labour legislation minimum wages act - Settlement of disputes - Industrial
psychology.
Unit III
MANAGEMENT METHODS: Concepts of network - Network planning method CPM/PERT - Management by network analysis and control - Principles of cost control Control by graphical representation, by bill of quantities and by network analysis.
Unit IV
ORGANIZING PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Introduction - Trends in modern
management - Strategic planning and project programming organization of project
participants - Traditional Designer - Constructor sequence - Professional c onstruction
management: Owner-Builder Operation, turnkey operation - Leadership and motivation for
the project team Interpersonal behaviour in project organizations - Perception of owners
and contractors - Innovation and technological feasibility - Innovation and economic
feasibility - Construction Planning.
Unit V
LABOUR, MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT: Factors
affecting job-site productivity of labour Labour relations in construction Problems in
collective bargaining Materials procurement and delivery Inventory control Tradeoffs
of costs in materials management Construction equipment Choice of equipment and
standard production rates Equipments for industrial construction and pre-fabrication
- Type of construction cost estimates Unit cost method of estimation Application of
cost indices to estimating Estimate based on engineers list of quantities allocation of
construction costs over time Estimation of operating costs Computer aided cost estimation.
Text Books
1. Seetharaman, S., Construction Engineering and Management, Umesh Publications,
2002.
2. Chitkara, K.K., Construction Project Management, Tata McGraw Hill Co., New
Delhi, 2003.
Reference Books
1. Chris Hendrickson and Tung Au., Project Management for Construction
Pittsburgh, 2000.
2. Chitkara, K.K., Construction Project Management: Planning, Scheduling and
Control, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 1998.
3. Frederick, E. Gould., Construction Project Management, Wentworth Institute of
Technology, 2000.
4. Choudhury, S., Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company,
NewDelhi, 1988.
5. Ernest, E., Ludwig, Applied Project Engineering and Management, Gulf
Publishing Company, Houstan, Texas, 1988.
6. Harold Kerzner, Project Management A Systems Approach to Planning,
Scheduling and Controlling, CBS Publishers & Distributors, Delhi, 1988.
7. Joy, P.K., Total Project Management The Indian Context, Macmillan India Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1992.
12CE329 HIGH PERFORMANCE CONCRETE

Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To understand the characteristics of high performance concrete
To design high performance concrete mixes
To understand the fire resistance of self-compacting concrete
Course Outcome
Student enabled to understand the physical and mechanical properties of different types
of concrete
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO SELF COMPACTING CONCRETE: Self-compacting concrete
History Definition - Applications of SCC - Advantages of SCC - Workability tests on fresh
SCC - European guidelines on constituent materials, properties of SCC and mix design
approach.
Unit II
CRACKS IN CONCRETE: Code provision on fire - Resistance of Concrete to fire - IS
Code provisions - Cracks in concrete - types - Intrinsic cracking, structural cracking - Causes
and remedies - Plastic cracks - Causes and remedies - Thermal contraction cracks
Unit III
TESTS ON HIGH PERFORMANCE CONCRETE: Permeability - Chemical attack Sulphate attack - Durability - Thermal properties of concrete - Fire resistance - Compression test
- Split tension test Flexure Test - Stress strain characteristics of concrete - Determination of
modulus of elasticity - Ultrasonic pulse velocity method, rebound hammer test.
Unit IV
MIX DESIGN: Basic considerations - Factors in the choice of mix proportions - Mix design
methods ACI method, IS method - Mix proportions for weigh batching and volume batching Correction for moisture content and bulking - Design of high strength concrete mixes.
Unit V
CASE STUDIES ON FIRE RESISTANCE: Case studies on fire resistance of self-compacting
concrete, Fire damaged concrete, Effect of fire on flexural and shear behavior of beams.
Text Books
1. Shetty, M.S., Concrete Technology- Theory and Practice, S. Chand and Company, New
Delhi, 2009.
Reference Books
2. Gambhir, M.L.,Concrete Technology, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2003.
3. Santha Kumar, A.R., Concrete Technology, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2006.
4. IS: 10262, "Recommended Guidelines for Concrete Mix Design", 2009.

5. European Guidelines on Self Compacting Concrete.
12CE330 ADVANCED CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To know the construction technique of varies structures
To understand the equipment used in major works
Course Outcome
Student enabled to use exact equipment for specific purpose
Unit I
EQUIPMENT:
Equipment for Earthwork: Fundamentals of e arth w ork o perations - Earth m oving
o perations - Types of e arth w ork equipment: Tractors, Motor Graders, Scrapers, Front end
Waders, Earth Movers.
Equipment for Production of Aggregate and Concreting: Crushers Feeders - Screening
equipment - Handling equipment - Batching and mixing equipment - Hauling, pouring and
pumping equipment Transporters
Other Construction Equipment: Equipment for dredging, trenching, tunneling, drilling,
blasting - Equipment for compaction - Erection equipment - Types of pumps used in
construction - Equipment for d ewatering and grouting Foundation and pile driving equipment
Unit II
SUB-STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION: Box jacking - Pipe jacking - Under water
construction of diaphragm walls and basement Tunneling techniques D riving well and
caisson sinking cofferdam cable anchoring and grouting driving diaphragm walls, sheet
piles laying operations for built up offshore system shoring for deep cutting large
reservoir construction with membrane and earth system well points dewatering and
stand by plant equipment for underground open excavation.
Unit III
SUPER STRUCTURE CONSTRUCTION: Vacuum dewatering of concrete floor concrete paving technology - Erection techniques and in-situ pre-stressing of tall structures,
high rise structures and sky scrapers - Launching techniques of large span structures - erection
of lattice towers and rigging of transmission line structures construction sequence in cooling
towers, silos, chimney, RCC domes and p re-stress domes Advanced construction
techniques in offshore construction practice.
Unit IV
REPAIR CONSTRUCTION: Mud jacking grout through slab foundation micro piling for
strengthening floor and shallow profile pipeline laying protecting sheet piles, screw
anchors sub grade water proofing under pinning advanced techniques Sequence in
demolition and dismantling.
Unit V
MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIPMENT
Construction Equipment Management: Identification - Planning - Equipment Management in
Projects - Maintenance Management Replacement Unit Operating Cost - Cost Control of
Equipment - Depreciation Analysis Safety Management.
Text Book:
1. Jerry Irvine, Advanced Construction Techniques, Rocker, 2001.
Reference Books:
1. Peurifoy,R.L., Ledbetter, W.B. and Schexnayder, C., Construction Planning,
Equipment and Methods, 5thedn, McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 2001.
2. Sharma, S.C., Construction Equipment and Management, Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi, 2007.
3. Deodhar, S.V., Construction Equipment and Job Planning, Khanna Publishers,
New Delhi, 2006.
4. Mahesh Varma, Construction, Equipment its planning and Application,
Metropolitan Book Company, New Delhi. 1983.
12CE331 NONLINEAR ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES
Credits: 3:1:0
Course Objective
To study the basic principles of dynamic loads
To study the basic types of dynamic loads and its behavior on structures
Course Outcome
Students enabled to study the analysis of multi storied buildings subjected to Dynamic
Loads.
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Types of nonlinearity: Geometric nonlinearity, Material nonlinearity Nonlinear governing Equation for beams: moment-Curvature nonlinearity, geometric
nonlinearity due to stretching, material nonlinearity - geometrically nonlinear beam problems Cantilever beam: Moment-curvature nonlinearity - Centrally loaded beam with two supports Cantilever beam subjected to tip load.
Unit II
NONLINEAR STATIC ANALYSIS OF PLATES: Geometric and material nonlinearities governing nonlinear equations of plates: stress function approach, displacement equations
approach - Boundary conditions and method of solution - large deflection of rectangular plates.
Unit III
NONLINEAR ANALYSIS OF COLUMNS: Post buckling of cantilever column - Large
deflection of column with both ends hinged.
Unit IV
NONLINEAR ANALYSIS OF TRUSSES AND FRAMES: Derivation of nonlinear stiffness
matrix - Matrix displacement method for nonlinear analysis of structures - Nonlinear analysis of
plane frames.
Unit V
ELASTIC-PLASTIC ANALYSIS: Displacement transformation matrix for a member with a
hinge - Overall stiffness matrix - Elastic-plastic analysis of a propped cantilever - Elastic plastic
analysis of frames.
Text Books
1. Sathyamoorthy, M., Nonlinear Analysis of Structures, CRC Press, New York, 1998.
2. Majid, K.I., Non Linear Structures, Butter worth Publishers, London, 1972.
Reference Book
1. Iyengar, N.G.R., Elastic Stability of Structural elements, Macmillan and Co., 1989.
12CE332 RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Credits: 4:0:0
Course Objective
To get exposed to methods of research
To know the data collection methods
To have a knowledge about the preparation of thesis
Course Outcome
Student enabled to do the research in a systematic way and write a thesis
Unit I
INTRODUCTION: Philosophy of research - Research theories - Types of research Literary research and linguistic research Topic and problem identification - Research
method Data collection classification and organization Data analysis Tools of analysis
Sources including electronic media Forms and functions of documentation.
Unit II
EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS: Laboratory and the field experiment - Internal and external
validity - Factors affecting internal validity - Measurement of variables - Scales and
measurements of variables - Developing scales: rating scale and attitudinal scales - Validity
testing of scales developed - Reliability concept - Stability measures.
Unit III
QUESTIONNAIRE AND SAMPLING: Interviewing questionnaires etc. - S econdary sources
of data collection - Guidelines for questionnaire design - E lectronic questionnaire design and
surveys - Special date sources: focus groups, static and dynamic panels - Data collection
methods: advantages, disadvantages and uses - Sampling techniques - Probabilistic and non
probabilistic samples - Issues of precision and confidence in determining sample size Hypothesis testing - Determination of optimal sample size - Data relevance to intellectual
property rights (IPR) Book keeping.

Unit IV
COMPONENTS OF RESEARCH REPORTS: Forms of discourse and the main intention
- Exposition and its methods - Argument Description Narration - Effective writing
(Diction-Sentence-Paragraph) - Sources of information - Primary source and secondary
source - Review of earlier researches - Preparation of a working bibliography - Note
Taking(on Cards).
Unit V
FORMAT AND PRESENTATION OF A REPORT: Text of a thesis - Introduction Body
of a thesis Summation Appendix(if any) Works cited or consulted Thesis Typing:
paper, margin and spacing, pagination, title page, certificate, abstract, preface or
acknowledgement, contents Punctuation Spelling Grammar Using quotations
Revising - Proof
reading - Parenthetical documentation (MLA style sheet) - Other
systems of documentation.
Text Books
1. Donald, R. Cooper and Remela, S. Schindler., Business Research Methods, Tata
McGraw Hill publishing company limited, New Delhi, 2000.
2. Uma Sekaran., Research Methods for Business, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New York,
2000.
3. Kothari, C.R., Research Methodology, Wishva Prakashan, New Delhi, 2001.
Reference Books
1. Donald, H. McBurney., Research Methods, Thomson Asia Pvt. Ltd. Singapore, 2002.
2. Ticehurst, G.W., and Veal, A.J., Business Research Methods, Longman, 1999.
3. Ranjit Kumar, Research methodology, Sage Publications, New Delhi, 1999.

LIST OF SUBJECTS
Sub. Code
13CE101
13CE301
13CE302
13CE303
13CE304
Name of the Subject

Structural Dynamics
Structural Engineering Laboratory
Computer Aided Structural Engineering Laboratory
Credits
3:0:0
3:1:0
0:0:1
3:1:0
0:0:1

Credit: 3:0:0
Objective:
To introduce the student to the basics of civil engineering, which includes selection of building
materials, sites, building components, water supply engineering and sanitary engineering, general
layouts etc.
Outcome:
The student will be enabled to gain knowledge on the basic principles in the various fields of
Civil Engineering
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO CIVIL ENGINEERING
Introduction: Engineering Civil Engineering History and development of Civil Engineering Scope
of Civil Engineering Functions of Civil Engineers - Construction Materials: Characteristics of good
building materials such as stones, bricks, timber, cement, concrete and steel sections - Surveying:
Definition and purpose classification Basic principles Measurement of length by chains and tapes
Field measurement - Area of a plot.
Unit II
STRUCTURAL AND GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
General concepts relating to Buildings: Selection of site Basic functions of buildings Major
components of buildings - Foundations: Purpose of a foundation Bearing capacity of soils types of
foundations - Methods of construction: Brick masonry, Stone Masonry - Beams Lintels Columns
flooring Roofing.
Introduction to Valuation:
Definition Purpose of valuation Factors which govern value of a building Valuation of a building by
plinth area method.
Unit III
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Water supply Engineering: Sources of water supply Quantity of water requirements Purification of
water involving sedimentation, filtration and disinfection - Rainwater harvesting -Sanitary Engineering:
Definition of terms Sewerage systems Working principle of Septic tanks and oxidation ponds
Collection and disposal of solid wastes.
Unit IV
TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING
Transportation Engineering: Importance of roads Classification of Highways Cross sections of water
bound macadam, bituminous and cement concrete roads - Railways: Importance of railways Gauges

Components of a permanent way - General layout of an airport and harbour- Bridges: Components of
bridge, Types of bridges.
Unit V
WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING
Dams: Purpose of Dams Types of dams Earth, masonry and concrete, arch and buttress dams
Selection of site for a dam Types and functions of cross drainage works - Irrigation Engineering :
Definition of irrigation Types of irrigation.
Text Books:
1. Devadass. C.S.C., Jemimah Carmichael. M and Sheeba Ebenezer. J., Basic Civil Engineering,
Shristi Publishers, Coimbatore, 2004.
Reference Books:
1. Palanichamy, M. S.,Basic Civil Engineering, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Limited, New
Delhi, 2008.
2. Ramesh Babu V., Basic Civil Engineering, Anuradha Agencies, Kumbakonam, 2001.

Credits: 3:1:0
Objective
To impart knowledge on the basic principles of free and forced vibration (both undamped
and damped) of single degree of freedom and multiple degree of freedom systems as well as
distributed parameter systems
To introduce the basic principles of structural dynamics and the solution techniques for free
and forced vibration analysis of building frames subjected to dynamic loads
Outcome
y Students enabled to carry out vibration studies and their importance to structural engineering
problems
y Students learnt to analyze multi storied buildings subjected to dynamic Loads
Unit I
INTRODUCTION TO PRINCIPLES OF DYNAMICS: Vibration studies and their importance to
structural engineering problems - Elements of vibratory systems and simple harmonic motion Vibration with and without damping - Constraints - Generalized mass - D'Alembert's principle Hamilton's principle - Lagrange equations - Coupling.
SINGLE DEGREE OF FREEDOM: Degree of freedom - Equation of motion for S.D.O.F. Damped and undamped free vibrations - Undamped forced vibration - Critical damping Logarithmic decrement - Response to support motion - Response of one degree freedom system to
harmonic excitation, damped or undamped - Evaluation of damping resonance - Band width method
to evaluate damping - Force transmitted to foundation - Vibration isolation.
Unit II
RESPONSE TO GENERAL DYNAMIC LOADING: Fourier series e x p r e s s i o n f o r l o a d i n g Response to general d ynamic loading (blast or earthquake) - Duhamel's integral - Numerical
evaluation.
TWO DEGREES OF FREEDOM SYSTEMS
Equation of motion for free and forced vibration of 2 DOF system- normal modes of vibration applications
Unit III
MULTI DEGREE FREEDOM SYSTEM: Mathematical model of MDOF system - Free vibration
of undamped MDOF systems - Natural frequencies and mode shapes Orthogonality conditions Idealisation of multi-storied building frames for dynamic analysis - Shear buildings Stiffness flexibility and mass matrices - Free and forced vibration with and without damping- Solution of the Eigen
Value Problem: Vector interaction methods - Stodala and Subspace iteration techniques - Transformation
methods - Jacobi and Given's method - Frequency search methods - Holzer method, Transfer matrix
methods and Dunkerlay's equation - Rayleigh-Ritz methods.
Unit IV
DISTRIBUTED PARAMETER SYSTEM: Expression for generalized system - Properties
Vibrational analysis with Rayleigh's variational method - Rayleigh-Ritz method - Differential equation
of motion Free and forced vibration of continuous systems bars and beams - Effect of axial loads Numerical evaluation of modes Frequencies and response spectrum

Unit V
PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS:.
Solution for Equilibrium Equations: mode superposition method - Direct integration methods - Central
Difference method - Houbolt method - Wilson--method - Newmark method - Idealization and
formulation of mathematical models for wind, wave, earthquake, blast and impact loading,
aerodynamics, gust phenomenon, principles of analysis.
Textbooks:
1. Clough, R.,W., and Penzien, "Dynamics of Structures", McGraw Hill Book Co Ltd, 1986.
2. Paz Mario," Structural Dynamics - Theory and Computation", CBS publishers, US, 1999.
Reference Books
1. Craig, R.R., "Structural Dynamics - An Introduction to C omputer Methods", John Wiley
and Sons, UK, 1989.
2. Hurty, W.C and Rubinstein, M.F., "Dynamics of Structures", Prentice Hall, 1967.
3. Biggs, M., "Introduction to Structural Dynamics", McGraw-Hill, Co., New Delhi, 1964.
5. Manickaselvam, V.K., "Elementary Structural Dynamics", Dhanpat Rai and Sons, New Delhi,
1987.

13CE302 STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:1
Objective:
To impart knowledge on concrete mix design for low strength and high strength concrete
To study the behaviour of structural elements.
To impart knowledge on non-destructive testing.
Outcome:
The Students will be enabled to design a concrete mix and understand the behaviour of structural
elements.
The faculty conducting the Laboratory will prepare a list of experiments [10/5 for 2/1 credit] and get the
approval of HoD and notify it at the beginning of each semester.

Credits: 3:1:0
Objective
To understand the basic concept of finite element and derive the shape functions for one, two, and
three dimensional finite elements including plate and shell elements.
To study the various finite element procedures and solution techniques for linear and nonlinear
structures.
Outcome
Students enabled to analyze the problems using finite element method.
Unit I
CONCEPTS OF FINITE ELEMENT: Boundary value problem - Element types - Variational
principles - Method of weighted residual - Principle of virtual work - Rayleigh-Ritz method - Galerkins
method of weighted residual Weak formulation Energy Principles - Displacement, stress and hybrid
model - Convergence and compatibility requirements -Pascals triangle - Stiffness of an axial element Melosh criteria - Storage schemes. Development of element stiffness matrix and nodal load vector for bar,
beam and plane frame elements, Transformation matrices application to relevant trusses, beams and
plane frames
Unit II
STRESS AND STRAIN ANALYSIS (TWO DIMENSIONAL): Triangular Elements - Constant strain
triangle - Element stiffness matrix - Various Methods of evaluating element stiffness-higher order
triangular elements - comparison of different elements. Rectangular Elements - Serendipity family Lagrangian family - Hermitian family - Sub-Iso-Super parametric elements - Shape function - Mapping Linear iso-parametric quadrilateral.- Elements for fracture analysis
Unit III
STRESS ANALYSIS (THREE DIMENSIONAL ELEMENTS): Numerical Integration using
Gaussian Quadrature - Weights and gauss points - Selective and reduced integration - Axisymmetric
stress analysis - Tetrahedron element family - Parallelopiped element - Hexahedron Element family - ZIB
8 and ZIB 20 elements.
Unit IV
PLATE AND SHELL ELEMENTS: Triangular and rectangular elements - BFS Element Mindlin
plate elements- Faceted element for shells - Degenerated shell elements bi-linear degenerated shell
elements degenerated axisymmetric shell elements - Finite strip method - Development of stiffness
matrix and consistent load vector - Application to folded plates and bridge decks - Applications to
Reinforced Concrete.
Unit V
SPECIAL TOPICS
NONLINEAR, VIBRATION AND THERMAL PROBLEMS
Material and geometric nonlinearities - methods of treatment consistent system matrices Dynamic
condensation- thermal analysis.
MESHING AND SOLUTION PROBLEMS
Higher order elements - P and H methods of mesh refinement - Ill conditioned elements - Discretization
errors auto and adaptive mesh generation techniques - error evaluation.
APPLICATIONS
Modeling and analysis using recent softwares.
Text Book
1. Rajasekaran, S., "Finite Element Methods in Engineering Design", S.Chand & Co Ltd., New
Delhi, 2003.
2. Tirupathi, R.Chandrupatla and Ashok, D. Belegundu., "Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering", Prentice Hall of India Private Limited., New Delhi, 2004.
Reference Books
1. Chandrakant, S.Desai and John, F.Abel., "Introduction to the Finite Element method, A numerical
Method for Engineering. Analysis", East West press Private Limited, Madras, 1972.
2. Krishnamoorthy, C.S., "Finite Element Method - Theory and Programming", Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Company", New Delhi, 1994.
3. Bathe, K.J., "Finite Element Procedure", Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 1997.
4. Zienkiewinz, O.C., "The Finite Element Method Vol. 1 & 2", McGraw Hill Book Company, New
York, 1991.
5. Mukhopadhyay, M., "Matrix, Finite Element Computer and Structural Analysis", Oxford & IBH
publishing Co., Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi, 1993.
6. Rajasekaran, S., "Numerical Methods in Science and Engineering - A practical approach", 2nd
Edn., A.H. Wheeler & Co., 1999.
7. Robert D.Cook, e tal, Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc. Singapore

13CE304 COMPUTER AIDED STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Credits: 0:0:1
Objective
To introduce the application of FEM in Software Packages
To make the students to analyze and design various structural elements using STAAD Pro and
ANSYS
Outcome
Student capacitated to analyse and design RCC and steel structures by using STAAD Pro and
ANSYS
The faculty conducting the Laboratory will prepare a list of experiments [10/5 for 2/1 credit] and get the
approval of HoD and notify it at the beginning of each semester.

Department of Civil Engineering Course Detailsnu

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Department of Civil Engineering Course Detailsnu

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DEPARTMENT

Basic Civil Engineering

Department of Civil Engineering

Matrix Computer Methods of Structural Analysis

CE101 BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING

Department of Civil Engineering

CE201 MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES - I

Unit I : Stress, Strain And Deformation In Solids

Unit II : Two Dimensional State Of Stress

Unit III : Beams And Bending

Unit : IV Stresses In Beams

Unit V : Stresses Due To Torsion

CE202 MECHANICS OF DEFORMABLE BODIES II

Unit I : Deflection Of Determinate Beams

Department of Civil Engineering

Unit II : Columns And Struts

Unit III : Thick Cylinders

Unit IV : Torsion Of Non-Circular Sections

Shear Centre For Thin Walled Beam Of Open Section

Unit V : Unsymmetrical Bending Of Straight Beams

CE203 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS

Unit I : Simple stress and strain

Unit II : Shear Force And Bending Moment

Unit III : Bending Stresses

Unit IV : Principal Stresses (Two Dimensional)

CE204 ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Department of Civil Engineering

Department of Civil Engineering

CE205 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LABORATORY

Tension test on mild steel

CE 206 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY LABORATORY

Performance of Reciprocating pump.

Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, Laxmi Publications, New

Unit I : Introduction And Chain Surveying

Unit II : Compass Surveying

Department of Civil Engineering

Unit III : Levelling

Unit IV : Theodolite Surveying

Unit V : Contouring, Areas And Volumes

Unit I : Tacheometric Surveying

Unit II : Curves & Mine Survey

Unit III : Triangulation

Introduction To Geo Information System

Unit V : Hydrographic Surveying

Fundamentals Of Field Astronomy

CE 209 SURVEYING PRACTICAL I

1. Measuring the distance between two stations using a chain

CE210 SURVEYING PRACTICAL II

CE 211 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS

Unit I : Fluid Properties

Unit II : Equations Of Fluid Flow

Unit III : Flow Measurements

Unit IV : Flow Through Pipes

Unit V : Dimensional Analysis And Similitude

CE212 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY

Unit I : Fluid Properties

Department of Civil Engineering

Unit II : Equations Of Fluid Flow

Unit III : Flow Measurements

CE213 APPLIED HYDRAULICS AND FLUID MACHINES

Unit I Uniform Flow In Open Channels

Varied Flow In Open Channels